Archive of Our Own ^beta

Chapter Text

Month?: Week?: How’d we get here

Empty dimension  

The class watched as the three combatants fought and battled against one another. Bakugo, infused with God’s power, was battling against Saitama and Garou, hopping in and out of the dimensions at his leisure, usually in control of the fight the entire time. Even from the distant glance, all of them could see that the explosive blonde was enjoying his new gifted strength so much so that some had some fear that he may have been getting too absorbed in it and going overboard and forgetting about their plan entirely. However, they trusted that he was still in control of himself, so that would not be a problem.

This couldn’t be said for their problem child that they had created to fight Saitama originally; the personalities of Sonic and Boros were obsessed with defeating Saitama to the point where they could even override their primary control and continue in their attempts to fight the bald hero. Given this obsession and the already worrying about control of the individual, the group had to restrain it from potentially interfering with the plan they had in store. 

Keeping the battle secret from the other battle was easier said than done as they completely locked it inside of this separate void dimension that they found themselves in, and with Toru’s Ghost Bubble enhanced by God’s power, they were able to completely lock the creature out from escaping from them, where they had eventually managed to trap it and reabsorb it into themselves. However, before they could do so completely, a sliver of Boros had managed to make an incision in the barrier, momentarily taking the sun blade and hopping through the portal to wherever it was going. This sliver didn’t hold any of the additional powers other than the one it originally possessed. 

The place that the Boros had traveled to was unknown to them but it seemed like a place in term oil and havoc like the very planet was falling apart at the seams as the portal was closing they seemed to see a golden warrior in the skies above in battle with some other being but the hole in space-time closed before anything else could be gleaned from the environment they could go and look but ultimately it wasn’t important to what they needed to focus on as Bakugo and the two others made their return, it seemed that bakugo had been going headed into the final act of his little playtime which was cemented with the fact that Garou had created the phenomena know as the big bang creating an entirely new universe in the empty void that they found themselves which were they at least credited him for waiting until nothing could be damage from unleashing such a devastating move which suggest the teen still had some of self-awarenesses however things took a drastic change when multiple breaches had permeated the area in the exact moment, there were several dark bubbles but upon closer inspection the group realized that what was inside of it was the astonishing thing.

It was them; they didn’t know how or why, but they were confident it was themselves—several of them in fact—as the bubbles began to stream into the area, the area that was just about to be altered by the effect of a big bang going off, so the group did what they could, going as fast as they could as the explosion of the big bang detonated along Bakugo’s stomach, completely disintegrating his body. 

Similar to what they saw at Boros, they had used the sun and moon blades to cut open slashes within time and space and began to shove the dark bubbles through. They were fast, making the speed of light look like a snail pace in comparison, but the rapid expansion of matter was right by them. They did not want to find out what would happen if themselves inside the bubble were caught in its wake; it would render their plan completely pointless. Hence, they continued sending themselves out into the multiverse at large; they didn’t know where they would go, but they wouldn’t just let them leave, so they had established a seal on them, that they would return to their destined place given the same five-month time frame. It was the best they could do for the time that they had as they sealed the breaches as they wave washed over them. 

They had come out of it relatively fine, although some of them had to regenerate missing limbs and appendages. Overall, everything worked out. Bakugo reemerged in a dazzling light, angrier than ever that the idiot teen nearly killed him as he snatched both the sun and moon blade and ripped open a portal right behind him and stabbed through as he stepped inside of it. Garou death represented the end game now, and their plan would be fully set in motion. They just needed to hope that they survived whatever landscape they had thrown themselves into.

________________

Month 1: Week 1: We are still not in Kansa

New place Same Problems: 1A

Kalos: Route 4

Multiple slashes dotted the morning sky, a disturbance that did not go unnoticed by this region's secret watcher, it felt the conflict as soon as it had pierced into their world originally he thought that the legendary being of Palkia and Dialga had made their appearance known angered by some disturbance but that wasn’t it, the reaction was too chaotic to be one of the legendary figures and when from out of these tears in reality came 20 orbs that slowly fell from the sky he knew that he had to investigate these strange objects, it was a rare occasion when he had to extend himself this much he unleashed a sound wave imperceptible to humans that could have been within range but to the intended targets the reaction was almost instant as he received several pings back from the various cells that he had scattered over the island the threat didn’t seem to major so he only summoned about 10% of itself as the numerous bodies began to glow they quickly flew over to his position and joined along his body where it started to morph and change shape into that of a qaudraped before letting off a howl and speeding forwards towards where the dark orbs had set down. 

The travel didn't take much time at all, this was his duty so he decided to cut loose and travel as fast as he could easily eclipsing 300 miles per hour and getting to the area within 15 minutes of when he started his run but when he was surprised that he was not the only one that had gotten there and took notice of the incident, he was met by another quadruped that looks similar to himself he knew this quadruped of course, it was himself or rather the other half of himself a fellow and only other core that made up his being usually he would not intrude into his territory of the region but this was strange circumstances so it wasn’t too much of a shock, the two of them were nearly identical however the in the center of the scarf like appendage scurrying off its neck lied a red diamond instead of the blue one that he sported.

He took a glance around they were in the center of a pretty common human pathway to  the largest cities in the region so there would undoubtedly be many people who would have perhaps seen a strange disturbance and gone to investigate already so the two quadrupeds thought quickly and started to boob the large dark bubbles away into the forest, while he attempted to avoid causing as much unnecessary damage as possible the same couldn’t be said about his counterpart who didn’t care and completely ruined the hedge mazes as he brash through them, but all he could do about it was internally sigh at his antics and judging by what was inside of these large dark orbs he could tell that they would have a long discussion about what they were going to do as they gathered the 20 dark orbs from around the park and moved them away, he also spotted where all the humans had gone as several unconscious forms had littered the pathway thankfully none of them held any serious injury which signified to him that his counter part had been improving in the time he’s last seen him. 

As he looked over all of the humans, he quickly left towards the sound of his counterpart as it let off a sharp howl that signaled to him that its patience was still as small as ever as he continued and made his way towards the left-hand side. It had gathered all of the orbs together and, in a slight opening within the trees, scattered a few of the other pokemon that had come to investigate with a sharp growl. The two of them took a moment to analyze each of the orbs and the contents inside of them; they were humans of some kind, but how did they find themselves in this type of predicament in the first place was the question, and why did some of them look strange for what humans should be? His opposite suggested that they should get rid of them as they seem to exude chaotic energy.

Such an uncompassionate response was typical of his opposite, while he could not deny that letting these people simply Rome free could prove disastrous; eliminating them outright just seemed wrong without giving them at least a chance to see what they would do. His counterpart offered a compromise that maybe they should get the Pokemon of Legend involved; however, given the way that the group had arrived there, it would only result in a similar outcome. His first option, manipulating the fabric of reality, was seen as a huge insult to the legendary beings, which was likely the reason why he pitched it in the first place. He also refused that option, which angered his counterpart, as he didn’t believe that he would seriously consider letting these mysterious beings into the environment unchecked.

Before he could argue back, however, both of them had received pings from a distant land both in Alola and Johto of similar disturbances being spotted and brought up; this only fueled his counterparts' claim that they should just be rid of them as this could be the start of an invasion of sorts. However, he was skeptical of such a possibility, and an invasion would be completely pointless if their soldiers were completely helpless once they arrived into the place they wanted to conquer, and despite the chaotic energy that surrounded them, it did not seem that those inside held hostile intent, as he saw no weapons on their person, at least from what he could see.

He also agreed that letting unknown elements into the world without supervision would be foolish; however, he was essentially everywhere in the region so he could keep a constant eye on them in case they did turn out to be harmful. He used his monsterous pride against him, insinuating that it was scared of mere humans which had the desired effect of the rapid refusal of the very notion that he fueled to reason that if they did work to harm the balance then they could just get rid of them then and there. Speaking of their role of protector, however, allowed the conversation to shift into the uneasy feeling the two had been getting; it was almost like a crescendo that was rising in the pit of their very being that told them that the environment was at stake. Would getting rid of these strange people put a stop to that feeling, or would it be the tipping point that made it rise higher, and would he be the one to bear the weight of the loss that would happen if it turned out to be wrong? He was the one after all that had considerable more thought and respect for the humans on the planet; would he gamble their lives by freeing these individuals? 

The opposite could also be true, however, and these strange individuals could be the key to saving their world from this encroaching darkness that falls upon them, but he wanted to give them a chance; it was the least they could do, and they had landed in his part of the territory, so, in the end, the choice fell to him, so expressing his authority over his counterpart, he reluctantly agreed and backed down before warning him once more that he may be making the wrong choice before leaving back towards his side of the region. He took a glance as his counterpart left before sighing to himself and looking back at the 20 people contained inside of the dark orbs. 

He sent out another pulse this time, calling upon even more of his cells that were around the region. Whatever had surrounded these 20 teens was a dense field of energy that he would need 50% of his being to burst. His quadruped form started to enlarge and become misshapen as more and more cells started to converge on his position, turning into a much larger being about 10 feet tall with several of his four legs combined and shaped into a long, tale-like appendage. Instead, he lost his snout, which was replaced by a hardened shell that lacked a traditional mouth. His body continued and bloated into a more rounded shape with 11 appendages sticking out from his sides, and back the five large appendages on his back he thrust forwards as they glowed a bright green.

From out of those five tendrils emerged a flash of green holographic hexagons that flew directly toward the 20 dark orbs and collided and after a small sustained barrage of his thousand arrows the orbs finally busted open releasing their contents as the people inside dropped to the ground unconscious as the group started to fidget and rise from their slumber he willed his body to decompose and spread out once more, he would not threaten them immediately it would only provoke them to lie in the sake of their lies it would be beneficial to determine their nature by simply quietly observing their moves and actions from afar and to do just that he couldn’t be in his 50% nor his 10% either he had to be at his most vulnerable state as it allows him to turn invisible to the human eye similar to the rest of his cells scatter about the region silently watching and observing for all potential threats to the ecosystem. Down to his single-core self, he quickly, as his body could, attached himself to a nearby tree and waited as the first of the teens started to wake up and take in their surroundings.

     “Ugh… roll call  is every present and accounted for?” Iida remarked as he groggily got up and shook his head before taking in his surroundings after a few minutes of observing and hearing each of his classmates call their names and raising a hand.

    “Ugh, Guys where are we? This doesn’t look like the anywhere near the school?” Jiro commented.

      “ummmm….I don’t think we're in our uni--” Kaminari was about to say when suddenly he felt hot his body began to seemingly burn on the inside out and his jaw locked up causing him to end his sentence with a pained shout. Everyone immediately turned to look at the yellow-haired boy in worry.

     “You ok, Kaminari?” Sero asked

     “Yeah, Yeah I think so but look at that!” Kaminari remarked as he pointed in a certain direction and the entire class followed its path they locked sights on an incredibly familiar sight but its familiarity also led to the strangeness of it being there and a potential realization of what was happening and potentially where they were the creature that they spotted was a Mitsuhoney or something that looked incredibly close to it, immediately the class began to crowd around the creature it had looked like a massive bee or bees three of them that was trapped in a honeycomb-like shell with two wings at its sides and two antenna on the top two heads. 

     “Is…is that a Pokemon!?” Mineta remarked with a gasp.

    “It looks definitely like one, unless this is some new never-before-seen animal that existed in our wo---” Sero was about to say when suddenly he felt like his body was on fire burning him and causing him to hiss out in pain before checking over himself once more. 

      “Did it sting you?” Momo asked concerned

      “No, it doesn’t even have a stinger..it felt like something else like I was burning” Sero commented 

       “I just felt the same way before, like something was burning on the inside.” Kaminari commented as well. 

      “Strange, could it be some sort of illness from the transportation?” Iida speculated 

      “Speaking about that, it doesn’t seem like we made it to the right place.” Tsu commented as she looked around and the class followed suit they were stunned when they saw even more Pokemon which included multiple other Mitsuhoney, Flabebe, and even a Ralts.

     “Don’t tell me that idiot got the wrong place.” Bakugo remarked agitated.

     “If had to be stranded in a place then Pokemon is like high up there on the list of great places, oh my god!” Ashido exclaimed enthusiastically, as she shook Kirishima’s shoulders. 

     “Well, I would be excited, but what about back home?” Kirishima remarked and at that, the wondrous atmosphere was instantly halted and a somber mood settled over everyone in the class.

      “I mean, he gonna comes back for us, right? He probably just made a mistake of some kind and he’ll come back and get us?” Uraraka remarked.

     “Tch, I wouldn’t count on him.” Bakugo replied roughly as he scanned around the area once more he landed eyes on Koda who was doing the same probably looking around for the other missing people as well which others were just about to comment on.  

      “What does that mean for the others? Blast said there was a signature for us to lock onto when we were going back but if we’re here does that mean that the others are somewhere else?” Ojiro asked, and half the class's eyes went to Bakugo or Koda.

      “If she is here, she’ll be fine on her own, she’ll find us most likely.” Bakugo remarked with a shrug of his shoulders.

      “Ah, look at the confidence someone has in his girlfriend.” Toru teased but Bakugo simply rolled his eyes at.

     “Are you going to try and use your quirk to see if you can locate Torax and Aki?” Jiro asked Koda gave a hesitant nod before tunning his amplifier and letting off a large silent scream enhanced by his horn emotion, he didn’t know if they were in the vicinity but he could tell that a lot of other Pokemon were some responded to his inquiry although none of them could tell what pokemon he had been looking for. 

Koda was more worried for his monster friends because of that misconception, if they were here there was a good chance that some might take them for Pokemon and attack them, of course, Aki didn’t have to worry too much about her doing something too drastic at least to the person involved but to their pokemon could be another story and Torax would likely not mind either way, he equally wondered and worried about the potential of them being captured by someone but they were strong monsters, especially after eating a piece of the monster king Orochi so it would likely take a lot of effort to defeat them that no rookie trainer would be capable of but he still couldn’t help but worry at least somewhat.

Koda shook his head and remarked that he couldn’t reach them, which didn’t necessarily mean that they weren’t transported there, but they were at least not within their 10-kilometer radius of where they were at the moment. There was a moment of silence, and everyone tried to think of their next steps and what they should do. They had left the previous world with some supplies, such as clothes and some snacks, but that wouldn’t last them very long, and without any money, they would have to live off the land, which brought into question what they would eat and how comfortable they would be to eat Pokemon themselves, although their were always berries they could scavenge, and if worst came to absolute worst, they could have Momo create something for them to eat, although it wouldn’t really taste like much of anything and would only be to give proper nutrients for the class to survive. 

The first thing that the class did was decontaminate themselves; they didn’t know if they had unknowingly dragged any parasites over along with their journey to this new place; it would take some time, but they had an abundance of that while they planned their next moves, and Momo created a small drone to scout up ahead in their environment for a human town or city. 

_______________

Johto region: Route 44

Silver chain was the first to wake from her slumber as she quickly surveyed her environment, she was surprised to find both Jackie and Tank top philosopher next to her, or at least a close approximation of the two individuals, she continued to survey the surrounding area once more and took notice of strange creatures around them, one of them was a pink individual nearly four feet tall and with a large tongue which shot out at her, she maneuvered quickly avoiding the appendage and slashing it off with her sword causing it to cry out in pain and begin to run away, she did not give chase to the strange monster and waited until the other two got themselves organized enough to speak although leaving nothing to chance she raised her weapons towards the both of them.

     “What are you two doing here, you were not transported with the rest of us.” Silver chain spoke with authority, the two of them noting the danger quickly raised their hands in surrender and it was Jackie who went first. 

      “Easy, their girl .. we didn’t go initially but some of the monsters were planning on helping them with their battle back home so we decided to join them.” Jackie replied.

     “She speaks the truth, silver chain, although something tells me that we are a little off course.” Tank top philosopher remarked as he took a look around, they were in a cover of some kind sandwiched in between two giant rock structures in a narrow field. 

     “Wait so is this not their home place?” Jackie questioned

     “That is unknown for now, Blast informed us that there was a high likelihood that we would not end up in the same location, however something does seem amiss with the creatures around us.” Silver Chain commented as she pointed and around them were plant-like beings with wide open mouths and small roots at the end, they had started to converge on their position, not leaving things to chance once more Silver Chain dashed forward and bisecting all five creatures.

     “Hey, those could have been people for all you know.” Jackie remarked

     “Unlikely, they are far from anything like the heteromorphs that they have talked about and would have been capable of normal speech not simply saying variations of “weepinbell” over and over again.” Silver dismissed.

     “Maybe, I guess…” Jackie commented as she looked at the plant creatures once more. 

     “Well, anything can be possible, so dismissing her concerns outright silver chain is not smart.” Tank top philospher defended, although silver chain simply nodded in acknowledgment.

     “So what are we going…ooor just leave why don’t you.” Jackie was about to say when Silver Chain suddenly just disappeared, she returned a moment later this time carrying two people thankfully only unconscious and not killed, she carefully laid the two unconscious people down one was a fisherman and the other was a woman in a red jacket with white highlights.

She started to rummage around in their pockets for stuff and placed them down next to the two forms both of them held traditional items like keys, phones, and wallets but what caught their attention was the red and white ball objects along with two other devices on there person one seemed to look almost like a game device from their world.

      “So are we just mugging people now?” Jackie quipped as she looked over the unconscious forms of the two people.

       “We are simply gaining information, although I would have elected to just talk to them normally.” Tank Philosopher remarked 

     “It would take too much time, this is more efficient.” Silver chain replied simply as she picked up one of the strange game-like devices this one was held by the fishermen red in color, it looked like a phone but when she flipped up the screen a portion of the case flipped horizontally revealing its true form there were two buttons and a power and select button.

     “Shouldn’t we be looking through their phones instead? Oh, maybe we can just call the others?” Jackie suggested.

      “You are free to try but if you were smart enough to figure out how using your own phone would be pointless, then I’m sure you could figure out that calling theirs would also be fruitless.” Silver chain remarked.

       “You must be confident that we are not in the right place for that assessment.” Tank philosopher remarked as he took a look at his book, he wondered if he could still feel the tank top energies course through him, and surprisingly he could, although he could read nothing from his book, meaning Shoji was likely too far for him to perceive although for the moment nothing was indicating that he and by extensions the others are in danger but with silver chain present it was of no surprise as he put the book down and looked towards the dark skin teen who attempted to use one of the phones to call the others the younger women phone was locked with a passcode but the older gentlemen phone was open but as silver chain expected there was no answer she was sure to tell Jackie to erase that call before she shut it off.

Silver chain continued to mess around with the strange red device,  she was able to gather some information about their predicament they were in a place called Johto the person that she knocked unconscious was named Jonathan, she also figured that if this device which was called a Pokedex was to be believed that the primary language that this place speaks would be English which should make acclimating a bit easier, she also found that she could scan her surroundings, she pointed the object at the killed creatures on the ground and there was a sudden beeping before an automated voice read out a brief description of the being. 

WEEPINBELL the Flycatcher Pokémon: has a large hook on its rear end. At night, the POKéMON hooks onto a tree branch and goes to sleep. If it moves around in its sleep, it may wake up to find itself on the ground.

A list of information came up on the creature in question and even additional information was underneath indicating the creature was like a walking Venus fly trap stuffing things into its mouth and digesting them with acid. She investigated further into what these so-called Pokemon were and came upon a rather large database of 251 of the creatures. She was considering going through each one of them or better yet figuring out a way of downloading the information although she needed more tools to do that effectively. 

She was about to continue when the sudden psshh sound followed by a red light passed her by, the next thing she noticed from the red light was a yellow being it was sheeplike although it had a longer tail with a bulbous tip and had a blue skin color with two horizontal growing horns that were mostly black with a yellow stripe at its center. The creature seemed as surprised as they all were but its eyes quickly switched to that of the unconscious woman on the ground before shifting back to the individuals hovering above her, however, one of them had gone missing, and soon enough a hard hit to the back of her spine completely broke its thoughts as pain ruptured, it puffed up its fluff in defense but only could manage a microburst of electricity before it was knocked unconscious. 

Silver chain shook her hand for a moment as she was affected by the creature's electricity, she gave a disgruntled look to the other two and Jackie quickly attempted to pass the blame onto Tank top Philosopher tossing the red and white orb she was playing with and examining into the man which unintentionally hit him in the head, casuing him to grunt with pain as he caught it from falling with his one hand. 

      “You know miss, you shouldn’t lie so easily.” Tank top master said with a minor chuckle

     “Never mind that what did you do?” Silver chain asked as she examined the sheep creature with the Pokedex which it identified as a Mareep.

MAREEP the Wool Pokémon: MAREEP’s fluffy coat of wool rubs together and builds a static charge. The more static electricity is charged, the more brightly the lightbulb at the tip of its tail grows.

Silver chain wrapped her hand in her living metal so that she could touch the sheep without getting shocked, she didn’t kill the creature as it was protecting its partner but she wanted to test if she didn’t over user her strength, feeling over its back there were a couple of microfractures in the spine but it should be able to heal up just fine, again suddenly there was another red light that had shot out directly at the creature, Silver was confused by this as she felt the body almost seemed to become completely intangible and then disappear as the red light flowed back into the red and white orb.

    “Some sort of containment device I can only speculate. Just press the button in the center and the creature comes out and gets sucked back in” Tank top philosopher remarked as he tossed the orb to her which she caught.

    “I see.” she remarked as she pointed the device away pressed the center and unleashed the creature once more but it was still unconscious so it didn’t heal the creature from its injuries at least she thought before she put it back in the ball and set the ball back down.

She continued to rifle through the device for a moment and compared it to the second device which she assumed was another pokedex but this one was black instead of red, she checked and was surprised this one held much more information than the red one as she shifted through the contents, it held a world map instead of just a regional one and the gallery was much bigger in terms of specimens that it contained it contained over five times the amount of creatures that the original did which likely suggest it may be an international variant of the same system perhaps. 

     “So ugh? What are we going to do?” Jackie asked

      “We’ll be moving on. The closes place is a town called Mahogany, how good are the two of yours English?” silver asked

       “Decently enough. I can carry a conversation but may get lost in some nuances.” Tank Top philosopher remarked

       “I’m good, I think….but shouldn’t we also be affected by that universal language stuff that the others were with?” Jackie asked

      “Perhaps but it is better to be careful and make sure.” Silver chain replied as she got up and started to rummage more through the people's things, the woman had a bag and she took out cartridges several of them for different things and if she memorized correctly the one that she was looking for would be the one indicated as potion, she quickly tapped the cartridge on the button on the center of the ball and watched as the button in its center blink blue for a moment before she began to set it everything back into the womens bag.

      “What did you just do?” Jackie inquired

      “Offer aid to this person’s pet, I do not know how it works but it seems that, the creature was digitized into the ball and can be expelled with the press of a button in the center.” Silver remarked as she finished putting everything in their proper places and standing back up to her full height. 

     “This place has managed to  digitized organic matter and then remake it? Impressive. Didn’t have anything like that back home.” Tank Top master remarked

     “Indeed, we need to move carefully, there may be a chance that they can capture even humans inside of these devices so we need not cause trouble.” Silver chain spoke as she looked directly at Jackie.

     “What? I can be cool, cooler than you at least.” Jackie remarked slightly offended. 

      “Well, we should get a move on before these two wake up.” Tank top master remarked simply as he took another courtesy glance at the two ensuring that they were fine before walking off.

      “We aren’t going to just leave them like this, are we? They could be hurt by those weird plant things if more of them show up.” Jackie remarked

     “We won’t be.” silver replied simply as she all of the poke balls the two trainers had and gestured for her to get moving once she was out of sight, she pressed each of the poke balls and released them into the air but by the time that the content of them had formed she was already gone. 

________________

Alola 

Route 8

Saren was the first of his monster compatriots to rise from his seamless slumber, the first thing he heard was the crashing of waves, and he quickly raised his head and took a sweep of his surroundings other than facing the sea itself he turned around to spot a large cliff face, he was situated on a rocky outcrop on that cliff face, he looked down and realize he was quite a bit up and as he looked down he noticed some of his other compatriots were down there they were shaking themself free of the blackness that had originally consumed them, it was the large tiger monster Torax that had shaken itself first and also cased his surroundings before spotting him and shooting out its tail to physically pull itself up to its perch instead of just yelling all the way. 

     {You came here as well Saren?} Torax remarked as it used its front paw to rub along its right ear.

      {Yes, Monster King Garou wanted to support the non-killing army in the endeavors back in their wo-} Pain suddenly flooded his system as he spoke, he quickly looked around for a source of the attack but he found none, the tiger looked around as well from the sudden movement, Saren cast a shadow spell on himself obscuring himself and the others it would incredibly stand out for anyone that had been looking at it as it was a massive dome of shadow that it couldn’t see into but they could see out of, the next thing he did was cast a magic sensing spell. 

     {what happened?} Torax asked

     {I felt like I was attacked by something but… it seems that something else seemed to be the case instead.} Saren responded as through his eyes he could see what it was something was ailing them, along the tiger's body he noted strange symbols decorate it’s body likely invisible to the naked eye but to his enchanted eyes they were clear black shapes like that of ancient writing something that he couldn't even decipher but their placement along the tigers and even his own body were clearly an indication of some form of binding, he looked over to the fellow monsters and he was correct in the assumption that these weird black writing were scattered along each of them.

    {Trouble already? Hmph and I thought this wor-} Torax sentence was cut off and the tiger let off a large hiss of pain, through his eyes Saren could see that the symbols began to dance and move almost like they activated blazing a brighter color.

     {It seems that we are bound from speaking about our home.} Saren remarked simply as he put down the shadow barrier not wanting to draw too much attention before sliding down further and getting to the next couple of monsters. Volten and Brut were conversing with each other, the humanoid lighting and cold monsters conversing about where the other two of Brut brothers Chemonille and Enjoe which could be somewhere else on the island or they could have just completely fallen into the water by accident which got the younger man concerned, the next two individuals that had scaled the cliff face albeit with difficulty was Lord great white. 

The shark monster had to carry the next monster along his back due to its unique body not being suited for climbing along cliffs as the lower snake portion was mostly useless in that endeavor and was only a hindrance draping down and scraping along the rocks. 

     {Ugh, I hate this can we get to flat land, please?} Eyesight remarked 

     {You wanted to help out as well, Eyesight?} Aki a humanoid bear monster remarked 

      {Well, they did save my life and the other kid was coming as well so might as well right, I remained neutral before and they still allowed me to eat part of Orochi so I guess I could help out, what’s the point of gaining power with no one to use it on? Well other than robots anyway.} Eyesight replied.

     {Is this everyone? Weren’t there more people?} Lord great white remarked

     {They could be elsewhere on the island or somewhere else entirely the possibilities are endless although we knew this when transporting here.} Saren replied 

      {How about we get off this cliff first?} Eyesight noted about their predicament.

       {what about the humans?} Lord great white replied 

      {Aren’t we sort of normal here? That is what the teens seemed to imply at least.} Torax replied 

      {Right! We don’t have to hide ourselves at all.} the teen bear remarked happily. 

      {we will still need to keep a hold of your urges however and do be mindful of your power, people here may be more fragile than you are used to be, especially after gaining more power from orochi.} Saren remarked as he used his third arm and cast another spell this was a levitation spell that allowed all seven of them to climb up and over the cliff face into a lush jungle, this was more familiar to many of the monsters allowing them to touch the ground and fully stretch out. 

      {So what’s the first thing that we're going to do?} Torax asked

      {Well I guess the first order of business is to at least locate the non-killing army's whereabouts which is rather an easy thing for me to do at any moment however the other monsters will be much more difficult.} Saren remarked 

       {How come?} Brut asked

       {I have shared a body with Sero therefore I can also sense where he is if I exert any effort to it, the other monsters however I’m not too accustomed to so I can’t locate them as easily the only exceptions to this would be the Torax and Aki here.} Saren replied

       {So were going to search the island for the other before leaving?} Volten asked

      {that would be the most practical method once we ensure that they are not present here we can teleport to the non-killing army anytime that we so please.} Saren remarked and all the monsters confirmed such a plan and started to move through the forest. 

It did not take long for them to come upon some rather curious creatures rather large black mice being about a foot tall and the same in length, they scattered about the jungle with haste clearing the way for the monsters to move, there was an equally small bear cub three of them that had roamed around the forest which Aki had gone up to they were mainly pink in color and strangely enough, lacked paws instead just having little stomps for legs lacking even claws or indexes, she had unintentionally snuck up on one of the small bear creatures but despite barely touching it was surprised when the monster let an almost roar like cry as it turned around and punched her in the shin the blow didn’t phase her even as the creature continued to pound on her as she just looked down curiously at the small little creature.

    {Sorry, I didn’t mean to sneak up on you like that. Are you guys humans?} Aki asked. The smaller bear, seeing that its punches had been completely ineffective, had slowly started to slow down immensely and started to cower away in fear. The creature turned its head to look towards the other two of its kind and was shocked to see that both of them had been wrapped up in a massive snake tail, their thrashing completely helpless. Noticing the small cubs looking in the direction, Aki looked up at the lamia monster.

      {Come on, Eyesight, you're not going to eat them, are you?} Aki remarked

     {Hmmm, well, I’m not hungry right now, but I’m curious about how they taste. An entirely new board of creatures to eat and explore. How could I not?} Eyesight replied with a hiss, taking her tongue and licked across the two smaller creatures. 

{wait! Please don’t; I don’t want to be alone. I’ll tell you anything you want to know.} The cub that was down next to Aiki and instead of punching her grabbed onto her leg instead looked up at her with pleading eyes.

     {Well, you can first start by answering her initial question.} Saren spoke, and for a very brief moment the stufful was confused. Could this human understand her and speak to her? This revelation was so shocking that even her friends in the snake Pokemon’s grasp stopped struggling, but she quickly shook her head and thought about what she was asked.

     {Of course, I’m not a human; I’m a Pokemon; that’s at least what human call us, thats a human" the stufful remarked as it pointed towards Saren. The other monsters looked towards Saren before looking back.

     {What’s a Pokemon?} Torax asked, and again the stufful was confused.

     {Aren’t you one? It's what humans call us, so we just accepted it.} The cub responded 

     {Have they mentioned anything about a Pokemon to any of you before about their wor-} Volten stopped for a moment again as he hissed in pain from something searching around for whatever it was but ultimately finding nothing.

      {No, no, they didn’t; however, that brings me to something that I should point out to you all: Eyesight drop them; they aren’t needed anymore.} Saren remarked, and when the snake monster hesitated for a moment, he moved his hand over onto the handle of his sword, but the snake simply rolled her eyes at the maneuver and dropped them, and the three cubs ran away. 

      {I was just kidding, well, at least for now, but when I’m hungry, I’m going hunting.} Eyesight remarked 

       {You can as long as you don’t draw attention to yourself, but more importantly, we are all branded; we can’t talk about back home or you will be burned alive from the inside.} Saren remarked, earning a few gasps from the monster present.

       {Didn’t that happen to one of the cadre?} Lord Great White commented 

      {Yes, that’s likely what will happen if we continue to attempt to explain or talk about it, so I urge you to mind your tongue.} Saren remarked

       {So no talking about back home; that should be manageable.} Torax remarked 

Indeed, furthermore, it's likely we have been thrown off course from our and likely their initial destinations, so we need to go gather information. Volten and Brut, you two should revert to your human forms, while the others I will polymorph you into the shape of a human if you like, or you can stay yourselves, but it will be likely that they will confuse you for Pokemon.} Saren remarked

      {Nah, I don’t feel like tripping over my own two feet again.} Eyesight remarked

      {If I can be myself, then it matters not what the humans think of me.} Torax remarked

      {Monster, mysterious being, pokemon Humans love to give things names; it matters not to me.} Lord Great White remarked

    {Well, if they aren't, then I’m not either.} Aki remarked in agreement. 

       {All right, well again, try to keep your urges in check; we’ll likely cause a scene and draw attention, but that will have its share of benefits.} Saren responded as the seven made their way through the forest, where they could start to see the looks of an opening that went to a roadway. 

_____________

Kalos: Vaniville Town

A fletchling swooped down from outside searching for the wondrous scent that had been wafting out of one of the homes located in a human city. The bird Pokemon was greeted with the sight of a human chopping green, throwing a bundle of shaved potatoes into someone steaming water, wafting the pleasant smell once more in its direction. The small bird offered a chirp, getting the humans attention, which worked. 

     “Oh hi fletchling, what do you want a piece of food?” the woman remarked.

     {Please, please!} the fletchling responded, although the human couldn’t understand it, miming a nod that it's often seen humans do when they agree with something to get its point across, and it did. The human shaved off a piece of the potato she had and dangled it in front of her face before dropping it and allowing her to snatch it mid-air and chirp happily before flying away.

     “That fletching really likes you; it comes here almost every time you cook; you should just catch it already.” A voice from behind the woman remarked as she turned around to greet her older daughter, Yvonne . She had just finished rinsing her chopgreens in the sink before turning to her; she had been outfitted in a specialized suit that signified her as a sky trainer , and she had her Fletchinder on her shoulder, which chirped in agreement with what her trainer said.

     “No flying is not my style; I’ll leave flying types to you, but while you're standing there, could you go get your sister? I’ve tried once before, but of course once is never enough with her.” she asked

     “Well, it wasn’t enough for you either.” Y remarked

     “What was that?” 

     “Nothing! I’ll go get her now; don’t worry about it.” Y replied as she quickly left the kitchen and went up the stairs with her fletching toe. She made her way to her younger sister's room; the door already peeked open, but she decided that she would play a prank on her sleeping sister anyway by slowly closing it had the desired effect as the girl panicked from her sleep with a scream. Her spastic movement made her sprawl from out of the bed and nearly bang her leg on the table. Y laughed as her sister was finally able to get out from under her cover to glower at her.

      “That's not funny, sis,” she pouted as she got up to a sitting position next to her pokeball-styled round table.

    “To you maybe, come on, get up. Mom almost got food ready.” Y replied 

      "Serana, time for your morning training!” Their mom’s voice rang out from downstairs, Causing Seran to roll her eyes with a sigh.

      “When are you going to put your foot down? If you don’t like it, you need to tell her or she will keep forcing it.” Y remarked 

     “I don’t know; it's not too bad I’m not doing anything else anyway, so I might as well indulge her a little.” Seran remarked as she stood up and went towards the window and stretched both of her arms above her head. 

     “That will lead to a harder time down the road when you figure out something you do want to do instead; trust me, I know from experience,” Y remarked.

     “Stop acting like you're so much older. You're only older by two years.” Seran replied.

     “Yup, a full 48 months; I know a thing or two about Mom and her legacy with Rhyhorn racing,” Y replied. The sisters were identical twins despite being born two years apart, which made them special; identical twins, triplets, and even decuples were pretty common, but those were mostly relegated to cousins, not direct sisters and brothers, let alone years after the fact. 

     “Speaking of Rhyhorn, morning Rhyhorn!" Serena remarked looking at the

      {Morning!} the rhyhorn responded in its own tongue.

     “Morning Rhyrhy,” Y remarked as she rushed to the window and waved herself, getting a similar response that her sister did.

      “Hey, look at that; the to-sale sign in front of the house next to ours is gone,"  she remarked, pointing to the right of their home.

     “Hmm.. you are right. Guess we’ll have a new neighbor soon. Get dressed. We can ask Mom if she knows anything about it while we're eating." Y remarked as she clasped her sister on the shoulders before leaving the girl's room as she got changed out of her pink pajamas. 

      "Alright I’ll be down in a couple of minutes. Well, hopefully today is at least a little eventful.” Serena said mostly to herself as her sister left the room. 

A couple of minutes later 

Serena was coming down the stairs just as her mother Grace had been heading upstairs with a plate of food in her hands. Serena got downstairs and headed towards the dining table where she found Y, pushing around her food and a plate for her and one set for her mother as well. She got herself situated and looked over to Y, who had a grumpy look on her face.

    “I guess he’s not going to be joining us again.” Serena remarked

     “No… AND IF MOM KEEPS LETTING HIM! he never will.” Y replied in a half-scream. It took a few moments, but their mother came back down the stairs with her hands empty.

     “I’m not going to force him to leave his room if he doesn’t want. I told his parents that I would look after him, and I'll respect the boundaries that he has set.” 

    "You should do that for your own children.” Y murmured. 

     “Excus-” 

     “Eh, ugh, anyways, Mom, we saw that the house next door was sold. Do you know anything about our new neighbors?” Serena asked, trying to steer the conversation away from the landmine that was their guest and family problems. Grace gave Y a stern look before transferring over to Serena, her face shifting into a much more pleasant appearance. 

     “Yes, I was going to tell you both about it; they will be moving in today. A couple, Jack Whitlock and Amy Whitlock, along with their son Elliot Whitlock, are moving here from the Unova region. The plane should be landing soon, if I'm not mistaken.” Grace answered holding hand to her chin in thought. 

_____________

Kalos: Lumiose City Airport

Checking out of the window of the airplane as the landmass quickly approached was a white 15-year-old boy with a stylish comb over styled  hair; most of it flowed to the left and curled up to the end, but a segment of the right was longer, slightly draped into his blue right eye. He wore a black T-shirt with brown pants with a grey belt buckle and large navy blue boots great for walking long distances. Elliot could hardly contain his excitement as he drummed his hands on top of his large satchel. Not only was he going to a region with all sorts of different Pokemon, but it would finally be his time to go out and be a Pokemon trainer and maybe even a champion. He’s done so much research and studying about them and all the adventures that they have gone through, which filled his head with possibilities of what his adventure could be like, and with a whole new region to explore, including the often touted land of fairy types, it's only fitting that his dream came true there. 

     “You seem really excited,” his mom to the left of him remarked with a smile.

     “How could I not be! I’m finally getting to be a Pokemon trainer, and I can get some answers about the stone mudkip clings to.” Elliot remarked, His mom was a small brunette woman with green eyes and a long head of hair; she wore a casual pink blouse with white pants and a black hat to cover her eyes from the sun. 

     “Before you go storming off on your adventure, you are going to be helping us move in first,” a voice from behind him wrung out, partially mellowing his mood.

     “I know, Dad.” Elliot remarked. He did a glance back, and it was almost like he was looking into a mirror of his future. He took after more of his dad than his mom, the same brown hair with blue eyes, although his hair was more slingback and composed. He dressed business casually in a half-sleeve button-down T-shirt with khaki pants and white tennis shoes. 

     "Well, I hope you do,” he responded.

    "Oh, just let the boy be excited, Jack. He’s going to be in the field with a late start thanks to someone,” his mom commented. 

     “He will be going fully prepared; I will personally inspect your bag before you leave to make sure you have all the proper items,” his brother responded.

     “Ok, no problem... I’ll triple-check the list you gave me.” Elliot answered, and his dad gave a positive nod of confirmation before the conversation petered out as the plane started to land, the telltale sign of his ears popping as they got acclimated to the faltering altitude as the plane came to a stop and the landing stairs were brought towards the plane to offboard the passengers. They waited a moment for some of the more impatient passengers to unload first and get off before heading off themselves, taking their luggage from the overhead hanger, heading down the steps, and finally getting to step foot on land after hours of travel. 

It was a great feeling to experience, and he wasn’t the only one as the second ramp connected that allowed the forward half of the plane to disembark had connected, and the first person off came with a certain pazzass as he announced to the world who he was. 

    "Hey, Kalos region! Ash from Pallet Town is finally here!” The boy yelled; he wore a red cap with a blue jacket and blue jeans, and for some reason, he looked familiar to Elliot; even the name he yelled was also familiar, but it was the Pikachu that hopped up on the boy's shoulders that tipped him off on where he recognized him from. He was in Unova; he participated in the Pokémon World Tournament Junior Cup.

The boy seemed to be accompanied by a woman with a helioptile. They conversed a bit before Ash seemed to be distracted by two Spritzees which caused him to mistook his step before tripping and falling down the stairwell of the plane. His Pikachu didn’t share in its partner's fate as it jumped from his shoulders to the pad blow as he tumbled. Almost instinctually, he had started to make his way over to him to check and see if the boy was alright. Similar thoughts occurred to other adults in the area, although once the boy declared that he was ok, many of them carried on with what they were doing. 

The woman had rushed down and helped Ash up to his feet, and Ash thanked her before trying to rush off, remarking that the first thing that he wanted to do was have a gym battle. 

     “Just a minute, where do you plan on going for a gym battle?” The woman remarked

     “That’s an easy one; your sister is a gym leader, right? So I’ll go challenge her gym first!” Ash announced boldly.

     "Wait, I’m sorry to disappoint you, but her gym isn’t in Luminous City.”

     "It's in Santalune City, right, Viola, which would make you Alexa, right?” Elliot suddenly interjected, causing both of them to turn to the teen who realized what he did. He rubbed his hand through the back of his neck and began to apologize for eavesdropping on their conversation, but Alexa waved away his concerns.

      “It’s quite alright, and you're right, that is my sister and her location. I take it that you're a Kalos local.” Alexa asked

     “No, I just did a lot of studying since I was moving here.” Elliot responded.

     “Wait, her gym is not here, so now what am I going to do?” Ash pouted.

     "Well, hold on, let me see if I can get a hold of my sister's mind; I’ll see you in the lobby, ash, and nice to meet you?” Alexa 

     “Oh, Elliot.” 

     “Nice to meet you, Elliot.” Alexa remarked before taking her and leaving the two of them. Now that Elliot was closer to the kid, he realized how small he was; he was nearly a foot taller.

      “Hey Ash, I saw you participate in the Pokémon World Tournament Junior Cup in Unova. Are you going to participate in the Kalos league as well?“ 

     “You can bet I am; me and Pikachu are on a journey to become a Pokémon master! That's why I want to get into a gym battle right away.” Ash announced excitedly

      "Just you and Pikchu?" What about your other Pokemon?” Elliot remarked as he didn’t see any extra pokeballs on the young boy. 

     “There back in my home town, pallet town with my professor, I like to start over everything when I enter a new region.” Ash confirmed. Elliot was about to ask why, but before he could, his father was calling him over. 

      "That's my dad; sorry, Ash Gotta run.” Elliott remarked before turning away. 

      “Elliot, are you going to compete in the Kalos region as well?” Ash questioned. 

     “Yup, this is going to be my first Pokemon journey. I hope to make it that far.” Elliot replied with an affirmative nod. 

     “Well, I hope to see you there! Better bring your A-game because I won't be losing this time.” 

     "Will do. See you later, Than.” Elliot said with a wave goodbye, but just as he turned around to wave, something caught his eye: a shadow had suddenly cast over Ash. Ash noticed it as well, and both of their eyes shifted to the thing that was casting the shadow. Going by the pokemon’s silhouette, it was obviously a blaziken, but it looked slightly different, having a horn extending out of its forehead and more exaggerated fur on the chest extending past it towards the shoulders, with a new black color scheme that dotted its legs instead of the traditional yellow. 

The most significant change is the three flowing bands of flames on each of its wrists. As soon as they caught the eye, the creature leaped off the building and down to the pavement below before immediately jumping away with incredible speed, too fast to catch, leaving both boys stunned for a brief moment.

Elliot was brought out of his stupor by his father grabbing rather forcibly on his shoulder and informing him to come on and get inside, and then telling Ash that he too should hurry along indoors. Ash agreed before hurrying himself inside to chase after Alexa, but it was the urgency of his father's voice that tipped him off that something was wrong.

     “What happened? Is something wrong?” Elliot asked

     “A group of “rowdy” Toxicroak have managed to magically bypass the wall surrounding the city and are somewhere nearby; they say that there isn’t a need for concern since the police and Pokemon rangers are handling the situation, but I don’t want to take any chances.” His father replied as he led him away to the bag retrieval area of the airport. He wondered if that strange blaziken belonged to someone on the police force or rangers; could it be some sort of regional variant perhaps? He didn’t catch any wind of that in any of his studies of the island, so it could potentially be something else instead. He would be excited to ask around when he was on his adventure about it; maybe it could be related to the stones he’s been hearing about. For now, though he would just need to carry his luggage to the designated rental they had and set up in his new home, hopefully nothing too crazy happens that makes his father reconsider allowing him to leave on his adventure. 

______________

Ash quickly ran inside and met up with Alexa; she had just gotten off the phone, which made Ash even more excited as he approached her, telling her of the new Pokemon that he witnessed outside. She told him that there would probably be lots of new Pokémon that Ash hadn’t seen, which only served to pump his enthusiasm through the roof, but the first thing he wanted to do other than discover new Pokemon was to win against a gym leader, but at the mention of that fact, Alexa had to put a sudden break to things, informing him that his sister was currently away from her gym and she didn’t know when she would be back. 

The sudden shock of hearing that he couldn’t go to that gym was devastating. He was so eager to win the league and become a master to prove himself and make up for his own past mistakes in previous leagues, he could not help but verbalize his disappointment in that fact, but Alexa manages once again to change his mood by informing him that there was actually a gym located in Lumoise City so he could challenge that instead, while her sister waited, she gestured for him to follow him out of the airport, where she showed him a map of the city. There were several posted outside of the airport setup on holographic displays.

Alexa pointed to the center of the city, which highlighted the area as Prism Tower, which Alexa reiterated for him verbally. Ash confirmed that he understood and asked if Pikachu was ready to take on the gym, which he gained a resounding agreement from. Alexa remarked that the two of them would be going their separate ways now and wished him luck on his adventure while reaching out her hand for a shake. Ash hesitated for only a moment before reaching his hand out and shaking hers, thanking the woman for all her help and wishing her the best in her endeavors as well. 

With that out of the way, Ash quickly turned on his heels and dashed off, running down the sidewalk of the airport so that he could get into Lumiose City proper, the only slight slowing down so that the machines could scan his Pokedex as he made his way past the checkpoint, and he jumped as he crossed the final threshold into the city proper, opening up into a bright, shining, and brustling cityscape. Multiple buildings dotted the landscape, and from as far as the eye could see, the streets were littered with people and Pokemon either laying around on benches or outside cafes and shops or walking the streets towards a destination unknown. Ash knew where his destination was going to be though as he continued to take off running, maneuvering past the others on the sidewalk, oohing and awwing at some of the Pokemon he passed, some new and familiar. 

He finally got to a bridge where he finally managed to get a good look at Prism Tower where the gym leader lay he was close now and after a small break caught his breath and enjoyed the sight of the massive tower that lifted off up into the sky taller then any building that he’s ever seen so far, an amazing sight and perfect for the beginning of his journey as he recovered his breath and once more asked Pikachu if he was ready and once he got confirmation off he went once again, it took about 15 minutes of solid running which turned into a jog near the end before he finally made it to the foot of the tower, their it seemed even bigger than it was from far away but he didn’t let that intimidate him he was going to go inside and defeat the gym leader as the start of his new adventure in the Kalos region. 

He went inside easily enough; there was a directory that pointed him in the direction of an elevator that would take him up to the gym leader’s stadium. He eagerly got on and pressed the button before tapping his foot as the elevator slowly went up and through the floors before finally opening, making him jog out of it into a darkish room. The only lighting came from canisters with flowing electricity in them, which signaled to Ash that this was likely the electric gym leader, which was perfect for Pikachu, he thought as he approached the doorway and was greeted by a synthetic voice. 

     "Welcome to the Lumiose gym.”

     “My name's Ash. I come from Pallet town in the Kantos region. I’m here for a gym battle, please.”

     “How many badges do you have?”

     “Badge? Well, this is my first gym, so I don’t have any gym badges.” 

     "What if you don’t have any badges? You must have accumulated at least four badges before challenging this gym. There are no exceptions. Goodbye.” The synthesized voice remarked, refusing to hear Ash out, instead actually began to threaten him as two metallic appendages extended out of the ceiling, both of them charging with electricity, and before Ash could even get a chance to back away or retreat, they fired down directly at him. Luckily, Pikachu was there for him, jumping up on his head directly and taking the brunt of the electricity for him, although some of it still bled through and gave him a short buzz sensation from the top down, which was completely ignored as the floor right beneath him fell out and he started to fall straight down a long, extended duct.

Ash banged his head twice as he twisted and turned in the duct before getting shot out into the open of the tower. He was blinded for a moment by the sudden light of the sun shining in his face, and he couldn’t brace himself for the fall that was inevitably about to take him; however, his landing was incredibly softer than he had expected as he crashed in a giant whoopie cushion; it felt like a large pillow, although he didn’t think about himself at that moment as he got up and looked for his Pikachu instead. He found his best friend in the arms of a small girl next to him. He heard another scream come through, which likely came from her. He looked forward towards someone else approaching him equally with blonde hair like the little girl. 

Ash correctly assumed that the boy was the one who had saved him with the giant cushion, and he thanked him for that. The boy's name was apparently Clemont, as the little girl had called for his attention as she held Pikachu in her arms and then started to hug the little pokemon, but this had the unintentional effect of freighting Pikachu, delivering a particularly harsh thunder shock to the small girl, forcing her to drop him. The girl fell to the ground with a thud, and it was here that Ash finally learned her name, which was Bonnie, as her brother called out for her and if she was okay. The girl bounced back surprisingly quickly with a small laugh, signifying that she was okay. 

Clemont apologized for his sister and then demanded that she apologize as well. Even though the girl believed that she did nothing wrong, Clemont countered her and explained that it doesn’t matter what she thought was ok; if the boundaries of the Pokemon were breached, then she should apologize for it. Causing the girl to shrink back in understanding with her head down. Ash came up to her and remarked that it was ok and that Pikachu just has some issues with strangers holding him because of people have been after him in the past, and thanked her for helping Pikachu in the fall. She perked right up from the praise, although Clemont coughed and still asked that she apologize, which she did so. 

Ash confirmed with the boy about the gym leader and how he kicked them out; he told them how the gym had zapped him and kicked him out, which generated shock from the two involved. Bonnie expressed that the Lumiose City gym leader was really strong and amazing, and Ash could believe it, as the reason he kicked them out was because he didn’t have any badges in the first place, which earned a gasp of shock from the two individuals as Clemont asked where Ash was from. Ash told them that he was new to the Kalos region and explained that he was from Pallet Town in the Kanto region. The two were surprised and wanted to hear about the boy's experience as the two took the opportunity to walk with the boy around the city and show him a couple of the shops and sights.

They began to walk for about 30 minutes. Clemont was surprisingly generous, even offering to buy him an ice cream cone, and the three of them continued. Ash, not wanting to talk about himself the entire time, also asked more about the brother and sister combo and if they were on an adventure of their own, they weren't, and he found out that Bonnie was just a year away from being able to get her own Pokemon, so she was extra excited about being able to, and Ash could remember that same feeling, telling the duo of how he was so excited that he couldn’t even sleep the day before making him oversleep, but that was how he managed to meet Pikachu in the first place. He asked Clemont if he had any Pokemon, and the boy remarked that he did; he had recently caught a bunnelby, which Ash found super cool as that was also a new Pokemon he hadn’t seen before, but instead of just having the teen show him like normal, Ash had the perfect place as he looked down from the bridge they were stopped on and saw a small Pokemon field below, so he challenged Clemont to a battle.

The boy was reluctant at first, but after some encouragement from his little sister, the three of them quickly got down, and from the bridge to the pokefield, Ash held out Pikachu's pokeball and Clemont held out his pokeball, and the light in the center blinked green two times, signaling that a match was confirmed. All of Pikachu's features for a moment highlighted blue and flickered for a moment, and with that done, the two took to opposite sides of the arena.

Clemont pressed the button in the center, unleashing his Pokemon in a burst of blurred light highlighted in white. The creature that came out was a small creature with large ears that stuck straight up; the ends were brown and almost looked like fingertips. It was mostly gray, and it had thick brown scruffy neck fur along with brown feet. It had round puffy cheeks with whiskers and two small teeth poked out the front. Pikachu took the stage next with an electric charge coming out of its cheeks. Bonnie was the one that signified the beginning of the bout.

Ash was faster in giving his Pokemon orders, immediately ordering Pikachu to deliver a thunderbolt. Clemont countered the technique by having bunnelby use its ears on the sand below having it blow the sand into the air blocking the bolt of lighting striking through the air, as Ash was surprised which allowed Clemont used as an opportunity to have his bunnelby to dig into the ground, Ash quickly recovered telling Pikachu to attempt to move around so that it couldn’t get a lock on its position and Pikachu followed its master's orders starting to run around in a hopefully unpredictable pattered however it was of no use as when the pokemon came up it knocked Pikachu into the air before slapping it back down with its ears, Pikachu managed to land feet first and ash was quickly to continue his assault before his opponent mon was able to hit the ground with a quick attack  an aura of white surrounded Pikachu as the pokemon charged forth just as the other mon feet touched the ground he was struck right in the gut.

Instead of being blown back, however, the Pokemon once more used its ears to help dig into the ground to help itself with the blowback. Clemont complimented his Pokemon's thoughtfulness before ordering it to use double slap . Its ears started to glow a bright whitish red, and the ear it used to prop itself up came up, bringing a load of sand with it that it used to throw at Pikachu. The yellow pokemon quickly dodged out of the way of the sand but was unprepared as the small other mon closed the distance, incredibly quickly lashing out with a 10-hit combo culminating in a double hit that smacked Pikachu away. Ash was surprised by the action but wasn’t giving up yet. As Pikachu recovered in mid-air and landed down by his side, Clemont once more boasted about Bunnleby’s ears, but Ash had a plan for that. As he ordered Pikachu to use an iron tail, the yellow pokemon rose quickly into the air and attempted to slam down its now glowing white tail on the Bunnleby, but as Ash expected, the mon had used its two ears to catch it. 

This was Ash’s plan all along, as now the Pokemon had no room to maneuver from his next attack, which was electro-ball bunnelby, which was flung back as the attack landed directly on his face, blowing the small mon back, but it managed to correct itself and land on its feet, although it took a small dip in its posture as it recoiled from the pain. Ash wanted to continue with his advantage, so he continued with a quick attack. His pokemon charged forth with great speed, and Clemont and Bunnelby were both ready and prepared until suddenly something out of the left-hand side came flying onto the field, forcing Pikachu to back off and dodge the electric net that came at him. 

Everyone looked toward the direction of where the electric net had come from, questioning who and why the perpetrator did such a thing, but as the duo started to speak, Ash's face fell. 

Prepare for trouble. Our middle name. And make it double. It's a high-stakes game to protect the world from devastation and to unite the people of our nation. To denounce the evil of truth and love to extend our reach To the stars above. Jesse and James's team rocket blasts off at the speed of light. Surrender now or prepare to fight, fight, fight. Meow, that's right, woobefet.

Two people with blue and purple hair in matching white outfits with a red R on their chest were at the top of the staircase as two Pokemon lay in between them. A wobbuffet and Meowth Clemont took an express interest in the Meowth as the Pokemon could speak, which was a rare thing he’s never seen before; however, Ash halted his enthusiasm as he grabbed him by the shoulder and told them that these were bad people who were constantly after his Pikachu.

The duo didn’t deny this claim but explained even further about how Pikachu wasn’t their main goal. Still, they were there in Kalos to capture an entire army of strong Pokemon for world dominance as they made Kalos their castle for their boss. Ash wasted no time in attacking first with a thunderbolt, but Jesse countered with a mirror coat as the wobbuffet started to glow a slight rainbow color all over its body and jump straight out into the electric beams' path, causing glowing energy to surround the attack for a moment before firing off with seemingly double the original intensity, striking the airborne Pikachu wholesale. The intensity of the attack was nearly blinding as the yellow pokemon let off a shot of plain and was blown backward into the dirt. Ash quickly rushed to his friend's plight as it landed on the ground with a heavy thud. 

Pikachu struggled to get up, causing Ash to help his friend stand. Clemont suggested retreating and fighting another day, as not only was his Pokemon weakened from being in a trainer battle with his bunnelby along with the damage it took, but half of his moves would be reflected with double damage by mirror coat as well. Ash, however, saw it differently; he never backed down from them before, and he wouldn’t now. As long as Pikachu was still able to fight, he wouldn’t give up either, and they would both continue to battle until the very end. 

The inspirational words were enough to spur Clemont into action as he agreed to fight alongside Ash. He turned to the duo with renewed determination to fight. Ash was the first to attack once more with an electroball. Clemont didn’t have time to comment on how that was a bad choice, so instead he used his opportunity to help with mudshot. Bunnelby put its ears together and channeled a dark, murky brown energy that shot outwards in microballs—ten of them.

He was hoping that the enemy would be overzealous and reflect his attack first, allowing Ash's electroball to hit unimpeded. Of course, Jesse saw through this ploy and ordered her mon to dodge out of the way of the first attack and then used a mirror coat on the second attack, which was going to go right back to Pikachu at double the power. However, a shadow suddenly leaped from a tree nearby, taking the electric attack for the yellow pokemon. As the explosion cleared and both of the Pokemon fell to the ground, it revealed a blue Pokemon with large oval-shaped eyes, a hunch-over expression, strong back legs, and electricity coursing over its body from the electroball attack. Clemont recognized the Pokemon as a froakie; the two immediately assumed that meant that there was another trainer somewhere to be found by failing to find the person that and when the blue pokemon started to move forwards towards Team Rocket, they realized that it was likely a wild one. The froakie denounced the villainous org in its tongue, which was repeated by the talking meowth. 

The froakie despite its injuries continued with its attack puffing out the main fur it seemed to have around its neck before ripping it off and throwing it at the criminal team, Jesse once more attempted to use mirror coat but it did not reflect the attack this time around, Clemont remarked that she was a bit too arrogant in her thinking as froakie’s frubbles weren’t a special attack so the move had no effect, the wobbuffet was knocked down into the ground and the remaining frubbles rained down alongside the defending mon towards its owners below they rose their arms in defense from the shock and were surprised to see how sticky the substance was, while they were distracted with that Ash took the opportunity to go on the attack along with Clemont, first Clemont using his bunnelby to dig underground directly beneath the trio and explode upwards forcing them up into the air, while Pikachu was instructed on using a thunderbolt, froakie assisted with the attack launching his move as well the the water and lighting strike doubling up the damage and blasting team rocket away into the distance.

Bonnie cheered for the group's victory, but the celebrations were short-lived as Froakie faltered on the ground, the double-damaged electric ball taking its toll on its small frame as it collapsed to the ground. Ash quickly scooped up the Pokemon and asked about the closest Pokemon center; however, before he could come up with one, Bonnie suggested going to the professor Sycamore research lab, which they quickly settled on as they began to rush over. The threat of Team Rocket long gone.

____________

Route 4 Entrance to Lumiose City

The class had finally managed to disinfect and dry off their clothes, Momo noted the large city near them which was as good of a guess as any for a place to go and find shelter, they all elected to go in more traditional clothing instead of their hero outfit so that they wouldn’t draw too much attention to themselves however as a group of 20 people it was hard not to draw in a couple of looks here and there which also drew in a couple of whispers from the people they past by although many of them simply thought that they were some sort of traveling troupe of some sort that was going to perform in the city for something, they had made it to the garden where many shrubbery laid some of which seemed to have been vandalized by someone that the garden keepers were quickly at work at fixing-up and making to look presentable. 

They passed by a massively decorated fountain in the center, which had two makeshift tattu blowing water in two separate directions, almost like it was the shape of a heart as it was recycled into the water pool below. They had passed it by with some intrigue. Mina, Kirishima, and Sero even took a couple of pictures around the moment, although a quick yell from Bakugo got them back on the road straight ahead to the main entrance of the large city. They entered inside to find cozy room furniture with few people inside. 

A young woman was sitting on a bench in the corner, and there was a front desk center in the middle with a young male and female employee who welcomed the large group to Lumiose City. The class all gave a greeting themselves as they continued to where the exit was; however, there was a problem; there was a scanner for entry into the city that remarked to scan their Pokedex or ID here so that they could proceed.

The class froze in place for a moment thinking about what they could do now. Midoriya for a brief moment, his danger sense flared, which left him distracted in the discussion, but when one of the employees at the desk asked the group if everything was alright, likely finding it unusual that the large group was just hovering by the exit, it quickly drew his mind back to his current situation. The one who answered the receptionist was none other than Iida, simply remarking that they had made a crucial error and mistakenly left their Pokedexs in their homes. The receptionist was welcoming of that fact and remarked that they could still proceed inside if they came and gave their social security number or some other set of identification so they could keep them in their system. Of course, this wasn’t an option either, as the group didn’t have such things, so Iida simply said that they would go back and correct their mistake as they would need them anyways before awkwardly walking out with the others of their class.

Another shocking discovery for the class was that this world also did not have quirks. Jiro remarked that the people at the receptionist's desk were talking to themselves when they were leaving, trying to figure out what was happening with Shoji, Ojiro, Koda, and Tokoyami. This was shocking to them because they wondered how people caught Pokemon in this world; otherwise, the games would have you choose your quirk, and then you would go in and battle a beginning Pokemon with low levels before you level up the Pokemon and your character to fight and take on even higher level Pokemon. If that was different, there was no telling what other difference this world would have to offer them.

So there they were back outside in the midst of the garden as they started to plan their next steps. Inside they were able to find a map of the region so they weren’t going to be completely lost, but the question of what they would do for food, money, and shelter. Momo could create some shelter for them, and they had survival training in the forest before, but they had no clue about the flora revolving around the world, what would be safe to eat and what wouldn't be, so they would still need to ask a couple of questions to a passerby, speaking of which a suggestion by Bakugo that was immediately shot down by Momo and Iida was that they could earn money by beating trainers in battles; in the games he remembered they would usually get money from them, which could be helpful now. 

This was shut down due to the inherent risk involved of not only hurting themselves but damaging the person’s Pokemon; instead, it would be an unfair match to begin with, as they would not know what they would be getting into in such a match if they accepted in the first place. The class went off into the side towards the woods once more off the beaten path to avoid prying eyes that had started to look at them as the morning sky started to dip into noon. The group was coming up with other places they should go and visit that didn’t have a walled-off area that didn’t require identification to enter, which was everywhere else, making this city seem like a rather huge deal in retrospect. 

The group now had to figure out which city they would be going to next and what job they could take on without identification; they didn’t like the prospects too much, and if the world were similar to their own, where money was more stored digitally than physical means, they would have no means of accepting payment for their service in the first place. Physical money likely existed, but finding jobs that only dealt in physical currency was also going to be a headache to find. The teens started to realize how lucky they were to be found by Blast and the hero association immediately instead of being forced to fend for themselves, which would have been disastrous given the world climate around monsters. This world had Pokemon, so it shouldn’t be as bad for them at least, but there was an underlined worry for Aki and Torax if they even made it to the same place as they did.

Well, since they were going to be camping out for the foreseeable future, the class elected to put back on their hero costumes because, unlike in their world where animals were not very threatening to heroes, here where the animals were all super-powered and strong themselves, they offered a strange difference, even though for the most part they have only seen Flabebe and Mitsuhoney with the occasional Eneco and Subomie with even the occasional Ralt, which weren’t too threatening, and even some of them were playful and came up to investigate them, and some of their numbers that weren’t the brains of the group stuck to that  tooccupy their time while the leaders of the group hashed out their next steps. 

Iida,Todoroki, Momo, Midoriya, Bakugo, and Iida were each discussing what would be the best place to go visit—someplace that wouldn’t draw too much attention to themselves, has a freshwater source that they could drink from, and potentially work for them to do. Aquacorde Town seemed the best place as any for them to stay, and they could also fish for their food while there, even though the awkwardness of eating Pokemon was going to take some time to get used to. Midoriya wanted to take a moment before they headed out to talk to his vestiges, thinking about their home world and what was transpiring now that they still weren’t back. This brought the atmosphere down once more as that point sunk into the class about the danger of what was happening back home with all for one.

The heroes were in a good position with all might back with rewind, but having thought that Midoriya was shocked to see within the vestige realm that all might lack the signifying horn that belonged to Eri’s quirk. Instead, he was back into his normal state, and he asked the vestiges if anything was happening. What happened to the horn? The vestiges had no idea what he was talking about, which surprised him as he probed for more details on what they did and didn’t know about what happened.

As Midoriya was consulting with the vestiges, Sero had his own mental message as he got a telepathic message from Saren. His glowing red eyes highlighted the spell's effect on him; the others immediately noticed and were confused about how it was still possible. With the spirit inhabiting another body at the time, Sero was quick to hush them as he attempted to pay attention to the message. 

Sero This is a one-way message due to the distance between us, so I will make this brief. Be sure to remember because I won’t be sending another for some time. I and a collective of monsters have been summoned to this place: Aki, Torax, Volten, Eyesight, Brut, Lord Great White, and myself. We don’t know if the others who traveled with us have joined on the planet. I will be searching for them, but it will take some time—10 days to be exact. Over a third of us aren’t present, which includes Jackie. We are currently located at---

Young Visitors, in your hearts I can sense your righteousness and good nature. Even though you all must be incredibly confused about what's happening, I do want to request that you all protect three individuals in this region. You have no reason to trust me, but for the sake of the entire world, they must be protected. Their names are Ash Ketchum, Elliot Whitlock, and Xerxes Ruben. I can tell by your nature that you will make the right choice. 

All of the class stopped and looked at one another about the booming unfamiliar voice that rung out in each of their heads. Eyes drifted to Sero, and questions were raised if that was Saren or not, and Sero quickly dismissed that he was getting a message from Saren before he too was interrupted by that strange voice. Now the class had to decide what they were going to do if they would follow this ominous voice. Some remarked that the last ominous voice in their heads was a bad guy, but this voice wasn’t god from before, and its mission seemed to be a positive one, although some argued that it could be reverse psychology and that they would be protecting bad people instead, although if they hung around them then they wouldn’t be able to do bad things in the first place. 

The group pushed that argument to the back of their minds while Sero began to tell them what Saren had informed him of before the ghost was cut off by the other guy. Koda was relieved that Aki and Torax were safe; however, due to the interruption, they didn’t know where they were or if they were even in the same region, although they would likely find out in 10 days when he got back to them. Midoriya was about to take the opportunity to tell them what he found out, but his danger sense flared once more as he turned back to the large wall of the city. The sounds of alarms blared even from this distance; they could hear it. Almost instinctually, the class had all gotten up and prepared for action. Shoji reacted first, using his Buddha awakening to craft massive hands from the trees that picked them all up and placed them on the top of the wall.

Toru was next using her light enhancement: a telescope to hence the vision of the whole class to get greater vision down below. Jiro could hear the loudspeakers; there was something called a “Garchomp” on the loose. Having spotted the Pokemon, they realized the voice was talking about a Gaburias, and as the laser blasted across the rooftops blasting them to smithereens before something similar happened down a street block a further bit away, Jiro remarked that the Gaburias was making its way to the prism tower, which they guessed was the large tower in the center. 

Going off information that they had about the creature from the game that it was weak to ice, they elected Todoroki to be the one that would help to take care of the problem while the others would help out with the wounded down below. They were technically not allowed to be inside, but as heroes, they weren’t just going to turn away from people who needed help, and with that out of the way, they were off Todoroki charging forwards, gliding on ice, while the class broke out into groups into the damage areas.

___________________

A few hours previously

Ash continued to rush his way towards Sycamore’s lab, making it there alongside Bonnie Clemont being left behind somewhere else. They busted into a large room with a stairwell upstairs. Ash yelled out a cry for help in hopes that someone would come in and help him out, which someone did. A man in a lab coat had walked out; he had blue eyes and stylish black hair. He came into the room from an adjacent hallway with a heavy sigh as he had almost been woken up from a nap. The man noticed the injured froakie in his hands and quickly called upon his assistant to come to take the pokemon from him towards the back. The group hurried along with the assistant, where they were gestured to wait behind a large glass window not allowed inside the operating room. Froakie was stuffed inside of a machine where four beams of light orange light seemed to rake up and down the pokemon’s body, slowly healing its injuries.

The professor remarked that it would take some time for the healing to complete, so in the meantime they should take a seat. He even offered Pikachu a potion for its injuries, which Ash gladly thanked the professor for. Another assistant, this one named Sina, came in with some tea and placed it down for their guest, which all of them thanked them for as the group sat and waited for the healing process to finish. The group introduced themselves to the professor and told him about what had happened to froakie and how it ended up hurting. 

Ash inquired about the Pokemon and if it had snuck out of the lab, and Sycamore informed him that the Pokemon was someone elses, although the trainer had recently called that he didn’t want it anymore, which earned a gasp of shock from the trio. Sycamore explained that this was not unusual for this specific froakie as it had a long list of occurrences of this happening not listening to its trainer or simply running away from them entirely, which it did now. Clemont suggested that then maybe this froakie simply didn’t want to participate in Pokemon battles in that case, which the professor would agree with if the froakie itself didn’t spend most of its spare time training instead of playing around with the other Pokemon.

The mention of other Pokemon got Bonnie's attention immediately, but they were distracted by the sound of a Garchomp. The large Pokemon was even taller than Sycamore himself; however, it had entered the room incredibly quietly, or they were too consumed by their conversation to notice the large mon enter the room. The group went over to the pokemon, which was pressed against the glass, looking at the small mon inside. It turned around when Sycamore mentioned it. Garhcamp was his pokemon; he’s had it for some time, so it’s rather friendly and sort of a big sibling to all the pokemon in the lab, so it was especially mindful of one of them being hurt or feeling down. The tiro awwed at the description, and Ash went up to pet the garchomp on the head. This was followed by Bonnie, but she had asked the professor to be able to do so beforehand, which her brother silently smiled at for learning so quickly the professor allowed it, even picking her up to allow her to rub the garchomp on the head.

She also inquired about the other Pokemon in the lab and if she could go meet them, and the professor said that she could, which got the girl super excited in doing so and wiggling around in his grasp. The professor laughed at the playful energy as he carried her away. followed by her brother, but as Ash didn't follow, the boy looked back and asked if he was coming. Ash responded that he would catch up in a moment as he looked towards the glass once more, understanding Clemont continued on his way with the professor and his sister. 

Ash took a moment to ask if he could be let inside, and the assistant agreed as everything was in place. Even once inside, froakie was inside of a glass cylinder, but its eyes were open, showing that it was awake. He once more thanked froakie for saving him and Pikachu, and he also remarked that he too had his fair share of hard-headed pokemon, and the trainers that didn’t stick with him weren’t determined enough, and that he would be happy to have a pokemon like him on his team. The mon could only manage a half-hearted half speach before its eyes closed once more, and Ash took that moment to take his leave and join the others.

As Ash stepped into the garden room, he could already see plenty of Pokemon running around in the makeshift garden, which even featured a rather large lake in the center for water Pokemon to play around in. Pikachu went over to play with the other Pokemon, while Ash went over by Clemont and Sycamore. Ash was curious about what the man researched here, and Sycamore remarked that he specialized in mega evolution; this was a further evolution even beyond that of traditional evolution. The only current method of how mega evolution is triggered is by a stone and the bond between trainer and pokemon, but so far only a select few pokemon have been capable of it, including that of Garchomp. Ash asked if Pikachu could mega evolve, but the professor remarked that it was unlikely. All of the mega evolutions they found so far only come from final evolution pokemon, not intermediate stages, which Ash was somewhat bummed about but recovered quickly as Pikachu gave a reinsuring squeak and grabbed his leg.

Unbeknownst to them, on top of the green room they had been being watched and eavesdropped on by none other than Team Rocket, who, upon hearing about Mega Evolution, devised a plan to capture the research center. The group disguised themselves as research scientists and walked into the lab claiming to want to join in the research about mega evolution. Two of the assistants and Garchomp came out to greet them; however, one of them was going to get the professor, which would spell problems, so they were about to see if they could prevent that from happening, but the sudden appearance of a froakie hopping down the hall put that on hold. This froakie pointed at them in an accusatory way, and the garchomp responded almost immediately, taking up a more defensive position in front of the assistant. 

James attempted to use his tech cube on the larger Pokemon, but the Pokemon was able to easily cut the machine in half before making progress. However, as it did so, a burst of smoke suddenly emerged through the device, concealing their vision. Garchomp used its massive wings to quickly clear the smoke, but by the time it did, the assistant that was behind him was captured by Jesse and held hostage, forcing Garchomp to stand down, which James used as an opportunity to cage the large mon. With electricity sparked from the device, it attempted to control the pokemon. James tapped on a holographic device in an attempt to make it obey his command, but the Pokemon resisted the collar's effects as it stumbled around and howled in agony. Froakie jumped and tried to remove the collar, but it was blasted backward by the overcharge. 

The Garchomp continued to howl in pain before slicing out quickly with one of its wings sending a slice of air that narrowly missed the duo rocket members and bit deeply into the room around them, leaving a gash in the wall. The garchomp smacked around the room, running into a bookcase and an open circuit that fried feedback into the color, turning the blue electricity red instead. The garchomp somewhat got a better hold of itself, but the anger and pain were still present. The doctor had returned with the twerp, and the other two, who at this point team rocketed, decided to forgo their disguises and reveal themselves fully to the group. 

The garchomp, however, was still failing to listen to Jame's commands. As he typed on the machine once more, another shout of pain was heard from the garchomp before it fired off a hyper beam. This deadly blast of energy came directly for Team Rocket, but Wobbuffet was their using a mirror coat to counter the strike, sending it back with double power, but was ordered to aim high towards the ceiling by Jesse. The already dangerous blast with double damage caused it to spike high into the air with incredible power, punching a giant hole in the ceiling, causing it to begin to collapse on top of everyone. Team Rocket used that as an opportunity to escape the mess, exiting out the door and beginning  to run away.

Garchomp leaped out of the building as well, almost like it was after them, but crashed into the building across the street instead clutching at its throat and letting off a pained howl the entire time. The group inside was still concerned about the falling debris when suddenly it began to slow down to a trickle as it suddenly stopped. Sycamore looked to the top of the steps to see his other assistant Dexio at the top of the stairway with his espeon, who glowed a sharp blue using psychic on the roof, partly keeping it aloft. Sycamore began to give orders as he asked both of his assistants to get out of the building and to attempt to help espeon delay the collapse of the roof as much as possible.

Ash remarked that he would go after Garchomp in the professor's stead to ensure that it wouldn’t get hurt. Clemont decided to join Ash in his venture as well, chasing the boy out into the street where the out-of-control Garchomp was already stirring up problems as the warning sirens of the city began to blare. Ash didn’t realize between all the commotion until he saw froakie running alongside them give a croak of support that he was going to join them as well in helping its friend, which Ash wouldn’t say no to.

The garchomp flew fast, shattering windows with its sheer speed. The color-electing random shots of pain caused it to fumble and trip occasionally, forcing it down before it would take off once more. Once more, it unleashed a random hyper beam into the streets below, blowing up a section of the road and forcing bystanders to jump away as it carved its way downwards. Those with pokemon used them to protect people who couldn’t dodge out of the way in time. It continued to fly away, heading directly for Prism Tower, where it slammed head-first into the tower, digging into it with its clawed wings as it slid down and adjusted on one of its platforms.

Helicopters immediately began to scramble in the direction of the tower as multiple hyperbeams continued to shoot out from its’ direction, blowing up an entire city block and even blowing out a portion of the Lumiose city wall. The helicopters got closer in on the action to ensure they got the best shot possible on the conflict but also to get the mon’s attention as the creature immediately targeted one of the choppers and fired off another hyper beam directly at it, but a wall of  film suddenly came out of its side, glowing a faint rainbow color as an Mr. Mine inside of the new choppers used mirror coat to deflect the beam away into the horizon where it couldn’t do any more damage.

____________

Vaniville town

Grace and her twin daughters were looking at the news with baited breaths as they looked on at the vissage on screen. A rampaging Pokemon was never good, but a rampaging Garchomp was another problem altogether, given the sheer power that the Pokemon possessed, which it was showing off to full effect as it was using hyper beam after hyper beam. The chopper had gotten a full-on front view of the deadly blast as it was deflected away. 

There was a new partial surprise on the screen when a kid had appeared on top of the tower as well. Grave believed this may have been the Pokemon trainer, but all Serena could feel was a strange familiarity when looking at the boy. Y thought that the situation was the perfect opportunity for some sky trainers; however, there was none situated near Lumiose City to support, meaning that the police or the rangers would need to progress on land to get to the out-of-control Pokemon, which could prove troublesome. However, something even more shocking happened that turned things on their heels once more and started making everyone in the room question the legitimacy of this broadcast.

_________

Next Door

Just as they were beginning to settle down for dinner and everything had been going great for Elliot, a shocking news report sent chills down his spine not only due to the inherent danger of what was being displayed on the screen but also what that meant for his chance of leaving on his journey tomorrow. Luckily, his mother was there to dissuade such harsh thinking, so instead his father had him focus completely on the screen to highlight a prime example of the danger Pokemon can cause if not properly trained or looked after. So much could go wrong in just an instant, not only for himself but the people around you as well. 

When the Pokemon’s supposed trainer showed up on the news also on top of the tower, his dad remarked that what the boy was doing was foolish as he could be hurt or worse and he should leave it to the professionals as the situation obviously spiraled out of his control. Not only was he making himself unsafe but also making the situation even worse by being present, as now the proper authorities will have to think about his actions along with the Pokemon. His mom was more lientant on the boy, believing that he likely didn't want his Pokemon to be hurt when the proper authorities went to subdue it and that if he could calm it down, it would prevent more damage from happening than a battle against multiple other Pokemon on top of a land monument. 

His father reluctantly agreed; however, when something so unexpected happened, his body seemed to relax completely, and part of Elliot did as well. The impossible seemed to happen, and it looked like no one was in any real danger after all.

__________________

Lumiose City 

Ash had finally made it to the base of Prism Tower, the police hadn’t managed to corner off the area so he wanted to attempt to get up there along with garchomp even though Clemont remarked that it was dangerous he knew that, the longer Garchomp went on the higher chances the aftermath of it could worsen, so spurred by his determination Clemont showed him a way inside and to get to the top of the tower, using his ambi arm from his backpack it was his invention a purple arm in the shape of ambipom hands, the invention intrigued Ash but he couldn’t spend to much time on it as he rushed up the stairwell just as he rushed inside the back entrance however a hyper beam struck home immediately in their path, Clemont grabbed his sister and huddled up as the shockwave sent them scurrying back off their feet, surprisingly they were ok as Clemont looked up to see that the chomp was no surrounded by four different light screens which reduced its special attack significantly. 

As he looked down, however, it became apparent that he wouldn’t be able to get in the same way as Ash without digging through all the dirt and debris. First, he told Ash to continue without them as he weighed the options he thought about getting his sister to safety, but when he told her to leave, the girl defied him, wanting to stay by his side, which only resulted in the two shouting at each other until multiple more eruptions took place near the top of the tower. This broke up their argument, and the two worked together to move the debris from the doorway. 

Ash made it to the first access point that would get him to one of the roofs of the building. Upon looking around, he quickly spotted the Garchomp behind him. He made his way and got a proper footing before calling out to the Pokemon, but upon getting its attention, he was met with nothing but aggression as it turned around and was about to charge another attack. A large flash of light from behind him spared him from the attack as it caused the Pokemon to miss its mark. The beam hit the side of the building, and the resulting shockwave still slammed him and his mon into the side of it, making him grunt in pain for a moment. There was a loud ( Nobel) roar that had overtaken his ears next. However, it seemed to be directed at Garchomp rather than him.

The garchomp shook its head from the noise but didn’t turn to attack him again instead flying higher on another platform just above. Ash took a glance around, finding another later that would take him higher onto the same platform that the mon just flew to, so he quickly began to climb up and was once more face-to-face with the garchomp, again dedicated to getting it under control safely, but just as he reached the top of the latter, the garchomp fired off another hyper beam, but from out of nowhere something blocked it, something cold. Ash was shocked to see what it was, as it was a person who had shielded him from the blast. 

He wore a blue uniform and held a scar on his face, but what was shocking was how he was floating in mid-air, almost like he was being propelled with flames on half his body and sliding on makeshift ice with the rest. He landed in front of him and asked what the situation was. Ash quickly composed himself and explained that it was the collar they needed to get it off it and it should calm down. Ash also expressed how he didn’t want to hurt Garchomp to do it. 

The teen seemed to only nod in his reply, and all of a sudden Ash felt the air around him get colder, almost like a Pokemon. A wave of ice came from out of nowhere as the boy stomped his foot on the ground, heaven-piercing ice wall. The monolith of ice stampeded forwards at a blinding place, completely ensuring Garchomp whole stopped its body in its tracks and the excessive cold caused the collar to freeze and fall off to the ground.

Ash was completely shocked by the display before forgetting that wanting to go check up on Garchomp and see if it was ok as its eyes finally returned to their regular color from the red of the collar, he had to step around the teen to make his way through; however, as he stepped around, a part of the floor completely fell from under, making him begin to fall towards the ground. Pikachu and froakie along with him as well, Todoroki thought quickly, using his ice to create a makeshift slide from the top of the towers to the bottom, catching the three inside of it and allowing them to slide down safely. 

After confirming they were safe, he went over to the garchomp, dethawing it from its icy prison and catching it as it fell forwards onto him. He was surprised by how light the Pokemon was as he huffed it over his shoulder and swapped into his phosphorus-red state, allowing flames to expunge out of both of his legs as he gently began to glide down. On his way, he encountered two more people waving at him on the roof before the boy pointed and warned of something coming behind him. Todoroki spunt around quick and saw the threat approaching as he thrust a fist forward, belching a stream of flames that pushed the attacker away. 

Todoroki kept his eyes on the mon as it went down, but it recovered before it hit the ground, landing on its feet with a thud. Todoroki stepped foot on the platform, switched to his normal state, and created another slide for the two of them to get down, handing off garchomp to the two of them before switching back into red and continuing downwards straight at the new arrival, but as he approached, he noticed that the pokemon, what seemed to be a Mega Bursyamo, put both its hands up in mock surrender, allowing Todoroki to stand down at least for the moment. 

The Pokemon nodded at him, and before flying off towards the rooftop on the top there was a man, dressed in red and wearing a red mask. He was informed by a man, a doctor or professor, by the looks of him that the Pokemon was just trying to help out, and that person was Blaziken Mask, a sort of hometown hero of Lumiose City, although the attention was more focused on him instead of the hero at the moment as everyone was amazed at the giant ice slides that decorated the sides of the tower created by what seemingly was a person instead of a pokemon.

Down the second slide came Garchomp, Clemont, and Bonnie; the older boy was ironically the more shaken up of the trio, but after catching their breath, the group ran over to join Ash, Sycamore, and their strange savior. Todoroki used the opportunity to melt the ice that he had made; he could hear the multitude of cameras and murmurs of people on him as he did so. Although something did pique his interest, as he was done, he turned to the group who approached him once more, thanking him for his help and asking who he was and how he did what he did. 

He decided to answer honestly about his name, which he offered was Todoroki, but telling them about quirks would just lead to more confusion. Instead, he focused on the member that they had called Ash from earlier; he questioned if his name was Ash Kattchem, and once the boy confirmed that he was, Todoroki took out his phone and asked if he could snap a picture of the boy. Despite the awkwardness of the situation, Ash agreed as it was the least he could do for the help he gave him.

Todoroki took the picture, and then with that done, he bid the group farewell as he flew away in a burst of flames from his hands and legs while the others watched in awe of the spectacle. Todoroki quickly met up with the class as they too were finishing up on the rescue operations, drawing a lot of attention themselves by the looks of all the cameras, and even a news helicopter headed their way. Todoroki also noticed that blaziken mask’s blaziken had been following him along his journey, although it's kept its distance to not seem threatening. The person likely didn’t trust him completely. 

The group didn’t stick around incredibly long, only enough time for Uraraka to set up her gravitic attraction with the main target being Midoriya, who cranked up one for all to 100% full cowling and dashed away, and within the blink of an eye, the entire ensemble of 20 disappeared from everyone's sight, leaving the mystery group of strange individuals a mystery to all for the whole night. Ash, Bonnie, Clemont, and Sycamore had all been brought in by Officer Jenny to give a statement on what had happened that day, but all the questions surrounding the strange teens were still a mystery for all of them involved. They released the group, and Sycamore, for all their help, allowed them a place to stay for the night. 

___________

Santalune Forest

The class used Todoroki's flash freeze heat wave combined with Midoriya's Detroit Smash airforce, believing that while they would kick up a massive wind in the area, they wouldn't cause much of a disturbance if instead they relied on Bakugo’s explosions to do so. They gently lowered themselves down into the forest, hopefully unnoticed by those who may have been around. As their feet touched the ground, Uraraka released them from her bind, and the class all stretched out once more. Momo went to inspect if Todoroki was doing fine; he answered that he was and thanked the girl for her concern with a small smile. Iida interrupted the two moments by asking about the Pokemon on a rampage and the Pokemon that had attacked him. 

Todoroki explained that he didn’t get too many details due to the rush, but the “garchomp” had been misbehaving due to what seemed to be a shock collar placed around its neck. The second pokemon that had seemed to be after him was called a “blaziken” by a hero of the city that referred to itself as a blaziken mask. This got the class's attention as they were curious if there was a heroes in this world as well, but Todoroki put a hamper on those thoughts as he remarked that it seemed more like a local vigilante than something standard for a town or city. 

He also explained that the kid that was up there with the Gaburias was one of the people that the voice told them about, Ash Ketchum had as he showed everyone a picture of the kid in question, which once again brought up the discussion of what they should do about them. Todoroki remarked that he seemed like a good person wanting to save the Gaburias without hurting them, and they didn’t have much else to do, so there was no harm in keeping an eye on him. With that in agreement, Momo scanned the image of the person with her visor and uploaded it to the drone that had still been hovering over the city, which would keep an eye on the target for them. 

The group started all settle down and cracked open one of Pig God’s high-density meals to share amongst themselves, having Todoroki use his fire and ice to create water and heat the meals as they settled down. There was another big upspring of emotion as Midoriya informed them all that there may be a chance that concerning their home they had gone back in time or more precisely they were going under time dilation. It was still speculation based on his vestige's memories and what they can recall from all might, but he still wanted to let them know so they didn’t have to worry anymore about back home and allow them to enjoy the time in this world to the fullest with a peace of mind. 

Chapter Text

The Morning After: Ash, Clemont, Bonnie, Serena, Iida, Eliot, Tierno, Calem, Trevor, Shauna

Ash along with clemont and Bonnie had just begun to leave Professor Sycamore’s damaged research lab, there was for the moment a large rugged tarp that had replaced the roof of the place to defend itself from the elements thankfully it wasn't going to rain or snow much of anytime soon so there wasn’t going to be too many problems before the professor could get the place refitted, although during the night it was a bit windy and cold for many of the assistance that worked and slept their which were only Dexio and Sina but Ash and company didn’t make any fuss about it however and simply thanked the professor for allowing them to stay the night regardless but just as when the trio was about to turn around and leave, they were halted by none other than Froakie the small pokemon having sat by the gate along having had just pelted Ash in the face with one of its frubbles to get his attention. 

The Pokemon rolled the Pokeball by nudging it with its head and calling out to Ash. Ash moved forward and bent down so that he could look the Pokemon eye to eye and asked it if this truly was the choice it wanted to make, to answer his question, the Pokemon gave a sharp croak in its tongue before pushing the button itself and being absorbed into the Pokeball, which was as great an answer as any Ash figured as he scooped the ball up with a large smile on his face as he raised the Pokeball high into the air. It was his first Kalos region Pokemon, and he couldn’t wait to get even more as he continued with his journey.

Speaking of his journey, he had to get registered for the Kalos league, and for that, he needed to go to the nearest Pokemon center, which clemont agreed to lead him to. As the trio began to walk off, they had began to walk for about 10 minutes before the always excitable Bonnie began to run forwards as the Pokemon Center got in range of sight, Pikachu joining the excitable girl as they raced forwards, spinning on her heal, and waving the two forwards to hurry up, although the two didn’t share in the girl's enthusiasm as the center wasn’t going anywhere.

The trio eventually made it into the Pokemon Center. It was a fairly massive building with a few dozen people inside going about their day. Despite the regions being different, Ash noticed the one that stayed the same was Nurse Joy. As the woman at the front of the desk in a pink nurse uniform greeted them, Ash told the nurse what he was there to do, and she gestured for the boy to touch his Pokedex on the center of the table in front of them. The table lit to life as a robotic voice read out Ash's name, hometown, and how many badges he had before remarking that he was now eligible for the Kalos league. Nurse Joy also informed him that all eligible trainers are awarded a Kalos region badge case for their adventure, which Chansey brought out also dressed in a nurse uniform. Ash took the case and placed it in his backpack, but before he left on his adventure, he wanted to inform his professor back home about his status. 

He looked around and found a phone booth and dialed the proper number, but he was surprised when on the display that rotom appeared instead of giving him a mild jump scare. Eventually, Professor Oak pushed the rotom out of the way and greeted Ash himself. He told the professor that he had successfully made it to the Kalos region. He also told the professor about his newly caught Pokemon and displayed the froakie to him, but to his surprise, the professor had already known this Pokemon, showing him once more how intelligent the professor was. The rotom came back onto the screen, blocking his view once more, and as the professor attempted to push him away, the rotom shocked him, causing a micro explosion. Ash chuckled at the process before catching up more with Professor Oak and bidding the man farewell, he wished him luck in the league and told him he will be watching him when it premieres.

Ash hung up the phone, he made a quick jog outside where Bonnie and Clemont waited for him. Clemont wanted confirmation if the 1st gym he wanted to challenge was located in Santalune City. Ash confirmed that was the place to go, and Clemont suggested that the fastest way to reach that city was to head down Route 4; it would be a straight shot. Ash thanked him for the information and was going to say goodbye, but he was surprised when the two wanted to come with him. 

Clemont told him that his outstanding courage during the events of the previous day spurred him into action, and he believed that by following him he would be able to get stronger and maybe one day he could be as courageous as him. Bonnie argued that given what had happened the previous day, they were all good friends now and that they should continue to help each other since they worked so well together. Ash wasn’t one to dissuade against such passion, and he could use the company on his journey and agreed to let them join him on his adventures. The group shared in a small huddle, putting their hands together along with his two Pokemon, Froakie and Pikachu.

___________________

Vaniville Town

Elliot woke up bright and early in the morning, he was always a morning person but today he had an even bigger burst of energy that he normally didn’t have, he stood up stretched, and then hurriedly looked himself in the mirror giving a single sigh of almost like he was exhaling all of the nerves that may have crept up into his body but even with that he murmured to himself a self-motivating chant, he can do this, he studied, he’s practiced and now he was ready for his pokemon Journey, he reached turned to his nightstand and took the Pokeball there pressing the button in the center as a red beam deposited the contents it was his trusty sidekick a Marshtomp that he nicked named Seaquake it was a bit on the nose name but it was what he named it when he was younger and he saw no reason to change it now especially since he adapted to it so well. 

He quickly rubbed along the Pokemon’s head; he responded positively with a big smile and a chirp in its natural tongue. He asked if he was as eager as he was for the coming journey, and the response was easy even getting a slight splash to his face from a small water gun, which the Pokemon began to chuckle at, and he did as well, and it also woke him up fully from his rest, he playfully smacked the marshtomp on the head and told him to get out of the room and to go get something to eat while he got dressed. He quickly got dressed, not only for the day but for the entire rest of his journey. He didn’t know how long it would take to go around the region and collect all the badges, but he often saw trainers always pack light, so he only carried around the bare essentials along with around four sets of clothing that fit neatly inside his large bag along with his books.

The next thing he needed to do was to carefully check over the list of things his father wanted him to have for his journey: potions, antidotes, full revives, repels, poke balls, berries, and last but not least, his national pokedex, which he stuffed into his lighter bag. With that done, he was ready to hit the road after he ate, of course. As he opened his door, he clutched onto his two large satchel bags before closing the door behind him and heading down to the sweet aroma that awaited him. 

As his footsteps met the floor of the home, he was immediately called over by his mom. Wanting to spend one “last” meal together, he rolled his eyes at the women's theatrics as he responded that it was not like he was going away forever. She knew that, but she remarked that it highlighted his next big step in becoming an adult much sooner than she thought it would have been, so she was practicing for when that time came. His father, on the other hand, simply said to eat so that he could have the strength to face any challenges he may face out there on the road while also holding out his hand so that he could inspect his bags, which he gave him as he sat down to eat his food.

There wasn’t much to discuss except for the journey he was going to undertake. He would be going towards Lumiose City to register, but while he was on the way, he might as well go and beat the Satalune City Gym first just to get it out of the way and not make him backtrack, which his father complimented his forward thinking for. The mention of the large city did bring up a tense silence given what they saw on the news; they still didn’t know what to think, whether the events were real or not, deciding to wait for more information to come to the public before making any hasty judgments. 

Elliot was thankful, but he knew as soon as more information did come out if things turned out bad, his mom would have an uphill battle to climb about him being away. He just hoped that by that time he’d be far away enough to not be immediately called back, and to do that, he needed to get a move on, so as soon as he was finished and his father deemed his preparation good, he was ready to head out the door, but as he approached the door, there was a knock at the door.

He looked behind him to his parents and asked if they had company coming over, but both shook their heads and asked who was it or that it may have been the neighbors coming to welcome them in since they had been out. He made his way to the door and found two people outside his doorway.

One of them was wearing a suit, a red jacket that was zipped up with burgundy jeans, and a black cap with red colored shades on top of his head, and next to him was a dark-skinned girl in a pink shirt and incredibly short shorts with a single scruffy black wrist bracelet. Both of them had satchels, one colored blue while the other was colored pink. He told his parents that it seemed to be people in the neighborhood, or at least that's what he expected, but as he opened the door fully, he noticed that the girl wasn’t looking over at him, but instead, she was looking next door and waving. 

He turned to his left and noticed that she was waving at his next-door neighbor who was feeding her rhyhorn. He remembered his father being tentative about having such a “mindless” Pokemon off-leash, although he wasn’t going to be disrespectful to his neighbor to call it out, and he respected her confidentiality of being a world-renown rhyhorn racer that she knew her Pokemon better than he ever could. 

As he opened the door, all attention turned to him as the three of them turned their sights on him. He once more recognized how small they were in comparison to him, signifying to them their age difference; he wasn’t a huge guy, only 5’5 and still growing, but people usually start their Pokemon journey at age 10, while he was a whopping 15, but he put that aside for now as he put on a large smile. The boy opened up first.

      “Welcome to Vaniville Town; the name’s Calem. I live two doors down from you.” 

      “And I’m Shauna ; we're here because the professor asked us to come to get you." The dark-skinned girl remarked

     “Hi, I’m Serena , by the way! We didn’t get to meet the other day because I had Rhyhorn practice with my mom.” The blonde girl next door remarked with a wave.

     “Nice to meet you, all of you, I guess. What does Professor Sycamore want with me?” Elliot remarked, waving back as the girl turned back to head inside her home before focusing on the conversation at hand. `

     “Oh, you know the professor?” Shauna asked

     “Not personally, but I’m well-informed about this region; I had to do a bit of studying about it before I got here.” Elliot remarked

     “Smart thinking.” Shauna commented simply.

     “Well, Sycamore holds a raffle of kids in the region and selects five of them, and you were a lucky one, selected a bit surprised since you were new and all, but I guess your time spent here doesn’t matter.” Calem remarked

     "It stinks that Y-ey’s sister wasn’t selected though.” Shauna stated, openly looking over to their next-door neighbor's door once more.

     “The other two are waiting in the next town over, with our brand new partner Pokemon! Come on, we should go now.” With a pumped fist, Calem remarked excitedly.

     “Alright, that’s fine with me, although I already have my Pokemon” Elliot remarked as he closed the door and went to his home, not without waving to both of his parents.

The trio began to move. Calem and Shauna were curious about what Pokemon Elliot already had, and he showed them as they walked that a seaquake popped out of his Pokeball since the two were native to the Kalos region. They had never seen this type of Pokemon before, so they were both especially intrigued by it, examining it closely. They were also surprised when he took out his national pokedex; they were curious about what Pokemon Elliot already had, and he showed them as they walked as Seaquake popped out of his Pokeball since the two were native to the Kalos region. They had never seen this type of Pokemon before, so they were both especially intrigued by it, examining it closely. They were also surprised when he took out his national pokedex; it was the Unova variant national pokedex, despite his technical partner Pokemon being one from Hoen. He explained that his father was a Pokemon researcher, so they travel a lot from region to region, although this would be the first time he would be on a journey around this region. 

The three of them continued to walk, just talking amongst each other about frivolous things or stuff that spontaneously came to mind. He found out that Shuana also had a Pokemon, a furfrou, but she didn’t carry it around with her and mostly left it at home. This would be Calem's first Pokemon journey as well. He turned 10 a couple of months ago in comparison. Shauna and the rest of the two they were meeting were 12. It was 30 minutes later they finally arrived at Aquacorde Town. At the entrance, they were greeted by a wonderful aroma of smells as the cafes and food courts littered the opening from Vaniville Town. 

They walked for a couple more minutes before they were called over by someone on their left. Calem waved back and gestured for the two of them to come over. Elliot went along with Shauna. They all got to the table and pulled up their chairs. There was another large boy with them in both height and width, along with a smaller boy with orange hair in a bowl cut. 

He sat next to Calem while Shauna took up a seat next to the other two boys. As he sat down, Calem went down the line and was going to introduce the two new boys, the first one of whom was Tierno; he was nearly the same size as him; he wanted to be a dancer when he grew up, and the next boy was called Trevor. It was apparent from his greeting that he was timid, but he was smart, and he wanted to grow up and become a Pokemon researcher. 

Shauna popped up and remarked about how Elliot's father was a researcher, so they would most likely have a lot in common, both probably being bookworms and all that stuff. Elliot remarked that he probably wasn’t as smart as his father, but he would be glad to offer him advice or something to help him achieve his dream. This seemed to perk Trevor up a good decent bit, and he thanked him for the advice and hoped that they could compare notes in the future.

     "Oh, I got it since we were all selected, maybe we can become a tight-knit group if we give each other nicknames. Can I call you Mr. E?" Tierno remarked

      “I don’t want a nickname, and besides, Elliot isn’t that hard to say at all,” Shauna commented.

      “I don’t mind a nickname; it could be fun.” Elliot countered 

      “That’s the spirit, hmmm. What about E-miester?” Tierno remarked 

      “What about little E? You come up with one for Trevor.” Calem suggested before passing it off to Trevor. 

      “W…well … I don’t know how I feel about calling someone a nickname since we just met, but if you're ok with it I guess Big E would be my suggestion” Trevor spoke

      “Well, what are you going to go with?” Shauna asked

       “I think Big E is fine. I do seem like the tallest here, along with being the oldest after all.” Elliot remarked with a small chuckle 

       “Yeah, that makes sense. What about the rest of your names?” Shauna remarked

      "Well, Y usually calls me Tierny, so I guess I’ll go with that. What about you, Calem?" Tierno remarked

       “I think I’m with Shauna on this one; Calem is fine, short, and sweet already.” Calem suggested

      "Well, what about you, Trevor?" Tierno asked

      "Well, I guess Big-E can choose my name since I chose his.” Trevor replied, turning the attention back to the new guy.

      “Hmmm, how about trevs?” Elliot suggested

     “How original.” Shauna remarked off to the side.

      “I like it though; it's fine.” Trevor piped up in support. 

       "Well, now that, that’s out of the way the Pokemon show them to me.” Shauna said, a degree of excitement edging into her voice. 

      “Yeah, I was excited too when I and Trevor first got our Pokemon” Tierno remarked as he bent down and picked up a large suitcase, put it on the table, and opened it up to see three different Pokemon. Above each was engraved the name of each Pokemon: Fennekin, Froakie, and Chespin. 

      “Aren’t we supposed to go visit the professor to get these Pokemon? This seems irregular,” Calem remarked. 

     “Yeah, you're right, but didn’t you see the news the other day? Something big went down in Lumoise City, so he had me and Trevor come here with them instead.” Tierno remarked

     “So what we saw on TV was real after all!?” Shauna remarked somewhat astonished.

     “Yeah, I couldn’t believe it myself; thankfully, my home was just out of reach of the garchomp’s rampage; the entire hibernal avenue was destroyed, and there was so much chaos happening,” Trevor stated. 

      “Yeah, yeah, that, but what about that handsome guy on the TV? The one with the ice powers!?” Shauna remarked, slamming her hand down on the table, making Trevor slightly jump from her sudden burst of energy.

     “Well, well, I couldn’t get any photos of that guy, but there were even other people around that also drew interest; I even got pictures of them.” Trevor remarked excitedly as he took his camera out and began to show them the pictures he could capture of the others who were around that day. 

It was nighttime and there was chaos happening as evacuation orders were being sent, so he couldn’t get too many good shots, but there were at least three distinct silhouettes that could be spotted in the pictures, and as he showed the group, he explained what he visually saw. The first picture was of someone he remarked was probably a girl; she stuck out like a sour thumb compared to the others with her pink and blue costume, and due to the light, he couldn’t see her face through her visor.

     “This one was like a strong psychic, almost like an espeon or even an alakazam. Anything she touched began to float up into the air, and not only that followed her around.” Trevor remarked before switching to another slide; this time what appeared was a rather large, inky-shadowed creature that almost looked like a giant deformed haunter or Gengar.

      "This, I think, maybe a new Pokemon! I’ve never seen something like this before; it came out of someone on the ground; he was wearing a full-on mask with an almost honchkrow-like design, so it could be just a part of Pokemon completely! The large shadow was defending us against the debris that had been raining down from above or scattered about. The next image seemed to just be a bright flashing light that wrung out above them; he attempted to zoom in on a small, dark dot behind the explosion before explaining. 

    “Believe it or not, but this was also from one of them; the psychic from the first image was using her power to lift all the debris, and after a moment, a large explosion in mid-air destroyed it all. It was amazing, but I paid too much attention to that instead of my surroundings. Trevor remarked as he turned to the next slide, which was horrendously blurry; you could only somewhat make out a pink appendage that had extended past the lens to the person instead.

      “Would you believe me that this wasn’t a Licklicky or Lickytung? It was one of them; this one was a girl who used her tongue to grab me just like those Pokemon and lifted me out of danger as a piece of a building fell nearly on top of my head. She told me to save the pictures for later and just get to safety. I followed her instructions, put my camera, and started running so I couldn’t get any more pictures, but from the news, I know it was the one in green with the goggles on her head.” Trevor remarked as he swapped again to another picture, although this was a downloaded image of the news station previously. 

     “Woah! That’s insane! If you weren’t there, I probably wouldn’t believe it,” Calem remarked. 

     “Where do you think they went?” Elliot asked

     “I don’t know. They just suddenly disappeared as quickly as they came without saying much of anything. I think they only talked to one other person except for me, which was that boy that was also on the tower.” Trevor said.

     “You mean, ash?” Elliot remarked

     “You know him?” Calem asked

     “I recently saw him on my plane ride here the other day, so I recognize the clothes he wore” Elliot remarked

    “You seem deep in thought, Shauna; what are you thinking about?” Tierno remarked

      “I’m trying to think about why that name sounds familiar to me. I’ve heard it from somewhere, but I’m trying to remember where.” Shauna remarked, rubbing a hand on her chin before noticing Serena taking off down the road with incredible haste.

     “Yo Serena! Where’s the fire!?” Tierno remarked in an attempt to call her over, but other than a short acknowledgment and a wave, the girl continued to hurry off in the direction of the forest. 

     “Oooh! I remember now! Hehe, good luck, Serena!” Shauna yelled with a huge smile on her face.

     "What is it?” Calem asked noticing the instant change in demeanor. 

      “Oh, nothing; it’s just girl things.” Shauna remarked with a cheeky smile 

       “Is it ok if she just goes off on her own like that in the forest? Does she have a Pokemon?” Elliot asked

       “She’ll be fine; there isn’t anything dangerous in that forest” Shauna replied

       “Speaking of Pokemon, you all didn’t pick yours yet” Tierno remarked as he tapped the briefcase once more.

      "Well, if it's no trouble, I would like Chespin.” Elliot stated 

      “Well, then I’ll take Fennekin” Calem commented right after him. 

      “Geeze guys, what happened to girls going first, huh? Well, it’s fine by me; I’ll take froakie.” Shauna remarked as each of them took the respective ball.

      "Oh, and to go with that, we also have this to give you; it’s a Pokedex. It allows.”

     “Don’t bother; he already has one.” Calem remarked, cutting Trevor off.

     “Don’t be too hasty; I would still like a regional one.” Elliot remarked

     “Huh? Why?” Shauna asked

     “Well, National Pokedex is cool because you can see all the Pokemon in the world and all, but other than telling you what Pokemon is generally in a region, it doesn’t give you where in that region the Pokemon most likely exists.” Eliot explained pulling out his black pokedex and showing it off to the others who were intrigued by the device. 

In comparison to the pokedex that Trevor had pulled out, the Kalos pokedex was almost completely digital with no physical buttons, simply a touch-sensitive holo screen in between two hardpoints. In comparison, his national pokedex was a dual-screen system with a touch screen. It also lacked buttons on the traditional beside the two on the side, which were the power buttons on the Kalos version; it was located on the upper portion of the device instead. 

He took the Kalos device and turned it on as he began to register his information into the device which was quickly followed by the other three as well, the last order of busy was that before he could embark on his journey however he needed to have his letter signed by his parents which Shauna pointed out as being dumb that they would hadn’t brought that up before and now he would have to make Elliot backtrack back to his home but again Elliot remarked that it was fine and he would just run back home quick and go, with everything handed out and settled everyone was about to go on their separate ways both Teirno and Trevor would head into the forest and go hunt for some pokemon themselves while Elliot got up and was about to dash back to from where he came but he was suddenly stopped by Shauna.

The girl had wanted to battle him using their new Pokemon; she wanted to see what he was capable of since he came from a different region. He offered to challenge her with his marshtomp instead, given that Chespin had a type advantage against her froakie, but the girl was adamant about using their new partner Pokemon, and it being new should counteract it being effective typing, and he somewhat agreed with that. So the two went off to a small Pokemon area near the cafe and tapped their Pokeballs together, accepting the duel and the natural bidding currency, which for this match was 500. 

To be a gentleman, he allowed the girl to have the first move. She mockingly accepted as she asked her froakie to use Pound’s forelegs glowed a bright white as it hopped into the air and came down hard, he too. He chespin to dodge it and then immediately followed by using Growl, A deep grumbling came from the chespin's chest, which was supposed to be threatening but came off more harmless. The lowered guard the attacked offered allowed his next move, which was vine whip, as two long tentacle-like appendages extended from out of his shoulders, slapping the froakie in the face and forcing it on the back foot. 

it regained its footing before Shauana told it to use a water gun the blast of water was fast-hitting chespin before it could have a chance to dodge out of the way but the growl reduced the damage allowing him to mostly shrug it off on top of it not being effective he counter back with another vine whip just as the attack sailed off striking the pokemon dead center throwing the froakie back once more, Shauna wanted to even the odds and used Growl as well but this left her open for his next attack which was a tackle the move was too quick for the pokemon to dodge and the quills along chespin head grew white as it slammed home into its target causing it to fling back once more and this time stay down unconscious.

Elliot won the match and minorly celebrated before offering advice stating that Shauna should have immediately decided to use Growl first to lower his Pokemon’s attack damage so that his type advantage wouldn’t be as dangerous. The girl was somewhat peeved about her first loss but considered his words; she offered him a free potion for her loss, and he gladly accepted it, putting his chespin back in his ball before tapping the cartridge on the ball center. With that done, he discarded the cartridge to the nearest bin and decided he was about to head back home, although on his way he was considering a name for his chespin, and as he passed by the green trees and shrubbery, a name came to mind Evergreen. 

__________________

Santalune Forest

Serena had gotten up early in the morning and fed Rhyhorn. She was momentarily surprised that Y’s friends had shown up given that Y was currently in flight school at the moment but they were here for their neighbor instead. She greeted the boy before making her way back inside to get dressed. She had just finished digesting what had happened the other day, and other than the strange person with ice powers, the other boy that was present on that tower was someone she knew well from her past, and she needed to hurry over to the city to catch up with him.

She scoured her room for what to look for as she prepared; she would also stop by and get her own Pokemon as she was heading over from Professor Sycamore. She had put on a red dress along with black leggings and a black T-shirt that had a white collar. Now the only thing she needed to do was decide on which hat she would wear, so her mother had come in, allowing the perfect opportunity for a deceived decision. She asked her mother which she should choose, and whichever she did, she would choose the opposite.

She didn’t mean in the way that she thought whatever her mother picked was ugly; she liked both hats, but her mother was a lot more subdued in her appearance, and she wanted to stand out more and look cute... For herself, of course, not for anyone in particular, she remarked to herself with a blush on her face. The hat chosen was a top hat, which was pinkish with a black ribbon circling it. She gave herself a once over in the mirror, and then off she was to Lumiose City. Her mother asked about which Pokemon she was going to choose, but that was going to be a secret for now. To be honest, while she had a general idea of which one she wanted to choose, she still hadn’t completely made up her mind.

She said goodbye to her mom as she dashed out of the doorway, her othering waving goodbye, but even on this day she didn't want her to forget about her rhyhorn practice, which she responded with “I won't," which was funny enough could be taken as both a confirmation and a decline. She had no doubt her mother would think of it as the former instead of the latter as she does, but it saved a possible argument from happening, so she didn’t bother clarifying. As she continued on her way, she went past Aquacorde Town, where she passed by Y’s friends and her neighbor once more, but she had her mission to attend to so she didn’t slow down. 

As she made her way into the forest however she started to realize her over-eagerness as her constant running had quickly made her out of breath, causing her to take a break along a large tree stomp she fished into her backpack and fetched out a water bottle and took a big gulp down, unbeknownst to her behind her a trio of Pansear, Pansage, and Panpour had been working together arms linked to stealthy sink down into her now open bag and was taking out snacks and stuff from her backpack they had managed grab two items but before they could get the third the pansear let off a sneeze knocking its head back and making it strike along the pansages hand causing it to drop it and in doing so drop the sear on it’s back. 

Serena jumped at the sound of the thud of the impact behind her, quickly picking up her bookbag and letting off a small shout. Readying herself for anything only to see a small red creature with a fiery mein and long red tail, she turned her head upwards to see the other simial Pokemon, one color green and the other colored blue, but she was somewhat upset when she saw the other two holding two of her snacks for her adventure. 

She swelled with annoyance and demanded that they give her her stuff back, but while sheepish, the Pokemon did not seem forthcoming, instead seeming to offer her a trade of some kind, as the green one had ripped several leaves from its head and given it to her while the other one had taken up her knocked down-watered bottle and produced water from it, filling it back up to full. 

She wasn’t going to take the trade, but given that she had no way of really doing anything about it, she was forced to accept the deal. The Pokemon wasn’t just content with that, as they gestured for her to eat the leaf, and after a heavy sigh, she did so and was pleasantly surprised when she felt full of energy once more. She turned to the Pokemon, who all had cheeky grins on their faces, and she couldn’t help but slightly smirk along with them as she agreed with the trade—at least a bit more now, although she did want a bit extra for her snacks as one of them was her favorite, which the Pokemon was alright with lending her. 

She shook hands with the group of Pokemon as they climbed up into the trees and disappeared almost like they were never there. With the leaves, she could run continuously for the entire time, which could cut probably a five-hour journey into maybe three depending on if she doesn’t get caught up again by a different Pokemon, but after she was out of the forest she would have nothing to worry about other than people, and speaking of such a thing, just as she zipped up her bag once more and was about to start running, she was halted when in front of her was a robot?. Of some kind, it was fairly tall and had exhaust pipes sticking out of its legs, stomach, and on its arms. Her anxiety shot through the roof, but when the seeming robot opened up its face to show it was a person she calmed down at least somewhat. 

      “Ugh..hello!” Serena remarked with a half-hearted wave full of anxiety.

      “Hello there! I know my appearance may be somewhat new, but I promise you that I mean no harm. I was checking on a scream I heard in this direction, seeing if someone needed help.” The robotic stranger remarked

       "Oh, that was me, sorry. I was just taking a small break, and a group of Pokemon spooked me for a bit.” Serena remarked.

        “Are you injured?" The robotic man asked

       "Oh, no, no, I’m fine." It was just a little prank some Pokemon pulled on. I gotta get going now. I’m kind of in a hurry.” Serena remarked

      “Do you need help getting there? You don’t seem to have any Pokemon with you; it could be dangerous.” The half-robot remarked Serena contemplated that for a moment and guessed that if she could arrive there faster, it could be ok, and the boy didn’t seem to be too bad if he was going to help someone in need, but as she came down from her anxiety, this armor seemed to be familiar to her.

     “Do you have a car or something?” Serena asked.

     “Something like that. You could say that I am a car. Where are you trying to go?” The robotic stranger asked

      “Well, I’m trying to get to Lumiose City.” Serena remarked

     "Alright, that should be no problem. Just hop on, and we should be there in no time.” The robot man remarked she was confused before the individual turned around and knelt, and his back seemed to pop open to reveal a seemingly padded area for where her legs and arms should go. She was tentative and went back to thinking that this may be a real robot, but she still went along with it as she fit her legs and arms into the designated places before there was no place for her head to go so she could still see at least to her sides as there was a window in front of her but most of the view would be blocked by the person's head once he stood up.

      “You alright back there? I will not lie that this is the first time I’m using this new feature of my new suit.” The boy remarked, which wasn’t too flattering to hear once she was already inside of it, but it was comfy, and she seemed to be locked into place as the pieces came down upon her back to keep her there.

     “Yes, I’m fine, so I guess you can go now.” Serena stated, still a bit skeptical. The boy gave a reassuring nod before he began about to move. She didn’t know what she was expecting, but she couldn’t describe the feeling of being lifted and moving so fast. She could tell by how fast the trees and shrubbery looked as they blurred by, and by the time she noticed that they had already stopped, he kneeled back down, and the pieces on the back released her.

      “What’s wrong? Is there a problem?” Seran asked 

      “We have arrived,” the boy responded simply, and Serena quickly got out, untangling herself from the device and pulling her hands and stuff free before staring aghast at the large wall in front of her that decorated the surroundings of Lumiose City; they were on the right side of route four, a little ways from the garden. But to make that trek of what 16 kilometers? In three seconds was insane, almost as insane as that Ice teen from the TV the other day, and that’s when it clicked for her.

      “You were on the news yesterday,” Serena stated boldly.

     “Yes. We were, which is why I dropped off here instead of at the front gate. I wouldn’t want to catch you up in all the stories probably being written about us.” The boy remarked 

     “Woah, you are like, really fast! how?  Is it the suit? Are you a part robot or something?” 

     “Something like that—weren't you in a hurry? I hope with the extra time you have time to properly prepare yourself for whatever activity you need,” the boy remarked with a wave.

     “Wait… I can’t have you help and not offer anything in return; I can like tip you or something.” Serena suggested.

       “ it is... wells….well, I offered to take you myself, but if you have anything spare I would gladly welcome it”  The boy remarked prompting Serena to fish into her backpack once more getting out her wallet and taking out her wallet and handing the boy 2000, it wasn’t much, but the boy seemed to think of it as being extremely generous, which she found somewhat strange, but he had suddenly gone silent for a moment and looked elsewhere and then suddenly wished her lucked and dashed off completely out of sight within the blink of an eye. 

Serena still couldn’t believe it and she didn't even get the boy's name either but she focused up once more as she turned towards the gate of the large city and proceeded to make her way inside, as the boy suggested there was an odd influx of people going into the city at the time a number of them seemed to hold cameras and worked for news stations and even further down the wall seemed to be a large 12-meter gap in the section that was missing from the rampage being filled in by worker pokemon and people alike but she ignored that for now and got through the checkpoint and made her way to the professor's Lab it didn’t escape the damage however as the roof had been still getting fixed along with a couple of the buildings next door she entered inside and was surprised Sycamore himself wasn’t present so one of the assistants Dexio had offered up the three partner pokemon the three being brought out by another assistant Sina.

Dexio offered her a pokedex, which she eagerly accepted as she used it on the three partner Pokemon as it read out their descriptions.

Fennekin: Eating a twig fills it with energy, and its roomy ears give vent to air hotter than 390 degrees Fahrenheit.

Chespin: The quills on its head are usually soft. When it flexes them, the points become so hard and sharp that they can pierce rock.

Froakie: It protects its skin by covering its body in delicate bubbles. Beneath its happy-go-lucky air, it keeps a watchful eye on its surroundings.

Each of them was unique but she already was leaning toward a particular partner ever since she started and nothing had swayed her opinion so far so she proceeded forward and knelt in front of fennekin which the small quadruped perked up at as it gladly hopped into her arms with a yip as she brushed it along its body, she could feel the heat coming off its ears before she continued forwards using a Pokeball to capture it and putting it on a clip on the back of her bag. 

Before she left however she asked about where the professor was and Sina remarked that he was still busy with the police around the incident with his Garchomp from the day prior, Serena was shocked to hear that it was the professor's garchomp that went wild, and not random trainers she asked about how that happened and was filled in on some villainous organization known as “team rocket” had put on a harmful collar on that caused it to go wild. Serena hoped the Pokemon was ok and the two assured her that it was doing just found the police just wanted to put it through some domestication test to ensure the collar had no lasting effects on its behavior which Sycamore was looking over.

Serena was relieved to hear that but she also wanted to ask about the boy on the TV although initially, the two assumed that she was talking about the boy with ice powers which they had no information on Dexio let it slip that his name was Todoroki but other than that they had no other information to share, Serena clarified that she was more interested in the boy with the red hat named Ash and at that, the two did have some clue about where he was as the boy expressed that he was going to challenge the Santalune Gym so that would be her best bet in finding him. 

She mentally smacked herself in the forehead at that, so she would have probably run right by him if she had decided to just huff it on foot by herself instead of being helped by that guy. She decided to forget that for the moment however as she thanked them for the directions she took off with a wave back down Route 4 luckily she still had those leaves so now she could continue running without any circumstance, she may even be able to run into him before he got to the city if she was lucky. 

___________________

Santalune Forest

1A

The class had a somewhat peaceful night's sleep. Not much had happened during the night as the group of 20 began to camp out in the forest. Given they had momo, they had the potential to create tents and even futons that they could use to sleep on. Traditionally, the girl wouldn’t have liked to create these items, but given that they were completely divorced from the currency of the world, there wasn’t much they could do about it. It allowed them to be comforted from the elements and able to get a good night's rest, although sometimes Pokemon would occasionally get too close or cause disturbances in the night.

The one thing that Ashido pointed out about Pokemon in comparison to animals in their world was that since they were much larger, it meant that they had much less to worry about crawling on them in their sleep without being noticed. However, for one of their classmates in particular, this seemed to be no issue at all as multiple people stared and Some even took pictures of Kaminari’s sleeping situation, the boy electing to forgo the tents and sleep out in the elements proper, and as a result, multiple Pikachu’s surrounded him as he woke up. Around five of them cuddled next to the man, electricity flowing between them. When the teen had woken up, he had unintentionally spooked them into running away, which bugged him a bit as he called for them to come back.

The group all huddled up once more as everyone woke and were again talking about their next steps. They were likely plastered on a bunch of news outlets for their stunt the previous day, so the conversation was about what they were going to do about that—will they conceal themselves, especially with some of their more mutant members, or will they just act normally and whatever happens from it happens? The teens didn’t see much of a point in hiding away given their performance the other day; they believed embracing the fame could lead them to get more opportunities to get into the swing of things similar to the previous world.

They still needed identities, and with them, they could get some jobs, but more importantly to some of the others, they could go out and capture their Pokemon. The thoughts of going back home and not progressing forward even further without them, lightened the mood of not returning and increased the experiment of being where they were, almost like it was an opportunity for them to have fun, although Todoroki was quick to point out that not everything is fun and games as they were also tasked with a mission from that mysterious voice from before. 

This brought the conversation to focus on Ash once more as Momo gave an update on his whereabouts; he was headed in their direction from the city. According to the physical map of the region, there was a gym in Santalune City, and if he was a trainer, it was where he was likely to go, so they once more discussed what they would do with the information. They weren't thrilled about following a kid around like some creeps, so it was likely they had to reveal themselves in some fashion to the kid and his two companions, but conversations were put on hold as their stomachs started to grumble.

They had two more packs of the hyper-dense meals that Pig God had given them Sato to share, so they did, but this wouldn’t last forever, so they needed to go around the forest in search of food. Iida immediately began to go on a tirade of rules and grouping, but for the most part, everyone ignored him as they scattered about the forest with their own premade groups of people. Around 14 of their number had gone further into the forest in groups of three or two, promising to bring back some berries or things of that nature, while the other six would go search for a water source that was close by according to the map. 

Iida, Sato, and Aoyama had been gathering berries for a moment before Iida’s suit picked up a silent scream coming from his left. He told the others that he would go investigate, finding a small girl there and offering his assistance to help the girl to her destination. The game version in their world would often have trainers start young, but he assumed that was just to appeal to its player base, but to have actual children running around without a quirk no less would be extremely dangerous in hindsight, so he wanted to help her get safely to her destination, which she allowed thankfully.

He told his class about what he was about to do and off he went, it was a short trip for him and he hadn’t even gotten into full gear yet but he wanted to be mindful of his passenger so he dropped the girl off when she offered him the money he wanted to refuse as it was a hero duty to help others in the community however given their circumstances he needed all that they could so he would accept she handed him golden coins with a P on the top and bottom of it which she called “poké” worth 2,000 they came in two distinct kinds one was a darker color and slightly bigger almost the size of a dollar coin on the inner print of it he could see that these larger coins were worth 500 poké while the smaller lighter coins the size of a quarter seemed to be worth 100 poké he didn’t know it this was a generous amount of money or not but he didn’t have to much time to think about it when suddenly Momo had remarked that Ash was in trouble so with a quick goodbye he rushed off to help as he deposited the money into his suit.

__________________

Route 4

Ash, Bonnie, and Clemont were traveling down Route 4 on their way toward Santalune City although, for the most part, their journey wasn’t too eventful until the leaves and trees started to rustle and shake extremely rapidly and as the wind picked up suddenly blowing in their direction as something blurred passed them in the distance that they couldn’t make out through the trees and shrubbery around them the sudden violent wind had also the unintended effect of dropping something straight on top of Pikachu's head the small yellow pokemon and its blue companion having been walking alongside them as Bonnie took point, as they looked into the direction of where the blur was going, Ash asked clemont if he knew anything about that but he expressed not having any clue about what that could have been the attention of the two was brought back to Bonnie as she made a yelp of pain in front of them.

Clemont turned around immediately to his sister and ran up to her, asking if she was ok and asking the girl what had happened to her. The girl responded that she couldn’t see very well but something had hit the acorn, which caused it to strike her in the forehead. She replied as she looked up and scanned the trees for what had produced the yellow attack. 

Bonnie scooped up the berry in her hands and found it was somewhat burned as she speculated aloud if whatever hit her may have wanted this berry, almost like it was responding to her inquiry. The Pokemon itself had come out of the brush and rushed straight for her. Pikachu had intercepted the smaller Pokemon in a defensive position in front of Bonnie. 

The small Pokemon that revealed itself looked a lot like Pikachu instead, however, being much smaller, only 8 inches tall compared to its, which was over 1 foot tall, and compared to his Pikachu, which was taller than average, it dwarfed the smaller pokemon. Other than size, this new Pokemon was also majorly orange in color with a beige belly and black colored ears, at least on the outside, with a beige inner working. The small mon also had bright red cheeks on its face similar to Pikachu, but it had additional whiskers that sprouted out of them, and to complete its look, it had a long, slender, all-black tail.

     {Get out of the way; that berry is mine; I found it fair and square.} 

     {No way, you hurt someone I’m traveling with; go find another.}

     {You just want my berry for yourself.} 

     “It doesn’t seem to be afraid of us.” Bonnie remarked

     “There are electric types, so they probably communicate with each other using electricity.” Clemont speculated as the two Pokemon shared electricity between each other. Ash, in the meantime, took out his pokedex to scan what this new Pokemon was, and it read out.

Dedenne: its whiskers serve as antennas. By sending and receiving electrical waves, it can communicate with others over vast distances.

Upon learning of the Pokemon’s name, Bonnie was smitten with the creature wanting her brother to catch it for her, Ash was a bit confused but his brother reminded him that his sister was still a year too young to legally own Pokemon herself in Kalos the youngest age a person can own a pokemon is six years old meanwhile Bonnie was 5, the anticipation had led the girl to sometimes ask her brother to capture pokemon for her in preparation for her crowning day but Clemont was always hesitant to do so including currently but with some encouragement from ash even going so far as to offer to catch it for them he agreed to catch dedenne, although the girl was one step ahead of them offering to grant the pokemon the berry that had hit her. 

As the little girl handed out the berry, however, the Pokemon was hesitant to just straight up and go for it, but once it looked at the smile on her face and reassurance from Pikachu, it resolved to move forward and attempt to eat the berry, but just as he did so, something else came from out of the trees, quickly swooping down and scooping up the berry with its feet and flying up into the air back into the opposite tree.

The Pokemon’s head was mostly red with a black beak and big round black eyes with a grey body; it held the berry with one of its feet while it stared down at them. Clemont identified the Pokemon as a fletchling. Bonnie yelled at it for stealing Dedenne’s berry, but in response, the fletchling lifted the berry, threw it in the air, and ate it, making the three gasp in shock before the Pokemon began to taunt them.

     {It seems like the berry was mine after all, hahaha!} 

Ash took out his pokedex to scan the Pokemon, and it read.

Fletchling: Despite the beauty of its lilting voice, it’s merciless to intruders that enter its territory. 

In response, the dedenne was completely saddened by the act, nearly crying before running off; this caused Bonnie, who wanted to catch it, also about to burst into tears due to losing her first potential Pokemon. Froakie, noticing the sad look on the girl's face, quickly jumped up into the air and used his frubbles around its neck to shoot the fire type down, but it was incredibly more nimble than expected as it swished and dived between every one of them. 

The display of skill got Ash pumped up, and he decided to catch the fletchling himself. Clemont remarked that since fletching is a flying type, Pikachu should be used since it's an electric type, and Ash accepted his advice, planning to use Pikachu to attack. However, froakie held up its hand in front of the yellow Pokemon before leaping up once more directly at the Pokemon using its frubbles once more, but the mon avoided the attack once more.

Ash admonished the Pokemon for not waiting for a plan of action and instructed Pikachu to use Thunderbolt but once more the Froakie held out its hand halting the Pokemon as it jumped up one more this time using a water pulse but the flying Pokemon started to evade again this time moving so fast that it started to create after images which Clemont recognized as double team, Froakie didn’t falter from the oncoming assault aiming for center mass hopping the explosion would take the rest even if he missed but this proved to not be the best as it missed one at the far right which was proven to be the pokemon itself as it dashed in its beak glowing a bright white in peck that struck the Froakie hard in the chest slamming it into a tree.

Froakie went flying into a tree where it slid down. Ash caught it before it hit the ground. Even though Ash wanted it to give it a rest, the Pokemon wasn’t backing down, crawling around Ash, ignoring his words as it leaped at the Pokemon once more, although his next attack was still fruitless as the last two before it as the fire type dodged, and to make matters even worse, the flying pokemon had the advantage of using its flight to force Froakie to continue to jump into the air to attack it, which meant it couldn’t dodge out of the way of its attacks as another peck struck this time going for Froakie's head. However, the blue mon was able to put up a block, which mitigated some of the damage.

It was flung hard into the ground but Ash was there once more to catch it from tumbling too far back and there he caught a firm hold of the Pokemon making it harder to attack once more, Clemont mentioned that Scyamor informed them of this Froakie tendency of not following orders but Ash didn’t think that what it was doing at least not now it was battling with pure emotion which was a lot how he battled drawing a connection between the two as he tried to get Froakie to listen to him but before he could the flying mon continued its attack this time its wings glowed a bright white as it flapped them in their direction as white blades of energy came at them forcing Ash to dodge out of the way along with Clemont and Bonnie. 

Ash and company crashed into a tree. Ash flinched for a moment as a bruise formed on the amr that slammed directly into it, but he asked if his two Pokemon were ok first. When they confirmed they were, he checked on both Bonnie and Clemons, which were also ok. He finally had a moment to talk to Frosty and remarked that while it was honorable that he wanted to get revenge against Fletching for making Bonnie sad, hearing that made Bonnie extremely grateful, hugging the small Pokemon closely and rubbing her face against it, causing it to blush.

Now that Froakie was calmer, he could finally explain that they wouldn’t be able to get anywhere unless they came up with a plan, and the first thing they needed to do was figure out a way to get around the Pokemon’s flight, and that, Clemont was the one who said he had a plan.

The future is now thanks to science! Clemontic gear on! Presenting my flying-type Pokemon attractor machine! 

Clemont boldly announced that although Bonnie gave him flack for the name, Ash was impressed by the invention; it was a gramophone in looks, and the machine worked by interfering with the Pokemon's internal compass by emitting a high-pitched frequency. However, as he began to pump the machine handle and waited a couple of seconds, the mon was completely unaffected. After another moment of this through the trees, several eyes started to poke through the darkness of the trees, glowing red eyes that permeated around them surrounding them, causing them to want to suggest that Clemont stop cranking the machine.

He was stubborn, however, wanting his machine to work, so the evil eyes continued to get closer until it was revealed that the Pokemon that had been surrounding them were beedrill 20 of them ; in fact, they had immediately begun to run away, but Clemont continued to crank his machine, believing that the machine would work in attracting flying-type pokemon and that he would only need to adjust the frequency to be a bit higher, but that seemed to only increase the beedrill aggression as the buzzing got even more frequent in step, but Clemont wouldn’t stop with his cranking—that was until a large shockwave was heard over everything. 

The group had only managed to turn around as massive wind pressure struck them in the chest, nearly knocking them off their feet. The dust that it picked up made them shield their eyes from the coming storm. By the time they opened them again, they were shocked by what appeared to be a robotic knight in front of them. The 20 beedrills had all been scattered about the small forest.

  “Wow! Thank you, Mr. Robot!” Bonnie remarked, but she was stopped from approaching the thing as her brother hooked an arm around her. 

      “Thanks for the save there; that is some astounding piece of technology.” Clemont remarked, surprised and excited but cautious of the situation.

     “Is everyone OK?" The person remarked as his helmet split open down the middle and receded, revealing the person underneath.

     “We're alright, thanks to you, that is. That’s an awesome suit!” Ash remarked as he closed the distance between them to get a closer look at the new arrival. Ash's boldness in welcoming the new arrival as well as revealing itself to be a person eased Clemont's nerves a bit to release his sister, who followed in Ash's footsteps, outpacing him to get to the individual even with excitement clearly in her eyes as she looked him over.

     “Wow! So are you like a part robot or something?” Bonnie asked outright, causing the individual to chuckle slightly.

     “No, I’m still a person. Well, I may have a little extra compared to the rest of you, but this is just a suit I wear.” the person remarked

      “So anyone can wear it?” Clemont asked as he stepped up to examine it more thoroughly, looking all around it.

      “No, it personally suited for me; it wouldn’t be very helpful to others anyway." The person remarked 

      “Oh? Does this suit help you move around?” Clemont asked.

      “No, not like that..hmm, I guess you could say that the speed doesn’t directly come from the suit; it just helps regulate it.” The man remarked, earning a burst of intrigue from Clemont at what he meant by that.

      “Excuse my manners. My name is Iida. It is good to meet you all, Ash. You met one of my friends the other day, Todoroki.” Iida responded, and this got their attention immediately.

       "Wait, you know that, boy with the ice powers from the other day!?” Bonnie and Ash yelled in surprise.

      “Yes, he is one of my trusted friends.” Iida replied

       “Oh wow, so the way he produced all that ice on Lumiose Tower was also through technology of some kind?” Clemont inquired

      "No. That was his natural ability.” Iida announced 

     "How natural is it?" Bonnie asked 

      “It’s something we call quirks; all of us have them; it gives us supernatural abilities.” Iida remarked

     "Wow, that’s sounds super cool. My name is Ash, by the way.” 

      “I’m Clemont” 

      “And my name is Bonnie.” 

       “So you were the one that had run past before that caused the large breeze; are you just going around helping people on this route or something?” Clemont asked

     “Oh! Oh! Oh, are you and your friend's heroes like Blaziken Mask!?” Bonnie asked 

       “Well, back home, that is something we wanted to aspire to be. Yes, I was helping a girl get to Lumiose City before getting a message that you all were in trouble.” iida remarked 

       “A message?” Ash questioned.

      “Yes, we have been keeping an eye on you, Ash. We were told by someone that you are important or, more like, will be important to this region.” Iida remarked as he chucked a thumb upwards just as a small drone resembling that of a round berry with butterfly wings on its back sunk from above to be visible to them.

      "Woah, Ash, see, we knew that you were cool.” Bonnie remarked

      “Well, who told you all that? This is my first time here.” Ash asked

      “We actually don’t know, but as I said before, we aspired to be heroes back home, so if someone needs our help, we will help with all our might.” Iida announced.

     "Wow, so cool!” Ash remarked

      “Does that mean you will be traveling with us?” Clemont asked

       “If you all will have me, I see no reason not to; there are a great many things that I’m new to that I would gladly accept you all helping me with.” Iida replied with a bow of the head.

      “Sure! We’ll gladly have you if you are going to be watching our backs in the first place. Honestly, with you all around, I’m sure Team Rocket won’t be much of a problem at all.” Ash remarked before turning to Pikachu and nodding, getting a positive affirmative back.

     “Where is everyone else anyway?” Bonnie asked 

      “They are in Santalune Forest for the moment; it’s going to be where we call home until we figure things out.” Iida replied. Clemont was about to question what he meant by that, but the group was distracted when the sound of chirping came from overhead; it was the fletching from before, almost like it was taunting them for being unable to catch it. 

Now that they had been done with the distractions, they had refocused on the bird Pokemon. Ash bent down towards his two Pokemon once more, focusing on froakie, who wanted to battle, but he made sure to point out that he was its trainer so that it should listen to him. He came up with a plan to get fletching; he just needed to give him a little time. As he looked around the field, there were a bunch of trees scattered about that should give an ample amount of cover and elevation that should allow his Froakie to at least not get beaten down by being out in the open. 

So his first order was a bit unorthodox, as he told Froakie to go into the trees themselves. Still, in the opposite direction of where the flying type was perched, causing the Pokemon to tilt its head in confusion. Although it still began to flap its wings in preparation for an attack, Froakie took a roundabout way to get towards the flying Pokemon, using the shadows of the trees to cover for itself. However, the thing that gave the Pokemon away was the rustling that it had to generate as it was jumping between the branches, allowing the flying Pokemon to notice and leap out of the way just in time to dodge the frubbles that the mon used to throw its way.

The bird countered as its wings began to glow a bright white once more and Ash ordered froakie to dive back down into the trees which it followed just in time as the razor winds started to rain down upon the object, it took several blows before the tree finally fell as the mon was distracted by the falling tree, Froakie raised behind as it jumped from a different tree high into the air where Ash ordered it to use water pulse however this fletchling was still incredibly quick even while off guard it was able to narrowly avoid the attack swinging around it before diving straight at the blue mon as it beak started to glow a bright white once more, froakie instinctively puffed out the frubbles on its body to better withstand the attack as it was struck once more in the chest.

The frubbles bled onto the other mon's face momentarily blinding it and causing its next attack with its wings to go wide, missign where the blue mon landed by a couple of meters as Ash started to think once more, the two Pokemon entered into a game of cat and mouse as Froakie would pop up and out from the tree tops attack the mon where it would evade and strike back missing as the blue pokemon disappeared into the leaves once more, this fletchling was smart however as it started to notice the shaking of the trees to predict where the froakie would be but this was just a ploy by the pokemon itself using its frubbles to jostle the leaves and leaving it open once more as Ash ordered to use bubble which landed squarely against the mon making it fall from the air, Ash was prepared as he threw a pokeball directly at the mon hitting it squarely as it dropped to the floor however it only shook once before the fletchling broke free once more.

It took to the air immediately as it laid down another barrage of razor wind. Iida remarked the move was hitting multiple trees in the hope of flushing the Froakie out of hiding. All the wind blades chopped off chunks of the trees around, creating so much debris that rained down upon the froakie, which it used to hide behind, which gave ash and the idea he didn’t want to just hide, so he ordered his froakie to use a water pulse on a tree in the direction of the flying pokemon. The explosion blasted and caused a wave of debris to launch up at the Pokemon, causing it to be blinded as Froakie jumped high into the air above it. 

The Pokemon took evasive maneuvers once more as it used double team, creating multiple afterimages of itself, but Ash was prepared this time using bubbles to clear them all out and striking the Pokemon once more to boot. The Pokemon was now vulnerable as Froakie used its frubbles to rain down upon it, trapping its wings to its sides, and then Ash ordered it to use a water pulse , which by the time the flying type shook the frubbles off, was hit directly, and it began to fall straight to the ground once more, where Ash threw another pokeball and, after three shakes, was finally caught by the trainer. 

Everyone clapped for Ash's success and congratulated him on his victory and capture of Fletchling. Ash owed it all to Froakie's perseverance and strength as he was starting to get a better handle on the small rebellion Pokemon. Clemont remarked that their bond had gotten better due to the battle, which both froakie and Ash agreed with. Ash released fletchling once more and told it that now they would be journeying together and would be great friends, making the flying Pokemon chirp happily, although Bonnie did inform the small mon that it should always ask for food and that taking food was wrong, making it let out a remorseful sad chirp, which Bonnie accepted as its apology, and to truly makeup, Clemont handed all three pokemon an oran berry, which all three pokemon eagerly gulped down. With his second Pokemon in hand, Ash was ready to head right towards Santalune City with his new companion as well; a long journey awaited him.

_______________

Aquacorde Town 

Elliot quickly made his way back from his home, giving his mom the letter that she signed and offered back to him. She also told him to not forget his scarf before he left, which she thanked her for as he grabbed the large red scarf that he draped loosely around his neck. He once again said goodbye to his mom and dad for real this time,  as he wouldn’t be back until he had beaten all the gym leaders. Both of them wished him luck and to be safe before he ran back out and back to the town. He was somewhat surprised to find that instead of waiting for him, there was a letter at the table telling him that everyone was heading for the forest; it had all of their phone numbers on it, which told him that they likely hadn’t taken off from that long ago, so he would need to hurry up and catch up with them as he rushed forward. As he got to the bridge, an older gentleman had warned him to go into the forest about wild Pokemon, which he would, but in his response, he didn’t pay attention to where he was going and seemingly hit a brick wall or something that wasn’t supposed to be there as he went crashing down. 

As he landed on his butt, he hissed out in pain as he looked up, and flinched in pain from the landing on the brick road. He looked at what he had hit and was surprised that he had actually run directly into a person; it was another teenager. It seemed with blonde hair that could only be described as exploding outwards in all directions. He looked down at him, and he couldn’t help but slightly shrivel up at the piercing gaze of his red eyes, but the anger left his face as quickly as he continued forward, remarking that he should watch where he was going in an almost growl-like fashion as he stepped around him and kept walking towards the city.

He was picked up by another person who held out a hand for him to get up, he took the outstretched hand and was almost completely hoisted into the air by the teen, this teen had red hair in a similar style to the person that passed him although a bit longer in the back, he was a bit taller than him and he was very strong as he lifted him so quickly he was incredibly friendly even somewhat apologizing for his friend somewhat rudeness however he was quick to comment that no it was his fault he should have been paying attention to what was in front of him, the redhead nodded as he left to catch up to the blonde as he to got a move on, he passed two other individuals crossing the bridge one was someone with yellow hair with a black thunderbolt in it, he knew Pikachu enthusiast liked to dress up that way so it was like a red flash about what pokemon that the man likely had The other one that he was consulting with was a very small boy with a lot of hair; he’s seen hair wrapped up in buns before, but nothing really like that, but he avoided attempting to stare, and he was definitely attempting to avoid eye contact given trainer etiquette. 

He continued forward before stopping before entering the forest proper. He sent a text to Calem to see which part of the forest they had entered so he could catch up with them, and he received a reply almost immediately, and off he went. Just as he was about to enter the forest, something jumped out at him, causing him to jump, and he immediately turned to face the threat, but it was a young boy a little over half his height. The surprise had caused him to look the boy up and down, which included in the eyes as well, which was likely the kid's goal as he laughed.

     “Haha, when two trainers' eyes meet, a Pokemon battle begins.” The young boy remarked as he immediately throughout his Pokeball revealed a Zigzagoon. Although he made no moves to throw out his own Pokemon, he was tempted to just get the battle out of the way quicker, but he would be fair and out of respect for the kid's ploy of getting a trainer battle from people.

     “Huh? Aren’t you going to battle? We looked in the eyes. You have to battle me!” The young boy remarked with impatience.

     “Aren’t you skipping a step?” Elliot remarked 

     “umm… I don’t think so." The young boy remarked, rubbing along his chin in thought.

     “To start an official trainer battle, you first need to click the pokeballs of the Pokemon that will be battling.” Elliot explained

     “Oh yeah, I remember that,” the young boy attempted to say as he came closer and set his Pokeball outwards, and Elliot did the same, clicking the balls in the center as they lit up, signaling confirmation of the battle; the zigzag glew a bright blue for a brief moment also as confirmation.

     "Oh, did you know? Well, why do we have to do that first? If you answer correctly, I’ll let you get the first move.” Elliot suggested, and the boy was super excited at the prospect, so he started to think, pacing back and forth as he did so before an idea came to his mind. 

      “Oh, I remember it’s so that money can be properly transferred between two people, right?” The young boy remarked, and he couldn’t help but chuckle, as that was the boy's concern; it was the likely reason he wanted to jump scared people into battles; he couldn’t disrespect the grind at least.

     “Well, that’s one of the things it does anything else?” Elliot asked

     “Uhmmm...I don’t remember.” The boy finally relented with a slight pout as he kicked the dirt.

“It’s fine; while it does handle the transaction between battles, it must importantly equalize Pokemon that are battling; some Pokemon are naturally stronger than others to the point where the battle is too one-sided, where a battle is pointless to think of a Pikachu vs. an Onix or a wailord vs. a whiscash, and it also gives insight to the Pokemon center of how your pokemon got beaten up.” Elliot explained as he took a step back and used his Pokeball, and out came his marshtomp seaquake.

The young boy was surprised by the Pokemon, but he quickly shook it off as the battle officially began. Elliot allowed the boy to go first but he didn’t expect his first move to be a growl the pokemon let out a small growl and as a result his mon was briefly showered in a blue and red aura, he counted with muddy water a brownish water cannon emerged from marshtomps mouth striking the pokemon head on causing it to flinch backward but was still able to get back to its feet although groggily, the trainer did another attack this one was again a debuff which was Tail whip the pokemon turned around and swiped its tail in his marshstomp direction, the sparkly wind consumed his pokemon as more red and blue aura consumed his mon this time his defense falling instead of his accuracy from the previous attack. 

He again took the opportunity to launch an attack of his own, this time using a water gun. A blue stream of water rocketed out of Marshstomp's mouth, slamming directly into the Pokemon’s stomach, and this time as it was about to stand up once more, its knees fell out from under it, causing it to fall unconscious. The kid pouted at his loss before recalling his Pokemon back to its ball. Elliot commented that he shouldn’t focus on debuffing your opponent too much as it leaves him wide open to attack, which would and did cost him immensely before moving on into the forest proper. It didn’t take too long for him to find where everyone had gone. 

It was Shauna who had found him and led him to the area where everyone had been generally around they walked for a couple of minutes to arrive in a semi clearing as they returned they found the posse looking over a battle with Tierno and some other young trainer he had a corphish he had just used sword dance the claws pincer slamming together rhythmically as a large red aura briefly enveloped the creature just in time as his opponents fletching swooped down with peck the trainer didn't time the distance correctly or it was likey using it’s flight to stay away and hammer down on the corphish from above with no way of counter-attack but as the peck came in Tierno countered with vise grip the two pincers on the pokemon glowed a bright white and it used both of them to grab hold of the extended flying pokemon’s wing stopping its attack cold and making it flinch and cry out in pain, The vise grip held for a long time as the crab slammed the pokemon in its grip from side to side as it held onto it.

 Its trainer ordered for the bird to escape using growl; the vibrations from it traveled up the Corsphis pincer, losing its grip and allowing the Pokemon to escape. Tierno used the opportunity as the Pokemon was recovering to use leer. The flying Pokemon hesitated as it looked into the red Pokemon’s eyes but ultimately shook it off as it prepared for another assault. 

It’s the next two orders were simultaneous with each other as the young boy ordered his bird to use quick attack while Tierno tasked him with using water gun, the pokemon trailed a bright white aura as it was coming down straight at its opponent Tierno mon had waited for the perfect opportunity to wear it mon was point blank to strike or maybe it was just an accident as the pokemon came down at an incredible speed but the two attacks clashed causing a micro explosion that created a cloud of dust that concealed both pokemon but quickly come flying out of said smoke was the fletchling slamming it’s back into a tree causing its trainer to run over to it with concern o his features, Calem and Trevor praised Tierno for his victory before they turned towards him and Shauna which followed suit in their friend's footsteps. 

The five of them checked up on the young boy before wishing him luck as they continued to walk together through the forest. Calem would often run off to the side through the shrubbery and leaves going off somewhere ahead of them, forgoing the paved road for them. It was a quicker way to catch Pokemon that way by almost literally running into them, as he could spot a couple of scatter bugs moving out of the way of the mad trainer, although he didn’t seem like he cared much to catch any of them. 

Using his friend's dash through the fields to his advantage, Trevor had taken the opportunity to take many pictures of the small scatterbugs, highlighting very minute details in their appearance, whether that be the length of their tufts of feathers on their heads or the specific pattern of their coat being slightly different than average. Shauna was less than amused by what he displayed, as these differences were very minute and not something to be getting as excited about as he was, which was shared by Tierno but in a more friendly way. 

Elliot wasn’t that different. If he was being honest, it was like being surprised that humans all didn’t share the same facial features or body hair. However, he did highlight that the fact that he could spot these straightforward things with a single glance was a good skill to have for a Pokemon researcher, so he shouldn’t stop doing what he was doing, which Trevor seemed extremely happy to hear about as he continues his hunt for unique Pokemon to take pictures of.

Shauna had been steadily walking alongside him instead of roaming further away like the others. She pointed out something in the grass, gesturing toward it and moving over in that direction, telling him to wait for her. He did so, and she returned with a large see-through pokeball case.

     “I saw this sticking out of the grass over there; I’m sure you know what it is, right?” Shauna remarked as she began to open it up.

     “Yeah, it's a Pokemon care package; Pokemon rangers place them around the routes where trainers usually travel; they usually carry useful things for trainers like supplies and even TMs.” Elliot remarked.

     “No kidding, this says it's a paralysis Heal , do you want it?” Shauna asked suddenly 

     “What? I mean, you found it, which means you should keep it.” Elliot remarked

     “I think you would probably have more use for it than me. I’m not aiming to be a Pokemon master.” Shauna remarked as she dropped the heal into his hands; he nodded before putting the chip into his bag.

     “Are you not into Pokemon battling?” Elliot asked as the two continued to walk down the path, and the girl shook her head.

     “Nah, I’m more into Pokemon showcases.” Shauana remarked

     “Pokemon showcase?” Elliot asked

     “Yeah, it's this popular thing in Kalos where a handful of contestants compete to become Kalos queen.” Shauna replied

      “Oh yeah, I think I’ve heard something about that in my research of the region. I think the reigning queen is Aria, right?” Elliot asked

    “Yup, you're right, but her reign is coming to an end because I’m going to take the crown from her this year.” Shauna replied with enthusiasm, which turned into a disgruntled frown when she heard Elliot chuckle.

     "Well, I hope the best in your adventure. Give it your best shot.” Elliot remarked

     “I don’t need you to tell me that. Well, what about you? I assume you're aiming for the Kalos League." Shauna remark

      “Yup, I got my entire Pokemon team that I want to have ready, although thinking about it now, I’ll probably need to get a bit creative to get some of them because they are not traditionally found in Kalos. Hey, are there any electric types in this forest?” Elliot remarked mainly to himself as he looked up before turning back to Shauana to ask her a follow-up question.

     “Hmmm? Yeah, I think, Hey Trevor! Are there any electric types in this forest?” Shauna remarked before yelling out to the boy as they passed, this making him jump as the boy was in the middle of taking the picture of what appeared to be a sleeping Kakuna.  

      “Huh!? Oh yeah! Yeah, there have been records of Pikachu roaming this forest here and there!” Trevor yelled back before attempting to quickly turn back and get more pictures of the Kakuna, only to find the Pokemon had moved on; otherwise, they were likely annoyed by the loud sound, causing the boy to pout a bit before moving on.

     “Hmm Pikachu, eh? That maybe could work.” Elliot remarked mostly to himself as the two continued to walk, although they were stopped a short time later by a young woman. She wore a black dress shirt with a white shirt undeniably with a pink ribbon and red dress. The blonde-haired girl seemed to have overheard their conversation.

     "Oh, did I hear someone ask for an electric type? Another electrifying young trainer in the making, I assume? “ The young woman remarked 

     “Something like that, I’ll need an electric type for my team. Do you know where I can find them in this forest?” Elliot asked

      “I do. But if you want that information, then you're going to have to beat me in a Pokemon battle. The name Anna.” The young woman remarked, holding out her Pokeball in her hand.

     “My name is Elliot, and I accept your request” Elliot remarked as he held out his own Pokeball, clicking togather and glowing green, signifying the battle acceptance.

The three of them went off to the side of the path so they didn’t get in the way of other trainers passing by, and the two of them both sent out their Pokemon at the same time; Anna sent out a Pikachu while Elliot sent out Evergreen. 

    "Dang, it seems we got the short end of the draw, but don’t think we’ll be intimidated because you have a type advantage,” Anna remarked before ordering Pikachu to use charm. The Pokemon quickly went into a cute pose, which had the desired effect of completely captivating his Chespin, having heart shape in its eyes. The next thing Anna ordered was for her Pikachu to use quick attack. 

The Pokemon started to glow a bright aura as its pace quickened as when straight for Chespin, which it likely perceived as a hug as it held its arms wide open for him like the mon was coming in for a hug. The attack was a jarring experience for him as he went flying back from getting struck in the chest, but he recovered quickly as he used the rolling to come to his feet, shaking his head from the delusion it was experiencing.

He immediately ordered Chespin to use vine whip as two long vines extended from his back and went to attack the yellow Pokemon, which narrowly avoided. Anna ordered the Pikachu to use thundershock. Elliott countered by remarking that Evergreen should simply run through the attack with tackle. As the quills on his Pokemon grew white, it charged forth directly into his opponent's attack. It landed squarely, but his Pokemon continued to chuck through the attack, not being very effective. The surprise was enough for him to land the tackle squarely against his opponent, causing it to fling backward. 

Elliot once again ordered it to use vine whip, but Anna was quick with evasive maneuvers as she ordered her Pikachu to use double team the dozen or so after images, allowing her mon to avoid the attack once more, although it still cleared them all, allowing him to use tackle to strike the pokemon, this also missed, and to make matters worse, the Pikachu used its tail to trip his chespin up, causing it to spin and hit the tree, its sharp spine embedding into causing it to get stuck momentarily. 

Pikachu was about to use quick attack once more, but Chepin was able to narrowly dodge out of the way by rolling once more. Elliot saw the flicker of white on its head spines as it did so, making him have an idea as he ordered chespin to roll into the Pikachu. The Pokemon, despite the odd request, did so rolling somewhat clumsily, which easily allowed the Pikachu to dodge out of the way of the attack before using another thundershock this time causing chespin to take the hit and become paralyzed, Elliot sucked his teeth and asked Chespin to attempt to fight through it to roll once more at the Pikachu, which it did, but the Pokemon just dodged it once more, but the white light was getting brighter on its’ quills. Anna used a quick attack once more, and he wanted Chespin to use vine whip, but the paralysis was too much for that move, forcing him to take the attack head-on once more, forcing Chespin back.

Chespin was looking a little worse for wear from taking those attacks but he was confident that if this move was what he hoped it was it would lead to his victory anna used another quick attack aiming straight for him which was his chance he ordered chespin to use rollout and then spun on the pokemon grew white and extended a the pokemon rolled extremely fast before striking out against the Pikachu move the attacks clashed but Pikachu was blown backward he asked chespin to continue with the attack striking once more and hitting the pikachu before it could recover anna ordered Pikachu to use double team and now it was his turn to choose and he chose one of the clones int he far back right and it turn out it was his lucky day as that was where the pikachu was hitting him and knocking the pikachu unconscious.

     “Wow, you risked it all there at the end; nice battle.” Anna commented as she recalled her pikachu.

      “Thanks; I honestly shouldn’t have focused on learning a new move in the middle of a battle, but it was also really effective on electric types, so might as well try, I guessed.“ Elliot commented with a smile.

     "Well, as agreed upon, you can find some pikachu in the upper left portion of the forest; they like to keep next to the city due to the powerlines running through it. Good luck in catching one.” Anna commented as she went on her way, and Elliot waved goodbye. As he proceeded in the direction she labeled Shauna was right on his tail, congratulating him for his win along with Calem, who seemingly came out of nowhere, the young boy offering him a couple of pokeball since he heard he was going to capture a pokemon, although he already had a full set of them and even some of the more specialized versions, like that of a great ball. Although he wouldn’t use it for this encounter, the group of three continued to progress through the forest, approaching near the end of it when they had finally managed to get on the trial of where their target lies.

The indication of their pikachu nearby was the atmosphere being charged and some berries being completely burnt to a crisp, so it was here that they all began to spread out and search for where the pikachu could be, it was an elusive Pokemon for the most part easily being able to slip into the brush and leave any number of places so it was fairly surprising when Elliot came about pushing through a few shrubs and bushed to reveal that he had found several actually but more than that he found each of them crowding around a fairly large boy the major thing that stuck out to him was that on the top of his head lied a strange sight a rather large horn that extended dar above by a couple of inches almost like a rapidash or something.

The pikachu huddled around him but other Pokemon as well, such as pansear, pansage, panpoue, a couple of skitterbugs, and even a fletchling from above. Elliot speculated that this likely wasn’t all the boy’s Pokemon, and as he pushed through the shrubbery to ask about it, the Pokemon had all begun to scatter in different directions, but the shocking thing that had happened was that teen was also just gone as well. This was the truly bizarre thing, as some that big shouldn't be able to move that quickly, could they? Or was he just hallucinating someone being there? It could have been the work of a Pokemon playing a prank on him, but he let that lie for now as he tentatively made his way toward where he saw the Pikachu head off.

It took a couple of minutes of searching before he was able to spot the yellow Pokemon once more but he locked it in his sights, there would be no need to get his other Pokemon out for this as he readied his ball and threw it directly at the Pikachu, it landed squarely with a thud on the back of the Pikachu's head before it as absorbed by the red glow, the ball shook once, twice, and three times before it was finally captured, Elliot whooped at his catch before rushing out and snatching the pokemon up looking at it for a moment before stowing it away, he took out his phone and message Shauna and Calem that he caught it before telling them that he was about to exit the forest, every messaged for him to wait up as they should all exit the forest together.

All five of them grouped up together nearing the exit of the forest and exclaimed in surprise about how quickly he was able to capture the Pikachu, especially given how his Pokemon had already been in battles beforehand. Elliot explained that the reason he was able to capture the Pikachu so quickly was due to his use of a quick ball he pulled out the Pokeball with yellow and blue coloring, earning each of the group's attention as they asked how this Pokeball was different from the standard version, and Elliot explained that the quicker a pokemon, the healthier it is, which stumped the group as that was the complete opposite of what they had been taught about pokemon.

They then went on to ask about what other types of pokeballs he had, and he pulled them out. He had 10x pokeballs, 5x great balls, 1x ultra ball, 8x friend balls, 3x netballs, and 8x quick balls. the first three balls he listed were simple to explain all offered just a slight decrease to the amount of damage he needed to do to a Pokemon to allow them to be captured, the netball increased the rate of capture on water and bug-type Pokemon while the friend ball increased the pokemon fondness towards you once caught it was something that his father forced him to have which is why it was his second most plentiful ball beside the normal one, the group was completely awestruck by the new variations and he could tell by their looks that they wanted some for themselves so he offered them one each of them could choose which ball they wanted to have besides the ultra as he only had one of those and wanted to keep if a special occasion popped up.

They were each incredibly thankful for the opportunity, and each grabbed a hold of a ball of their choosing; Tierno and Calem both took a quick ball, Trevor took a netball, and Shauna took a friend ball.

With the group as pumped as ever for their adventure, the group decided to continue forward onto the city, heading out of the forest and seeing the city just a couple of kilometers away. As they began their hike, Elliot couldn’t help but think about the scene he came upon once more and even asked some of the others if they had seen a tall person with a horn on top of his head during their time in the forest, but each of them shook their heads on the matter, not seeing anything familiar to that, after a brief moment, thought that his entire head kind seemed misshaped now that he thought about it, either that or he had a very strong jawline. 

Trevor fiddled with his camera for a moment before displaying an image, it was of the news from before about the teens this time unedited although a further closer shot that someone allowed them to see their faces and he pointed to one of them near the back of the formation he had a costume on that mirrored the colors of leaves green, burgundy, and reddish orange but the thing that Trevor wanted to highlight was horn on top of his head, leaning to an air of mystique appearing as all of them turned back to the forest, Trevor remarked that the stranger seemingly vanished from the rooftop but super slow motion cameras have said they moved or more precisely jumped away from the city and most important they jumped in this very direction down route 4 so unless they changed course it could be reasonable to assume that he may have come across that one in particular.

The reactions were of deep fascination as they stared into the forest; however, the group ultimately elected to keep moving forward toward the city, if whoever they wanted to keep private would allow them, and they wouldn’t want to chase them down, especially someone that held the power to defeat a garchomp with just one move, although it gnawed at the back of their minds each step of the way. As the group approached the gates of Sanalune City, the group all huddled to gather once more to get an idea of what each person wanted to do in the small town. A majority of the group's goal was obvious: Calem, Tierno, Trevor, and Elliot all wanted to challenge the gym leader so that they could enter the Kalos League, although Tierno also wanted to just walk around and see how other Pokemon moved and grooved, while Trevor wanted to take pictures of all the other Pokemon that weren’t in the forest as well. His secondary goal was to get a picture of all the Pokemon in the pokedex. 

Shauna was the odd one out, as she wasn’t aiming for the Kalos league, so instead she would spend time getting to know her little Froakie a little more. With the group, huddle finished Calem was the first to break away into a full-force sprint into the city wanting to be the first one to get to the gym leader before anyone else, Calem was eager to join him as well, although he would be making a quick stop towards the Pokemon center not only to get his pokemon checked up on he also had to do something with the Pikachu he captured so he quickly past through the area passing numerous trainers making sure to keep his head down to not get drawn into another battle, it worked for the most part as he got to the pokemon center, to his surprised Tierno had been right on his tail the entirety way and he had come into the pokemon center right behind him.

He also wanted to heal up his Pokemon before heading out even informing him of a pokemart that was around the corner just in case he needed anything although the boy remarked that he was so prepared that he likely didn’t need it which was mostly true his father reinsured that he was prepared before stepping out of the house and there had been a couple more care packages he had discovered on his way towards the center they gave him even more supplies which he could sell to the pokemart now that he thought of it but that was for later for now however he handed two of his pokemon over to nurse joy, Evergreen and Seaquake the third pokemon the Pikachu he captured in the quick ball he had a different assignment for as he began to walk around the front desk towards the back of the center through a couple of doors.

Tierno intrigued, joined him in his travels in the back, asking what he was doing and what this place was. Elliot explained that this was the trading zone officially called the Global Trade System , where trainers could trade Pokemon not only between each other but also between other regions. This was the reason why he wanted to capture an electric type; while Pikachu was somewhat less than ideal given how prevalent they are across the globe, he would attempt it anyway. Tierno asked what Pokemon he was hoping to get that wasn’t in Kalos. Well, there was two mon he wanted that weren’t in Kalos, but the one he was aiming for, for now, was an elekid. He always liked the look of its final transformation, Electivire, as a kid.

Elliot went up to the desk and deposited the ball, scrolling through the device that the helper gave him to select the Pokemon he wished to trade him for. He quickly typed the name of the mon he was looking for before selecting it, and now came the second part: how long would he like to hold the Pikachu before it would be released back into the wild? The longer he held the mon waiting to be traded, the more money he would have to pay. Thinking that a Pikachu likely wouldn’t draw too much attention in the market, he didn’t want to hold it for an entire month but offered a little under half instead of just two weeks.

The total price was 4,500 poké. He quickly tapped his Pokedex on the screen and paid the amount just in time as his familiar jingle rang out, singling that his Pokemon was ready for pickup. He hurried back to the front with Tierno on his tail as well, and he picked up his mon, who was about to head out towards the gym. Tierno had to wait a bit more but wished him luck in beating the gym with a twirl and a thumbs up.

____________________________

Ash, Bonnie, Clemont, Iida

The group of four had continued their trek towards the Santalune City Gym. The conversation between the group had mostly centered on the new arrival in bright white amour. The road that they had taken was mostly barren; not many others had been around to see him and draw even more attention to the group. Iida answered any of the questions he could without triggering the seals that they had on themselves. Iida asked his fair share of questions, which likely seemed strange to them. However, they didn’t mention it to him directly, but he could feel it. Questions such as How much value is “poké” exactly, he found that it was likely that every 100 poké was about the equivalent to 150 yen or about 1 US dollar where they were from so that made things a bit easier to understand.

He asked about what type of berries could be eaten without any risk to a person's well-being by being given a holographic image of several berries that the group had managed to gather on their journey through the forest. A good majority of them were all safe for human consumption, but a few were just better than others, which Clemont listed. The three decided to take a break, and Bonnie asked if she could take care of grooming Pikachu for Ash, which the boy allowed her, making the girl bounce up and down as she took the yellow Pokemon up in her arms, rubbing along its face and chest before gently petting the tail, which caused the pokemon to yipp in joy.

Taking note of that, Bonnie brushed over it once more, giddy that she was making the Pokemon feel good; her brother had joined in with testing the observation himself before finishing her brushing of Pikachu and asking Ash if she could take care of fletchling next. The boy once more agreed, taking out his Pokemon and allowing the girl to brush along its wings.

Ash opened his bag to take out some Poke-chow, giving each of his Pokemon one of them, but as he was about to give out, the third one of them was snatched from his hands by a small mon. It ran along with the poke puff in its mouth, climbing up on a branch. The Pokemon seemed to be the same dendenne from before, and it had been following them the entire time. Bonnie still wanted the Pokemon and asked for her brother to catch it, but just as he was about to pull out his Pokeball to do so, the small creature began to run off, forcing the group to follow after it. Iida was incredibly quicker, tearing through the brush and up the slope within a split second, scooping up the small orange mon and presenting it to the group firsthand as it struggled within His grasp. 

The trio once more expressed bewilderment at his speed, Bonnie thanked him so much for catching Dedenne for her, although Iida couldn't just hand the Pokemon over just yet as it attempted to escape his grasp by nuzzling along its cheeks and shocking him. Luckily, his suit could bleed off the spare charge, so he wasn't effective by the attack. 

     {No! NO! I don't want to fight!} Dedenne remarked, squirming in the human grasp. 

      {You won't have to fight.}Pikachu replied as it went forward, climbing onto Iida's shoulder and speaking to the smaller mon. Its voice makes it cease its struggling for a moment.

       {What do you mean? Humans capture Pokemon, and then they force them to fight, don't they?}

       {Not all humans do that; some just want a friend. The small girl that wants you isn't even allowed to battle, it seems.

      {Wait? So I get to just have fun and eat food all day while being safe from predators?}

     {Yeah! Sounds super fun, doesn't it? Even when bad guys do show up, we'll protect each other as we're part of a group!}

       {Hmmmm. Well, I'll go along, but only if I don't have to go into one of those balls.

      {Alright, I'm sure they'll let you do that.} 

Pikachu and Dedenne had been consulting with one another as the others waited when it became apparent that Dedenne was on board with the group. Pikachu gave a small thumbs up before hopping off of Iida and back onto Ash’s shoulder, although when Clemont went to capture the creature with a Pokeball, it began to move once more, using Iida as a shield to hide away, causing Pikachu to shout out once more, shaking its head. The group had gotten its meaning and acknowledged the small mon request not to go into a ball as it seemingly poked its head from back around Iida’s body. Bonnie approached it next with a friendlier option, offering her mall green bag that she held as something the small mon could be carried in. 

Instead of even offering the small mon another puffin for its trouble, Iida extended his arm, allowing the small mon to run down it towards the smaller girl, and after smelling around and investigating the bag for a moment, hopped down into it as the girl hopped with excitement herself and fed the pokemon the puffin as it gave its delighted chirp in response. 

With a new Pokemon "captured,” the group continued their way to the new city as the sun started to set, although they had forgone going to a Pokemon center and elected to keep going on foot as it was the night so that they could get to the city by the morning of the next day, where the challenge of the gym leader eagerly awaited them. 

The group walked until nightfall when Iida bid the group farewell as he had to return to his friends to make sure things were in order. Bonnie asked if they would meet again, and Iida confirmed that they would and that next time he may bring some of his other friends along as well before wishing them all a good night and returning to Santalue Forest. 

_____________________

Santalune City Gym

Elliot had gotten to the gym in the nick of time, one might say. Although he wasn’t the only one stationed here on top of Calem already there waiting around, there had also been a small collection of a mixture of young boys and girls—about seven others in fact—all huddled outside of the gym. As they waited around, he was about to ask Calem what had been going on, but before he could, young women approached him, asking him if he was there to take on the gym. The woman had a camera hanging off her neck and a white T-shirt that exposed some midriff with blue jeans and black boots. 

Elliot, despite being surprised, nodded at the girl's question, and the young woman acknowledged that before getting everyone's attention and welcoming everyone to her gym, meaning that this woman was Viola, the woman gestured for the eight individuals to follow her into the large gym; inside they had come into a semi-large room surrounded by paintings of different bug-type Pokemon highlighting the gym's specialty in bugs before Viola once more got everyone's attention to give a speech.

She spoke about how everyone present wanted to challenge, and she apologized for the inconveniences she indirectly caused for being out the day before, but given the number of them, she likely wouldn’t be able to get to them all by the end of the day; she would likely only be able to take half of them before night falls and the gym closes, so they were going to decide right now on who would be getting the opportunity to challenge her. She wouldn’t force them all to fight amongst themselves as that would leave their Pokemon at a disadvantage if they lacked potions or things of that nature, not the method she would use to decide the challengers would depend on their skill as a trainer and their “skill as bugs.” 

As she went towards the side of the room, the eyes trailed along them before she flipped a lever and wished them luck suddenly out from under them. The floor simply opened up, forcing the group of kids to begin to fall.

Everyone had been surprised by the rapid turn of events, but some were more calm and collected than others. As visible white lines started to show through, Elliot landed directly hard on one of the white lines he clutched onto it for dear life. He felt the appendage bend as it actualized itself to his weight before coming back up and settling once more back into its natural position. He looked to his left just in time to see Calem begin to fall. He passed him down below his body and moved for him as he reached out an arm, stopping him from continuing his fall toward the ground. 

The white line, which he now focused on realizing was a thick white rope bent once more, attempting to accommodate the both of them. Elliot used the ropes swinging back up as a way for Calem to get himself a handhold on the white rope, which the younger boy did so, allowing him to pull himself up and somewhat stabilize on the thick rope himself. The two looked around and found four other people had also managed to stabilize themselves on the white lines before looking down below. Just 3 or so more meters were the two others that had been with them; they had hit the floor, which was a mix of crash pads and trampolines that would ensure their safety when falling. 

All of them turned to a small hut filled with cameras and equipment for them as Viola made her appearance once more, calling over to all of them. She remarked that she was surprised that more people weren’t eliminated from the initial fall but remarked that it was still a sight to see; they were now caught. In her spider's web, it was up to them to escape it and earn the honors of being able to face her for the gym badge; the first four over get the remaining challenges for the day. 

Everyone still participating quickly turned to the other before deciding on what they should do as they looked around the room. They were tightrope walking, and although the rope was so thick that they could easily press both feet down side by side without much trouble, it was still difficult to move due to the surface. Calem thanked Elito for the help there, and Elliot remarked that it was no problem at all, but not wanting to get in each other's way, the two decided to go in opposite directions of the spider's web. 

They had been the furthest away in comparison to the others, so they had some room to make up for it. Their movement had gotten the others moving, but everyone stopped once more when one of the ropes that someone was stepping on completely snapped off, causing the young boy to fall to the floor. Multiple camera flutters marked his fall as Vioa let out a small snicker. She remembered it wouldn’t be that easy of a challenge; some threads may not be as strong as others. 

With that out of the way, people began to take their time progressing more slowly, looking and checking to make sure that the rope that they had been going on wouldn't be a trap. Elliot continued forward, trying to make note of what the difference was between a trap and a regular rope, and he spotted it, or at least he thought he did, as someone else had fallen for the trap and fell to the bottom. Unlike the bouncy rope, the traps seemed to be made of silk, almost like from a spider, so he would carefully touch the rope, and if it stuck to his feet, he would avoid it and go a different way. Given that there were only four people left, it was now a battle for positioning. One of the contestants was fine with that, however, and remarked that he would just wait it out on one of the wooden safe platforms, but he, Calem, and a young girl were more competitive than that as they continued forward, eager to get to Viola first.

Eventually, he was the first to cross the line and enter the small shack that Viola was situated in. Calem had made one last dash to get there and narrowly avoided falling for one of the traps; however, the boy had managed to jump and catch himself on one of the wooden platforms beforehand, stopping his fall. The girl, however, was unlucky in this regard, attempting a similar stunt; she came in at fourth while Calem came in second, and the boy who waited came in at third. Now that things were set and everyone mostly had filtered out for the day, Calem stayed by his side wanting to see how the gym leader battles for his match next, although it would be in an hour after his battle commenced after her Pokemon was done healing. 

Viola brought them out to a field surrounded by plants and flowers. A referee took to the stage in the center to announce the battle as the two of them clicked the pokeballs that they would use. The challenger was allowed to substitute, but the gym leader had to continue to play her mon, and with the rules stated, the battle was a go as the two throughout their Pokemon. Viola throughout a surskit while Elliot used evergreen.

Elliot wasn't taking any chances so the first move he used was growl the forbidding rumble from his Pokemon caused the surskit to take a step back as a red glow came over it for a moment lowering its attack, he then proceeded to use rollout it was the only move in his arsenal that was super effective against the mon as his chespin fins began to extend and glow as he rapidly sprints in a ball and charged forwards to his surprise Viola stood her ground and used protect a wall of blue energy coalesced up in front of the small blue pokemon completely halting his attack and fling his chespin backward this was quickly followed up with by a single beam the struck landed while he was in mid-air as an explosion pushing chespin backward but the mon was able to recover skidding to a stop as he did so, this was going to be challenging he thought as he thought of his next steps he one more used growl lowering the attack of his opponent even more. 

His opponent took the opportunity however to do something unexpected as it used ice beam not on chespin but on the very ground itself, he thought better of it however as he told chespin to use his vine whip to block that attack coming towards his side, two large whips came from behind the creatures back blocking several of the ice blasts headed in is direction leaving the field half covered in ice while the other half remained normal, the gym leader complimented his quick thinking before tasking her surskit to shoot off another signal beam he ordered chespin to dodge it and use rollout once more as he dodges the blast wave and rolled forwards this had the unintended effect of increasing his attacks speed allowing him to land a hit on the surskit pushing it backward, he shouted for chespin to continue but on the icy ground, he was in his opponent habitat as it was able to easily dodge the follow-up attack as it took a moment for chespin to slide back around.

The mon used an ice beam this time to attack, a chespin was coming around once more, and Elliot ordered Chespin to use a vine whip to dig up the ground and use it as a makeshift shield. She wasn’t the only one that could use the environment to his advantage, he remarked as the smoke cleared and chespin was unharmed from her attack. She ordered her surskit to get around the cover, and Elliot waited for that, letting the Pokemon skate near as he ordered Chespin to use a bite. The Chespin uses bite . 

The chespin's teeth glowed a bright white, and it leaped out from the cover, biting onto one of the blue mons splendid legs before tossing it over to the dark side of the arena, fearing a follow-up attack. Vivian instinctively wanted to use protect once more, but her Pokemon flinched, and Elliot took the opportunity and used rollout one more time as the chess rapidly dashed forward, striking the surskit dead center, bouncing it backward as it rolled and tumbled before falling unconscious.

Elliot cheered for a moment, and Viola complimented him for his skill but remarked that the battle wasn’t over yet. As she sent out Vivillon next, the referee asked if he would like to switch his mon, and after a moment of consideration, he chose not to. The opponent quickly took to the air while they took the initiative and used psychic chespin was helpless pulled into the air before being slammed back down hard completely unable to do anything about it, he had told chespin to attempt a vinewhip but the opposing Pokemon countered with gust blowing his attack away along with chespin for a second time he couldn’t do much he knew that without someone how getting the pokemon to come down to his level so he told chespin to run towards the icy side of the field once more as the Vivillion used energy ball being so far away had it’s on disadvantage of travel time but he had to do something while her psychic was on cooldown any one move likely would spell chespin defeat and even with the distance he only narroly avoided the energy ball as it flung him to the given side allowing him to enact his plan as he wanted his mon to use rollout once more using the frozen piece of ground as a makeshift launcher to get high into the air alogn with the ice to increase his speed allowing the attack to land but he couldnt cotinue the attack as he was forced to land and as he did so he was caught in a psychic once more and chespin was knocked unconscious from the slam into th icey ground.

He called back Chespin, thanking him for his hard work. Being only one hit, he must be reeling from that attack he had to imagine, as it was a super effective move against it, but he wasn’t going to be careless; he called out his next monsoon seaquake. The marshtomp came on the field with a thud eager to battle as it looked up at its opponent. As he expected Viola went for another energy ball and he told Seaquake to doge it and counter using supersonic marshtomp cheeks began to inflate before it let out a deafening sound wave directly at the Vivillon causing it to become confused, 

Viola powered through the sound attack and countered with gust the wind battered against Seaquake but he remained standing as he returned fire with muddy water as a dark mirky liquid shot out of the marshtomp mouth and hit ho against the dazed flying Pokemon covering its eyes in pseudo filth that it could barely see out of lowering it’s accuracy although it wouldn’t need such a thing as it used psychic once more as his pokemon was picked up into the air and slammed down so much for confusion he thought as he struck out with a water gun which narrowly missed its target in return for his effort received he as going to receive an energy ball but the confusion worked in his favor as the attack destibalized and exploded in the pokemon own face allwoing him to land another water gun squarely against the flying mon and dropping it from the sky as it fell unconscious.

There the referee called it, and Calem congratulated him as he went to the field and patted him on the back. Viola remarked that she knew that he was special, going by the looks in his eyes that he was special, and his marshtomp showed her an entirely new depth of field; it wasn’t every day she could battle against such a Pokemon, correctly summarizing that he was a traveler to Kalos and not native-born. She awarded him with the badge, but he stopped telling the others about it not until Calem had his turn to win in an hour. The hour came and went, and it was Calem’s turn; he had caught himself fletching to go along with his fennekin. 

The battle was intense, but in the end, he won himself the bug badge, and they both reported it in their group chat, which gained them a round of applause from the others. It had been getting close to nightfall, so he would have thought that they would go and rent a room, but Calem wanted to continue his adventure and would sleep in the wilderness, so he wished him luck on his adventure and remarked that they would all meet up again at the professor's lab, which he agreed to as she shook the boy's hand, saying farewell.

Chapter Text

You Have Been Chosen: Ash Group, Serena, Y, Elliot, Deku, Uraraka, Tsu, Iida, Bakugo, Mina, Kirishima, Sero

Serena woke up in the bed of a Pokemon center freely accommodating space; it was nicer than she expected it would be upon hearing about it. She shared the room with a couple of other trainers who had been around; she wondered if they were also like her and had a somewhat fear of sleeping out at night by herself. Initially, she thought she was just a bit paranoid about it, but after nearly being attacked by a vampire, her darling Fennekin saved her using Ember, which scared the creature off. She petted along her fennekin once more, gently waking the small fire type from its slumber, which it did with a cute little yawn with its wide orange eyes. She allowed the small Pokemon to wake up fully as she went about getting herself ready not only to start the day but to meet Ash as well. The very thought brought a bit of red to her cheeks, and her stomach started to flip, but she managed to cool off in the shower before heading back and asking Fennekin if she wanted to get something to eat. The small Pokemon yipped in positivity before hopping off the bed and following her to the mess hall.

The Pokemon center had a surprisingly good amount of variety for breakfast, sandwiches, eggs, waffles, pancakes, and even some curry or pasta they didn’t skimp out on Pokemon either having specialized food for each type of Pokemon which Serean quickly scooped up the fire type for her fennekin, once she got her food she looked around for a moment in the mess hall before deciding to take her food outside, she wasn’t trying to avoid people but she believed the open air would be nice to go with their meal, as she placed the food down on the table her fennekin quickly hopped up and dived in which gave the girl a small chuckle but she wasn’t one to talk much as her stomach seemed to grumble as the scent of her food reached her nose once more and she could feel her self salivate in anticipation for her meal as she sat down and dug in herself.

The two of them sat and ate their meal with not much talking between them. Serena noted a strange air balloon in the distance, but other than that, she didn't think much about it as she finished her meal and offered a big stretch with her arms. Her fennekin mirrored her movements with her front paws nearly falling off the table, causing the two of them to chuckle at her antics. With both of them finished, it was time to continue forward toward Santalune City, but just as she was finished putting her trays in the designated places, a large explosion set off behind her, making her quickly turn around. It seemed that the strange balloon in the sky had started to fall quickly, and the curiosity and worry for those involved in the event spurred her into action, it was along her journey towards the city in the first place, so if someone needed help, she could offer aid if she could, so she remarked for Fennekin to come on as the two of them rushed ahead.

_____________

Ash Group

Ash, Clemont, and Bonnie woke up from their slumber in the forest at a quick pace they were very close to the city at this point, and because of that Ash was beyond pumped up to go and face the Gym and win his first badge and when he wanted to do something he wanted to do it quick as soon as Clemmont had prepared breakfast for the three of them he scarfed it down and was wanting to head out, seeing the boy so energetic ad excited Bonnie couldn't help but match his energy as she too scarfed her food down like him although she sort of semi-choked in doing so causing Clemont to lecture her own eating her food properly and not rushing she countered that he didn’t say anything to Ash about doing the same thing which was true although he wasn’t his older brother so Ash can do what he wants she would need to listen to him causing the girl to pout a bit and grumble as she went over to her bag to check on Dedenne which instantly swapped her mood around as she veiwed the small orange pokemon sleeping before she attempted to gently wake it up from its slumber.

The small mon was a bit panicked with the small girl's head directly near its face as it rubbed its cheeks and shocked her outright causing a moment of panic to happen by Clemont and Ash but after the misunderstanding happened the small pokemon seemed deeply apologetic Bonnie instantly forgave it for as she fed it a poke pellet as a sign of her forgiveness which the small mon was happy to achieve now that things had been done and taken care of Ash checked over his pokemon for a moment and carefully decided on which one he would be using against the Gym leader getting a tip from Clemont remarking that bug types were more effective against water types which unfortunately meant that  Froakie would have to sit this one out but the blue mon took the news on the chin and wished the other two luck on the upcoming battle with that out of the way and food done Ash began to sprint off into the distance where the City was located.

Bonnie once more followed Ash's lead, running with him, attempting to keep pace. Clemont took up the rear; not used to running at all, he was the last to exit the forest into the short and clear plains that lead up to the city, but because he was last, he was the only one who was able to take a look at the shadow that had been following behind Ash and nearly hovering over Bonnie. Clemont yelled out to Ash as he spotted a familiar white uniform using his enhanced glasses. Ash reacted just in time to dodge out of the way of an electric net he looked up into the air and saw that it was been Team Rocket blimp hovering above them. 

The three villains laughed once more before they started to rhyme their signature catchphrase. Bonnie commented on how weird these strange people were. Still, they brushed the small girl off as being too noisy as they cast one of those black box devices in her direction. Clemont moved quickly, knocking his smaller sister out of the way as the box cube expanded surrounding Clemont in bright blue bands of light, forcing him to be forced to stand completely still together, unable to do anything. Bonnie rushed to her brother's side, seeing if she could do anything to free him from his binding, searching around. Still, the trio continued with their actual target, which was Ash’s Pikachu; however, instead of using the Pokemon to fight, he elected to use Froakie instead being the perfect opportunity for it to stretch its legs. 

It also allowed both Pikachu and fletchling to stay fresh for the upcoming gym battle. He shot forth, appearing in a mist of mirky white aura, ready for battle. In response, James had sent out a different Pokemon. This one was new to Ash; it had hovered in mid-air next to their blimp. It was small and squat with a clear see-through-like body with tentacles for legs and arms and a blue core with a beak for a mouth. He pulled out his pokedex, and it revealed to him that the strange Pokemon was an 

Inkay: It spins while making its luminescent spots flash. These spots allow it to communicate with others by using different patterns of light.

Interesting Ash thought but he still had to battle as he ordered froakie to use water pulse, the froakie jumped into the air and almost clasped its hands together gathering water from the very air itself into a ball and then shooting it forwards towards the Pokemon, James countered by using foul play as the ball of the water came spiraling towards the floating pokemon as it seemed to concentrate in front of it as a purple hue then suddenly surrounded the ball of energy before it was surprisingly shot right back toward froakie the surprise catching the pokemon off guard and sacking him right in the chest sending him flying down into the dirt but he was still persistent in continuing to battle but before Ash could give another order there was a large sound in the distance, Ash looked up but saw nothing, the frightened screams of Team Rocket had caught his attention hower as he turned back to them he noticed that someone had seemingly appeared on their basket under the hot air balloon. 

They both asked who the boy was and how he got there but the boy didn’t answer them as he clasped his hands together large black metallic wrist bracer decorated his arms and expecting an attack of some sort, Jesse was quicker telling wobbuffet to use a mirror coat the attack as expected was reflected into the attackers face but they expected him to fall back and begin to fall from the air however it seemed the adversary was hardier then they expected as the next thing that happens throughout the shining light was the sight of wobbuffet being knocked off the blimp falling below crashing into the ground this was quickly followed by meowth crashing down right after slamming into the wobbeffet doubling the crater in the ground rendering both unconscious, The next thing that happened was James screaming for Inkay to help him using psybeam. The pink blast screamed forth, knocking the new arrival in the back, but the blow barely rocked him as he pointed a gauntleted hand behind his back, and a yellow-orange burst came screaming out, striking the Pokemon and blowing up, knocking the Pokemon out of the air. 

The next thing that happened was both Jesse and James were wrenched from the balloon as it began to fall towards the ground, this time carried by the stranger, almost as if they weighed nothing. A micro explosion dotted the underside of the new arrivals' boots as he came down towards the floor, and the balloon fell behind him. The wind blew the debris somewhat into the open field, which was a blessing as it prevented it from littering the forest. The new arrival haphazardly threw the two unconscious team rocket members to the ground before looking over at Ash; his face was a mix of aggression and annoyance. The teen was a foot taller than Ash himself with dirty blonde hair that seemed to explode from his head, then that drifted off him along with his red eyes were threatening so much so that Froakie and Pikachu had taken up a defensive position in front of the boy, but before any words could be said, another sound punctuated the arrival of a new individual. This one was somewhat smaller than the initial stranger. He wore pure green with yellow and red highlights along with a bright yellow cape. His face was a lot more friendly with freckles on his face and dark green hair. 

The arrival of this new person, however, sent a strong surge of anger into their first rescuer as he began to yell.

   “The hell are you doing here, Deku!?" Huh! I told you I could handle it on my own! Do you think I needed your help or something?“ The boy yelled with the same explosive temper as his fighting, and the green boy named Deku responded almost immediately, setting a bashful temperament as he replied.

     “No, no, kacchan. I was trying to make sure you didn’t go overboard.” Deku tried to say arms raised in defense, although this seemed to make Kacchan even angrier.

     “Huh! You telling me I don’t know how to use my quirk!” Bakugo yelled back, and once more Deku began to apologize and remark that's not what he meant by following him before Bakugo just told him to shut it before he switched his sights towards Ash.

     “This is the third time you're in trouble already; no wonder someone wanted us to look after you.” Bakugo remarked dismissively.

     "Hey, I could have handled them on my own; this isn’t my first run-in with Team Rocket.” Ash replied in defense. 

     “Whatever you say.” The dirty blonde remarked unimpressed.

      “Hey, guys! a little help over here!” Bonnie remarked, gesturing to her brother, who even with Dedenne’s help couldn’t break the bright cables that bonded her brother. The green-haired boy that had arrived quickly made his way over before he started termite a faint glow around himself before taking a firm grasp of the blue bands and simply snapping it into so easily.

     “Woah! You're really strong! Mister!” Bonnie remarked in wonder as the blue bonds fell away, disappearing before reaching the ground.

     “Thank you for the help; I’m guessing you two are Iida’s friends he’s told us about,” Clemont remarked as he stretched his arms after being in such an uncomfortable position before holding out a hand for him to shake.

      “Yes, I’m Midoriya, and that over there is Bakugo... So who are these two that attacked you?” Midoriya remarked with a friendly smile as he shook Clemont's hand.

      “My name is Clemont, and this is Bonnie, and they are.”

      “They are no good people who try to steal others' Pokemon. They just tried to steal ash, Pikachu.” Bonnie finished for him. 

     “They were also the ones that caused Garchomp's rampage yesterday that caused so much damage.” Clemont also included 

      “Yeah, they have been chasing me for months now across five different regions,” Ash added. 

      “Yet you said you beat them? How come they haven’t been arrested yet?” Bakugo remarked curious.

       “Well uhmm… I guess I never had them knocked unconscious before; usually when I beat them, they go flying off into the sky.” Ash replied.

      “So you just let them get away,” Bakugo remarked, annoyed with a roll of the eyes. 

       "Ah-ah, what he means to say is, we can just hand them over to the police, so they should be out of your hair from now on.” Midoriya quickly added before more arguments could take place as he quickly sped over and, given that he lacked handcuffs or rope, had elected to use the group's air balloon itself as a makeshift hold, tying them up in leftover lines from the fallen object and throwing them in the hamper before lifting them as he began to glow even brighter and green sparks started to radiate around his form, earning even more intrigue as the green sparks sporadically appeared. 

       “You said that these guys were the cause of the stuff that happened in Lumiose, right? Well, I’ll take them back there. Can you call the police and tell them I’ll drop them off in front of the Route 4 gate checkpoint? And Kacchan, can you go with them until they enter the town?” Midoriya remarked before getting a confirmation from Clemont sending a message from his glasses but getting a grunt of annoyance from Bakugo.

      “Do we have to protect them anymore? Isn’t it finished when those jokes are in custody?” Bakugo remarked, pointing at the unconscious team rocket members in the casket.

      “Just until they get into the town kacchan, the others are forming up a way for us to divide the security duty, and these may not be the only threats out there who knows what can happen.” Midoriya replied, earning a huff from his childhood best friend but nothing in return, which was about as good of a “yes” as he was going to get.

       “You said that you would take them back to Lumiose City, but how? I see that you are strong, but carrying them like that could be difficult.” Clemont asked, but Midoriya gave a reassuring smirk as he began to lift off into the air, earning shock gasps from each of the three members. 

      "Woah, no, way you can fly! I wanna fly! I wanna fly!” Bonnie remarked enthusiastically, jumping up and down as her hands went skywards.

       “Hehe, maybe at another time, I’ll see you all later.” Midoriya remarked as he continued to float higher and higher into the air before he turned sideways and pumped his legs inwards before thrusting them back, causing a large wind gust that pushed him forward and out of sight at an incredible speed, being gone in the blink of an eye. 

      "Woah, he’s probably going to be back in no time flat.” Ash remarked

       “You're probably right, but don’t want to hurry up and get to the gym leader? Never know if she’s going to be busy since the Kalos league is coming up.” Clemont asked

    “Oh yeah! Your right! Thanks for the help again.” Ash remarked as he was about to get going once more, returning his froakie to his Pokeball, but just as he was about to take off running once more, he heard his name being called from the distance, this time from a girl, although he couldn’t remember ever seeing this one before. As the group waited for her to arrive, she was surprisingly not completely out of breath when she reached them, and as she did, she kind of stopped and sputtered in place a bit before she calmed down.

      “Ash, it is you.” The girl remarked she was wearing a black shirt with a white collar and a red skirt with a pink top hat.

     “Seems like ash is very popular, right, Clemont.” Bonnie remarked off to the side.

     “You got that right; how do you know Ash?” Clemont asked the girl 

      “Yeah, I don’t think we met before, have we?” Ash asked skeptically; this question coming from him caused the girl to visibly deflate in demeanor.

     “What you don’t remember me, Ash? Think back to when you went to camp in Pallet Town; I did too; that’s where we met back in Professor Oaks Summer Camp.” The girl replied

     “I do remember that summer camp... but sorry, I don’t remember you,” Ash remarked, and the girl seemed to deflate even more as he said that before popping up once more as she seemed to remember something and hastily dug into her pockets before digging out a blue cloth.

      “Do you remember this? When we were younger, I had been lost in the forest, and I scraped my knee, but then you were there, and you wrapped this around my knee and helped me back to the others. Ever since that day, I have been holding on to this wanting to give it back to you, but Oak told me that you left on your adventure so I couldn’t find you. I saw you on the TV during the Garchomp incident, so I wanted to take the opportunity to track you down. My name is Serena if that helps.” Serena said her voice tentative. Ash took the cloth and looked at it for a moment and carefully thought about it. Back then, it only took about a moment before he finally remembered the girl.

      “Oh yeah, you were the girl with the straw hat, right? You came all this way just for this?” Ash asked as he took the handkerchief and put it in his pocket.

     "Well, that wasn’t the only reason; I also just wanted to see you again, but I didn’t think that you had just completely forgotten me.” Serena commented with a pout.

      “I’m sorry, I didn’t mean to offend you, but I guess it was a long time ago, wasn’t it? It's been what I think five years now.” Ash remarked, rubbing the back of his head.

     “Yeah, I guess...” Serena agreed solemnly  

The surprise reunion was put on hold as another whirling wind washed over the group, this being the return of Midoriya, who was slightly surprised to see them all still standing in the same place he left.

      “Oh wow! You guys are all so fast!” Bonnie commented excitedly.

      "Woah, did you get them to Lumiose City in just a minute or two?” Ash asked 

      “Yup, I had to wait around a bit until the police got there to drop them off, but it was no trouble; I guess I’ll watch over them from here,” Midoriya remarked.

      “Good, if I had to sit here and watch this any longer, I thought I would freaking barf.” The teen remarked before turning away and basting off with explosions coming out of his hands and feet. The explosion kicked up a shockwave that blew wind in each of their faces as they admired how the teen left. 

     “So how many of you can fly!?” Bonnie asked, coming right up to Midoriya.

     “Hmmm… about half of us can, so 10.” Midoriya commented casually.

       "Woah, that’s so cool. Is everyone else still in the forest?” Ash asked, and Midoriya nodded.

      "Wait, Ash, you knew those people from the news too?” Serena asked 

      "Well, not exactly; they found me actually; they said that someone had told them to protect me, right?” Ash remarked 

      “Yes, not just you but some other people as well. Someone named Elliot and another named Xerxes.” Midoriya replied.

      “Oh, I met an Elliot when I arrived here in Kalos the other day.” Ash remarked with a snap of his fingers.

      “Oh, I may know who you're talking about as well; he's been my new neighbor,” Serena remarked.

      “Do you know where he is?” was Midoriya's immediate follow-up question.

      “Sorry, but I don’t... Oh, I know he was hanging around some of my older sister's friends, and they were discussing getting selected to have their own Pokemon, so maybe he’s in Santalune City for the gym badge there.” Serena suggested.

      “Well, that’s where I want to go as well, so what are we waiting for? Let’s get going right now.” Ash remarked with a clenched fist and renewed energy as he began to sprint forward, followed closely by Bonnie, Serena, Midoriya, and then Clemont bringing up the rear.

The group continued on their long path towards the City, the group of four continued to rush their way down with Ash in the lead, they had passed a couple of people on their way exiting the city and one of them happened to be Shauna the brown skin girl waving at Serena as she passed causing the group to stop and ask her about where Elliot had gone, Shauana remarked that she last saw him in the City both him and Calem had beaten the Gym leader and gotten their badges although he decided to take the night and sleep in the city instead of out in the wilderness which she didn’t blame him for she had a rough going with a bunch of pokemon having bothered her through the night interrupting her sleep. 

Having heard the news, the group continued their trek into the city. Serena stayed back a bit to talk more with Shauna as the girl grabbed a hold of her arm, keeping her put.

    “So you seemed to have found your knight in shining armor.” Shaunana teased, causing the girl to blush rapidly.

     “Wha-what are you talking about?” Serena remarked 

     “Me and Y-ey get to talking, and she told me about your little handkerchief that you kept around since that time so long ago. It takes some real infatuation to hold on to something like that for so long and to conveniently start your journey when he’s in town.” Shauna remarked, each word causing the blonde to blush heavier and heavier as she started to run a hand along her long hair.

      “Was it really that obvious?” Serena remarked, a bit befuddled.

      "Yeah, just a bit, but me and Y-ey kept it to ourselves mostly, so how did the meeting go?” Shauna asked, but the girl instantly deflated once more.

     “He didn’t even remember who I was at first." Serena remarked disheartened, and Shauna sucked her teeth at that.

      “Oof, let’s keep that between us. I wouldn’t want your sister getting up and arms about it... So what are you going to do now? Why did you guys want to find Big-E anyway?” Shauna asked.

     “Ugh, big-E?” Serena commented skeptically.

     "Elliot, I mean, the group decided to call him that for now.” Shauna clarified.

     “Oh, I see well... Do you remember the new broadcast yesterday with that guy with the ice powers?” Serena remarked as she began to whisper in the girl's ear.

     “Yeah? What about it?” Shauna replied, intrigued to see where the girl was going with this.

     "W-Well, they are real, and they are looking for him or at least someone with the same first name.” Serena remarked, earning the girl’s questioning gaze.

      “Do they want to hurt him?” Shauna asked seriously.

      “No, no, actually the opposite; they said that they were going to protect them.” Serena explained.

     “Why? And from who?” Shauna remarked, but at that, Serena shook her head.

     “I…don’t know… I just caught up with them just now; one of them helped me get to Lumiose City the other day as well, so I think they all mean well.” Serena replied although Shauna wasn’t too sure about just trusting these strange new people, she guessed it wasn’t her choice to make, as she suggested that the two of them catch up to the others and she could text Big-E to meet up with them during the exit to route 4, although he was probably already heading in this direction in the first place. 

The two girls began heading back at a brisk pace, talking some more about the strange people with powers; the one with the ice powers still hadn’t shown up, but she talked more about the one that had taken her to Lumiose in what looked like knight armor; he was someone with blue eyes and dark blue hair; she couldn’t see much else as his chin was covered in the armor. Shauana remarked that if she had been to Lumiose and was headed back towards here, it meant that she got her partner Pokemon from Professor Sycamore. Serena nodded, and the two girls showed each other what Pokemon they chose at the same time, revealing the opposite types of each other: a froakie and a fennekin. 

Shauna remarked that the guys got first dibs on the choices but she doesn’t dislike her small blue Pokemon, she was already planning on ways she could use it in the showcases starting up soon, and the mention of the showcase reminded Shauna of her first question to Serena on what would the girl do now, she correctly assumed that she gave Ash his handkerchief back so now what would the girl do, she finally got her partner pokemon so the sky was the limit but the girl was still a bit amiss, she never really thought that far ahead, she was so consumed with meeting Ash again she never thought about what would happen once she found him, maybe she was hopping for a fairytale of some kind with him whisking her away or something dumb like that since she never really got into much of anything.

Shauna didn’t completely lambast the girl for her type of thinking; she had made legitimate efforts in trying to find something she wanted to enjoy: Ryhorn racing, baking, Sky Trainer training, furfrou grooming, and even a little bit of Pokemon battling, but nothing seemed to suit her fancy getting bored or uninterested in the activity sooner or later; there were plenty of things for a kid to do, so her sister and she were always patient and allowed her to do what she wanted, but her mother saw the absence as her opportunity, forcing her through the similar Rhyhorn racing training that she subjected Y-ey to before she broke off and went head first into Sky Training, almost like it was out of spite.

She knew from personal experience that sometimes experimenting allowed someone to find out what she wanted to do in life and what she truly found fun. She asked if she was going to set off on an adventure on her own to find herself something to do but the girl notably fidgeted at the prospect of doing so remembering her time just the other day when it was getting dark so she quickly declined such a thing and remarked that she would probably want to travel with a group of people so that nothing could go wrong similar to what they were doing which brought on the topic of where Tierno, Trevor, and Calem were but Shauana admit that while they set out on their adventure as a group they weren’t going to be traveling together, they all had different dreams they wanted to get out of life so their objectives were split apart but they would stay close by and come together occasionally, there second all get-together point was going to be Professors Sycamore lab, the man having something even more special for them waiting as the ones chosen in his raffle, none of them knew what it was but were excited about the prospect nonetheless. 

Serena agreed to that as they traveled, still deep in thought on what she should do or where she even wanted to go. Shauna offered that she could travel with her, and maybe she could figure things out along the way or maybe relieve some of the tension in the air. She also suggested that maybe she could ask Ash if she could travel alongside him. She initially wrote it off as a joke at her expense once more to tease her, but the girl was serious about it, remarking that the boy got her so fired up that she left home immediately, even going through the forest without a Pokemon on hand, so if she could steer that determination into finding out what she wants to do, then the better it can be.

She also mentioned that on the side she could maybe convince the boy to go out with her while on their travels as well, teasingly before she started to speed up their walking a bit, ushering for Serena to do the same, which she tentatively did, following along with her shorter friend, although doubt constantly pulled at the back of her mind on not only how she would approach Ash about asking to go on an adventure, but worst of all, how would she react to him saying no? Maybe she needed to think more positively, but those strange people would also be traveling with him, wouldn’t they? Could it be a little crowded for her to also join their group as well? No, no, maybe it would be alright; it's like what they say: the more, the merrier, right? She would be alright, she thought as they started to approach the town quicker with their new pace, and there was almost no time to ask as they had run into the group already while talking to her new neighbor. 

______________

Santalune forest

The class woke up the next day completely bored about what to do next; they didn’t have much of anything they could do, so when the call came in that Ash was in trouble once more, Bakugo was raring to go and get into the action blasting off from the forest before anyone had a chance to say much of anything. Midoriya followed after him to ensure that everyone stayed safe, but that left the others still with nothing at all to do as they simply meandered about the forest.

Most of their heteromorph types had mainly decided to keep to their small area of the woods away from popular trainer sights as it would draw a lot of unneeded attention others simply talked about mundane things as they partook in the berries that they had gathered around, some of their members lacking much of anything else to do continued training amongst themselves but boredom still quickly consumed them all the same, they collected plenty of berries to last them likely a week or so and after filtering out some of the less than pleasant ones and having an almost infinite water source meant food and drinks was properly secure the next thing they could do was build up a shelter for themselves instead of the small tents that momo had created although this would risk drawing in more attention than they needed.

Everyone wanted to explore the world and the Pokemon they had to offer here; they had been on the 50s generation of Pokemon in their time, totaling up to about to nearly 8,000 different Pokemon and even including variants as well as ultra beast, but being in an world was likely so much different than just playing it. Iida described how he witnessed Ash capture his first Pokemon and reconfirmed how quirks didn’t exist in this world, and it seemed that Pokemon battling and capture was primarily done with other Pokemon instead, which was the single greatest aspect of the games that they knew, but Kaminari mentioned that in the retro days of Generation below that of 20, that was how the games played as well before the dawn of quirks.

So things may not have been that different after all, although maybe some Pokemon don’t exist or maybe completely new ones exist they truthfully couldn’t tell, and sitting around in a forest wouldn’t get them any answers but to establish themselves in society they needed to go to a government body of some kind and get proper identification and license and to do that meant that they all had to get a back story straight on their abilities which would be pretty difficult to do or manage especially if they had some psychic types in that line of work which would force them to tell the truth, in that case surrendering themselves could even prove dangerous as if they psychically proked the seals that bind them they could be burnt alive from the inside out . 

The prospect left them incredibly worried, and then there was also the prospect of them being lab rats for their entire time, restricting their freedom more than they already had, which was also a poor outcome. In the previous world, they had the hero association at their backs, which was essentially the government, but now they were completely on their own, although from their memories they don’t remember anyone being so cruel in the games. Still, real life and games weren’t likely to overlap that much. 

Mineta suggests that they could be like mercenaries and do a couple of odd jobs for Poke, which Iida corrected him for the pronunciation of poké, and despite the absurdity of the claim, it didn’t seem that bad of an idea; it would allow them to stretch their legs and adventure out in the world while also helping people and getting money, although Iida didn't like to think of them as mercenaries but maybe vigilantes? Instead, the group went on to think about names that they could call themselves and how they would even market their services, but new problems arose when they didn’t even know the rules and laws of society so they could be unintendedly doing something illegal depending on the thing they wanted to provide, which threw another wrench into their plans. 

The group continued to talk and discuss, and by that point, Bakugo had returned from his small journey, although his mood wasn’t much better, remarking that Pokemon was a lot weaker than he thought they were and wanted to go out and find a legendary that he could fight. Still, Iida and the class warded him off from doing that, not wanting people to just go on solo adventures by themselves. The group continued the discussions until Toru had made a discovery. Using her light manipulation powers, she was able to trap something in a shiny cube of space for everyone else. It seemed like she was just practicing until she asked the others next to her if they could see what she did when they answered that they couldn’t. She used her light manipulation on the rest of them, slightly tweaking the light output in their eyes to match hers, and their object became clear, but not just the thing she caught in the cage, but all around them, they could see four or five small green beings sticking along the trees. Each of them had a small eye that had been focused directly on them.

The small green creatures were squishy and lacked a proper structure, almost like they were a liquid; they had a darker green color along their core in the shape of a hexagon, but the one that had been in the center of the light cage that Toru had crafted had been different; its eye was more alive black instead of green that matched its body; its tail was curved on itself, and its body was more round-shaped with a red-colored hexagon on the inside. It was more than the others; the class examined it for a moment, trying to deduce what it was. They hadn’t seen or remembered anything like this from the games that they knew about, but they didn’t know every single Pokemon either, so they weren’t sure if it existed in them in the first place.

Toru brought the creature over to Koda to see if he could figure out what it wanted. The boy being able to talk to Pokemon using his quirk was a great way to alleviate them coming into their space too often, and if they were hungry, they offered up some of their stash of berries to the small creatures, but this one had been watching them for some time not doing anything since yesterday; it had been around them ever since they made camp. Some argued why she didn’t bring this up sooner, but the girl assumed all of them could see them at the time and had just ignored it, this one was unique compared to the others, so she just decided to catch it and ask what was happening. 

As the group explained, it seemed that the green being in the cage had started to glow, and along with several of the same beings that hung attached to the trees, assuming that she was scaring the creature, she immediately dropped the cage to ensure that it was ok, but the light grew to a fever pitch, and the class watched as the creature started rear upwards as several of the things that had started to rapidly close in on the one in Toru's hand, ojiro thought quickly knocking the strange mon out of Toru's hand before flinging it up into the air, where even more of the strange beings that hung attached to the trees collected on its position.

Several of them seemed to come from far and wide, creating a blinding light of green that would likely, if not for Toru, force them to shield their eyes away. However, with her help, they could watch on and they saw how the small creature's bodies began to combine and reshape themselves into a more physical form, this time resembling that of a large dog like a Doberman Pinscher. Around its neck flowed a slick green energy, and the hexagon that was along the middle one center had now reattached itself into a more physical form, this time resembling that of a large dog like a Doberman Pinscher. Around its neck flowed a slick green energy, and the hexagon that was along the middle one center had now reattached itself to its neck like that of a collar. It had two segmented docked tails coming out the back of it, but other than that, it looked mostly like a black dog with segments of green decorating it.

The group all grew tense for a moment, but none of them made a move to attack the creature or appear to be threatening other than Bakugo, who raised his gauntlet, Kirishima forced it down, and the group collectively turned to Koda as he took tentative steps to talk to the new pokemon.

     {We don’t wish to harm you.} Koda remarked immediately in his voice, the reply almost making the creature tilt its head in confusion for a moment before it answered back.

     “{What are you and where do you people come from}” Koda, knowing that the others would likely want to know, double-translated the words as it spoke them.

     {We are just regular people.}

      “{regular humans don’t come in through tears in portals of time and space.}” the creature replied, causing the class to murmur a bit in speculation.

       “Were you the one that brought us here?” Bakugo accused.

      “{I found you here; now where did you all come from? What are your plans for this planet?}” the being remarked

       “Due to our circumstances, we cannot inform you of where we come from; we can only simply say that we are far from our native land with no way back.” Momo said

      “We don’t mean to do anything with the planet; we aren’t invaders or anything like that.” Mina also added answering the second question, although the dog paused for a moment to take in that information or decide if they believed them or not. 

       “Were you the one that spoke in our heads the other day?” KaAshidori asked, and this seemed to get that dog's attention.

       "{What do you mean?}” the dog inquired.

       “Something asked us the other day to protect some people for the safety of the region that wasn’t you?” Jiro remarked, The dog shook its head, but the group noted how its body language became a bit more lax when talking to them.

      “{It was not me, however, it was likely a fellow guardian..}” the dog remarked as it began to turn away from them and walk away but was stopped as another question formed.

     "Well, should we listen to this guardian or what?” Bakugo gruff voice spoke out.

       “{that depends on which of the two sent it, I will find out... You all, despite my other half-best judgment, I decided to free you from your prisons, but be warned... If you upset the balance of this world, I will not hesitate to strike you all down .}” the dog creature remarked with a ferocious growl as power flared from its very being and seemingly the earth itself before running away and scattering into a bunch of green light that took off into the distance faster than any of them could track down. 

      “Well, that just happened.” Sero commented with a small chuckle.

      “The coward wants to talk all big and run away? Bah!” Bakugo remarked, agitated.

      “Anyone got any idea what Pokemon that was?” Ojiro remarked

      “Probably a legendary of some kind, if it calls itself a guardian,” Shoji replied, so the class all got to thinking of the legendary Pokemon. There were almost 200 of them at that point, but going off how it shaped and formed, it was semi-unique; there were only around two dozen or so legendaries that had multiple different forms.

       “I think it could be Zygardge perhaps? " Tokoyami remarked 

       "Zygarde?...hmmm, yeah, I can think of that... It looked similar with the colors, and that and its entries did say how it could split off into cells of itself; a couple of generations even had all the different types of forms and shapes it could turn into... I remember the bird one, which was so broken.” Sero commented

      “I liked the dragon one more myself.” Kaminari quipped. 

      “In any case, we now know at least somewhat about the Pokemon that spoke to us, and we can trust that it has this planet's interest at heart,” Iida remarked

       “Not exactly; it told us it would have to check which one wanted it as if that would change if we should protect them or not." Momo corrected

       "True, but having met Ash, I don’t think he’s a bad kid.” Iida remarked

       “Yeah, I agree with glasses on that one; at least he seems like a pushover more than anything else." Bakugo remarked

       “Well, that just means we have to still keep our eyes on them. Right? We can stop them if they do something bad, and if they don't, then I guess we have nothing to worry  about." Mina remarked. The class discussed it for a moment and agreed that it was the best option, and it seemed the young boy was on his Pokemon journey. Hence, it doubles as a reason for the class to travel around the region, which got them pumped up themselves. The group all got together and discussed how they should divide themselves up between the three people they were supposed to guard; they didn’t want to crowd the individuals over, so just splitting all 20 of them into three didn’t seem to anticipate a situation that doubled when they could find and locate the others that had traveled to this world, so instead they decided to split off into smaller squads of four. 

Now the problem was who was going to go with whom, of course, Bakugo wasn’t one for babysitting duty, although Iida and Momo found the prospect of others not working a bit unfair to the rest, which ultimately resolved into them simply choosing the people on guard duty at random; whoever was chosen had to go, and there would be no debate; the rest would work on getting their back story straight and getting themselves fully integrated into society so that they could start to earn money and become trainers themselves, which Kaminari and Ashido added on. So putting all their names in a hat, Iida began to select the groups that would be guarding each person at least for the month. For consecutive months, their names would be removed from the drawing until everyone had a turn to be on duty for the most fair outcome. All of the class agreed, and the drawing commenced. 

Ash: Midoriya, Uraraka, Iida, Tsu

Elliot: Bakugo, Kirishima, Mina, Sero

Xerxes: Tokoyami, Ojiro, Shoji, Koda 

The class had just gotten done with their raffle, which Bakugo was convinced was rigged given who was selected when Midoriya had messaged them, telling them that they had found Elliot on the outskirts of Santalune City. Iida confirmed and told Midoriya of their plan of action regarding the individuals before the selected groups made their way out toward Midoriya’s location.

_____________

Outskirts of Santalune City 

Ash, Clemont, and Bonnie sat around with bated breath mostly keeping Ash on a leash of staying patient and not heading into the city to challenge the Gym leader the young boy was torn on excitement to meet the new seemingly super-powered individuals but also eagerly wanting to challenge the gym leader, especially after seeing that Elliot had already managed to beat her and earn his badge. They had filled Elliot in on what was happening with the surprise group of mystery strangers from the news the other day the group and how they were assigned to guard them initially Midoriya didn’t know who but when the group had informed him of what had happened in the forest he told them that it was a guardian of some kind and that their friends had just met one of them. 

Midoirya had tried to ask the native-born Kalos people such as Clemont and Bonnie if they had any idea about these guardians but surprisingly the two of them had no clue what or who they could be. Elliot, however, was more of a bookworm in this regard he liked researching fables and myths which usually included Pokemon and in this region in particular the most popular legends were of Yveltal and Xerneas a large red fiery Pokemon and another large rainbow Pokemon before more could be said the others had already arrived on the outskirts using Uraraka’s gravitic attraction and Bakugo’s explosion to fly through the air before landing on the ground there was a surprising group of eight of them, that had come over, the group settled in and after Bonnie went on a spree of asking all of the new arrivals what they could do and getting micro-demonstrations on what their quirks were capable of got back to the topic at hand.  

Elliot took out a book that he had his father gift him, the title of the book was Myths and Legends and he explained that inside this book was about many ancient and powerful Pokemon that have been said to exist throughout the world he showed some that were likely familiar to everyone being Entei, Suicune, and Raikou the legendary beast that has been around for a long time and have been spotted in countless regions Ash even mentioned having run into the legendary pokemon on multiple occasion on his adventures through the regions which isn’t that shocking they were likely the most common legendary to be met by people but as Elliot began to turn the page Ash continued to mention nearly on each page how he met every legendary or myth that they passed earning a much higher degree of shock and skepticism from those present, if he was telling the truth then he would have seen nearly 30  legendaries in person before having come to Kalos which was such an absurd claim to make although the Niave boy thought it was simply natural and everybody experience something similar but Elliot put into perspective how crazy what he’s experience if true was.

For the normal person seeing 2 to 3 legendaries or myth Pokemon was somewhat normal for elite trainers that traveled the world and could rise to about 5 or 8 but getting into the double digits was spectacularly rare let alone getting into the twenties of sighting and encounters it was unimaginable luck or something about him that drew them out to him, which steered the conversation back on track as he flipped the book towards the Kalos section here two ancient paintings where in picture frames one of them looked like a very large stantler with unique shaped horns that spread out on either side of their head, the other picture was of a large bird creature with wings and tail that ended in sharp claws like protrusions. 

    “It is said that some researchers discovered these ancient carvings on the wall along with words, but the translation of the text still has many interpretations. One of them states that Xerneas is the guardian of life while Yveltal is the guardian of  death." Elliot explained 

     “Well, what does that mean?” Bonne asked

     " Well, some other text indicates that as the guardians of the subjects, they bring them into existence; for example, Xerneas brings life to things such as plants, pokemon, and even people, and Yvetal manifests death, taking away life-causing plants, pokemon, and even people to wilt away. They are opposites, and it says that a battle between them can last for 1,000 days. ” Elliot explained.

      "Woah, that’s just over a year of non-stop fighting?” Serena remarked

      "You might want to check your math there; that’s over two years of fighting.” Bakugo commented dryly, although this caused all the other kids of the group to look at him like he was the stupid one.

      "No, she’s right, 1,000 days is only a year and one month.” Clemont remarked, which caused teens of 1A to gasp out in shock.

     “Hold on a second, how long is a traditional month and a year?” Mina questioned

      “Oh, Oh, I know. I know… A regular month is usually 40 days, while a year is 24 months, so... I think that's... 940 days .” Bonnie answered before getting unsure of herself, but her brother rubbed her on the head in confidence as he corrected her.

       “Close, it’s 960 days .” Clemont clarified again, earning a collective “what!” from the teens of 1A.

      “Wow, so you experiencing all that on your journey seems much more believable now.” Sero commented towards Ash. 

      “Wait! Doesn’t that mean that depending on which one of these guardians wants them to protect you guys... you guys will help it somehow with its mission?” Shauna remarked, suddenly pulling the conversation back to the important topic at hand, which drew a sudden seriousness to multiple members who got the remark's implication.

     “So?” Ash remarked casually, clearly confused.

     "Idiot,” Shauana said with a face palm.

      "I don’t get it either” Serena remarked, causing the dark-skinned girl to roll her eyes.

       “It means that depending on which guardian wants us protected means that we have a chance to bring life or prosperity... or... bring death and despair ... If the latter turns out to be true, then... what will you all do?” Elliot remarked quietly and seriously as he turned his attention to the super-powered teens, the unaired question not having to be said.

      “No matter the guardian, it doesn’t matter to us... We don’t judge people based on a potential future; all that matters is who you are now,” came the response from Midoriya.

      “Yeah, and it's best to think positively about these things you... If you aren’t bad now, then why would you be in the future?” Mina replied with a big smile.

      “As heroes, we wouldn’t dare judge anyone if there were no clear signs of wrongdoings, so you have nothing to fear from us.” Iida announced 

Elliot let out a breath he didn’t know he was holding before the reality of what they had been talking about started to sink in for some of their slower members. Clemont, Bonnie, and Serena all remarked that Ash couldn’t be a bad guy no matter what the guardians had said, and Shauna also let slip that “X-ey” was the same; he wasn’t a bad person, or at least she doesn’t think he is, causing more questions to form around this individual, where she revealed the last person that the group had been searching for, Xerxes Ruben had been living with Y-ey and Serena. Serena was shocked by this, as she could only remember the boy’s name as being referred to as X instead of his usual name. The groups asked about where this individual was, but Shauna remarked that there was no point given that he hadn’t left his house in five whole years, which given the time frame concerning the teens meant a very long time. She didn’t go into many details on why he didn’t leave the house, and that was true because no one knew why but him and he just decided to stop talking to all of them. 

The teens would elect to respect the boy's space, but they would stay around in the city. Well, they were already based in Santanalune Forest, so there was no point in getting closer in the first place. The group talked for a moment longer before everyone started to wave goodbye and head off their separate ways. Elliot and Shauna, along with their group of four, headed off back in the direction of Lumiose City while the others had finally begun their track into Santalune City proper. Serena hesitated for a moment to follow along with Ash and Co looking back towards Shauna and their group for a moment as they left, and as if she could feel her eyes on her, Shauna turned around to look at her before speed walking over and telling her that if he refused her request, she could just ask the speed guy to drop her off and she could come adventuring with her instead. 

She also added a tip that it would be good to ask him when he feels happy, like after he beats the gym, for example, before wishing her luck, clasping her on the shoulder to turn her around, and pushing her off into the direction of where the group was going before she loses track of them. Serena stumbled for a moment from the push but reorganized herself and thanked Shauna for the advice before waving goodbye once more and rushing to catch up to Ash and the others. 

______________

Santalune City

Ash rushed into the city and continued his trek with Clemont and Bonnie on his tail. The teens kept a reasonable pace behind them, the trio as well, not wanting to draw too much attention to themselves. Other deku all had casual clothes on instead of their hero costumes; their costumes were instead inside of briefcases that they carried, which were the same that the school gave them to carry them around. Iida was the only odd one out in this regard, as his large briefcase was his amor itself being enhanced by the child emperor to be able to compress down and into such a state and carry around easier than before. 

Even at the brisk pace that they were following them, they had all passed Clemont who clumsily ran behind his sister and Ash the boy had tripped up on himself and was about to fall on the ground before uraraka thought quickly and managed to tap him stopping him from hitting the ground which Deku got a strange sense of Deja Vu from the scene, Clemont for a moment panicked as he flailed in mid-air which caused him to start to lift higher and higher but uraraka told him to relax and helped him get his feet from under him allowing him to stand once more before she clasped both her hands together releasing him, he thanked uraraka for the save before addressing if Ash knew where he was going and the boy spectacularly remarked with supreme confidence that he did not but he also added that it wouldn’t be a problem as all somehow knew that if he continued forwards things would turn out just fine.

Almost as if to highlight his point, the fountain that he hopped up on had sprouted water from behind him, gracing him with an almost Nobel-like presence worthy of a picture, which by the sound of a flutter to their left someone else thought as well as the group turned to the sound of the camera to reveal a woman with a camera. She thanked Ash for the good shot before telling the young boy about where he could find the Santalune Gym, which was a bit further down and to the right. Ash, having been slowed down so much on his adventure, had taken off in that direction without even thanking the lady for her direction. Clemont did it in his stead as the group all began to move past her and forward onto the gym.

They got to the place in no time flat as Ash announced that he was there to challenge the gym. However, as he approached the door, something jumped out from the doorway. Ash instinctively flinched backward, not catching his balance as the creature approached him, but his fall and the small creature itself were both halted in place as around them existed a long black energy of some kind. Following the trail of the energy back to its source revealed that it had come from Midoriya.

Ash thanked Midoriya for the save there and asked what it was. Midoriya remarked that it was another of his abilities called black whip and asked if he knew the Pokemon in front of him after taking a moment to turn back. Ash remarked that it was a Helioptile, which yipped out as it was put down by Midoriya, as the creature wasn’t angry but simply happy as it hugged Ash’s leg. Midoriya heard several camera shutter shots to his left once more but didn’t get time to turn as someone else came from the doors. This was another woman in business casual clothing. Ash had seemingly knew this woman as he called out in surprise that it was Alexa. Midoriya asked if this was the gym leader, but Ash corrected him and remarked that she was a Pokemon journalist; her sister was the gym leader, and Ash asked if she was in. 

He answered as the woman from before made her appearance known once more. She answered that she was right behind him; the girl who gave them directions to the gym had been Viola herself. Alexa remarked that they had seemed to meet already, and she remarked that she had seen him a few moments ago, and she managed to get a few pictures of Ash, but then she sped forward and began to whisper in her sister's ear about something Alexa's eyes widened, and she made it apparent to not look over at the teens that had accompanied Ash, but Midoriya could tell that she was talking about them on account for his super hearing. 

Alexa turned towards the group once more almost like she was trying to squish down the biggest grin on her face, she asked Ash about his seemingly new friends, gesturing more towards the teens remarking that she already knew of Bonnie and Clemont but before he could ask about how that was Clemont quickly steered the conversation back towards the teens however and described them as Ash’s bodyguards they could say which garnered the interest of the Pokemon journalist and remarked that she had taken the journey with Ash to the Kalos region and this was the first time she heard of this and she also never heard of any private security service that employed teenagers but she let the conversation lie there as each of the teens introduced themselves to the two women.

Ash asked Viola to a gym battle, and the women easily accepted, assuring the seven of them inside. The large house was similar to that of an art museum; several pictures decorated the walls, each with pictures of bug types from all over Kalos that Viola captured herself. The beauty of the picture seemed to spur something in the small girl as she had offered up her brother to Viola as a potential husband so that she could take care of him, giving the atmosphere an awful case of whiplash as everyone stared at the group confusion completely etched on their faces at the absurdity of what the girl was claiming. Back in their world, something like that still occurred, although it was extremely taboo. This was a new world with different rules and laws, so they didn't want to make hasty judgments, but judging by the women’s faces, they were just equally confused and disturbed by it. 

The awkwardness was cut completely by her brother yanking her away and pulling her by her yellow bag as her Dedenne was on her head to leave the room, seemingly indicating that this wasn’t even the first time she had done that as he “told her a thousand times” before. A sense of normalcy came back when the two had exited back outside in the front, where the two were probably arguing about what was just said. To completely pass up the awkward moment, Viola led Ash towards the Pokemon field located in the back of a greenhouse living space filled with plants and overgrowth, even several trees.

Viola gestured towards the line where spectators were to stand as she and Ash took the field. Serena wished him luck. Ashed thanked her for the support with a thumbs up. Clemont and Bonnie came in the room sometime later, along with Alexa and her helioptile hanging off her shoulder. The sister made it a point to stand a bit away from her brother, but everyone focused on the match ahead of them as Viola got into position. The referee called forth Ash as the challenger and explained that the battle would be between two Pokemon; both Pokemon had been selected for the tournament. If a Pokemon is used besides the ones selected, the user will be disqualified, and the challenger will be allowed to switch out Pokemon. The winner is decided when both selected Pokemon of the opponent are defeated.

Viola was first to throw her Pokemon in the ring, popping out in a burst of clear grayish aura that formed into a blue Pokemon with four spider-like legs holding up a blob of a body with a swirl into a tentacle at the top of its head. Ash had never seen that Pokemon before and immediately pulled out his Pokedex.

Surskit: From the tips of its feet, SURSKIT secretes an oil that enables it to walk on water as if it were skating. This POKéMON feeds on microscopic organisms in ponds and lakes.

After hearing the Pokedex entry, Ash understood which Pokemon he would send out first, and that would be his trusted Pikachu. Bonnie asked why he chose Pikachu, and Clemont explained that it held an advantage of being an electric type over Surskits, which was a water/bug type. Ash was the first one to make his move as he ordered Pikachu to use quick attack. The small yellow Pokemon continued forward with great speed in a zigzag position to make it harder to track, but the surskit stayed still in its position, waiting for its trainer to respond, which she did by ordering the blue mon to use protect.

A blue barrier manifested in front of the smaller Pokemon. Pikachu clashed directly with the barrier, causing a rippled effect to course through the barrier before feedback came back and flung the small yellow Pokemon clear into the air. The small yellow Pokemon was able to land on its feet once more as Ash ordered it to attack once more, telling it to go around the protected field and use iron tail. The yellow Pokemon thunderbolt's tail turned silver and hardened immediately as it started to run forward. Viola told her surskit to dodge the attack, and the Pokemon did so, leaking its oil along its feet before using that to slide around the ground with increased speed, dodging out of the way of the attack. 

The surskit slid around the stage, circling Pikachu multiple times before pulling back, confusing the mon for a moment, but Ash got it back on track as he ordered it to use an electro ball. Pikachu jumped into the air as electricity coursed over its tail and shaped into a ball at its tip. The ball closed down on the surskit, but Viola had an answer for that as she used an ice beam to counter the attack as the two attacks clashed, creating a semi-large explosion. Her sister commented that her sister was a bit on a hot streak since she had lost back-to-back the other day, and when Clemont named the two individuals that beat her, she was a bit surprised by that and remarked where they were friends of theirs, but Clemont declined, only remarking that they had met them on their way towards the city. Further questions were put on hold, however, as her sister made her next move.

She used an ice beam once more, but this time targeted the ground instead Pikachu had to dodge out of the way of the stray beams that nearly struck him and made the ground icy before too long the whole ground had been covered in ice, making Alexa shake her head and remark that she thought they had talked to the other two that beat her, and Clemont clarified that while they had met, Ash didn’t want any help for when he took on the gym leader, as he thought it would be cheating, and Alexa nodded at that but thought it was probably going to be his downfall. Ash Pikachu was struggling to stand up straight on the icy ground but managed after a moment just as surskit was charging directly at the mon Ash commanded the yellow Pokemon to use Iron Tail once more, striking the charging surskit in the face. 

Knocking the sliding mon back, causing the yellow Pokemon to spin out as it was flung back, but it recovered quickly as Viola ordered another ice beam and Ash countered again, this time with a thunderbolt. The two attacks clashed once more, causing a large explosion. Pikachu, not having a good purchase on the ground to start with, was knocked away from the blowback of the clash, allowing his opponent the opening to get another attack this time, which was a signal beam. The colorful pink beam struck Pikachu straight on, causing another massive explosion and blowing Pikachu away, and after a moment for the dust to clear, he was unable to battle, giving the victory to Surskit.

Ash rushed to Pikachu's side and picked it up before thanking it for its hard work and setting it down next to him on the stage. His eyes still never lost the fire in them as he continued to battle, taking out his second Pokemon, which this time was his recently caught Fletchling. Clemont commented that flying held the advantage of being a flying type and avoiding the icy ground. Ash once more started on the attack with a peck, but the surskit was able to dodge out of the way of the attack. Viola countered with an ice beam, but the attack was also dodged by fletching. Viola kept on the attack this time with a sticky web, and Ash used an evasive maneuver to dodge this time in double team.

Out of the small surskit popped out multiple large net-shaped spider webs that attempted to hit the flying Pokemon, but for its efforts, it had only managed to hit the after-images of the bird, and this left it open for a wide-open strike that Ash went to exploit using razor wings flapping its wings that started to glow a deep white, which when flapped sent razor-sharp winds towards the surskit on the ground. The small Pokemon was too slow to dodge the assault and was stuck all along its body, causing it to fall unconscious. The referee called the round and gave Ash the win, to which the group cheered enthusiastically, but Alexa was sure to inform them that the battle wasn’t over yet as Viola took out her second Pokemon, which was revealed to be Vivian. Ash once more took out his pokedex and scanned the unknown Pokemon.

Vivillon: The patterns on this Pokémon’s wings depend on the climate and topography of its habitat. It scatters colorful scales.

Ash once more eager and hyped up off his defeat of her first Pokemon charged forth once more on the attack using peck the flying fire. The pokemon flew higher into the air before diving down its beak, glowing a bright white, but just as the pokemon got closer to the flying/bug type, it was suddenly stopped in mid-air as Viola used psychic, earning a couple of shocked gasps from the teens for the first time that match. 

She used the move to slam the fire type into icy ground, which Iida speculated would do more damage than traditionally given the bird was a fire type that was weak to ice. Alexa commented that yes indeed it did do so, which was one of the reasons she licked to cause the ground to be icy in the first place since some trainers love to save their fire types to specifically counter her vivillon. 

Fletchling was able to shake off the attack however as the bird Pokemon took a moment to get up into the air once more the girl wasn’t done with her planning as she used gust next to the wave of the Vivillon's wings causing a large wind gust to blow the small bird pokemon backward and landing directly into one of the sticky web shots that the women's surskit had to throw out previously, it was an ingenious plan that Ash didn’t see coming and he could only watch as Viola used her next move this time being a solar beam eve with the charge up as the pokemon collected light the stuck fletchling had no hope of dodging as the energy was released striking the stuck pokemon directly and causing it to fall towards the ground completely unconscious.

The referee called it as Viola won and Ash rushed to the field to pick up his small mon as soon as she did, completely worried for its well-being as it fidgeted within his arms in pain. 

Clemont brought Pikachu towards him and he held both Pokemon, looking at their battered condition before turning back towards the leader, remarking that he may have lost but he will come back stronger and win the next time they battle, and Viola remarked that she would be waiting for him, as Ash along with Clemont, Bonnie, and Serena rushed towards the Pokemon center to heal his pokemon. Tsu spotted Ash's discarded Pokemon bag and decided to carry it for the kid. The four of them continued chasing after the group, curiosity etched on their faces more than worry. 

The Pokemon center was only a short five-minute jog down from where the Pokemon Gym was most likely since any trainer that lost would want their Pokemon restored right away, Ash rushed inside and offered Nurse Joy both of his injured Pokemon and the nurse quickly brought her assistant wigglytuff to take them to the back to be healed up, the teens noted amongst themselves how particular the scene was given that normally you would only see the pokeballs go up on a pedestal before lighting up and darkening before chiming out when they were finished in short order but here it seemed to be a bit different or at least from what they could tell as they took the physical pokemon in the back with them along with the pokeballs that contained them. Midoriya used the downtime to ask to go to the bathroom and change out of his hero costume while the reporter probably already figured out who they were; he didn’t want to draw even more attention from it than needed.

________

Bug Gym 

Viola finally having more spare time to herself decided to settle down on the couch in the front section of her gym, her sister came over to join her and she decided to show her the Picture she showed of ash at the fountain, Alexa was always appreciative of her art commenting on how the picture showed the connection between Ash and his Pikachu, however, this brought up the question of why their battling style felt incomplete just now but her sister warned her not get too complacent in that line of thinking as Ash doesn’t take defeat lightly and to his word he will come back a completely different trainer than before although her sister seemed skeptical she saw a shine of light enter her sister's eyes as she thought about something and likely an idea formed in her head.

She asked if she got any images of the teens or Ash’s "Bodyguards,” as Clemont called them, and her sister nodded as she scrolled through her camera and showed the green-haired boy in particular. From the back, she had gotten a good look at the uniform he was wearing, and compared to the one in the news, it was almost certainly a complete match. The mask was even theirs, although he was just wearing it as it seemed to be a hoody type where he could pull it up and off anytime he wanted. The next picture she showed her was of the taller boy's briefcase; it shared a remarkable resemblance to the armored figure scene on the roof next to the teens. The taller teen's clothes also protruded out at somewhat awkward angles on his forearms and the back of his shins. Zooming into the image on that in particular and showing something like a vent coming off the back of it, it seemed to match up to the vents coming off the very suit of the armor itself, leading Alexa to ponder if it was just the armor they were looking at. 

The last slide of the image that was noticeable was when the group first approached the gym and how the green-haired kid caught Ash and her helioptile. Black tendrils seemed to come out of the boy’s gauntlets and entangled themselves around the two of them, stopping their fall. She didn’t know what to make of it; she initially assumed that maybe it could have been a Pokemon of some kind, but she saw no pokeballs on the individuals. Alexa also speculated that they likely didn’t have Pokemon of their own given some of the comments that they had during the gym battle, as she was secretly recording the dialogue just in case they said something interesting. 

For the most part, they were seemingly unimpressed by the battle. If their main silence was to go by, in fact, most of their commentary was commenting on how certain attacks looked almost like they had never seen them before at all. The brunette mentioned someone called “tatsumaki” when her vivillion used psychic for the first time, reminding her of something called “esper” abilities, although it was green in effect versus the psychics' blue. They also commented near the beginning about how the trainers just give orders and nothing else and how it makes sense it is this way if everyone was "quirkless,” although the green-haired one remarked that it doesn’t have to be because of that; maybe it was for safety concerns and healing Pokemon would be easier than healing people. 

Alexa was deeply invested in hearing more of them speak, but not much else was said; she would bet her journalist career on them being the teens from the other day; she just needed to get them to open up about it, and if Clemont was telling the truth, then she may have a shot of landing an exclusive interview. Viola questioned how her sister would go about doing that, and her somewhat bashful smile told her it was likely something she wouldn’t like very much as her older sister clasped both her hands together and bowed her head between them and remarked that while Ash could likely get stronger on his own, it wouldn’t hurt if someone helped nudge him along in going to that next step, and for her help, she would allow her to interview his new bodyguards. 

So she was going to help Ash beat her in her field so that she could progress on her own. Viola summarized, and the bashful smile only increased as her hard gaze locked onto her sister's eyes, but they immediately softened a short time later as she remarked that she was cool with it, and her sister was ecstatic about her approval as she hugged her and was about to proceed on her way towards the Pokemon Center.

_____________

Pokemon center 

Everyone waited around near the back of the Pokemon Center near the Pokemon battlefield, everyone sat in wait while Ash's Pokemon healed up Bonnie took the opportunity to feed dedenne its launch for the day, while the teens mainly just talked and got updates from their other members int he forest and traveling towards Lumiose City. Ash was off on the other side of the field mainly rethinking about his battle with the Gym leader she was much stronger than he thought she was going to be and she also used the field and her prior Pokemons moves to her unique advantage, that way of fighting that he rarely encountered before her strategy completely overridden his own pokemon’s strength and if he didn’t find a way to counter it that it wouldn’t matter how many times he challenged it he would just simply continue to lose again and again. 

He was huddled in his thoughts simply thinking about possible solutions to those problems but he was completely drawing blanks on what he should do, Serena watched as Ash seemed to be in deep thought most likely thinking about his loss, she’d never seen that face on him before and something in her wanted to change that but she didn’t know what she could say to help him, she wasn’t a trainer so she couldn't offer advice in that manner but maybe she could attempt to cheer him up in a different way? But how…. She started to get into her head at that moment she didn’t know much about Pokemon battling her sister taught her some of the basics but that’s probably things that Ash already knew about…what could she even offer him if she asked to go on the journey with him? Was she just going to be someone who simply stared at him from the sidelines the entire time? 

The two thoughts were interrupted by the jingle of the Pokemon Center highlighting that Ash’s Pokemon had finished healing up, the boy rushed back inside followed by Clemont, Bonnie, Serena, Midoriya, and Uraraka the other two of their group decided to just stay outside given that they weren’t probably going to be leaving the center anytime soon. Inside Ash was happy to hear that both of his Pokemon had made a full recovery and were ready for action once more, given a great mood she saw Pikachu’s Pokemon in Serenam and opted to get her own Pokemon checked out to ensure nothing was wrong as she unleashed fennekin on top of receptionist table. Ash took out his pokedex and scanned over the Pokemon given it was his first time using seeing it. 

Fennekin: The fox Pokemon As it walks, it munches on a twig in place of a snack. It intimidates opponents by puffing hot air out of its ears.

Serena remarked that she got it from Professor Sycamore, Ash was surprised by that fact and Clemont clarified that in Kalos new trainers are allowed a choice between three different partner Pokemon to begin their adventure a froakie, fennekin, and Chespin so going with those contexts clues he concludes that Serena was a new trainer which She confirms, Uraraka chimes in asking Clemont why does the professor limit the starting pokemon to those three in particular.

Clemont explains that those three Pokemon mainly represent the apex species of the region, they also each possess a great degree of trainability, and compatibility with people, and have a high reproduction rate. While both Midoriya and Uraraka nodded in understanding both Ash, Bonnie, and Serena were left scratching their heads Uraraka simplified it down for the three of them as Clemont saying that they were; Strong, Obedient, friendly, and plentiful enough to go around which earned a wave of understanding from the other three.

The group was just about done with the Pokemon center when the doors slid open and someone came in calling out for Ash which happened to be Alexa the older woman noted how Ash's Pokemon had recovered and he was likely about to start training once more and asked if he would like some help in that regard and Ash was enthusiastic for the help but the girl added on just one little clause which was that she was able to interview his bodyguards for the same amount of time they practiced for, The question was a bit spontaneous to him but to Midoriya it was something he could tell was coming and as the smaller boy looked over to him he nodded his head and confirmed that it was alright with him, they weren’t planning on hiding around anyways.

Hearing that Alexa immediately jumped to the conclusion that it was them the other day which Midoriya confirmed but any further questions would have to wait until they finished practicing with Ash for the day the older women nodded before proceeding with Ash out the door into the Pokemon field. Ash wanted to train both his Pokemon out on how to counteract the move gust and the best way he figured go about that was by being able to balance between the strong winds, so he tied balloons around both his Pokemon and set them loose as Alexa took the stage releasing her pokemon which was a Noivern as took out his pokedex once more and it read.

Noivern the Sound Wave Pokémon: Although it has a violent disposition if you give it a nice ripe fruit that it loves, Noivern will suddenly become tame

The training began quickly as Ash asked Alexa to use just the Pokemon held still for only a moment before they began to start to get blown away. Ash reacted quickly, jumping into the air and catching the two Pokemon before they could get too far off the ground. His fall towards the dirt ground was halted once more by Midoriya, who used his black whip again to catch the boy.

     “I know you're trying to protect your Pokemon from injury, but you have to take yourself into account as well; they would be just as devastated if you hurt yourself trying to protect them. Trust me, I know from experience what that’s like, and I had the same advice told to me by the people I care about.” Midroiya remarked, sending a glance over to Uraraka, who blushed but placed her hands over his along the table and gave a positive squeeze.

      “Oh, I know! You're worried about your Pokemon getting blown away, right? I can help with that.” Uraraka commented as she hopped up and made her way onto the field. 

     “Hold on, Uraraka. I know what you are planning to do, but wouldn’t that make his training much harder than it is now? Ribbit,” Tsu remarked, and Uraraka thought it over for a moment and guessed she was right about that.

     “She’s right… See my powers to ensure that they won’t be going flying anywhere... However (she remarked as she touched herself on the chest with her hand), it means that even light things like a hop can send you flying up... so do you want to try it even though it will be a bit harder on them?” Uraraka remarked as she did a one-stand hop and began to fly high up into the air, where she was captured by Midoriya's black whip and placed back down in front of Ash. The boy thought for a moment about the question, thinking back to the battle he would need to overcome gust quickly but didn’t want to overburden his Pokemon, so he elected to ask them, and both of them gave a reassuring positive of approval in their poke speech. 

     "Alright, bring it on; I’m never scared of a challenge.” Ash said confidently with a pumped fist, and Uraraka nodded before tapping a hand along Pikachu and then squishing her hand to tap along Fletchling's body. She then doubled back and gave Ash a fist bump on Ash's shoulder, and the boy immediately felt different, like he was heavier and had too much effort.

      “Woah, what did you do to me?” Ash questioned as he waved his arm in front of him for a moment, testing himself.

      “I made you heavier, and now with this, you three are connected, so they won’t go too far from where you are.” Uraraka replied as Ash noted she touched her fingers, which now that he was closer could see pink objects on the tips of them, and her knuckles sported the same as she touched the two of them together. 

      “Alright, good luck.” Uraraka remarked with a wave as Ash was still testing himself. He thought he would feel something else from that last connection of hers, but he felt nothing. He trusted the girl, and if not, there was always Midoriya with that strange black lasso of his. He thought as he looked back to Alexa and told her he was ready once more, and the girl was a bit hesitant, but she continued with the match and used another Gust.

As Uraraka said, compared to the last time there was no moment of them getting a foothold against the strong wind. As soon as it connected against the two Pokemon, both of them were blown clear away, making Ash call out to them before pausing as he watched as both Pokemon had just stopped in mid-air around 20 meters behind him. Even as he rushed to attempt to catch Pikachu in case it fell, the yellow pokemon didn’t even budge from its spot as it simply spent around in mid-air fletchling and flapped its wings around it, looking at the floating pokemon curiously.

Seeing that there was no danger Pikachu tentatively attempted to move, seemingly swimming in the air and moving around incredibly slowly; all of those not in the know were stunned by the discovery. 

     “Wow!”, Bonnie remarked how she wanted to fly like that, but her brother tempered her spirits on that front. Alexa questioned if it works on weight and that if she tried that with Noivern, would she be attracted to it instead of vice versa? Uraraka explained that she was half correct; gravitic attraction didn’t work on weight, but how affected someone was with her power; the pads on her knuckles increased gravity while the ones on her fingers got rid of it entirely. The lightened object will be attracted to the heavied object no matter the weight difference between the two; if I increase the weight on Ash even further, the net or leeway decreases how far away they can go before being drawn back into his orbit, similar to the planets in the star system. 

Alexa made sure to note that as Fletchling helped Pikachu get back down to the ground, Ash remarked that he could handle a bit more weight so that the group wouldn’t get blowback so much but also as a workout for himself if his Pokemon was going to be going the extra mile than he will as well, and Uraraka obliged him, punching him three more times, and Ash began to struggle to move, but he was still hopeful for this training, and now that he was working hard as well, his Pokemon wanted to go even further as they got into their places. 

Pikachu hunched down even lower to the ground while fletchling and got its wig into position for the next move as Gust came at them one more time being more prepared for the difference helped a ton and they were back to getting marginally better but were still blown backward for a moment before slingshotting back into Ash from behind he soften their approach and asked if they could go again and they did go twice more before the two finally seemed to get their rhythm and being able to manage against the hash wind Pikachu digging its claws and tail into the ground while Fletcling had managed to get its wings into the perfect stance to resist the effect although due to the low gravity, it continued to slide backward a bit, the two counter attacked while still maintaining their balance just to test it out but Noivern managed to dodge away from the attack, Now that the two had the rhythm down, the group continued forth with their training, pushing all three of themselves to the limit. 

Ash, Clemont, and Bonnie had retired into the Pokemon center as the sun started to set. As agreed upon, the four teens that accompanied them would be taken by Alexa for the next couple of hours for some interview, leaving the three to their own devices. The group ate food, and Ash was convinced that the move gust would be no problem for him anytime soon; he would need to thank Uraraka for her help sometime later, he thought. Ash had also come up with a solution for the icy battleground at the same time, but when asked about what it was, he remarked that it would be a surprise. 

The only move that he didn’t have a firm grasp on how to counter was sticky web but it was Clemont who had a solution, thanks to his Clemontic gear and science he was able to craft a machine that would launch a very similar projectile to the pokemon move so with that Ash used to train to have his two pokemon avoid the move as well, the two did well dodge out of the way of the machines attacks and still maintaining maneuverability but Clemont wanted to kick the training into extra gear just like his evening training but as he pushed the switch to go even farther the machines had seemed to stop suddenly and malfunction Clemont looked inside to see if there was something wrong with the chamber but something was emerging so he hastily flipped the cannon high into the air but the projectiles had come straight back down the barrel as they landed clunking it up and causing the machine to explode.

The explosion was completely muffled, however, as a black whip surrounded and contained it, making the three thank Midoriya for the assistance as he appeared to help them out with the situation. Their interview was happening in the next house over, so they were still in the range of his danger sense, so he could sense a problem was happening, and he went to investigate. After everything was all cleared up, the machine was broken, but Ash still had an idea as he called out froakie and would use its frubbles instead to act as the sticky web. Clemont, while disheartened by another failure, decided that it was getting late and retired Bonnie to bed. 

Ash stayed out with froakie for a moment longer as his Pokemon continued to dodge the frubbles. They continued to practice for about 1 hour longer before Ash decided to call it a day. Having winded himself from his previous workout, Ash decided to take a breather on the bench next to Serena. The girl offered him a wet napkin and some water for his troubles, and he thanked her for it. Serena remarked that it was amazing the training a trainer goes through to compete in the league, and Ash remarked that it may seem tough at first, but once she gets in the groove of things, she would be able to do the same in no time.

Serena didn’t get a chance to respond as someone new flew down from the sky, this person took off her helmet and looked just like Serena causing Ash to gasp in shock and surprise, Serena introduced Ash to her twin sister Y, her sister looked over him suspiciously instead of shaking the boys outstretched hand, Ash asked if there was a problem as he put his hand down but Y remarked that there wasn’t and that she was just coming to check up on her little sister she had spoken to Shauna about what had been happening and she was just worried about what's been going on, she asked where the others with powers were and Ash explained that they had been talking to Alexa a pokemon reporter which Y nodded at.

Y questioned if her sister would be coming home or staying out. Serena confirmed that she would be staying, which Y agreed with. She was going about to say that Ash better take good care of her sister, but Serena stopped her, covering her mouth, and remarked that Ash should head inside, which the boy confusingly did so. Serena told her sister how she didn’t ask to join him on his adventure yet. Y was confused by this and asked why, and she explained that she was taking Shauna’s advice and waiting for a good moment, Ash having just lost to the gym leader, and during his training didn’t seem like a good time for her. 

Y understood her sister's plight, and similar to Shauna, she remarked that if he turned her down, the three girls could travel together around the region instead, as her flight school training school is about up near the end of the month, so she will have plenty of spare time. With a quick hug, her older sister was off flying away with her flight suit into the night sky in the direction of home. Just the thought brought up good and bad memories for her. She took a deep breath as she made her way inside, building up her courage to ask Ash if she could travel with him tomorrow.

****************************

A destined meeting

Shauna and Elliot had continued their adventure toward the Lumiose city. The conversation rarely left the topic of the teens that had accompanied them on their journey. The first topic at hand revolved around their powers and abilities. Each of the teens gave a summary rundown of what they could do. The pink girl named Mina had the power to shoot acid, almost like a poison-type Pokemon. The boy with red hair could harden himself, making him as tough as a boulder, like a rock or ground type. In contrast, the one with dirty blond explosive hair called bakugo could create explosions like a fire-type Pokemon, which reminded Elliot of a typholsion special move garnering the teen's questions to ask what Pokemon was that Elliot used his national Pokemon to scroll and show them. They all called it something different, which was a Bakphoon. 

Kirishima claimed that Bakugo liked that Pokemon; it was one of his favorite starters, which Elliot took to mean partner Pokemon, leading him to ask, Are they from Johto? but they had evaded the question by simply remarking that “they weren’t from anywhere he would know of,” which was suspicious, but ultimately he didn’t want to pry into it if they weren’t willing to share themselves; they did just meet after all. The next one's powers were fairly underwhelming by comparison; his name was Sero, and he could shoot tape from his elbows, which explained why his elbows were shaped in such a strange way. Although this did get the first laugh out of the explosive blonde leading their way, Shauna remarked that he must have gotten the short end of the stick, causing Sero to reflexively comment on how he at least didn’t just get stuck with a tail, but this comment got a rough shove from Ashido for talking about her best friend's boyfriend like that, and that between the two of them, she was pretty sure Ojiro could beat him in a fight.

Sero didn’t completely deny such a claim, only choosing to mostly shrug it off as something that they have to see hold for the future. After the discussion revolving around their powers was done, the next question from Elliot specifically surrounding the Guardian that they were talking about from before he wasn’t primarily a researcher like his father was, but he couldn’t say that some of it didn’t rub off on him, and he was already into things such as myths and legends, so the discovery of a potential new legendary was something he was dying to know about.

The teens gave him all the information that they could on the quick glimpse they saw of the creature talking about its green skin and strange cell membrane-like appearance they remarked that the name of the being or at least “their version” of the being was called zygarde it could change itself into many forms by collecting or calling more of itself together and remarked that it resembled that of a dog pokemon with four legs and snout, they remarked that it was likely closer to a “ Hellgar”  which after another quick search he found was a houndoon the mention how it wasn’t regarded as a “dog” pokemon but instead a dark pokemon earring questioning looks from the trio which only raised more questions about their origins in his mind. 

He took a moment to jot down anything they had to know about Zygarde and remarked that he would ask the professor if he knew anything about it once they got to the city speaking of the city. Shauna asked them about what had happened during the incident the other day, and for the most part, the teens didn’t know the wild “Gaburias” was acting up due to a strange collar around its neck, and the culprits that did so were the ones that Bakugo had beat up earlier on in the day. 

Elliot asked a question that was obvious in hindsight if the group had their Pokemon to fight with, but each of them shook their heads and remarked that Bakugo simply beat them himself. It was surprising given that if they were able to subdue a gachomp, the villain team must have had some powerful Pokemon themselves, and after a bit of a hard time figuring out through the teen descriptors of the Pokemon he faced. Still, ultimately came down to the correct list of an inkay, a wobbuffet, and a meowth, which... weren’t strong Pokemon at all, so how did they subdue a gachomp with that? There was likely some foul play going in between, maybe weakening it with a trainer battle against the inkay? And then ganging up on it? 

Elliot mostly spoke out loud, and for the first time in their walking and talking, Bakugo seemed to express interest in him asking or rather demanding he explain what he meant by “weakening it by being in a trainer battle.” most of the time any questions regarding him was answered by the other three as he blew them off so he the surprising switch around took him a moment to answer, he told him a similar story to the kid in the forest pokemon battles are initiated by trainers by clicking their pokeballs together and signaling the start of a match, this clicking is used to transfer data between the two pokeballs about which pokemon are about to battle and averages the power between the two pokemon to the best of its ability so either power up a weaker pokemon or weakening a stronger pokemon so that matches remain competitive to one another, which allows trainers to focus more on just skill and technique instead of just getting the strongest pokemon in the wild.

Bakugo simply nodded his head in understanding and remarked that it made sense; it would be pretty boring as a sport just to see the same Pokemon over and over again, especially when there were so many out there. Kirishima added that as the group continued along, the group walked and made small talk while taking notice of the Pokemon they passed by. A majority of the Pokemon on their path was harmless, which was explained by Elliot by design. Pokemon range job is to clear out dangerous Pokemon around cities and pathways so that trainers and people have an easier time on the road and wouldn’t have to worry about being attacked. They weren’t perfect, and sometimes trainers just discarding Pokemon could lead to mishaps happening, but it would be called in and fixed as soon as possible if an incident occurred because of it.

The group of six had passed by many trainers while Bakugo and Kirishima weren’t ones to stand out much. There were some double takes as Mina and Sero passed by them, and some commented on where Mina got such fantastic contacts from, and other times smaller children even asked Shauna what kind of Pokemon she was, causing Ashido to default to her original excuse before remarking that this was just a costume she had on although she couldn’t prove it by taking it off. Those who glanced at Sero’s elbows never commented on them, but he could occasionally spot the hurried ways. People looked away from him as he turned his head to look around. 

The journey would have been mostly a peaceful one with nothing but talking happening if it weren’t for the case of Bakugo having met the eyes of a rather large gentleman on the road, although Bakugo wasn’t going to pay it any mind the man remarked that Bakugo wasn’t going to challenge him to a pokemon battle as he looked him in the eyes, Elliot was going to speak for bakugo and remarked that he doesn’t have any pokemon but Bakugo cut him off and accepted the duel although he would have to pay in “cash” which Elliot translated to say he meant poké and the man remarked that sure it was fine and asked if the standard payment was what he would like which bakugo turned to Elliot which remarked the standard was 500 poké which bakugo rolled his eyes at just five dollars? He thought before sizing the man up once more.

So he made a counteroffer; he remarked that he would pay him 4,000 poké if he could beat him with his Pokemon. The man was instantly hesitant and asked what he was playing at, and Bakugo remarked that he wasn’t playing at anything and that he was confident that he wouldn’t even need his Pokemon to beat his own. He could see the man was indignant about the comment, but he wasn’t too stupid, as he remarked that they were likely just scammers. As soon as he used his Pokemon on him, how would he know that they wouldn’t get the police involved and try to say that he attacked them and scammed him out of more money? 

To ensure that wasn’t going to happen, the group took a random passerby, in this case, a kid named Oliver, and asked him to spectate and record the match on his pokedex so that the guy would have proof of agreeing to the match completely. He was breaking, and Bakugo egged him on by calling the guy scared, which finally managed to crack the guy as the group went off towards the side of the road into the open field. The two took their sides of the field, and Bakugo began stretching for a moment as the trainer took out his Pokemon, which was Crawdaunt. Shauna took out her pokedex and scanned over the Pokemon.

Crawdaunt the rouge Pokemon: loving to battle, this Pokémon pinches all Pokémon that enter its territory with its pincers and throws them out.

Kirishima commented that it and Bakugo had a love for battling in common. The fight started and The trainer instructed that the boy in front of him would be his opponent which confused the Pokemon for a moment but the trainer remarked to go easy on him which both Sero and Mina collectively sucked their teeth at the poor choice of words.

The match began and the trainer ordered his Pokemon to use Guillotine the pokemon pincers grew a foreboding dark red with a black aura outline as it charged forth to strike at bakugo, The boy managed to easily side-step the attack returning with a kick that sent the pokemon flying backward striking hard into one of the tree breaking it in half earning everyone watching surprise except for his crew, the pokemon staggered upwards still able to battle as his trainer shock began to wash away although his confidence was completely shattered as his next order came with tentative words to them as he used bubble beam a stream of bubbles exited out of the pokemon’s mouth straight at Bakugo the attack completely whiffed once more both the trainer and the pokemon lost track of him before suddenly he appeared in the pokemon face from above, his hand outstretched into the pokemon’s face before a spark ignited an explosion completely blew it up along with the teen himself as the smoked cleared the pokemon was unconscious. 

Bakugo had been menacingly walking up to the trainer causing the man to shiver in fear for a moment before he hurriedly got out 8 500 poké coins and handed them out asking bakugo to not hurt him but bakugo simply accepted the money he was on his way back to his group with the man huddle over. Elliot and Shauna were completely stuck in place shocked by what just happened and it wasn’t until bakugo shouted at them to get a move on that they finally found themselves and continued forward toward the city behind him. Kirishima remarked how he kind of scammed that guy out of his money but bakugo balked at that remarking the guy should have backed out when he had the chance to with a shrug of his shoulders, Mina remarked what he would have done if he had lost given that they only have half of that amount of money to their name and Bakugo chucked a thumb over to Elliot and remarked that he would foot the bill which other than a slight gasp for him didn’t argue about. 

Given their clear nervous signs, Sero attempted to alleviate the two kids' worries and remarked that Bakugo is mostly all bark and no bite, unless you challenge him to something of course then he can be your worst nightmare as he’s very competitive. 

The two made sure to note that down mentally before they had finally managed to cross into the open of the Lumiose city Garden that highlighted the route four checkpoint, this was where the teens would bid them farewell as they didn’t have any identification to get inside themselves and would keep watching over him from Momo’s drone above, the two nodded before quickly making their way through the hedge mazes passed the fountain and towards the checkpoint once their. They had been seemingly welcomed at the gates by a strange duo of researchers who called them over specifically. The two walked over and the researchers introduced themselves as Dexio and Sina they told them that they were assistants to Professor Sycamore. 

They knew how they looked because they were the ones who had selected them for the program, Elliot asked if they were outside waiting for them and how could they know they would be there but Sina remarked that they were there because of rumors of the teens from the previous day having helped once more and captured the perpetrators that made the professor garchomp go wild and sped up the process of hang the pokemon returned to the lab, so he wanted them out there just in case they had arrived once more so that he could meet them. Elliot informed the duo that they had been traveling with them down Route 4 but they couldn’t get into the city so they left somewhere else.

This intrigued the duo greatly but they elected that they should inform Sycamore about it so he could be filled in, so the two of them offered to show them where his research lab was although Shauana already knew where it was in the city they allowed them to guide their way through the checkpoint out into the bustling city at large from route 4 it was just down the road on their left-hand side so they four traveled four a couple of minutes as they followed the two junior researchers which explained in a bit more detail on what had happened the prior day with the incident and team rocket, Elliot heard of the name before but thought that they were mostly based in Johto and question what they were doing in Kalos which was something the police would have to find out before they knew as well. 

They walked and came upon a rather large building outside with at least two dozen windows highlighting the plenty of rooms inside. inside. AttachedAttached to the large building was an equally large green room where he could just make out the sight of Pokemon playing around inside. The wreck from the other day wasn’t completely fixed, fixed, however, as they could see the roof still being worked on with the help of Conkeldurr. Shauna used her pokedex,pokedex, which explained.

Conkeldurr: The Muscular Pokémon Concrete mixed by Conkeldurr is much more durable than normal concrete, even when the compositions of the two materials are the same.

The four continued inside, but before they could see Sycamore the two junior assistants offered the trainers a TR. With this specific one having the move return, return, they remarked that the more they journey with their chosen Pokemon, Pokemon, the stronger their bond would be, and in return, the stronger this move would be, while it wasn’t up his alley. Shauna took to the TR with gusto, which gave her a career path. Sina remarked that the professor was on the third floor of the building at the moment and that they should take the elevator as the stairs were still undergoing some renovations from the garchomp incident. Both of them agreed and hopped onto the elevator as Dexio and Sina waved to them goodbye. The two sat in the elevator for a moment in silence before finally reaching the top floor of the place and walking into a room with many bookshelves full of books and another assistant researcher who gestured in the directions where they would find Sycamore around a partly divided wall.

They crested the corner of the wall and found the man leaning on the side of his desk. He sprung up to greet the two of them, clasping both of their hands with his own. He welcomed Eliot to Kalos and remarked on how when his file came up about how he was just moving in, he wanted him to get the lay of the land, and what better way to do that than by starting an adventure around the region? Elliot thanked him for the opportunity, but the pleasure was all his.

 He also remarked as his first two presents they would get the first dibs on a few special Pokemon he had picked up, going around the desk and picking up a briefcase and opening it showing three different Pokemon with plaques above them. Interestingly enough, Elliot noted that they were the Kanto partner Pokemon: Charmander, Bulbasaur, and Squirtle Sycamore commented and remarked that indeed they were, and he had specially had them ordered over due to a special skill that each of them possessed, which was important to his research. 

He wouldn’t tell them, however, until they decided on one of them. Elliot could already guess, but he didn't want to ruin the surprise for the others. Another shock occurred when he declined to choose and remarked that he should hand them off to the others. Instead, the professor was blown away by the boy’s humbleness, although he didn’t see it that way. Shauna took the opportunity to choose first as she didn’t get the opportunity previously where she went last, but she wanted to see the Pokemon before she chose, and the professor allowed her the courtesy of taking out each Pokemon from their pokeballs, and she examined each of them with her pokedex.

Bulbasaur the Seed Pokemon: For some time after its birth, it grows by gaining nourishment from the seed on its back.

Charmander the lizard Pokemon: The flame on its tail indicates Charmander’s life force. If it is healthy, the flame burns brightly.

Squirtle the tiny turtle Pokemon: It shelters itself in its shell, then strikes back with spouts of water at every opportunity.

She weighed her options a bit more but she quickly made her decision once the elevator dinged signaling that the others were arriving the one she chose was Bulbasaur, just as the others made their way from around the corner Calem, Tierno, and Trevor all arrived at the same time an just like he said the professor asked the three latest individuals to choose one of the pokemon, although it became an issue that there were only two pokemon left but three members that arrived at the same time or it would have been but Trevor was happy to have his friends take the pokemon instead of him which both of them thanked him for and Sycamore seeing such generosity commented on how he was right in choosing this group for his program.

Tierno chose the Bulbasaur, which left Calem with Charmander. With that out of the way and everyone present, Sycamore began to give a speech about them going out into the world and being the best trainers they could be and having fun traveling with their Pokemon while they do it. Before turning back to the briefcase and bringing out three stone orb objects, each differing in color, he presented each of them to Tiermo, Shauna, and Calem, explaining their Pokemon while they did it. Before turning back to the briefcase and bringing out three stone orb objects, each differing in color, he presented each of them to Tiermo, Shauna, and Calem, explaining that these are what they are calling mega stones, which allow a Pokemon to transform mid-battle, which they called mega evolution, earning all of the kid's attention and excitement. Elliot took out the seaquake and took the scarf that was wrapped around its neck and asked the professor if the stone in the center of it was also mega stone, and after another moment, Tierno seemed to have the same idea of taking out a Pokeball from his back and revealing out a large Kangaskhan. 

The sight of the Pokemon was surprising, but Elliot noted the expression on each of his new friends' faces upon seeing it like a bitter memory was unlocked for each of them at that very moment. Tierno went up to the Kangaskhan and asked if he could see the stone, but it hesitated. Tierno swore that he would give it back once they were finished, and after another moment, the mom seemed to agree as it reached into its pouch and pulled out a smaller baby. It was curled in on itself and seemed incredibly sad, but it quickly became annoyed when the mom began to forcibly open it up and pull the small stone from its grasp before shoving it back down into its pouch, much to the smaller baby's annoyance. 

The mom handed Tierno the small orb, which he offered up to Sycamore as he put the Kangaskhan back in the ball, asking if that was a mega stone as well. The professor would need to get some tools to officially be sure, but the fact that the Pokemon was so attached to it means that there is a good chance that it was a mega stone. Pokemon are usually drawn to their very own mega stone, causing questions to be asked if all Pokemon can mega evolve or have a stone; however, the professor didn’t know so far that there have been about a dozen mega evolutions that have been found around the Kalos and more in other regions as well. 

The professor continued to talk to them all about this mysterious new stone for a moment, even wanting their help in collecting more information about them and remarked that Camphrier town would be the best place to go. He also took the moment to remark that as they explore the region, they should be open to all walks of life and the way some people may think differently from them so it could help them broaden their horizons, but that was when another chime highlighted that someone else came up the elevator. 

The person was a fairly tall individual, standing about 6 feet tall. He wore an all-black dress in a suit with red highlights along the outer lining of his suit, with a red tie, and a head full of hair that bushed out almost like a lion mane. The man had a presence to him as the conversations stopped as he entered the room. Sycamore broke the silence by introducing the man as Lysander; he had wanted to meet the group of students that he chose for the program. He looked upon them with an almost hope-like vision. He told them his name once more and remarked that he was somewhat also a researcher of Pokemon and Mega Evolution, but he mainly focused on how they could use it to make the world a better place for people and Pokemon alike. He believed that everyone should have this goal and strive hard to achieve it to create a beautiful world.

The man also came to talk to Sycamore himself and, pigging back on his seemingly caring nature, remarked to Sycamore that he had heard of the incident that happened the previous day and wanted to help him pay off some of his debt for the incident. The professor remarked that he didn’t have to, but Lysander insisted and remarked that it was the least he could do for the help he’s given him in the past and in general of being a good friend, which then Sycamore accepted, shaking the man’s hand as he did so, and as soon as he came, he was off, wishing them all farewell and hope that his chosen would bear fruit that will help prosper the region in the future. 

With him gone, the group got back to talking once more. Sycamore would have to go downstairs to examine the stones but remarked that it may take some time so they should come back maybe at a later time, and he would have the answer for the two of them once they get back, using the spare time. Shauana remarked that she had a place that she would like to visit while they were in the city and took off on her own. Calem had left next, saying to meet him at the Café Soleil, which was weird given that he could have just said it now, but Trevor and Tierno said it was something he wanted to keep between the two of them instead and opted to just leave it where it lies as the three of them made their way outside. They took the stairs, and he understood why they would have preserved people taking the elevator as several spots were missing, meaning someone could get hurt if they weren’t paying attention or fall through completely on one of them, given the whole was big enough. 

The three got down just fine however and quickly made their way outside. Tierno remarked that he wanted to go on a little walk and wander around the city while Trevor showed him where the cafe was, and the two turned left and moved down the way, side by side, and it only now occurred to mention that he found those guys from before, and Trevor couldn’t believe and wondered if he had any pictured, but sadly he didn’t have any for the small boy, but he would have a chance to see them if he stuck around him as they were going to be protecting him from now on, and Trevor's obvious question was why? To which Elliot explained that the Kalos legendaries had contacted them to do so, but the major kicker was that there was a third legendary in the mix somewhere out there; they called it Zygarde, which to the future Pokemon researcher was something he was excited to talk about, although he could only give the few details they told him. The excited boy wrote everything down in his small journal pad, committing it to memory as well. 

They knew that traditionally legendaries showed up in groups of three, so it was only a matter of when it could be discovered, but if they were the ones that discovered it, that would be huge for his future as a researcher. He began to speculate about what role this potential legend would have given its relation to others. Elliot remarked that it could have been similar to Rayquaza or Landorus something to stop the other two from fighting, and Trevor remarked that it was a good start, but he was more curious about what its role was in nature. What was the in-between life and death? To that Elliot didn’t have any clue... what was the purpose of this mysterious zygarde? It could split itself into many smaller cells, but what did it achieve by doing that? What was its goal?

The two were so deep in thought that they had nearly passed the cafe upon their journey until Calem had called out for them, and it was here that Trevor waved goodbye, but since the sun was setting down, he thought it would be better if he wanted to sleep over at his place instead of camping out in the forest. calem remarks that he would still keep trucking along on his adventure as he couldn’t challenge the Lumiose gym, as you need four gym badges before you can challenge him. Elliot was shocked by the news, never hearing about such a requirement before, and neither did Trevor in fact, but maybe Clemont just wanted something trainers to be properly prepared before facing him? Trevor suggested, the name bringing up a curious question in Elliot's mind as he asked about what the gym leader looked like. Trevor explained that the gym leader was somewhat taller than him with blonde hair, and he often carried around a white backpack.

Elliot remarked that he may have seen him. He was traveling with Ash the last time near Santalune City, so who was in the gym was the question. Still, it was a mystery for another day as the shop would be closing soon. Calem wanted to talk to him privately, so with a final wave and telling him where his home was, Trevor was gone. Calem and Elliot went inside the cafe; they got themselves a table, and Calem even offered to get him something to drink, which he accepted, getting some soda and even a bite to eat as they got the both of them a croissant. 

They ate their food for a moment before Calem talked to him about what he brought him there for and he wanted to be each other's rivals it was an unexpected question Elliot would give him but he asked why he didn’t choose one of his closer friends and he explained that Shauna wasn’t focused on pokemon battling, while Tierno and Trevor are only using pokemon battles to past the time for their careers but he was different he seemed fully focused on pokemon battles even going so far as into trading pokemon from other regions to get a pokemon he wants he explained originally he wanted his rival to be X the older teen even inspiring the outfit he had on being blue color instead of the mostly reds that he had but he had seemingly given up on training, the pokemon that Tierno having brought out was originally his. 

Elliot understood now the sad expression they had in the lab, but he wasn’t one to turn down a challenge, so he accepted Calem's request to become rivals, and a new burst of energy came to the young kid. As a result, he practically pulled him out of the cafe and took him over to the nearest Pokemon center so that they could sign up for the Kalos League together to truly cement their rivalry, which he soon followed. In the younger man's footsteps before racing him to the center as it came into sight.

They quickly went in sight and signed up, and there they got their badge cases, which each put their bug-type gym badge inside of before storing it away once more. The two shared a rival fist bump as they went their separate ways. Calem continued on his adventure into the wilderness while Elliot left back to the lab to get the result of Sycamore’s test. He met up with Tierno, who was doing the same, and it seemed the both of them were correct; they were indeed mega stones, which meant that both Pokemon would have the chance to mega evolve, which Elliot was happy to hear, although Tierno was somewhat solemn of the news.

It seemed the professor knew about X and asked if anything had become of him since they last spoke, but Tierno shook his head; he was still huddled in his room like always, which the professor hummed at. He had an idea and wanted to see if they could get him to come to a summer camp he was hosting near the end of the month, Tierno didn’t know, but he could try and get him out of the house for it; he’ll inform Y about it, and she would know what to do or say potentially. 

Tierno left sometime after that, and with them along, Elliot was finally able to talk to the professor about Zygarde as well as the magical teens from before; unfortunately, he knew nothing of a Pokemon named Zygarde, which he guessed was to be expected, but the conversation about their teens was more interesting, ultimately revolving around Elliot getting the drone that had been following him, attention and asking if the group that was with him could come inside to speak to the professor as he could find a way to get them some sort of identification. 

Under the cover of darkness, the four that had accompanied him on his travels had come from the sky on what seemed like makeshift angel wings beside bakugo who used his explosion to fly down into the compound, the professor was stunned but welcomed them inside nonetheless he was offered to spin the night in the lab as well since they had some spare rooms and he accepted but first telling Trevor of the events transpiring which go the boy moving coming straight back to the lab and to hop to stay the night as well which sycamore accepted although he was fairly shy around the super-powered individuals he was still eager as ever to learn more about them well until they had enough and turned in for the night.

Chapter Text

Confirmation: Y, X, 1A Remnants

Vaniville Town

As the morning day began there was an awkward degree of tension between Y and her mother Grace as they sat alone together at the breakfast table, they would usually get into arguments of some kind with one another but Serena was always the mediator that usually calmed things down without her the conversations between the two was mostly short and sweet, Y didn’t hate her mom she understood her motivations at least somewhat, she was extremely passionate about rhyhorn racing and she hoped that her kids would be as well to follow in her footsteps and become a great rhyhorn racer even to surpass her making it like it was a family tradition of some kind and maybe if she didn’t try to force it on her she could have gotten into but since she did she completely rejected the concept and decided to become a sky trainer the complete opposite of racing on the ground but gliding through the air which became it's own share of problems in its own right but  that was mainly due her choice of pokemon apparently.

They talked a bit about what she was going to do once she finished school later in the month, and she could tell that it took some willpower from her mother not to mention her continuing her Rhyhorn racing practice, only alluding to the fact that now that Serena was gone she would also have plenty of time to spare on doing things as well, which Y promptly brushed aside as she remarked that she would go upstairs to get the dishes from X’s room. Her mother was going to dispute that, but the girl was already gone and up the stairs and remarked that it should be fine. Y didn’t have that much time to waste yelling at X given she still had school. 

Y quickly walked upstairs, still trying to wrap her head around everything Shauna told her about and those people she saw on TV. For the sake of her sister, she didn’t want to tell her mother about it, as there was no telling what she would think if she found out if someone that she was going to be hanging around with could potentially be targeted or, at worst, a potentially dangerous person, but she also wanted to inform X about what was happening. The boy was hard to get much of any words from anymore, so he usually communicated by writing what he wanted to say, whether that was on paper or a drawing board that her mother had gotten him. 

She knocked on the door of his room and waited patiently. She didn't want to say anything, as he would unlikely open the door if it was her present instead of her mother. He didn't hate her, or at least she hoped he didn’t, but unlike her sister and her mother, she was much more vocal for him to get out of the room and the home. She understood some of his problems dealing with all the adults who wanted to exploit his recent fame of being the junior series Pokemon champion, but if he just kept to himself all the time, he wouldn't get better, and she was pretty sure he would only become worse and worse if his becoming mute wasn't enough to show that.

So when the door cracked open to push over the plate of food towards the outside and the boy looked up and saw her standing there instead of her mother, he immediately went to slam the door shut. Of course, Y expected this and pushed in the opposite direction, and since one of them has been in Sky Trainer School, which also included a lot of physical exercises, and the other had been cooped up in his room for five years, the one who was going to win the tug of war was obvious, as she still, with a surprising amount of needed effort on her part, was forcing her way inside. Thankfully, the boy still had the basic needs of ventilation, so his room didn’t stink, but it was still a bit cluttered.

Seeing the futility of trying to keep her out, X simply relented and slid back off the door very quickly, almost causing her to fall, but did achieve slamming the door into the wall of the room, causing her mother to yell from downstairs after Y assured her that everything was alright. She quickly turned back to face X, who had been retreating to his bed. He wore blue pajamas mainly and had a bad case of bed hair, but he likely didn’t care too much about that stuff other than the hygienics of it. He wrapped himself inside his blanket and dropped like a rock on his bed. She believed that she heard the faintest sigh come out of him, although that could have been the bed itself. She noticed the cover moving, indicating that he was likely writing on his drawing pad, before flipping it over his shoulder and letting it lay behind him.

She approached the bed and picked up the pad, which only read “Get out.” On it, it was to be expected, but it did grind her gears, almost making her want to look at him and yell, but she stowed her temper and replied that she would in a minute and had something to discuss with him. She shook the drawing board and handed it back to him as she explained what had transpired over the last three days. She talked firstly about the news broadcast of the Garchomp attack in Lumiose City, the boy had a TV in his room, but she’d never heard it be turned on once in his time locked away, which was also a bad sign. Ignoring that for now, she continued and explained how some teenager with power stopped the rampage, which Immidealty caused X to begin writing it off as some sort of bait to get him to come outside, but she was serious as she showed him a video of the incident from Pokevision. 

X wasn’t fully convinced and wrote that it could have been just a publicity stunt for something, and that was what she thought as well, but she showed him a different video. This was from Shauna, and it showed a teen boy facing off against an opponent, Crawdaunt. The battles were quickly over in about 10 seconds flat. At first, she thought that he would counter and write that it was the material around the boy's hands that caused the explosion, but she was surprised when he seemed to accept that and wrote what it had to do with him. Some rare individuals had strange powers here and there; psychics existed, and maybe even magic. 

This allowed Y to move on to her next point as she explained that these people were looking for him; this got his attention with a degree of annoyance, which she could tell by how he wrote "why." She explained that they had been tasked to guard him and two others by none other than one of the two great legendaries, although she would have assumed he would have gotten even a bit excited; he seemed to only sink further into his mattress like he was trying to hide away even more now. He still wrote to her, however, and asked about how they did; they did not know which one. And for that, Y didn’t have an answer herself; they said it just spoke into their heads once and hasn’t since, and supposedly another legendary that hasn’t been discovered yet will talk about talking to the other two to see which one did it. 

However, X had a slightly different take on that and remarked that it was fairly convenient that they didn’t know. At first, she assumed that he still didn’t believe her with the whole thing, but he wrote that he did believe her about the teens and they were assigned by one of the Kalos legends, but he believes they're lying about not knowing which legend talked to them. He explained that it was convenient that some third legend came out of nowhere that no one knew about previously in the entire time that Kalos had existed to go and find the other two and talk with them. 

She asked why would they lie about not knowing, and the answer to X was simple because they probably wouldn’t like the answer hinting that the true answer would be none other than Yveltal, the Pokemon of destruction. It was something that Y also wanted to bring up and the repercussions of such a thing, but X seemed one step ahead of her. He also seemed to have already chosen which one it was about. Still, she didn’t fight him on it and instead asked if he was alright, and for the first time in a while she heard him speak and replied that he was “ok” and that if Yveltal truly wanted him around, that meant it was good that he stayed locked up in his room and that she should leave now. 

Y didn’t want to believe that X could do anything wrong. She speculated mainly that X formed it this way mostly to excuse how he was acting so she would stop bothering him to come out anymore. Still, she had no argument to truly fight him on; she would be guessing just as good as he was. When it came to a battle of the minds, she had to admit that X was much better than her, so she left as he instructed but remarked that she still wasn’t giving up on him. She will find out more details from the teens themselves before leaving the room and taking the dishes downstairs. She released her fletchinder as she readied her flight suit to scout ahead and see if it can find them within the Santalune forest; that’s where Shauna said most of them were anyways, so it shouldn't be too difficult. 

So after she got herself ready, she donned her wingsuit, and with that, she was off flying high above the air. While she never expected to be a sky trainer, she had to admit every time she took to the air it felt good. The wind on her face, along with seeing the ground from above, offered such a unique perspective that normal people just wouldn’t get walking around. As she crested the beginning of the forest, she circled around for one moment before her Fletchy came up to greet her and gesture for her to follow in the direction of the forest, indicating that she had found them. Her descent into the forest was a careful one; however, while her glider offered anti-gravity struts to allow her to float around, it was still a glider at the end of the day, meaning that it could get damaged very easily by many of the twigs, branches, and leaves if she came in too hot.

So she slowed down enough to land on a thick branch that seemed to be able to hold her weight as she watched as her Pokemon continued pass, seemingly going up to a person with a wierds-shaped head that had a horn at the top. The bird chirped at him, and he seemed to respond to it in a shrill type voice that she couldn’t decipher, but her Fletchy seemed to understand before it turned back to her, along with the teen looking up in her general direction. She wondered if he could speak to Pokemon, but she pushed that aside for now as she said hello to the teen, and he did a silent wave back.

She was about to make her way down from the tree herself, but she heard inside of her head that she could take it easy and that “shining light” would get her down. Y didn’t know where the voice came from or who had said it before. She was suddenly picked up by a seemingly invisible force. This invisible force revealed itself, and she was shocked to see a pokemon of some kind. This one was clouded in golden ornate armor and seemed to be like a bird type going by its beaks and talons but was much more humanoid looking than her fletchy or the typical bird pokemon. The pokemon remarked to not be alarmed as it picked her up with its large wings and gently floated down to the ground in the forest. She was surprised by the fact that it didn’t use its wings to fly, which, along with being able to go invisible, may suggest that this new pokemon could be a ghost type, but she has never seen this pokemon in her entire life, let alone a pokemon that could speak English as well.

She was set down on the forest floor and thanked the Pokemon, which only nodded before disappearing once more. She turned towards the teen, and now that she was on the same platform, she could fully see the height difference between them, him being a foot larger than her, which was even accounting for his horn, which made him a bit bigger than even that. Fletchy dropped down on her shoulder and gave a reassuring gesture for her to go forward. It seemed that the boy had won over her own Pokemon, and she trusted her, so she went forward without much hesitation. As she proceeded forward, however, a new individual made themselves known. This one was even stranger than the boy with the horn, as his entire head was in the structure of a bird, and hovering slightly above him was the Pokemon from before, so she guessed that it was his.

The new person was smaller than the boy with the horn but still somewhat taller than herself, but she still made her way forward and greeted the second one as well she was partially surprised by how normal he sounded as he replied, and the two of them analyzed her for a moment and asked what she wanted to find them for or if she needed assistance, her logical question was how did they know she was trying to find them and the taller boy explained that her pokemon had told them which confirmed her theory that at least one of them could talk to pokemon. She attempted to collect herself and keep her curiosity about the two of them at bay but she had to ask if one or both of them were Pokemon she apologized immediately afterward if she was being rude by the comment but other than a shared glance between the two of them they didn’t seem to mind that much and remarked that it was expected of her to ask given how they looked.

Just from that interaction, she could tell that they were at least reasonable people. She cleared her throat once more and told the two what she was there for first making her relevance known, as she said that she was a friend of X or Xerexes as they called him, just saying his full name was weird on her tongue, but she persisted. She asked the two about what was going on with him, and before they did, however, they asked her to walk a bit deeper into the forest where the others lay as they explained it to her. They told her the gist of what she already knew—how they had been asked by a mysterious voice to protect three specific people, which included X.

The creature didn’t give a reason why, but it remarked that the fate of the region and world would revolve around them, which was extremely vague as it didn’t say how soon this would occur or if it would be later on in life. Y asked about the supposed third legendary and how they came into contact with it, and they admitted that it was mostly a fluke of a meeting and it had been watching over them but not any, or at least the important one wasn’t. Y asked what they meant by that and that they had proof of this mysterious third legendary existence. Two explained that the third legendary, which they were calling zygarde, had the capability of becoming invisible along with splitting its body up into cells that could scatter around. 

The proof of their claims would have to wait until after they came into contact with their other group, which didn’t take very long, just a few minutes of walking through the forest for a bit, and there she met the others. Most of them were normal enough; three more majorly stood out: one person with four different webbed-together arms in a mask, and the other was someone who looked normal but had a large tail springing out from the back of him, and the third was the weirdest as it was a completely invisible person, which was a girl going by her voice. They all welcomed her, and she waved back. The two told her about who she was, and a group of two other individuals got up to greet her more personally; this was the boy with the webbed arms and the boy with the large tail. They explained that the four of them were the ones in charge of watching over X; they each gave their names, which were Tokoyami, Shoji, Koda, and Ojiro. 

She greeted them all once more before Tokoyami got the invisible girl's attention. She approached them, and she didn’t even know when the girl had gotten close to her, touching her on the shoulder and spooking her, causing the invisible girl to laugh somewhat before she asked what they called her over for. They asked the girl, whom they called Hagakure, to show her Zygarde and the girl did so. She suddenly start seeing the girl and was surprised by her looks; her hair was bright, vibrant green with light red and blue highlights here and there. The girl gestured for her to turn around back into the tree line, and there she began to see them—the small green slimes on the dark wooden trees that all had eyes that stared at them. She went up to them curiously, but as she got close, the little slimes would begin to slug away further up the tree. 

They explained that the small little slimes were pretty adverse to human touch and they probably acted as cameras for the main one which Y found fascinating but looking at the time for a moment on her watch before she needed to get to class or she would be late, she asked the four that were guarding X about the guardians but more especially what they would do if Yveltal was the one that wanted X alive there was a silent pause between the four of them and they remarked that they wouldn’t hurt anyone no matter what and that as long as he did do anything wrong he had nothing to fear from them, they weren’t ones to make such decisions taking action on the potential of danger was unbecoming of a hero which they considered themselves as which was another interesting thing to note but for now Y had to leave so she gave them her contact information just in case she needed to reach them again however they had no way of actually using it given they have no phone service which in that case she would just come back here if she had anymore questions and the group agreed to meet her at anytime she liked so with that out of the way she left off towards her school. She didn't get definitive proof if they were lying or not, but the group of people didn’t seem like the type to lie or have much reason to, so she would need her to get her story straight first before telling X some of the details as she got home. 

******************************

Riding the Wave of Passion: Ash, Clemont, Bonnie, Serena, Midoriya, Uraraka, Iida, Tsu

It was bright and early in the morning, and Ash was in a rush to challenge the gym leader given that they were right down the street. The boy left almost as soon as he was finished eating, leaving the others to catch up sometime later. Ash happened to be in luck, as he had gotten to the gym as soon as it opened, and just before one other trainer had attempted to challenge the gym as well. Ash challenged Viola once more, and the two of them made their way to the back. Alexa was already there, and the others of Ash's group soon fled in just as the announcer had finished reading off all the rules of the battle, and now the match would truly begin.

The opening differed from the prior day as Ash waited patiently this time around for surskit to make the first move as it slid around on the ground on its tiny little legs, seeing that the boy was waiting around Viola decided to go first and used sticky web large globs of spider webs spat from the small blue pokemon’s mouth striking out at Pikachu and ashed ordered it to dodge it, the yellow pokemon skillfully dodged around each of the webs coming its way before Ash told it to counter with a thunderbolt, the lightning bolt came streaking forth at the blue pokemon which Viola countered with using protect the small blue barrier completely enshrouded the mon and blocked the strike completely before Viola ordered for her pokemon to use single beam the surskit hopped into the air and shot the beam downwards directly at Pikachu but once more the Pikachu was fast as Ash ordered it to dodge and then counter-attack with iron tail.

Pikachu followed beautifully, leaping back and then jumping upwards into the air to slam the iron tail directly into the surskit face, slamming it down towards the ground with a small dust cloud. The surskit was able to balance itself to not hit the ground face first. It slid backward for a moment as both returned to a neutral position, sizing up their opponent. The spectators cheered for Ash's better display from the day prior and remarked that his training must have been paying off. Viola acknowledged Ash and Pikachu's stronger performance herself but wanted to see how they dealt with the ice floor this time around. As she commanded her Pokemon to use an ice beam on the ground, Ash wasn’t going to let that happen a second time. However, without a fight, as he told Pikachu to use a quick attack, the small Pokemon charged forward as the beam on top of the surskit head turned a bright blue, knocking the attack off course, and causing it to veer up and into the ceiling and backward, nearly hitting Viola herself.

The 1A teens instantly mentioned the lack of safety procedures for such incidents, and Alexa simply remarked that it doesn’t happen often enough for it to be a concern but could be an oversight now that she thought about it. The battle continued as Viola was adamant on trying to get the ice floor created once more, however, the ice beam this time was countered by Thunderbolt causing a small explosion of dust, Ash attempted to use another quick attack straight out of the smoke to surprise his foe however she seemed to have anticipated that as there was a line of sticky web waiting for the small yellow pokemon trapping it instantly and now that it was stuck she could create her icy floor and Trapp Pikachu even more if she was lucky however Ash was quick on his feet telling Pikachu to use his Iron tail to slam the ground and break from the sticky substance the force of the blow freed Pikachu and brought him into the air just in time to avoid the Ice beam shower raining down.

The ice floor was now complete, and as Pikachu landed, he partially slipped on the icy covering before it balanced itself once more. Although it couldn’t move very much from its initial position, it doubled as Viola’s surskit started to skate around Pikachu’s small, four spider-like legs and the lubricant it produces at the ends, making it the perfect ground for its body to move around on even faster than the traditional ground of the gym. The Pokemon continued to circle the Pikachu before Viola finally decided to strike out using a signal beam, but Ash initiated his secret plan from before as Pikachu struck the icy ground with its tail, burying it by a couple of inches and giving the mouse Pokemon proper foothold to fire off a counterattack without losing its footing.

The thunderbolt and the signal beam clashed in the open above the arena, but the power of the thunderbolt had easily overpowered the signal beam, causing the surskit to recoil backward from the blow and high up into the air, where it slid down to the ground and became unconscious. This marked the end of the first round as Ash's victory and Pikachu’s win, although it was a bit winded as a result, so he opted to switch out his Pikachu for his fletching the small robin Pokemon needed and wanted to have a rematch with Vivillon in the first place. The two both brought out their flying Pokemon and at the same time, the two started to fly in midair. Ash was the first to attack this round, as he ordered Fletching to use steel wings. Its wings glowed a bright gray as the small robin began to fly forward directly at the scale Pokemon, hopping to strike upon its left wing, but the Pokemon was able to dodge out of the way of the attack fairly easily.

Fletching turned back around, hoping to strike this time, but the opponent was too fast, being able to dodge two more times before it came in for the fourth strike. Viola had something else planned as the scale Pokemon stayed in position as Viola ordered it to use psychic. The move was nearly instant as a blue glow had formed itself around both Pokemon, fletchling was stopped in its tracts before being flung around in a circle and being slammed down into the icy ground with a miniature explosion of dust and ice shards, Ash was concerned about his pokemon but it managed to stand up once more and took to the air once more as Ash ordered it to use another steel wing and the robin complied spectacularly as it lifted into the air with incredible speed dashing and striking along its opponent right side, the pokemon started to lean downwards from the blow which attempted to follow up on using peck however the vivillon was able to recover in time and dodge out of the way of the move and then as instructed to use gust.

The move happened fast, blowing away the fletching for a moment before it had to recuperate and prepare. Ash asked for the robin Pokemon to remember its training and the small bird did so straightening out its wings for a moment to riding the current of the wind and just after a brief moment it did so compared to the noivern’s move this paled in comparison combined with the extra training without gravity the small bird was gaining distance during the attack instead of losing it, Ash smiled at the display and then ordered his mon to use razor wing the pokemon complied as its wings grew bright white using the force of the gust against its forward to spin it around and send the bright white slashes faster against its opponent, two of the white slashes landed their mark but Viola countered with sleep powder joining with the wind of the gust quickly swept towards the pokemon putting it to sleep and stopping it from getting off any more wind slashes. 

The powder worked immediately, dropping the bird Pokemon from the air. Clemont was surprised that Vivillon could use such a technique, and Alexa remarked that her sister swapped it out from the original attack, which was an energy ball, but the next move was something they were all familiar with as the group as Viola ordered the scale Pokemon to use a solar beam. The wings on the mon glowed a bright green and yellow before firing off a yellow beam that struck the sleeping Pokemon directly, which resulted in an instant knockout. The loss disheartened Ash, but he still thanked his Pokemon for the hard-fought battle before looking down at Pikachu by his feet and remarking that he would have to take the stand once more. Pikachu gave a resounding Pika in response before charging back onto the field, ready for the battle ahead.

Pikachu slid to a stop on the ice as it looked up at the vivillon. Viola was the first one to initiate the combat this time, as she used gust once more. Pikachu tried to dig both its claws and tail into the ground, but the strength in its limbs was weak, and it was blown backward for a moment before getting a stronger grasp as it landed. Viola was getting confident in her victory, remarking that in its weakened state, Pikachu couldn’t win, but Ash rebuffed her and remarked that he was determined to fight until they won. Viola admired his confidence, but he would have to put it into action as she ordered to use gust one more time. The vicious wind hit Pikachu one more time as it held onto the ground hard, but that’s when Ash's secondary plan came into action as he ordered Pikachu to use an iron tail. The steel-like tail slammed into the ground, creating a makeshift anchor that stopped Pikachu from going anywhere from the strong wind. 

Viola complimented the strategy but remarked that it made him an open target for her next attack, which was a solar beam. The scale mon charged up another moment, but Ash was waiting for this and countered with a thunderbolt just as the yellow strike fired off, which created a large explosion. Viola wasn’t done just yet as she continued her attack and ordered the use of sleep powder. The green dust was blown towards the Pikachu, the mouse pokemon unable to move with its tail still stuck in the ground as the dust enveloped it. The yellow mon fought with all its might to stay away, its eyes battling against the sudden wave of exhaustion it had just been feeling. Serena raised support from the sidelines, encouraging the boy not to give up and to remember his training from yesterday. This gave the boy a sense of inspiration for something he could try as he thought back to Clemont's machine, which was on the verge of blowing up. He had been really tired from the gravity training by that point, but the imminent explosion gave him a renewed source of energy, which is something Pikachu could use, and the best thing to do that with was none other than electricity. 

He quickly ordered Pikachu to use an electroball and throw it up into the air; the move came up and came back down, striking Pikachu directly on the head, allowing it to shake off the sleep powder completely and give it a firm piece of ground underneath its feet. Viola was surprised by the action, but Alexa remarked that such a tactic was something that only Ash could think of. Viola stowed her surprise away and continued forward using a solar beam. Ash countered with another strong electroball. The attacks clashed in the open air, but the solar beam was getting completely overpowered as the ball went straight through the beam, striking the vivillon's dead center, resulting in a small explosion that forced it back, slamming its head against the frozen light fixtures. All the while, the vivillon managed to stop itself from falling out of the sky, but it was wobbly while in the air, and Clemont spotted that it was due to ice on the wings.

Ash continued on the attack. As the vivillon was still recuperating after the strike and was debilitated by the ice, he used a thunderbolt that launchedwards from the Pikachu striking forwards, hitting the vivillon directly and electrifying it and causing it to fall out of the air unconscious, signaling Ash's victory. Ash whooped in joy, which was quickly joined by Pikachu, which ran forward and jumped into his arms. Ash twirled the Pokemon in his arms, incredibly happy. The others from the spectators came down to congratulate Ash on his victory, but the boy was humble and remarked that if it wasn't for the help of the others from the previous day, he wouldn’t have been able to win. 

On the opposite side of the field, Viola remarked that she must have sure worked hard with Ash the other day as he seemed like a completely different person, and while Alexa did agree that she and Uraraka worked him hard, it was Ash's skills that allowed him to win the day; he grows from every encounter he comes across, she believed, and Viola would take her word for it as the two moved forward to officially grant Ash the bug-type gym badge. Viola and Alexa walked with the group outside. Viola wished Ash luck on his adventure, while Alexa suggested that Ash's next gym battle should be the one in Cyllage City, and that would be where Ash would be headed next. Alexa, on the other hand, will be getting an express ride from Midoriya to see if she can’t pull a few strings along with Professor Sycamore to get the teens some proper identification. 

Everyone else watched in wonder as Midoriya scooped the woman up with his black whip and thrust off the air flying away while everyone waved her goodbye, Bonnie remarked once more how cool it was that Midoriya could do that and how she wished that she could fly like that someday and uraraka decided to help her out touching her with her quirk and using gravitic attraction on herself so the girl could levitate in the air them as they continued to walk around dedenne hanging onto the top of her head while she did so, Ash thought it was super cool while Clemont was also interested but also a little tense with his sister being so high up so it was only after about five minutes of walking that he had her put back down to walk beside them which she wasn’t happy about but tried to play off as being respectful to uraraka and that using her power probably used more stamina on her part which was true in a sense although with something that light she could keep it in the air indefinitely without any ill will on her end. 

     "So, Serena, where are you headed off from here?” Ash asked the girl suddenly as the group continued to walk, causing the girl to momentarily falter and her mind to drive back to the question that had been lurking ever since the other day. It was now the perfect time, although doing it in front of everyone was a bit embarrassing, causing her face to flush up a bit, but she pushed through it.

     "Um, well, Ash, I was actually thinking... if I could... join you on your adventure as well.“ The girl remarked in a bashful tone, a hand combing through her long, hiding one side of her face. Her anxiety spiked as she waited for his answer, but she didn’t have to wait long at all.

      "Yeah, sure, why not? You helped me come up with my Santulne Gym strategy, and if you can help me from here on out, it would be great.” Ash remarked with a bit of bashfulness himself.

      "Oh, thank you! I’ll try my best to support the best that I can.” Serena remarked with a hand clenched around the center of her chest. 

     “Well, what are we waiting for? Let's get a move on to the next gym!” Bonnie announced as the group continued forward. Out of the city, the rest followed shortly after her.

     “Good thing Mina wasn’t here to see that. Ribbit.” Tsu remarked to Uraraka with an elbow thump.

     “Yeah, it is a bit cute though,” was Uraraka's simple reply. 

The group continued to walk for a few more seconds before Ash suddenly stopped and asked how they got to Cyllage City, which prompted Serena to take out her map and show him where the quickest way to get there was to head back up towards Lumiose City and cross to the west exit. Clemont remarked that if that was the case, then they could have had Midoriya take all of them towards Lumiose to skip the walking. Serena remarked that they still could with Iida present he was fairly quick as well but the teens reminded them until further notice they wouldn’t be able to step foot inside of Lumiose city so they weren’t exactly rushing to go there in the first place which the group understood so they decided to continue by just walking, this would allow them to spend more time with their guardians instead of leaving them behind while they explored the city, Serena suggested that with their powers they could circumvent going to the city entirely and cut straight through the lake that divided the two however clemont remarked that he had some unfinished business he had to take care of in Lumiose city before fully leaving on their adventure. 

So the group continued onwards towards the large city, even taking a more roundabout way in getting there so they could enjoy the small journey and even look for more Pokemon to capture in Ash’s case as the group stepped out of the city and entered into the plains away from the straight-forward path of Route 4 and to the northeastern side of Santalune City. The group was surprised when another visitor touched down in front of them. This one was a strange sight to behold, as upon looking at the person or thing, it possessed the body of a person but the head of a Pokemon almost like that of Murkrow while wearing a tight-fitting ornate golden armor that seemed to shine brightly in the morning sun, along with two large golden wings that complemented its form. Ash was immediately surprised and almost instinctively took out his pokedex to scan the Pokemon, but it came up completely blank.

The group was further surprised when the green girl approached the new arrival, hopping alogn and giving the new person a tight and affectionate hug. 

      “What are you doing here, Fumi? Ribbit,” Tsu asked.

     “I wanted to see you off on your adventure, Nix, and to give these to Uraraka.” Tokoyami remarked as he gestured to the four Black Orbs that the upper portions of his wings were wrapped around as he set them down, as the group behind them drew closer.

     "Woah, is this another one of your friends? Is he like an alien or something?” Bonnie asked her brother, admonishing her for the comment, but Tokoyami didn’t seem to mind it much.

     “Yes, this is Tokoyami... As you can see, he is a little different from us visually, but we are the same on the inside. Some of our powers just manifest in different ways on our person.” Iida explained.

     “I see, sorry for thinking you were a Pokemon” Ash remarked a bit bashful.

      “It’s fine; it wasn’t the first time, and it won’t be the last. I know how my looks can seem to people who don’t usually see people like me every day.” Tokoyami remarked

      "Wait, so does that mean there are a lot of people like, From where are you all from?” Clemont asked, and Tokoyami gave a stanch nod.

     "Oooh, these are for me.” Uraraka asked as she approached the orbs that Tokoyami placed on the ground. 

     “Yes, Momo thought that even if you were with Midoriya, it would be wise to be able to defend yourself in case of his absence. They are only 100 tons each, though, so you won’t be getting much of a workout from them.” Tokoyami explained.

     “No, no, that’s fine. I don’t think I’ll need heavier ones; I can find other ways for me to train anyway. Given the weight, Momo expended nearly everything just to create this for me, so it's fine. Tell her I said thanks, and I owe her one.” Uraraka remarked 

     “1…1…100 tons! What you can’t be serious! How are you going to carry that around?” Clemot replied completely stomping as he observed the orbs sitting on the ground; they were dark orbs the size of maybe a medium-sized bowling ball or 

      “Is that really heavy?” Serena asked

      “To put that into a scale, just one of these would equal nearly 200 snorlaxes." Clemont remarked this allowed the group to let the number sink in as the group looked at the in comparison small orbs on the ground compared to the radically massive size of snorlaxes they envisioned stacked up on top of each other. 

      "Woah, that’s so hardcore, and you were able to carry that with just your wings..you must be really strong.” Ash remarked.

      “I simply try my best.” Tokoyami remarked simply with a shrug of his shoulders.

      “He’s not one to usually flaunt his strength; that would be Bakugo.” Uraraka commented. 

     “He’s very humble. Ribbit.” She remarked, laying a peck on the side of his cheek, causing his feather to puff out a bit as he flushed from the action.

     “Are you going to be traveling with us too?” Bonnie asked 

     “No, I’m in charge of watching over X if he ever decides to leave Vaniville Town, speaking of which, Serena, we spoke to your sister earlier today so she knows of us as well.” Tokoyami remarked

      “Oh? Y came to greet you all? How come?” Serena asked

      “I imagine that she’s worried about X given we still don't know which of the guardians tasked us with your protection.” Tokoyami replied.

     “Yeah, that sounds like her; if you see her again, do let her know that I’ll be starting my journey so I won’t be coming home for a while.” Serena remarked, and Tokoyami nodded before sharing one last hug with Nix and taking his leave as fast as he came. 

The group continued walking not before Clemont was eager to see how uraraka was going to move all that weight by herself and the girl demonstrated by tapping each of them with her hand before simply lifting them it took some effort but once they started moving they were already in motion before using her gravitic attraction on her self to make sure they stay with her, tapping herself 6 times with her gravity knuckles as she called them to increase the gravity on her by 6 times and causing the orbs to hover just above her head as she walked, Clemont asked if walking with that much-increased gravity would be a strain to her but she explained that compared to her training from the last place she was 6x was a breeze her teacher would put her under 20x gravity and have her do hero duties in which Uraraka explained which was a lot of work. This led to a talk about heroes once more and how heroes work where they came from. Iida was the one to explain that back where they came from, heroes were similar to police officers but special in that they were able to use their quirks during the job.

Clemont remarked that why couldn’t a normal police officer use their extra abilities? Truthfully, he didn’t know the distinction between heroes and police was always that one could use powers while the other couldn’t; it was decided long before they were born. It could give jobs to those who were less fortunate in the ability they were given, allowing everyone to feel a sense of unity and equality, but it was never something touched on in their classes. The conversation soon took them into the forest, but it had been suddenly put on hold as the ground started to rumble around them. Uraraka, Tsu, and Iida took up defensive positions around the others and scanned over the environment. It was Iida who spotted them first as his suit sensors gave a pang of warning. It was a stampede of what looked like rhinos, but just as he was about to take evasive maneuvers, several black tendrils suddenly wrapped around the three competing rhinos, but also as they rose, they noticed that three more rhinos were in the back. 

 Ash took out his pokedex to scan them, although Serena could already identify them as Rhyhorn. 

Rhyhorn the spike Pokémon: With a one-track mind. Once it charges, it won’t stop running until it falls asleep.

Midoriya called out to them down below and asked if all of them were alright, and the group waved back, explaining that they were doing just fine, or at least they were, until something else started to drive up to them in complete astonishment at what was happening as eight Rhyhorn had been suspended in midair along with their riders. The person riding was Officer Enny, who remarked to tell their friend to put all the racers back down on the track, which Midoriya tentatively did, placing them ahead of where they were postponed on the ground. She told the riders that they could just head over to the finish line, the race would be discounted, and they would go again after she got this predicament settled. The racers followed her instructions and continued on her way.

Officer Jenny waited until the boy in the air had gotten down examining him as much as she could to see how he was able to do any of that but not finding anything stuck to the problem at hand, she asked them what were they doing in the middle of a rhyhorn race track, Iida was the first one to counter this and remark that there were no signs or indications that the current pathway was a race course which after a courtesy glance around the officer admitted to that being a slight issue although people usually know this already which meant that they were newcomers into the town, which all of them agreed to she let out a brief sigh and remarked that they would let them off the hook and show them around as they went over towards the town square of odyssey village.

There was a giant jumbotron TV that displayed the race as it was ongoing. Many people waited in the stands or next to the TV itself as they cheered for their racer to win. On the screen, it was a tight knight race with the fifth racer in the lead. The kids were completely enamored by the spectacle of the races. Serena explained that they have even larger race tracks in larger cities and that the race track now that she could get a good look at it was fairly easy and likely for beginners. Officer Jenny remarked that there would be a special race in the coming day and that Ash or any of them could participate if they wanted to, although only one participant was remaining, so only one of them could join. Ash seemed to be the most excited about joining, so he was offered up as their elective to go, and with that done, Jenny took all of them towards the stables; it was here where racers would be able to pick and choose their Rhyhorns from the flock. 

The group examined them for a moment while other potential racers did the same, some even already having mounted a couple of them with the rancher present. Jenny went back to continue with her work, and Ash took note of a specific Rhyhorn next to the fence that was drinking water; he was about to make his way over to it. although given the angle, he was coming from Serena stopped him from touching the Pokemon and remarked that he should instead come from the front very slowly to ensure the Pokemon didn’t get scared and begin to run. She steadily approached as she put her hand out and brushed along the Rhyhorn's rough skin; it nudged into her touch affectionately, prompting her to remark that this Rhyhorn, in particular, was gentle and smart, which, going off the girl's judgment, Ash opted to select that Rhyhorn in particular. 

Clemont remarked that she was a natural in rhyhorn prompting Serena to mention that her mother was a major rhyhorn racer so she would often train her to handle rhyhorn ever since she was little, the rancher overhearing the conversation came over and remarked that she did look familiar and she must have been grace’s daughter which Serena confirmed Ash asked about was Serena mom seen as a big deal and the Rancehr nodded as she remarked that grace held the world record for the most consecutive wins in a row in rhyhorn racing which was a whopping 25 victories which she used to add that if the apple didn’t far from the tree than Ash would have no better teacher to show him the ropes before going over and attending to another potential racer that seemed to be having difficulty with their rhyhorn. 

Ash remarked that her mom must have been good and she would likely grow to be just as good as her in rhyhorn racing; however, Serena replied that she doesn’t really like rhyhorn racing that much and she wondered if there was something out there that she would be more passionate about something else out there in the world. Iida commented that he knew full well about such a decision when he was growing up; his family was all family of heroes under the banner of Ingenium, but when he was growing up, his family had constantly assured him that he could go into any field that he wanted to and he didn’t have to follow them, although he eventually did end up doing so regardless. Serena wondered if her mother would be that accepting of her not going into rhyhorn racing; it didn’t seem like it, but maybe that was because she wasn’t doing anything so far in life; her mother was a hard worker, and she wanted her children to be the same in whatever they put their minds to. When Y started up in fly training school, she seemed to relent to her path, so maybe if she can find her own, she would be the same, she thought. 

Serene was disturbed from her thoughts as Ash asked her to help train her, remarking that she would be the best one qualified to help him, which Clemont and Bonnie both agreed with, so she went along with the flow and decided to help the boy. The two gestured over to the rancher and remarked that they would like to select the rhyhorn next to them to practice with, and the rancher agreed as well as offering to give them something to wear so that they wouldn’t get their clothes dirty by getting thrown off by the mud, and Ash gladly accepted. The rancher even offered to give Serena one herself, which the girl also accepted as they went inside the hut next to the holding pin.

It took a moment, but Serena was the first one to come out with a pink jumper suit on, and her hair pulled up with two pins in her hair. She commented on how she looked, and everyone said she looked great. She also mentioned that the rancher allowed her to sew on a heart-shaped patched down her on her left thigh. Ash came out second, still getting ready as he pushed the upper portion of his jumper on, whereas his jumper was blue. Serena asked for his opinion about how she looked, and he responded similarly to everyone else that she looked nice as he finally was prepared to start practicing. 

Serena approached the rhyhorn first, stepping slowly forward, whose movement was followed by the rhyhorn's eye; its body was still relaxed as she did so. Ash followed in the girl's footsteps, steadily making his way so that he wouldn’t scare the Pokemon walking up beside the girl. She pointed to a section of the pokemon's thick hide where he would place his foot, where the more hard hide spiked outwards from the main body. Ash followed the girl's instructions to the letter, placing his foot down and trying to climb on top; however, as he went to do so, the Rhyhorn shook for a moment, causing him to overstep his target, making him fly over the Pokemon and crash into the dirt.

It seemed that simply getting on the Rhyhorn was going to be a bit more difficult than he thought Ash remarked out loud which Serena replied that was why he was training and asked for him to try again, he quickly got up and tried once more only to have the same result as he failed to reach his attended target this time the rhyhorn seemed to move sideways causing him to land on his stomach in the designated seat, he continued to try and try again only to get several resulting failures each time soon enough Ash asked Serena to demonstrate the proper way to get on the rhyhorn which after a moment's hesitation she did so, stepping up on the Rhyhorn and sitting down as easy if sitting down on a chair. 

The girl explained that she wanted to see what he was doing wrong before commenting, but the reason Ash was having such a difficult time getting on the Rhyhorn was his foot placement when stepping up. She gave an example by tapping the foot along the rhyhorn’s flank, making it start to walk forward. Serena explained that the way Rhyhorn racers control rhyhorns was by the precise movements of their feet on their bodies, so when Ash was stepping on the rhyhorn, he was also giving instructions to the Pokemon and telling it to move in a certain direction, which made it harder for him, and that he needed to be light-footed when stepping on, as she tapped for it to stop, which it did, but it had also suddenly started to screech and buck around, attempting to knock her off. This would have worked until the suddenly Midoriya black whip was there, completely stopping the rhyhorn from moving and forcing it to a laying down position. 

Serena thanked Midoriya for the help and got off, and Midoriya let the Rhyhorn go as it turned towards Serena and started to brush up against her leg, but not only that one, as all the other Rhyhorns had started to enclose around the girl. Tsu asked if she was going to be okay, and Midoriya remarked that none of the pokemon were tripping his danger sense, so it seemed that they didn’t want to harm the girl, which was confirmed true as when the group all surrounded her, they all started to rub and nuzzle her; they were like big rocky cuddle bugs. The affections Serea was receiving from the group caused Bonnie to get jealous, as she wanted to be nuzzled as well by the large, cute Pokemon. Her brother had held her arm, holding her back from running straight into the horn of Pokemon. Midoriya remarked that it should be fine and he could go with her if he wanted, and the boy relented in doing so, heading over with the girl towards the horde of Pokemon at a much slower pace not to spook them, which was followed by the others, who wanted a more close-up look at the rhino-like Pokemon. 

The group all patted and accepted licks from the Pokemon before it was time for Ash to get back to training, so everyone left off to the side except Serena and Ash as they started to practice once more. Ash was thrown off a couple of times before he finally managed to get a hold of the reigns.

Now it was only a matter of getting a hold of the beast proper as it bounced around. Ash asked about what he should do now, and Serena was quick to tell him, informing him to close his mouth before so that he wouldn’t bite his tongue and keep a steady hold of the reigns while plating his feet, but the last piece of advice was to “be one with Rhyhorn”, and it was at that moment she realized that she was directly quoting what her mother had told her two days prior when they were doing morning practice. The Rhyhorn seemed to be about to charge for a moment, running headlong into the hut, but suddenly stopped in the next moment. Ash had managed to tame his first Rhyhorn, which the group commended him for. Serena noted how Ash always tried his best no matter what he did, causing her to think more about her past with her mother and consider if maybe she put in a little more effort she would have liked Rhyhorn racing a bit more or at least thought differently about it.

The two continued to practice a bit more into the late night getting a firm grasp on how to walk and turn and after some begging from the Ash having Midoriya take the Rhyhorn out of the pin and allow him to get a firm grasp on how its running would be like in the race even getting three laps on the race course, the group decided to settle in for the night at the nearest pokemon center, it was free for trainers under the age of 16 to join but others would have to pay which would be hard to do since they had no money to do so and while the teens were ok with doing so Clemont was adamant that he could simply pay for the four of them to sleep in with them it was the least he could do and would prevent them from having to sleep in the forest the group had decided that it would be ok and decided to join them in the pokemon center where they could finally rest in a proper bed for the first time since they got here, part of them felt for the others still in the forest but they were tough so they could manage. 

As night fell, the two groups were located in different rooms from each other, and while most of the eight-party group had been sleeping in their own collective beds, two of their members just so happened to be up and about during the nighttime. Serena wanted to make some cookies for the group, so she went into the kitchen and let her fennekin run freely for a bit, as it was likely feeling a bit ignored being in its pokeball all day. Serena was partially surprised when she was joined by someone else; it was Uraraka. The girl nearly dropped the tray in her hand; she was so surprised.

     "Sorry, I didn’t mean to surprise you there.” uraraka remarked

     “No, no, it’s fine. What are you doing up? Is something wrong?” Serena asked

     “Nah, I was just heading back from the bathroom, and I smelled something nice coming in from the kitchen and decided to investigate. You are baking cookies?” Uraraka asked, pointing to the tray in her hands.

     “Oh, yeah... I guess I wanted to surprise everyone with some cookies after the race as a celebration of Ash’s completing his first Rhyhorn race.” Serena replied as she placed the tray on the stove before taking the second one and also putting it in. 

     “I’m sure they’ll all appreciate it; I would have helped you if you asked... I’m not as good of a cook as some other of my friends, but I like to help out when I can.” Uraraka remarked

      “It's fine; you all are already watching out for Ash and the rest of us, so it's the least I could do to offer you guys something in return.” Serena remarked, and Uraraka gave a nod in confirmation, but the girl, having seen this, still opted to help her at least clean up the dishes as they continued to talk. 

Uraraka asked about how Serena knew Ash, and the girl explained how she had met him when they were younger; he had helped her out during a scary time in summer camp in the Kanto region. It was their first time meeting since then, although the boy seemed to have forgotten her despite her going through the trouble of holding on to his handkerchief for that entire time. She had remarked absentmindedly, causing Uraraka to chuckle lightly, which caused  Serena to flush madly, asking if she said that out loud, and Uraraka answered with another chuckle as she nodded her head.

     “It’s nice that you held on to it for so long; I have done something similar with Midoriya; he gave me this all-might figurine for Christmas, and I’ve always kept it with me ever since.” Uraraka remarked

     “All might?” Serena questioned 

     “It’s one of his greatest inspirations, and he was also our hero teacher when we were in school,” Uraraka explained as she left the room for a moment and reentered, showing the girl the small keychain figure of the muscled man in red, blue, and white. 

     “I’ve always carried it around even during hero duties, probably as inspiration for myself and maybe just to feel a bit closer to him if we were ever away.” Uraraka remarked as he took the figure back from her and placed it in her pocket. The revelation was a bit stunning to Serena, as the girl talked about her feelings so openly.

      "Wait. Does that mean you like him?” Serena asked, and this got another playful chuckle from the girl. 

     “Well, we're going out, so I would hope I like him.” Uraraka responded jokingly, Serena looked back and framed the two interactions a lot differently instead of just being close friends; her thought quickly swapped the interaction to be her and Ash instead, which caused her face to redden even more.

      “I’m sure that you’ll get your chance as well.” Uraraka mentioned towards the girl driving her from her thoughts.

     "Wh-what do you mean... is it that obvious?” Serena replied first and then swapped the question when Uraraka gave her a knowing look.

     "Well, let's just say I was in your shoes once before, so reading it comes naturally to me.” Uraraka replied, placing a placating hand on her shoulder for a moment before the oven dinged along with the Fennekin letting out a chirp itself, signaling that the cookies were done. Together, the two got the cookies out of the oven, separated them equally, and wrapped them up in small bags, which Serena took back to her room to place in her bag. 

Since the conversation of boyfriends came up, she was also interested in something she saw preciously as she asked about Tsu and the guy that had come early to give her her stuff and asked if they were also dating. Uraraka confirmed so and explained that she could understand how it may seem a bit weird with the birdhead and all, but to them, people like Tokoymai were also normal, so it didn’t affect them, and she also explained that he’s also a pretty nice guy, if not sometimes a bit...dramatic, but she thinks Tsu finds that charming, but this got Uraraka thinking of something in return, which was what the situation was with Pokemon and human relationships, if it was a thing or not? 

Serena explained that it was a part of the reason why she asked if pokemon-human relationships were something that she’d heard about but never really experienced firsthand, which she ensured to clarify once more—not that she was thinking of Tokoyami as a Pokemon but that it just brought up the scenario in her head—but Uraraka waved her concerned away and ensured that it was ok; abnormal was just different for everyone, so they weren’t going to fault anyone there because of it. 

As the two were heading off to bed Serena wanted to make sure of something first that the girl didn’t tell Ash that she liked him, and Uraraka assured her she wouldn’t dream of doing something like that, although she warned her that the pink girl from before Mina had a nasty habit of being a little hands-on when it came to love affairs, so she should try to hide her emotions a bit better when around her if they meet up again. Serena kept that in mind, and with that, the two bid farewell as they separated into their rooms to sleep the rest of the night away.

********************************

A New Fighting Arena: Elliot, Tierno, Trevor, Bakugo, Kirishima, Mina, Sero 

The group morning having spent the night in Sycamore’s lab was mostly the same since their time in the forest other than having a roof over their head and a proper mattress instead of air things were mainly the same, the food, however, was different thing having to eat either extremely processed and enhanced food or fruit was fine but definitely would have lost its luster by the third day the prospect of killing and eating pokemon came up and there was no doubt in anyone of their teen's minds that the action was likely normal but for them, it still felt somewhat wrong which went double for Koda which could talk to them and then there was a compounding issue on how to properly cook and prepare for the food to not potentially be poisonous or something that wasn’t edible to them so the group unanimously decided to just not do that although having talk to the professor he remarked that a good majority of pokemon are safe for consumption disregarding obvious examples such as Poison types or certain schools of water types which was nice to know for future reference at least.

The group ate a more traditional breakfast, however, which mainly involved cereal. Although it was weird for them to imagine that the milk that they were drinking was miltank milk instead of traditional cows, there wasn’t as much of a scattering difference when they thought about it. As the group finished their breakfast things reverted to the previous day as more and more questions flooded into the professor and his two assistants' minds regarding the teens and their powers liking their abilities to that of other Pokemon that they knew such as bakugo nitroglycerin-like sweat being compared to a Bakugames or a Turtonator as the group had called it that he could explode at will along his body, Ashido’s acid was extremely potent even more so than the poison that was secreted from Dragalge which could even sink tankers and melt through the entire floor by accident which luckily for them was only a single drop which didn’t cause that much damage, Sero’s was interesting as the ability to sharpen an object normally as flimsy as paper into something as sharp as a blade was similar to grass types abilities with leaves such razor leaf, the last one Kirishima was hard to draw a comparison to his ability was similar to the move harden but worked similar to protect offering a barrier of some kind between his actual flesh and the outer elements.

Further evaluation of their biology showed how similar in part they were to each other except for something they referred to as a quirk factor, which allowed their abilities to work; however, on a more primitive level than that, their bodies and bone structure were even similar to that of a Rhyhrons, nearly 1000x times that of the traditional person, which was completely divorced with the powers that they had, at least for two of them. For Kirishima and Bakugo, it made sense that their bodies would be enhanced to survive their power, but the other had no such reasoning other than Ashido’s body resistance to her acid. The teens remarked that the quirk factor in itself was something that was granted well in their case normal, but in this place superhuman attributes as some sort of humanity evolution to accept their power more easily. 

After the check-up, it became clear that the teens weren’t of this world; however, they put a pause on any questions to further that end given their problems with answering where they had come from, which halted all the momentum, and remarked that it would just be simple to just refer to them as aliens, and for the moment they were satisfied with that response. After Sycamore did some digging through the national laws on immigration, he figured that he could get them some identification or maybe even full citizenship, but it would take some time. It was lucky that all of them had been aged 16 or older, as that would allow them to be trialed as adults instead of children, but there would be a lot of work for them to do to earn such a thing, which was a varying degree of annoyance coming from all of the teens involved. 

The last order of topics to discuss was with Zygarde originally; they only had the teen's description of what they saw happen, but Bakugo reminded Kirishima of his quirk awakening Red Riot: Adaptable, which allowed him to further adapt his body to a situation, and in this case, it means recalling a memory, but he could also push it further to even have others recall his memory from the event, but it required them to remain in contact with him the entire time. While doing so, the group all huddled around in a circle, which included professor Sycamore, Dexio, Sina, Elliot, and Trevor. While Mina and Sero placed a hand on Kirishima's back to help him with the memory as well as from their thoughts, Bakugo refused Trevor's request to take pictures for him, but Sero had him for that, and he used his awakening to telekinetically control his tape to get the perfect shots of the action from all angles. Kirishima’s body hardened, the extra layer taking over before it seemingly broke apart, opening, leaving a lingering wire to pop out almost like it was apart of his nervous system. Which intrigued the scientist and even Trevor but weirded everyone else out.

The appendage split off into five different even smaller wires before going out amongst the circle approaching steadily before tapping into conjoint with each of the people's heads, Mina’s and series' hands had also conjoined with the teen's back indicating that it was working in someway and just a moment later everyone had started to see what had transpired the day beforehand the group in the forest the green blob that was suspended in a cage of light before breaking free and conjoining together to form a qaudreped like being and speaking to them and telling them what they knew before dashing off the memory ended their and soon after Kirishima had to stop as well  as the wires quickly rewound themselves into his arm and the crack fixed itself as good as knew as Ashido’s and Sero’s arms were ejected from his back, Kirishima had to take a moment to catch his breath as it was the first time he held something like that for so long between so many people, but the scientist were just to amazed on just about everything that they to were frozen trying to collect themselves on everything they saw, a potential new legendary, the aliens visitors, and this incredible ability was a lot to take in at the moment. 

Trevor eagerly wanted to fetch his camera, which Sero lowered to him while Elliot was still trying to shift things around in his mind, trying to keep the memory of what he just saw, but he could feel it fading away, almost like waking up from a dream. If he stayed focused on it, he could remember it, but if he lost track for only a moment, it would completely disappear from his mind entirely. 

The time finally caught up to the scientist when another assistant remarked that Alexa was here, causing Sycamore to get up and greet her, urging the other two into action, as well as they wanted to hurry up and research any sightings of the individual Pokemon that they could; it could be the discovery of the century. While not their primary research field, it was still a huge thing that they could explore and talk about before anyone else, which made them extremely giddy. With that out of the way, Elliott told Trevor that they should get back on the road, and the teens were set to follow him. 

As they stepped foot into the living room, the group came upon Alexa, who greeted each of them; she wanted to interview them as well, but Sycamore remarked that he would likely have the answers to her questions, and even more given that he examines, which the reporter was also eager to find out about, and ultimately decided to let them go. He didn’t want to stop the kids from continuing on their adventure, especially given the time-sensitive nature of Elliot since he wants to participate in the Kalos league coming up. 

Alexa reluctantly agreed but wanted them to promise to give her an interview sometime later, which they all agreed with, although Bakugo simply said that he would Think about it. As the group was setting out to leave, a message from the group chat from 

Tierno read: 

“Yo, so check this out. I’m out on route five right now, and it's just hopping with wild Pokemon! If some of you guys are still near Luminous City, you should come to check it out.” 

So the group started to make their way out. Given that the teens were still not supposed to be inside the city, they had to go out the back and remarked that they would meet both Trevor and Elliot once more when they got outside the gate. As they wet out the back way, using the cover of Sycamore’s lab, they flew over the gate, each of them being unique in how they flew. Mina hd showed case her awakening which allowed her to shift the state of matter that her acid would come out as, shifting into a plasma state which allowed her to expelled jets of plasma as propulsion for her and allow her to fly through the air which Alexa noted was similar to the fire and ice boy from two nights prior except in a more purple color instead of his red, Bakugo used his explosion to fly off having done so before being the most natural while, Sero had used his tape to create artificial wings similar to that flying pokemon’s although her referred to them as “angel”  wings the name being completely lost on her and the professor, he also spard extra for his friend kirishima although whether this was showing a limit to his adaptability or just to spare them the time was left for them to speculate about. 

Trevor and Elliot waved goodbye to the professor and thanked him for allowing them to stay the night as they took their leave toward the Route 5 exit of Lumiose City. Elliot asked if they should see if Shauna was still around, but the girl pinged in the group chat that she had already left ahead of them similar to Calem before her, which he shrugged his shoulders at as the two continued to walk through the city. Trevor seemed excited to show Tierno and the others his pictures of what they had just experienced, but that still didn’t stop him from getting overly curious about the minute details of Pokemon that the two had passed by and took pictures of or asked to take pictures of in the case that they had belonged to somebody else, which he was mainly 80% able to get as some seemed creeped out by his eagerness for such small things and turned him down.

They continued to walk towards the exit, where it was Elliot's turn to slow down as he got a call from his father. He waved Trevor to go on ahead while he answered his phone. He had an inkling of what his father would call him about, and predictably he was wondering about his wellbeing, and if he was alright, coincidentally, he attempted to inform him about the garchomp event from before, which was revealed to be caused by the professor's garchomp, so him directly heading there was a concern for him and even his mother to a certain point. He told him how he knew about that, added even more detail, and shed some more light on the scenario and how a third-party group called Team Rocket had attached a device to its neck, which caused it to go wild.

Hearing the name Team Rocket set off a big red flag from his father as he asked mainly to himself why the organization would be in this region; they had never acted this far away before, at least from what he knew about them. To stop his father's worries from getting too bad and maybe even thinking about detaining him, he told him of how it may have been simply a separate squadron, not the whole organization itself. He told him how he ran into a boy called Ash, and these three Team Rocket members have been chasing him from region to region ever since he started his journey at the beginning of the year.

However, this only raised even more questions in his father's eyes as he questioned who this boy was and why they would be chasing him. Is he dangerous? Was he with him at that moment? Team Rocket wasn’t an organization that wasted time on petty things. He attempted to answer his father's questions as best as possible, first remarking that the members had already been arrested so there was no need to be concerned about them causing trouble again, but also that he wasn’t traveling with Ash but instead his neighbors, like he originally set out within the first place, but then defended Ash and remarked that he seemed younger than he was and didn’t seem like someone capable of being dangerous even if he tried. 

His father however only remarked that what he said was mostly conjecture and he had no idea what the boy could have done in the past or in other regions which must have been something to draw the group's Ire he will keep a look out on the claims that the group have been arrested but that didn’t mean they were in the clear Team Rocket posses many members and there no telling who could be one so he wanted to make sure that he stayed away from this Ash kid so he could stay out of trouble, Elliot would have liked to argue but it probably would do nothing to sway his dads mind so he simply agreed it was better than him wanting him to return home anyways and if he accidentally ran into Ash again then he couldn’t be blamed for it.

His mother took the phone from his father and this time asked about a lighter subject, talking about where he was currently and how far he’d gotten. He informed her that he was just heading out of Lumioise City now and headed off on route 5 towards Camphrier town based on a request from the professor himself, and that wasn’t all in turned out dad was right about the stone; it was indeed a mega stone, which she was happy to hear, and he finished off the call by telling the both of them that he had beaten the bug-type gym leader and had signed up for the Kalos league, which they both supported and clapped for accomplishment.

His parents allowed him to be on his way telling him to be safe and to always try his best before hanging up the phone, Elliot was relieved he didn’t have to return home but he was still worried about the whole guardian business and he hurried up to catch up to Trevor before he got too far, he was in thought as he entered the checkpoint trying to figure out a way for him to explain to his parents that having aliens around him with supernatural abilities was a good idea he could frame it in a way that they were assigned to protect him which his father would sure like and if he was accepting of them then his mother would follow suit as well the only thing he needed to convince her was if they were nice people which from what he has seen so far of them was mainly true beside one which seemed a bit grouchy and normally that likely also wouldn’t be an issue but with the power he has he could see both his mom and father having questions about his company.  

He was in the midst of his thoughts before someone called out for his attention this was a man in an all-pink dress suit who called himself Mr. Bonding he was offering a trainer like himself something he called “O-Power” it could do a great deal many things but only for a temporary time he had had a great deal many things such as raise the special and regular attack, defense, stealth, hatching, capture, encounter, health, experience, speed, power, and accuracy of a pokemon a failing that he also offered a bargain sale which would get him 10% of anything he bought at any pokemart although he could only choose two from the selection of offering they had refiled over a day and if given maxim efficacy can be used about four times a day except for the bargain that was a one and done deal.  

He carefully weighed his options and thought about what he should do, ultimately deciding that he would go with the experience bonding power; it would help in the long run with training his Pokemon and trying to evolve them. The second he chose was lure bonding, just to make it easier to find the pokemon he would be looking for, although only one of them even remained in the region so far, but it would be faster than simply searching for it by himself when he could just attract pokemon to him, making it a free lure in a way. 

He continued forward after the man did a weird trial as he announced that it was bonding time, which was somewhat weird, but people around them seemed to not notice, so he played it off and continued forward. Route five was somewhat different from Route 4, instead of being a row of trees and forest with a pathway down the center, and as you closed into the gate, there was a large garden instead. Route 5 was different in that the trees and forest were more cleared away, and in its place, it was put in a skate park. As he passed, he could see several people enjoying their time skating with skateboards or even roller skates, doing several tricks and stunts that he couldn’t imagine pulling off. 

He only had to walk a few dozen meters before he came upon his friends once more, but it seemed that whatever festivities had been happening came and passed while he was talking with his parents or with the Mr. Bonding guy.

     "Wow, Pokemon Hordes sure are something,” Trevor remarked.

      “Yeah, I get what you mean; it's like an entire dance team made up entirely of Pokemon." Tierno remarked

     “Do you ever think about anything besides dancing?“ Trevor asked

      “Nope! Even during battle, I’m always checking out their moves, and then My Feet Moves with the rhythm. I just can’t help it, you know? It’s probably why I like sword dancing, but maybe it does hamper my fighting style a little bit though,” Tierno remarked.

    "Oh, Big E, you just missed it. There was a group of scraggy here just a moment ago.” Trevor remarked, waving him over.

     “Oh yeah? Did you catch one of them?” Elliott remarked as he slowed down to talk to the two of them.

     “No, they seemed to have just been going somewhere east." I don’t know where; Tierno just seemed to be watching them move around and help each other when I arrived.” Trevor remarked

      "Yeah, they didn’t seem to be out attacking anybody, so might as well let them be. Ya'know, so what about you, Big-E? It seemed a lot had happened since we parted from the city. Has your Pokemon learned any new moves? Oh, better yet, how about you show me in a Pokemon battle?” Tierno suggested holding out his pokeball, and Elliot offered a shrug before clicking his pokeball against the boy’s own. The only Pokemon he had that could grow this quickly would be Evergreen, so he offered that despite the type of advantage that he would have to do.

The three of them began to go off to the side to give themselves some room for the battle so they didn’t interfere with other passersby. Elliot wasn’t surprised when the Pokemon that was chosen was the Squirtle that Tierno had just recently received from Sycamore. Just as they were about to begin their battle, Tierno was distracted by none other than the teens descending among them, briefly startling Trevor. They appeared right next to him, almost completely silent as they flew down and landed next to him. They had been waiting among the trees so that they wouldn’t draw too much attention to the group, unlike before, when Baugo seemed to change into more normal clothing and he lacked his braces on his arms.

The arrival of the teens was expected of him so he recovered quickly and focused back on the match at hand this was still a money match after all even if only for 500, he ordered Evergreen to use Vine Whip and the chespin followed suit as Green tendrils extended from his back and surge forth at his adversary his words seemingly snapping Tierno back into the action just as the attack managed to reach his target striking the turtle once but the followed up strike was whiffed as Tienor asked for the pokemon to withdraw and it did so going inside of its shell causing the second whip to miss its strike  before he followed up with another attack this time rapid spin the turtle pokemon started to spin around rapidly before surging forth quickly, he quickly told evergreen to dodge out of the way of the strike which evergreen was able to do so however Tierno wasn’t done with just that as he order the turtle to exit out of its shell in that moment and use water gun as a rapid stream of water darted from the pokemon mouth directly at evergreen his pokemon was hit dead center being as he was already in the midst of doging the previous attack although the attack wasn’t to effective but offered the large kid a chance to use his next move rain dance as small clouds manifested above the battlefield and began to drizzle down upon them.

The turtle pokemon started to stomp its feet and do a twirl and Tierno mirrored its movement remarking that it was time to get the show on the road as he launched another water gun this one enhanced by the rain dance was stronger than before as the water from the rain seemed to coalesce around the water fired from the turtle mouth but he wasn’t worried as he mirrored Tierno play by using rollout evergreen spines glowed and enlargened before the grass type tucked into a roll evading the strike as it rolled around and charged forwards under the blast of water, the Squirtle seemed to be taken by surprise by the move and was hit directly in the chest, the rollout sprint around and came back at the small mon and Tierno thought quickly and used withdraw once more having the turtle hurdle up but this was a poor choice of decisions Elliot remarked.

Chespin struck along the flank of the creature's shell bouncing the shell around as it passed by before coming back once more even harder repeating the action four more times the last time the Chespin whole body seemed to be glowing bright white with energy as it struck the turtle in the shell and forcibly making it come out as the heavy hit of the last rollout landed and Elliot didn't miss the opportunity requesting evergreen to use bite Chespin teeth grew big and glowed white before chomping down on the squirtle’s leg and slamming it down on the ground where it fell unconscious. 

    “Dang, it seems you did get a gain a few steps while we were apart.” Tierno remarked as he recalled his Squirtle into his Pokeball.

     “Well yeah, rollout is a move that gets progressively stronger the more it hits, so turtling up was just a bad play on your part.” Elliot commented as he recalled Evergreen thanking it for the victory.

     “Tell me why I’m not surprised to see that your Squirtle knows rain dance. It’s almost like when it comes to you, dancing is always involved.” Trevor remarked as he made his way over along with the others.

     “Well obvious, Trevs; making the world's greatest Pokemon dance team is my dream after all! I won’t ever stop, especially with moves like this!” Tieno commented before busting down once more with a large spin move; this gained a round of applause from the pink girl next to him.

     “Eh, another free spirit dancer! I like dancing as well.” Mina remarked getting closer with gymnastics twist and twirl, making Tierno take a step back in surprise but awwed by the girl's moves.

     “It just feels so good to give yourself to the rhyme, right!? My name is Tierno, by the way.” Tierno remarked holding out his hand.

     “You can call me Ashido; these three behind me are Bakugo, Kirishima, and Sero.” Mina announced gesturing to three other boys behind her.

     “Yo, Big-E, and Shauna filled me in somewhat on what has been happening. I can’t believe you guys are even real. There has been a lot of talk on the net about whether you guys are fake or not.” Tierno remarked.

     “Oh yeah, Shauna even shared a viral clip of Mr. Bakugo in a fight with a crawdaunt.” Trevor remarked

     "Oh, really, let me see. What do the comments say?” Sero asked the boy as he pulled out his phone and started to show him, Kirishima joined over as well and they started to load the video it was uploaded by the kid that they had recorded from before which in retrospect wasn’t that surprising for the kid to do it was uploaded on something the place called pokevision which was essentially the youtube of there world, there wasn’t much to see from the fighting aspect as it was a quick match but people still lapped it up, comments arguing if it was fake or real, some calling it probably a promotion video a even a couple of comments remarking that that saw a similar boy during the garchomp rampage a day prior although those itself would spawn its internal chain of comments debating the authenticity. 

Similar to their world site the more views and engagement something got the more it would be pushed toward the front page of the site, it didn’t topple the ground footage from the garchomp incident however showing the massive hyper beam carving down the street paths or attacking helicopters in the mid-air but it did surpass other clips of that night it was shaky cam footage also of the event but some of it included them as well, sero wanted to watch one video which seemed to get him specifically using his tape to stop a street light from hitting someone before zipping away towards the next target, it made him seem super cool although the comments were just talking about what his tape was some thinking it was like spider silk or something others thinking it was…. Paper towels or toilet paper, which he rolled his eyes at before handing the phone back over.

The group continued with their adventure this time, with the seven of them proceeding forward, all headed towards Camphrier City. Trevor was sure to show Tierno the picture they had taken in the morning revolving around Kirishima’s ability, which he was blown away at, although most of his conversation was taken up with Mina as the two discussed dancing and shared tips for the other. Mina heard him talk about a Pokemon dance team and was curious if there were Pokemon dance competitions, but unfortunately, there weren't. There were standard human dance groups that he could be a part of, but he also wanted to include Pokemon into his routine. The closest thing to a Pokemon dance competition would be the Pokemon showcases, but it was only potentially a side thing in a myriad of other side things that didn’t involve dancing, like baking, dressing up, and even Rhyhorn wrangling. It was something Shauna was into, so she could probably tell more about it.

Mina remarked that he was trying to be a trendsetter. He rubbed the back of his head flushed and kind of agreed with that sentiment; he didn’t know how many people would like to see both humans and Pokemon dancing as a dancing group in itself is already not that much of a thing to begin with, but Mina remarked that adding Pokemon could splice things up and, depending on how it was done, could add the flare that some may find is missing, which Tierno completed agreed with as the two continued to talk.

Bakugo had mainly minded his own business but there was one thing that he wanted to find out about the world and the battle previously brought up the same question as he asked Elliot if the Pokemon could only learn four moves and Elliot remarked that in terms of pokemon battling this was mainly true which was done for the sake of entertainment and simplicity for the kids involved but outside of those pokemon could learn a plethora of skills and knowledge and retain it for themselves, although the trainer would also have to remember them which is why he makes sure to jot down in his notes the moves his pokemon knows so that he never forgets as pokemon will first and foremost listen to them for instruction instead of doing their things during battles which bakugo scoffed at but didn’t add on to the gesture until pushed on it by Elliot.

Although his answer came from Kirishima that their Pokemon would attack by themselves and that the trainer would fight alongside them in battles, sometimes the trainer and Pokemon would have combo attacks where the trainer would give orders but mostly the Pokemon simply did their own thing. This got Trevor's attention, and he asked if Pokemon were smarter than where they were from, which garnered a mix of reactions. Sometimes they were dumb as rocks, and others they would be a little crafty. It felt like it was so random, which could decide if you won or lost if you and your opponent were equal. Sero comments about how in this place he could see the merit of just letting the Pokemon do the fighting and more throughout being involved as you always give the orders, but Bakugo countered, stating that it just leaves them open to be disabled if they take out the trainer.

Elliot remarked that Pokemon definitely can operate without a trailer but did admit that there was a staggering loss of efficiency on their end even compared to that of traditional wild Pokemon, which he likened to a similar disconnect that domestication did to rhyhorns, but in their case, it was mostly an improvement in a matter of speaking given their small brain sizes. It was Sero who asked about the TMs and what they did, and Elliot explained that they, as the name suggested, were teaching moves that they could force a Pokemon to learn; they were decently expensive, and due to the nature of how they operate, they force a pokemon to forget a move before using it. Naturally, this spawned the question of why from Bakugo, and even Trevor, Tierno, and Elliot explained that it was simply so that the Pokemon could use it immediately if the trainer wanted it to. What the TMs do is rewrite the Pokemon’s memory so it believes that it always had the move being learned instead of the original it replaced.

This got the teens intrigued and got a nod of understanding from the others. The group began to climb a semi-steep hill, which allowed them to stop for a moment as Kirishima helped stop the fall of a skater who had accidentally slid off, earning some surprise from the group at the speed he showed to get there. The skater thanked him for the help before walking up the hill. Once they crested the top of the hill, they could see even more skaters practicing drills of weaving between a line of cones that had some others fallen off the side of the hill, which they guessed was to serve as punishment for messing up, but ultimately it wasn’t something that they were too concerned with given the grassy nature of the place and that the fall wasn’t from that high up. 

They continued on their way when the large group was stopped by two even smaller children, they had been twins and they wanted to have a Pokemon battle with the two of them in a twin pokemon battle, None of the teens had Pokemon so that left them out of the equation left just the other three to decide amongst each other, Trevor hasn’t battled yet so Tierno wanted him to go and as the winner of their bout Elliot was also selected to go against the two small children, the legal age to hold a single pokemon was six so they had been probably fresh out of camp Trevor remarked that they should probably go easy on them which Elliot agreed to both of them typed into the pokedex instead of a traditional money battle this would just be a battle for sport against them so no money would be transferred on a victory if they won. 

The four of them clicked pokeballs before backing up and making way, for this would be Elliot's' first double battle, so he was pretty enthused about it, along with Trevor as well, who remarked that he would try not to slow him down, but Elliot remarked that he shouldn’t sell himself short before four of them throughout their pokemon for him and Trevor; it was Seaquake and Trevor’s Flabébé, and they were going against a minun and plusle. Elliot was more interested in the fairy type than the two electricity types as he took out his pokedex and scanned it.

Flabébé, the single-bloom Pokemon, is not safe without the power of a flower, but it will keep traveling around until it finds one with the color and shape it wants.

Elliot found that to be interesting but quickly got back into the battle. They allowed the twin girls to have the first move, and they did as the one in charge of the plusle went first with a quick attack. The energy flowed behind the Pokemon as it charged forward directly at the Flabébé. Trevor countered the strike with fairy wind, knocking the opposing opponent away as a gust of pink wind suddenly sprang up underneath the Pokemon flower and billowed forward. This move lacked the power it would normally have as the opposite other used growl at that moment, striking both of their Pokemon and lowering their attack. Elliot commanded the seaquake to use muddy water on the minun, which it was unable to dodge out of the way in time, causing it to go splashing backward as the dark brown water hit its mark. It recovered in time and it then used a helping hand as an aura suddenly filled its partner plusle with energy, and the trainer said to use quick attack once more. Thanks to the buff, the attack was too fast for the seaquake to dodge, and the small Pokemon lashed out with its ears, striking him dead center, causing it to flinch backward a bit.

Trevor used vine whip to lash out and grab a hold of the small Pokemon, but the other ones were going to use this chance to attack Flabébé. Elliot had his back using mud and shot the marshstomp-generated mud into one of its hands before throwing it underhanded, smacking the minun in the face and halting its progress. It tried to wipe the mud out of its face, which left it open for Trevor to throw the plusle right at it, causing them to pile up on top of each other. Trevor then used fairy wind once more as Elliot used a water gun. The water carried along by the pink wind completely struck the two small Pokemon in the face, a critical hit, and as a result, both of them were knocked out.

The two pouted at the loss, but both Elliot and Trevor complimented them for their efforts. They could see what the two had been going for, with one of them being more supportive while the other was dealing with the offense, but they should probably work out some form of pattern and probably better time their attacks with each other. They shook hands with the girls before they all took their leave and continued with their journey. It took a moment, and they came upon a flower field. In this field were several apparent grind rails here and there scattered throughout, and as they moved past, they could see some people had used the rails to grind on, which, taken to the end, would reveal a care package. Some were in the field as well; they had collected a super potion, an X-attack, and even a great ball. 

They continued to walk for a couple more minutes as evening drew closer. It seemed that they wouldn’t be able to get to Camphrier City town in just a day, so they should get ready to set up camp. However, they were in for a bit of a shock when rustling came from the treeline, and out of that treeline came a small Pokemon, mostly yellow with large orange amounts of organic in the center and mohawk-type hair. Trevor took out his pokedex to scan the creatures and revealed that the Pokemon was a scrafty.

Scrafty the Hoodlum Pokémon: groups of them beat up anything that enters their territory. Each can spit acidic liquid from its mouth.

There were five of them that were steadily approaching; the one in the lead had spit at Trevor, which was quickly pulled aside by Tierno from the direction of the spit as it touched down along the tall grass, destroying the top of the grass as it burned away from the acid spit. Trevor was surprised by the Pokemon hoard. Compared to the others, he saw a bunch of Scraggy, and he wondered if the Scraggy were on the move due to this group taking over their territory, which they were now intruding on. Bakugo interpreted that as these five Pokemon wanted a fight, which he was glad to give them one as he slammed an explosive palm into his hands and stepped forwards, but it was Ashido who placed a hand on his shoulder, remarking that she wanted to take them on instead. 

There was a small bit of hesitation as he looked back to the pink girl and then to the redhead behind her. He asked her if she was sure she could take them all, and she was fairly confident in at least; she wanted to test out how strong Pokemon was herself; besides, with the acid thing, she was a perfect choice. Bakugo once more hesitated but allowed the girl to do it as she pumped a fist before she went into her suitcase and took out a pair of pink headphones that blended in nicely with her hair, along with her gloves, which she slid along her hands.

Before moving forward, she remarked that she would have liked to change into her outfit so that she wouldn’t get her clothes melted, but Elliot remarked that other than their spit, they don’t possess any acid attacks. They were fighting dark-type Pokemon, which Mina was somewhat relieved to hear, although that still left her own acid to think about while fighting. She remarked as she turned towards the five Pokemon and responded in kind to them spitting a large swath of acid from her mouth, which the Pokemon was completely surprised by when the acid melted the tall grass that had been in front of the leader. 

Mina flipped through her phone for a moment, thinking of which song she should play for the occasion when she found one that would completely light ‘em up . As she played the music, which began to blare through her speakers where the others could hear it as well, her body started to swing and swish as the music started to begin slowly, and she was the one to initiate the combat as the lyrics kicked in. Along with that, her horns changed once more as the plasma burst forth from them and then from her hands as she pointed two fingers at two members of the group and called out the pointer finger and outshot a plasma stream, striking two of their members in the chest, leaving the others in shock.

Mina was quick to close the distance on the stunned Pokemon to keep her advantage as he gracefully danced along with the song, delivering a kick that took a third member off their feet and backward before transitioning it with a rhythmic flair into another kick on the other, which managed to react in time and block but causing it to slide backward. The last one recovered from its stupor, and from  the glowing on it was attempting to use a headbutt, but the girl gracefully flipped over the attack, landing in a handstand and striking forth with another kick, this one being answered by one of the scrafties own. They collided, causing a slight shockwave to reach their spectators. 

She kept her eyes on the others as the two who got hit earlier had gotten up and charged sand into their hands for a sand attack. Ashido continued with her spin, delivering a hard kick to the closer scrafty before leaving plasma at the bottom of her shoes, creating a plasma barrier that completely turned the sand to glass before falling down. The girl flipped out over the plasma and up into the air just as another scrafty used block break as a shimmering gold aura surrounded its kick, and it slammed into the wall of plasma only to find its target missing. 

Mina quickly shot a large plasma ball down directly at the unsuspecting scrafty striking it in the top of the head and causing a small explosion they attempted to get to her as she was flying using more sand attacks but each one missed its mark or was countered by a burst of plasma from Ashido as she dropped back and charged at them, she weaved out an of the way of another head butt and jumped over a low kick  but was forced backward by a payback which she was able to guard against she had to flip three times to correct herself and waved her hands to shake off the pain from the attack, group of five had all been suddenly enlouded in a dark aura and Elliot yelled a warning as it was the move beat up which gave an increase in power to how many pokemon it on a team, the five scrafty charged forward and  Mina’s horns changed once more this time taking on a solid state and being longer form which twisted at the ends, as she placed both her hands on the ground and quickly rose the making a large acid wall in front of her to block the attack.

The five scrafty continued kicking the wall down and dropping its but; the adversary had already spent away to the sides as they turned to her. Her horns were different once more, this time taking on a gas-like state before she blew at them a cloud of purple mist. Trevor thought that the attack looked similar to a poison cloud, and the effects were too different as the Pokemon inside the cloud began to cough and their eyes started to water profusely. Mina once more changed as the song was coming to a close, changing back into her plasma state and shooting out a spark of lightning from her gauntlets, causing something she likes to call an acid chemical explosion that lit a group of five in a large purple fireball.

As the dust cleared from the explosion, it revealed that all of the Scrafty had been knocked unconscious. Tierno, Trevor, and Elliot were completely blown away by the spectacle of the display, especially Tierno in how she used music to battle and how cool it was for her to do that, and if she could teach him and even jokingly remarked to marry him, Mina commented that she would be happy to teach him a thing or two about her Rythm Rythm style fist, although she commented that she was spoken for as she turned her eyes to Kirishima, which pretended gave him a death glare and menacingly marched towards him. It was just a joke as he wrapped him around the neck and remarked that it was fine. Ashido is as cool as it gets; she always inspires others wherever she goes. 

Kirishima shared a hug with the girl, and she pecked him on the lips before the group continued to get on with setting up for the night. As the Scrafty came, they had thought they would have just run away, but it seemed the group of five of them seemed to look to Mina as their leader for the moment, which they guessed was fine for the moment, and the group of five seemed to join her and Tierno during their practice during the night, attempting to learn from the girl as the two danced the night away.

__________________

Team Rocket Breaks Out

Jesse and James had been completely befuddled by the turn of events that had transpired the day prior, they didn’t know who that twerp was that interfered with them taking the primary twerp Pikachu and now they were in a jail cell, unfortunately, it seemed that Meowth had been taking away which after some mild consideration was going to be a supreme problem for them as he was considered a wild pokemon so they would have to go searching the PC for him in the most likely case or an even worst case they would need to locate and find any pokeball that had been scattered about the police station that they found themselves in it has been a long time since they found themselves in such a predicament often just being blasted away by the twerp but that wasn’t to say they weren’t prepared any Team rocket member worth their salt could break out of it easily.

They had to wait for their opportunity to strike, and the opportunity presented itself when it was time for them to be able to make a phone call. There was an inherent benefit from the boss allowing them to operate so independently from the main branch of Team Rocket and even allowing their custom uniforms, as it would make law enforcement do double takes and doubt their authenticity and give them a little leeway of doing things, probably assuming they weren’t affiliated with Team Rocket and were only using it for the power that the name may bring as a bluff. 

After some facial recognition software had been used on them it was found that James came from a fairly wealthy family so he was the one who had received the first phone call as he answered, however, he was lucky that they didn’t remove their suit as he touched a hand towards to collar activating his voice changer as he spoke, his father was immediately confused by the strange voice and asked to see the officer once more and James did exactly that as he offered officer Jenny the phone but as she drew closer he moved quickly using the phone cord to wrap around the officers neck he quickly moved his armed down to her waist and snatched the Pokeball and shot it at the Manatric that was ready to pounce on him given the opportunity until it was absorbed back into the ball. 

He quickly continued to strangle the officer until she passed out before gently laying her on the ground and snatching the keys to the cells. They had separated the men and women, so he had to look around in the computers to see where Jesse was. He quickly moved towards the door; it probably wouldn’t take long for the crew to find the girl. Once they did, they instantly rushed in to see what was wrong. He used that opportunity to sneak out the door, locking the two officers who went to check on her inside. Still, there were likely even more, and if the two had their Pokemon on them, then it probably wouldn’t contain them for that long of a time. Still, he kept moving first, heading to the cells, and releasing all the prisoners he could with the keys he had available just to cause a distraction while he invaded the computer/control room.

He had the person notice the comption and wrung the alarm and was going to go out and assist himself, but James knocked him out as soon as he left the room with a fire extinguisher. He entered the room and hacked into the computer. He found the equipment closet where Jesse was being held, so he went out in search of what he was looking for before taking a short trip into the server room and started to bash and destroy as much as he could in the event of a blackout to preserve the Pokemon safety PC will spit them out continuously, which will cause even more chaos to transpire and free meowth if he ends up in there. 

This had inadvertently also helped the already escaped prisoners as without a Pokemon of their own escaping was nothing but a pipe dream, some pokemon that had escaped had fought anything that moved others had returned to their crooked masters and helped save them but ultimately it didn’t matter, James found the equipment shed and quickly attempted to find their stuff, Team rocket had DNA locked failsafe which will essentially destroy the object so hopefully they eventually gave up on tinkering with their things which they did, and he was right the multi-tool boxes were there about 10 of them they had double the number when they had came In they were sure but it didn’t matter as he set one of the cubes to its explosive element and made his way to the women’s block. 

By the time he made his way to the women’s block, it had already been ransacked by the other prisoners and Pokemon so he had inadvertently run into Jesse on his way to rescue her the two shared a greeting but quickly continued to their task of finding meowth, Jesse overhead that they were going to be interrogating a talking pokemon so they went in that direction looking through the windows and eventually they found him as they threw a cube at the door causing an explosion to bust him out of their they all shared a big group hug as the group was about to leave but James wanted to get his inkay back and it seemed talking about it summoned it as it made itself known with happy chirp upon greeting him with it was wobbuffet as well waddle around the corner

With the group all set, they just needed to leave, but Mewoth made the correct approach that they couldn’t use the front door as it would be swimming with cops waiting for the other idiots to try and run out and likely the backdoor as well, so they were going to take the roof instead. The group made their way to the top of the station and used Inkay's psybeam to drill upwards before using Meowth fury swipes to slice the top off sneakily and climb out. The night sky greeted them, and they took it in with a deep breath. Now they just needed to get away without being spotted, but it seemed that wasn’t going to be the case as a pokemon came to meet and greet them on the roof. It was a Mega Blaziken and Blaziken mask, but they weren’t about to start a fight here as they slammed down one of their cubes and released a bunch of smoke. The Blaziken charged forward into the smoke, although the shadowy figures had been hard to notice under the darkness.

The blaziken was surprised by getting ink on its face, and by the time it was able to rub it off, the group of Criminals had gotten away. Blaziken let out a huff of annoyance before dropping down into the hole that the Criminals came out of, ensuring others wouldn’t use that route and making sure none others escape its path. Team Rocket continued to run until they were far clear of the police station, using Inkay ink to blind patrols and sneak past them. They could lay low for a moment before getting back to what they do best and capturing other Pokemon, but now they had a new objective, which was to get revenge on that punk that had put them into that place in the first place. They managed to reach a small bunker they had created shortly after their arrival, where they stashed away a fair bit of tools and resources just in case they lost them, which over time on their adventure after that damn Pikachu was something that they came to expect by now. They don’t know how many blimps they have gone through by this point, but it was probably at least hundreds of thousands of poké in worth.

While inside the bunker, they wanted to make out their next few steps. The first thing they did was call the boss. They told the boss of what had happened recently revolving around their recent capture and, more importantly, about who had managed to capture them. It seemed to be someone using some advanced piece of technology of some kind that was able to produce Pokemon-like abilities from his gauntlets. The boss was somewhat intrigued by the story and asked if this person was someone that was inherently opposed to them, or did they do something to piss him off? They replied that he seemed to attack out of random, although they speculate that he could have been protecting their target and his Pikachu.

Hearing that brought a slight agitation to the boss's face, but he quickly corrected it as soon as it came, as he asked what they would do if this person was guarding their target. Given the attempted security breaches, he can summarize that they were bested and put into captivity but not wanting to disappoint the boss they amended that it was a fluke and that the person with the tech had help from their target and a gym leader which led to their defeat, the boss humm in thought at that before saying their defeat in such a circumstance was understandable but remarked that while he will allow them to operate in kalos they were to capture and send back some strong pokemon to make up for this blunder and that if given the opportunity they should also capture this technology of this boy to send back for further study and they all unanimaly agreed to his demands and remarked that they will not disappoint him before hanging up and with that done there next steps are clear.

Chapter Text

Racing & Grooming: Ash, Serena, Clemont, Bonnie, Deku, Uraraka, Tsu, Iida, Tokoyami, Koda

It was the morning of the great race, and everyone was up and off toward the town square, where the racers were all getting primed for the new race. For the most part, the challengers were on the younger side of things for the challenge except for one who seemed to have been an experienced racer before, and due to Such having been getting some disappointed looks from others nearby, anyone could participate in the race but this event was to mainly get inexperienced people interested in the hobby, not just have regulars participate to show off, but no one verbally denounced what he was doing but encouraged the other five individuals that were attempting to race instead each of which was brand new to the spectacle of rhyhorn racing. 

Everyone got into the stands and began to wait for the match to begin. They could view the match on the large jumbotron, which would allow them to spectate the race from four different viewing angles. Serena cast a glance at Tsu once more, and there she saw the pendant that hung around her neck. It was a stylized necklace of two strange Pokemon one was what seemed to be a bird type of some kind which she could best match to a murkrow hovering protectively around a strange green Pokemon the closes thing she could find of some semblance in her pokedex was a the frog Pokémon politoed, the murkrow its wings spread around it, which she guessed was inspiration from their relationship. If he represented the murkrow, then that must mean that she represented the politoed and she was curious why the girl chose that particular Pokémon. 

Was it her favorite, or did she have something in common with the creature that brought up another thought in her head about what her ability was? Deku had super strength and speed, Uraraka could make things float, and Iida was fast, but she never showed her ability. She was about to ask, but her attention was soon drawn back to the race as the announcer began to signify the start and the flags were raised.

Bonnie cheered for Ash once more, and he gave her a reassuring fist up. Pikachu waved at her along the top of it before he patted the rhyhorn along its side. As the announcer started the match, the flag was flung low. The race began, and all the Rhyhorns took off except one of them, which staggered in place a bit as the group allowed Ash to be in fifth place as they charged. The race continued as the rhyhorns continued to run forward; the track was dedicated for beginners. Hence, it lacked many twists or turns, so it was mostly a match based on speed, and some rhyhorn was faster than others; the adult rhyhorn had been the fastest and had taken off with a great lead over the competitors, leaving 1, 3, and 2 splits between everyone else. 

Ash had been in the second split, battling with the other Rhyhorn for a spot in second place. Neither rhyhorn would give ground against the other as their hard flanks continued to rub and press along the other as the pathway got tighter, upon the first turn the rhyhorn that was on the inside took a good lead allowing a small but noticeable gap between its two competitors behind it but they continued hot on its heels for the entire race constantly trailing attempting to get any edge that he possibly could, Clemont was mildly distracted from the race when Tsu mentioned that this was what “horse racing” must be like back home which spurred a discussion about safety and how dangerous that could be because the only horse Pokémon he knew of was rapidash which could move extremely quickly but also the flames on their back could prove disastrous but the group explained that horses back where they came from weren’t that fast but also had no such flames they were just regular horses which Clemont found peculiar but he was surprised when he found that they had car races which are as fast a rapidash which was something that that called they “NASCAR” which he thought was fairly dangerous but there have actually been very frew casualties from the sport itself which he found fascinating, they didn’t have any pictures of the type of cars that they raced in to show him but remarked that they were very low to the ground square vehicles designed for the sport. 

The conversation was pulled back to the race one more time with both Bonnie and Serena cheering for Ash as he appeared on the jumbo screen; they had been coming in at the final stretch; it was a battle for the third-place position as the other two had been left in the dust. The first place had been pulling in to stop at that very moment; however, from his primary knowledge from practicing yesterday, Ash knew what turn was coming up next, so he allowed his opponent to have the inner lane to his right as the next turn would be on the left to a straight away to the finish line. As he started to lean to the left, his opponent, thinking something was up, started to mirror him, attempting to get in front on the left, but by the time he noticed it was already too late as the turn came. Ash increased his speed as soon as he crested it, getting a good pace in front of his main rival and keeping it until the end of the race. He had only gotten third, but the group behind him had cheered like he had gotten first. Bonnie wanted to go down there to greet him, but she was grabbed by Clemont's Ambipom arm and told her that she couldn’t until the race had fully completed. 

It didn’t take very long for the match to finish after that as the other three came in soon after, there had been a micro-issue when the last contestant had trouble coming to a stop fully as he blew past the finish line and kept going, Midoriya was going to interfere but they had the situation covered as one of the stage hands had deployed a machamp on the field which completely stopped the rhyhorn in its tracks by grabbing it and holding it down, while other ranchers came out to calm the rhyhorn down and take it to the stables, Clemont used the moment to remind Bonnie of that was the reason they needed to wait before rushing on to the track although the girl was seemingly just barely listening to him. 

The group all came down to congratulate Ash on the good race, and despite coming in third, he was happy as well and thanked Serena for teaching him how to ride on a rhyhorn in the first place. The girl blushed red and remarked that it was no problem and that it was he who worked hard at it. The group continued where the reward was handed out, and Ash got a small bronze trophy signifying his position and a couple of pictures before the group decided to continue forward with their journey, although Serena got a quick text on the phone from her sister telling her that mom wanted to talk to her using a holophone if she was close by to one, which gave them a small detour to the Pokémon center. She called her sister and asked how much mom knew about the otherworldly companions they were traveling with, and Y remarked that it was nothing much, only that they existed, nothing about the guardians and stuff like that. 

Serena understood and remarked that she might as well tell her that they were traveling together; it would give her some ease of mind to know that she was with someone strong enough to lift six rhyhorns like nothing. Y agreed before ending the call. Just as her mother picked up the phone, she greeted her mother and wanted the others to introduce themselves to her on their own. The first one to do so was Ash with Pikachu, Clemont, followed by Bonnie and her Dedenne. She showed her mother the Pokémon that she had chosen to be her first partner, which was Fennekin. Ash had taken it upon himself to also inform her of the fact that she taught him how to ride a rhyhorn, which she didn’t want her to find out, but he doubled down on that by informing her that she used her catchphrase, which helped him in competing. At that point, she was fully embarrassed and shoved Ash fully out of the screen. However, there seemed to be no need, as her mother remarked that she already knew about it. 

One of the ranchers had told her about her arriving and being interested in Rhyno racing; it had completely brightened up her day to hear that her mother said with a big smile, congratulating Ash on his third-place win as well. Serena couldn’t help but internally wince at the smile on her mom's face; it would just be more fuel on the fire in her that pushing her into Rhyno racing was seemingly doing her good, and if she was being honest with herself, maybe it was, but she was still mixed on that. Her mother continued with the call and remarked that since she was talking with some of her rancher friends, she knew that those weren’t the only people she was traveling with and that there was another peculiar boy on the scene who was with her, and Serena quickly organized herself and spoke once more. She first remarked that she wasn’t trying to hide them from her or anything like that; she just wanted to take her time to introduce them to her.

She took a step back as the others took to the field, the first of which was Midoriya followed by Uraraka, Tsu, and Iida, they introduced themselves to the mother and remarked that they were simply traveling together with them as well, her mother remarked that was a large group to be traveling together but going by what she heard and seen it wasn’t the only thing strange about it, she asked about Midoriya and his ability to fly and produce those black tendrils and midoriya explained that it was something he was naturally born with being able to do and that all of them have something unique about them, the mom hemmed at that and remarked that at least she wouldn’t have to worry about her daughter being in trouble as she can assume that they would be looking out for her and Midoirya agreed full heartily as long as they were around they will make sure that she doesn’t get harmed on their adventure. 

The mother seemed satisfied with that for now as Serena came forward once more, the girl told her mother that she would be traveling with Ash and his friends for the time being, and to her surprise her mother was fully on board and wished her the best, seeing the puzzled look on her face she once more restated that it was a good thing to go on an adventure it would allow her to see a great deal many things and explore herself in the process, Serena was surprised but maybe she was just thinking a bit too harshly on her mother as she quickly nodded her head in agreement before saying goodbye they were heading to the town about an hour away from the village on their way to Lumiouse City. 

She was a bit perplexed by that and remarks if they wanted to go there there taking a roundabout way to get there and Serena informed her that it was because of the teens. This brought up another issue as the mother asked for them to not listen to the next bit of the conversation which they agreed with and proceeded to walk out, now that they were gone, her mother asked if they were dangerous, and Serena quickly dispelled the thought and remarked that they had helped them a bunch so far and seemed like generally nice people, and her mother smiled had returned and trusted them as long as she did. The two talked a bit more before she hung up and was on their way. 

The group continued on their travel towards the next town. Nothing very eventful happened on their journey. Serena decided to use the downtime as the perfect opportunity to offer the group the cookies she had made them first to ash as a thanks for helping her in the past before handing the others their bags as well, so they ate while they walked towards the city before getting to the entrance of the town, which was highlighted by a shrubbery field and a large fountain in its center. Bonnie had rushed off stealthily to examine the fountain closer before being called back by her brother. Bonnie remarked how this place looked like a scaled-down version of Lumisoe City Garden on Route 4, which Clemont clarified was the point. Lumiose City represented the most beautiful city in Kalos, and so connected towns close to it would often mirror things from it if possible. 

The little girl was excited to explore more and more of the surroundings as she dashed off once more, much to her brother's annoyance. She took off ahead of them, but coming in the opposite direction of the group was a Pokémon that had caught Ash’s attention. This Pokémon was quadruped with unique styled fur the color of grey and blue. Clemont commented that the Pokémon he was looking at was a furfrou. Ash took out his pokedex and scanned the Pokémon.

Furfrou the poodle Pokémon: Historically, in the Kalos region, these Pokémon were the designated guardians of the king.

Ash was surprised by how different it was from the one in the pokedex. Serena explained that it had probably gone to the groomers, and in fact inside this small town held a boutique of a very popular Pokémon groomer; she forgot his name, but Shauna had taught her about it before during their time together; his primary shop is in Lumiose City. Still, he has many smaller locations scattered throughout Kalos that he occasionally visits, so maybe they could get the chance to meet the man if they went to that location. She hoped she could get a picture for her if that was the case. Bonnie expressed the same excitement for meeting the man running around in a small circle to show off the energy, but her energy was suddenly cut short when something jumped out of the bushes beside her, spooking her for a brief moment as she fell to the ground.

Clemont was the first to dash forward next to his downed sister, followed quickly by everyone else as they went to make sure the girl was ok. Even the furfrou that had been seemingly spooked by something had stopped to check in on the small girl as it sniffed her. Soon enough, a woman with blue hair with a red beret and wore a yellow dress shirt with an orange skirt, and had red pouches on either side of her hips appeared out of the bushes as well. The woman was deeply apologetic for her Pokémon causing the girl harm as she noticed the scuffed knees on the small girl. Still, the girl remarked that she would be just fine. However, Clemont wanted to be extra sure and had Bonnie sit down on a nearby bench, and after spraying a small disinfectant and placing a bandage upon both of her knees, the girl tested them out by jumping up and down and moving about as her brother told her to be careful, which fell on death ears. However, he could see what his little sister was doing as she hopped up and down in front of the women.

The woman apologized once more, but Bonnie insisted that she was fine, and Clemont backed her on that. Ash commented on how the furfrou she had mirrored the one in the pokedex, and the women explained that the furfrou in front of them hadn’t been properly groomed yet. The woman introduced herself as Jessica , which started a chain reaction of each member of the group introducing themselves to the women themselves. 

After everyone was done, however, it seemed Bonnie had recognized the girl's beauty and asked if she would take her of her brother. Jessica was confused by the offer, and even as she was lifted by Clemont's ambipom arm, the girl seemed still persistent, Serena thought it only good to ask what the girl was talking about, and she explained that she couldn’t take care of her brother forever, so it was up to her to find a wife for him, which made both Serena and the women slightly blush and Uraraka and Tsu chuckle for a moment. Iida attempted to explain to the small girl that marriage wasn’t something or rather shouldn’t be something to dive into so easily. Usually, there are many steps before such an act, the first of which would undoubtedly be to get to know the person better over time. 

The girl seemed to nod at this before asking Jessica what she did for a living. Jessica thought it would be better to just come and show them her place of business instead, so off the group went as she explained that she was a Pokémon groomer in training. Serena asked if that meant she was going to style her furfrou, and Jessica explained that she would hope to be able to someday, but currently her furfrou always runs away from her when she tries to groom it, like just before she was only attempting to brush it before it ran away from her. She explained that furfrou are very intelligent and that they only will listen to someone that they truly accept as their partner. Bonnie, lacking a filter, had said the implication of such a remark out loud and remarked that meant that the furfrou didn’t see her as its true partner, which her brother got mad at her for saying, which she quickly apologized for. 

Although the woman didn’t hold it against the small girl and replied that she was right on the money in her estimate, seeing the somewhat awkward tone Serena brought the discussion back to a lighter note and asked to see how Groomer styled furfrou in her shop which Bonnie agreed with as they quickened their pace to where Jessica worked at and coincidentally enough it had been the same boutique that they had just been looking at on Serena’s travel guide, as the group settled inside it was as big as it seemed there had been a waiting room with a couple of chairs placed out and then a separate room with a glass window so people could watch as the grooming took place but the most interesting thing to the group of kids was the man that had been in the back at that very moment which happened to be the famous furfrou groomer himself. 

The man noticed as the group came in and offered a small wave as he stopped what he was doing and came out from the back. He had asked if Jessica had finished walking her furfrou, and she responded that she had before introducing the other eight members that had accompanied her; the man’s name was Sherman . Serena quickly raced to the front of the man and remarked on his high status. Although the man wasn’t one to believe in such labels, she noticed a great many tools that lay on his belt, which she assumed must be used for grooming, only recognizing a handful of them from her time with Shauna: the different styles of combs, brushes, and scissors, each used for a different purpose or style of cut.

Jessica told Sherman that they wanted to learn more about grooming, and the man told her that she should teach them then, and she happily accepted the task of doing so, as she gestured for all of them to make their way to the back. Before doing so, Serena asked if she could get a picture with Mr. Sherman for one of her friends, and the man happily accepted as they took a selfie together. Before Serena sent the picture to Shauna, Shauna responded almost immediately jealous of the fact that she had gotten to meet him and that she wished that she was there, or at least she was next to the other teens by Big-E so that they could take her there. She was next to the entrance of Camphrier town at the moment. Serena took a moment to think about that as she looked over to the others in her group, specifically both Midoriya and Iida. They were extremely fast, but the distance between them was bigger than before, so maybe it would be too much to ask for, she thought, and almost as if he were reading her thoughts, the green-haired boy had turned to her and asked if something was the matter, and she quickly shook her head but remarked that while she had his attention, she was curious to see if he could pick up one of her friends from before and bring her here.

She had always wanted to meet Sherman when she was growing up, so it would mean a lot for her to also be here at the moment. Midoriya found it to be no trouble at all and asked where the girl was. Serena was somewhat surprised by his acceptance and showed him where she was on the map in comparison to them, after studying it for some time, he said it was ok and remarked that he would be right back in no time as he sprinted out of the store and took off straight into the air with one large leap, leaving some passersby that noticed completely baffled before he disappeared in the next moment, wondering if he was ever there in the first place.

Serena quickly told Shauna the good news, and the girl was excited herself going by the large heart-shaped emoji she sent in response. Jessica remarked that should they wait for him to get back or would it be better for them to just carry on? Uraraka responded first, asking to see the map, and saw that it was only around 80 km between them at that moment, so it wouldn’t take very long at all; it would probably take longer to look for the girl than it did for him to get there, and as she said, Midoriya had already been landing back down at the furfrou place in just under a minute. Midoriya had wrapped the girl in his black whip for the journey to protect her from the harsh winds, and as soon as she was placed down and got her bearing, she immediately ran to hug Serena before turning towards the idol in question and asking for an autograph from Sherman himself on a notebook she had.

With everyone finally present, the group decided to head inside to the back. Once in the back, the kids let their fascination roam as they scoped the place out. The teens were waiting in the back, just watching over them all. Bonnie had found a basket full of berries, which Jessica explained was used after a health evaluation, which can deduce how much fur gets cut on a Pokémon, highlighting two more berries in particular that worked helped when a Pokémon wasn’t feeling well and another that stimulated their appetite. Shauna also looked inside the basket and highlighted two other fruits: one that worked to help with the glossies of one's coat and a second that worked as a sedative to allow more anxious Pokémon to relax for the first time, which Sherman complimented her for her knowledge.

Serena stared surprised by the array of different body washes, shampoos, and conditioners that lay on the large shelf just across the way, all different types for different types of styles and Pokémon. Jessica rolled out another cart for them to examine; this one was filled to the brim with tools of the trade that helped them facilitate certain looks and styles, some custom from the customer or a replica of one that they found online or in the wild. 

Speaking of such things, Sherman remembered that he had finished two other furfrou and asked Jessica to fetch them so that the others could see, which got the kids excited. The two furfrou got up and jumped up on the examining table and showed themselves off. They had differing types of hairstyles and colors, one being red while the other was blue; they had a similar arrow pattern going down their ears but ending in their two respective colors; one also seemingly had an afro while the other sported a blunt bob style. The tails were also unique, fanning out like a palm, while the other kept with its main hair being a large circle of fluff. Ash took out his pokedex to ensure that he was looking at the same Pokémon from before, and it seemed to be that he had been, which was very fascinating to him and Bonnie as they examined how unique the Pokémon could look from each other.

Serena and Shauna had both been stunned by the beauty of Pokémon. Serena takes more after the red one, while Shauna takes more after the blue one. Both admired the very unique and interesting look both dogs Pokémon had, which prompted Jessica to remark of how she would be able to style her furfrou similarly one day, and Serena commented that she definitely would be able to, which was echoed by Sherman, who remarked that the girl was right and that she needed to have more confidence, but he also recognized the stubbornness of her Pokémon, which hasn’t allowed her to even brush it, which the crew remarked that they were told so as well. Sherman remembered that he still saw potential in Jessica despite the current setback and had faith that she and Furfrou could become one day and it would only be a matter of time before there was no rush, which Jessica somewhat agreed with half-heartedly.

Seeing the down expression, Sherman sought to switch the topic, asking if the group were new to the city, which most agreed that they were, and asked if Jessica could show them around, mainly towards the restaurants that were down the block. Jessica agreed that she could do that, and the party of 10 quickly left the small shop and followed after the women. They had walked for a couple of minutes, and they were just about to get to the location, which Jessica claimed had a good point of view as well before someone called to their side. As they were passing, a woman’s voice called out, noticing the pikachu on Ash’s shoulder, causing him to look over. In front of him came three individuals who had made their presence known. The woman who spoke had a blunt bob hairstyle with purple hair; she had glittery orange glasses and fashionable clothes that showed off her midriff; the second person was someone with blue hair who had his hair in a Bunn along with transparent glasses over his eyes with a more subdued all black shirt and clothes. 

The third person was the most unique, much smaller than the others, barely coming in at over two feet tall, causing them to look down at it as it spoke last. The most peculiar thing about it, however, that the teens noticed was that he had fur all along his body, which they found strange, but the others seemed to not mind it, so they didn’t mention it, thinking it would have been rude. 

The woman's name was Jasally, which seemed to be an acclaimed hairstylist with several accolades to her name, although Jessica remarked that she had never heard of such medals before, mainly to herself. The man remarked that the girl was taking a step out of the field to become a Pokémon groomer instead and that they wanted to show them a few of her styles that she could perform. The group, being somewhat curious, decided to accept the invitation and were going to step inside. The group of nine quickly stepped inside and stood or sat off toward the side of the room as they had a Pokémon to walk the stage. The Pokémon of choice was a wobbuffet, which was a strange Pokémon to use for grooming purposes as it lacked hair entirely. As the Pokémon walked the stage during the presentation, it became clear that this was more of a dress-up role with a full costume and wigs instead of grooming something that Jessica was willing to wait until after the presentation to bring up, but Shauna wasn’t one for such patience, remarking that nothing they showed her so far was anything close to Pokémon grooming. 

This stopped the presentation cold for a moment as the actuation drew the ire of the supposed famed hairstyles who took the accusation as a challenge and wanted to show her that she was a Pokémon groomer by styling one of their Pokémon asking if they would be able to style Pikachu but Ash remarked that he liked Pikachu just the way it was, Bonnie had managed to convince Serena of allowing her Fennekin to be selected in its stead which they at first seemed to displease jasally before a comment from her assistant changed her tune but the women wasn’t one to let the initial transgression go as she asked if Shauna would like to put her money where her mouth was and offer up one of her own Pokémon so that they could style it up and she would have to eat her words and apologize once she was blown away by her skill. 

Shauna wasn’t one to turn down such a challenge as she offered up her Pokémon, which was a Bulbasaur, which was surprising to pretty much everyone; they asked where she got a Kanto Pokémon from in Kalos, and Shauna explained that this was what the chosen were given, and the other two Kanto Pokémon were taken by both Tierno and Calem. There seemed to be another hint of dissatisfaction on the dresser's face, but it disappeared as soon as it came as she took the small grass type in her arms. The group was surprised when the stylist wanted them to leave, which was baffling to the group because they wanted to visually see the grooming process. Shauna accused the women of potentially cheating in that case, but the women assured her that she would do things legit and that she only needed one hour to fix up either Pokémon. Jessica was skeptical of such a time frame with two vastly different Pokémon, along with being a beginner, but the woman had utter confidence that she would be able to do it, and it would be a “peace of cake” for someone of her stature and status.

Eventually, the group allowed it, and Shauna went the extra mile of setting up a time clock of one hour exactly when they would be back. The stylist smiled at her and sarcastically remarked that she was glad that she could tell time before slamming the door. Shauna gave one bang on the door and let out a huff before Jessica continued to lead them down towards their first destination.

Jesse closed the door and they waited until they heard the footsteps outside start to walk away before they all looked at each other manically, Jesse held the Bulbasaur in its hands while James held the Fennekin and looked at each other manically before they quickly dumped the two Pokémon and placed them inside of two white sacks before trashing up the place to make it seem like it had been abandoned for some time before leaving out the back, By that point their secrete stalker had already seen enough and chased after them completely hidden from sight as the group made their way outside and tried to get as far away from the store as possible she decided to strike out. Using her awakening- enhanced amphibian to summon the powers of the casque-headed frog as poisonous spines started to sprout from the tips of her hands before using a salamander's ability to rapidly detach a select body part which when focused on her newly created spines allowed her to shoot them out similar to the common myth people have of porcupines.

She had struck the man and woman in the back with five spines each and on the smaller target switched to only using three just for its sake, the three of them went down almost instantly straight towards the ground dropping the bags holding the two Pokémon, the three groaned in pain and discomfort as the poison worked its way through their bodies. They couldn’t move a muscle and she could see the incredibly confused looks on the other two Pokémon’s faces as they wormed themselves out of the bag, the Bulbasaur was covering for the shivering Fennekin as Tsu dropped her complete invisibility and approached them she assured the two that she wasn’t going to hurt them before sticking out her long tongue and wrapping up the three individuals on the ground, she noticed that purple like liquid started to come out of the cat-like Pokémon almost like sweat and she remembered about how in the game Pokémon were identified with poison by a purple water drop coming off of their form, so that was how it looked in real life she thought as she started to hop along and gestured for the two Pokémon to follow along with her back to their trainers. 

The group of nine continued forward when they came upon a large central park, Serena lamented the fact that she couldn’t see a furfrou groomer in action once more, Jessica comforted her of that fact until Ash spotted Officer Jenny up ahead of them the group sped forwards and Serena thanked her for her help during the help in Rhyhorn racing incident but she remarked that they had must have been mistaken her for her second cousin as she took out a picture and showed them a time of her and alot her cousin in the academy and strangely enough all of them looked the same which the teens found increasingly interesting comments amongst themselves of how much like the game it was, Uraraka couldn’t imagine having that many people that looked like her which brought up thoughts of someone that could look like her given her quirk which sort of dampened her mood, Midroiya noticed this and asked if anything was wrong and she shook her head and remarked that she was just thinking about Toga again.

Uraraka noted the lack of Tsu in their group and asked him if he knew where she was and Midoriya said that she was following up on a bad feeling he got from the groomers before their attention was brought back to the group as the police officer had her question for them as well she was putting up a warning poster of a couple of scammers that had been going around parading themselves as famous Pokémon groomers which they had been using as a front to steal other people Pokémon and upon looking at the image they were in shock when they had just seen those people as they were about to rush and show officer jenny where they had just come from but just as they turned to rush forwards most of them were all stunned in place as the group and also several bystanders gawked at the sight of the approaching girl with a large tongue wrapped around the thee individuals in question. 

Shauna and Serena were the ones that had recovered first between the kids as they held their arms wide open for their Pokémon to jump into they rubbed them and hugged them tightly as their worries were immediately halted, Iida commemorated Tsu for her forward-thinking and asked how she knew that they had been impostures, the green girl placed the fellon down on the ground as she pointed towards Midoriya and he remarked that his danger sense was sparking from the group highlighting their not so good intentions, Shauna questioned if he knew all along why didn’t he just say something before but Midoriya didn’t want to jump to conclusions and something else could have been triggering them instead from a prior event but he asked Tsu if she could watch over them just in case instead. 

Bonnie was the first one to question how the girl was able to sneak by them. Instead of just answering her question the girl decided to demonstrate by disappearing right in front of her eyes leaving the kids along with the police officer and the practice groomer completely awestruck before answering the girl's question by whispering in her ear causing her to get spooked and jump back as Tsu materialized once more, Serena asked about what her powers were. She explained that she could do anything that a frog could which got the group a bit interested, Clemont remarked that that would explain her tongue Ash enuthsiactiaclly asked how far could her tongue go which Tsu replied that it was 20 meters long which again caused a more subdued awwed expression. Clemont remarked that it was five meters off the world record for lickilicky which Tsu took to mean that he was referring to a berobelt which was a common thing people would compare her tongue to back home as well.

She explained that she was able to channel the abilities that frog could and replicate it and this caused Clemont to be stomped as he hadn’t heard of any frog Pokémon that could turn itself invisible before and Officer Jenny doubled up on that remarking that given that the perpetrators were poisoned also she must have meant that she must have had a poison type Pokémon as well as to her knowledge no frog Pokémon which there was only one off to her knowledge which she doubled checked using her national pokedex could use poison type moves. Either as she showed the group a picture of a politoed. 

Tsu explained that they had been from a frog back home as she went towards Midoriya to hand her, the backpack she dug through it for a book, it was an entirely large book with a strange title called the “World of Amphibians” There had been several notes sticking out of the book highlighting certain things and Tsu flipped through them selecting one and opening the book to show a picture of a completely strange sight this was of a very weird looking creature but its entire underside was completely seethrough as the group looked up from the book to address soon once more they had all took a frightened jump back as her face had also became transparent showing all the under passage of the tendons and muscle that made up her face.

Serena and Ash in their panic had accidentally shared an embrace which Serena quickly detached when she realized what had happened with a large blush on her face Bonnie had clung behind her brother which was while initially surprised was honesty very intrigued as he continued to read about the frog in question it was called a “ glass frog ” which makes sense given its transparent underbelly, Tsu after going back to normal demonstrated her next ability which was camouflage. She placed a hand down on top of the page and again the kids were amazed as her hand started to mirror the page almost completely even the text and the words which everyone remarked were extremely amazing but Clemont curiosity was peaked even more by the fact that her suit also changed with her and continued to change as it left the book. 

He questioned how it was able to do so but didn’t let her explain as he thought out his assumptions about it although it took him three times to figure out how it worked and remarked that it could also potentially be that the suit reacts to her body adaption so maybe a field or signal was sent between her body and suit which was as close to the truth that he could get without any more tools to examine, Tsu showed off multiple frogs that several of them had been stated to be poisonous but there was some of them which were venomous which the difference was clarified to them by the ones that simply contain it were the poisonous ones while the ones that have the capability of injecting it were venomous. Which was very interesting to hear about, Officer Jenny was fairly shocked and a bit skeptical but believed the girl had given the proof she showed she asked how long the poison would course through them and Tsu explained that it should wash out a couple of hours she had hit them with a mild venom as to not put them in life-threatening danger.

The group answered further questions from the officer as they waited for support to arrive and take the bad guys away she remarked that her sister had told her about some unique teens traveling in her direction and she guessed that they were it which they confirmed. The police took the three away and even offered Tsu a reward of 30,000 Pok é The crooks had scammed about a dozen other trainers now with them in custody they would be able to help find and return their Pokémon, it was a bit strange when they had to give the money out in coin instead of electronically but they still accepted giving them a semi-large briefcase full of golden cylinders each of the sticks which were like the size of a candy bar maybe a Toblerone from their world just a little smaller. Each of the cylinders had the 1,000 poké written around the top and bottom of the cylinder so with 30 of them in supply they took their leave and had no better place to spend their newly earned money but with lunch.

The group all settled down and Clemont the entire time had his head sitting down fully in the book about amphibians as he ate his meal using his aipom hand to keep it away from the food on the table. Serena noticed Jessicae's still down expression and asked her if she was still worried about her furfrou the girl was trying to think of what she could do or what the furfrou wanted from her and this got Uraraka to chime in with an idea that she could just ask it directly and that they knew someone that can understand and translate Pokémon speech, which got the group incredibly interested once more and got the assistants groomers hopes up once more and asked if this friend could come and how long would it be and Uraraka remarked it shouldn’t take long at all as she got her helmet out of her briefcase and taking out her radio and sending a message to Momo and she got back to her quickly and within two minutes two of their members had appeared before them one of which was Koda and the other the masked individual with the long white cloak was Tokoyami.

Tsu hugged her boyfriend once more and asked about the helmet on and he remarked that it would be better to not draw so much attention to his looks although he still wanted to spend some time with her once more, which the girl croaked in agreement, the two took the opportunity and would leave and explore the city some more while the others when they had finished eating hurried back to Jessica’s shop. They entered quickly with an urgency that had surprised Mr.Sherman the group they had explained what they were going to do which interested the professional groomer immensely as they huddled around the poodle Pokémon and the girl asked it the burning question.

     "Furfrou, why won’t you let me groom you?” Jessica asked

     {“Such a silly question; Sherman has already laid it out plainly… You lack confidence. Even trying to just brush me, your hands shake and shiver; I can’t imagine if those were scissors or Arceus forbid a razor.”} Koda remarked that although it wasn't his words, it still stung to have them come out of his mouth, and they had an effect on Jessica, who seemed to be deeply saddened by the words and grabbed her along her wrist with her other hand. 

     “Well, that just means we need to build your confidence, right? That should be easy. I know when I’m feeling down, a Pokémon battle can cheer me right up.” Ash suggested enthusiastically 

     “I don’t think that will work. I mean, thrusting someone into a battle, especially if she’s never been in one before, seems counterproductive.” Shauna spoke.

    “What about you, Shauna? You have a furfrou yourself, right?” Serena remarked

     "Hmmm..well, my furfrou wasn’t picky like this one, maybe because we grew up together, so she allowed me to practice with her anytime I wanted, but I think what you need is just more practice. Practice makes perfect after all.” Shauana remarked

     “But how can she do that if Furfrou won’t let her?” Bonnie asked.

      "Heh, allow me! The future is now thanks to science! Clemontic gear on! I thought we encountered a situation just like this one, My Poodle Groomer bot 9,000." Clemont remarked, unveiling a large replica of the furfrou with the hair being something along the lines of grass instead of the typical fur. 

Despite Bonnie's comment on the lack of tack in the name, it would be the perfect thing to allow Jessica to practice on and build her confidence before switching to a real furfrou. It also came with a scoring system that would help with improving her grooming skills. All that it first needed was an example to base it on, which Mr. Sherman was more than willing to give, taking a brush and then soon scissors and a razor that styled it in a particular way that Jessica would now have to replicate. After the example was set, the machine regrew its hair completely to its original shape, and it was up to Jessica to redo it exactly the way it was before. 

She took a deep breath, proceeded towards the machine, and held out her brush. Midoriya could notice the anticipation getting to her and suggested that maybe she would be better off doing this by herself and they could wait elsewhere, but Shauna said the peer pressure was also a part of the practice during her beginning stages. Y-ey had her and her friends continually stare at her while she groomed her furfrou, which helped her when it was just the two of them alone. So the group all sat and stared at her from behind, including the furfrou that she was meant to groom as she tried to replicate the style that Sherman had just done. 

It didn’t take long to make a mistake, and for her failure, the dog had poofed back out once more, undoing all her progress and even offering her a small shock in retaliation, almost as if she nicked a poodle, and the poodle growled at her a warning. She continued to attempt the test multiple times as the others watched her; her progress would fluctuate sometimes better and other times less so than others, and each time the shock would get worse and worse, but the girl persisted as Bonnie created a cheer for the girl to finish and win, although when it almost seemed to be where she was finally about to succeed after about the dozenth time she had failed and the machine had started to malfunction, sending out shocks every which way, before it could explode, Midoriya had managed to get it out in time before it blew up anything in the store.

Jessica was devastated that she was unable to finish even one of the trials, but Serena, Shauna, Bonnie, and Uraraka both cheered her up by stating that she had completely stopped hesitating during the last few times and that she had gotten so much better, which even the furfrou agreed with as commented by Koda. It gave the girl a nice pick-me-up for the situation, which slightly diminished when the furfrou asked if she was ready to attempt to groom her once more. 

The girl was a bit taken back but agreed, and the two of them went to the room in the back while the others waited outside and saw how the girl began her grooming, washing the dog down with confident strokes of her hand, which was followed swiftly by the comb brushing through the rough fur again with slick confidence, and when that went well, the rest followed smoothly enough, having a seeming Valentine theme as hearts decorated her forehead and tail with a fluffy white upper body and the bottom of its tail. The group praised the girl for her hard work, and Jessica thanked all of them as well and how she couldn’t do it without them, although they remarked that in the end, it was her who managed to overcome her insecurities. 

The group took their leave a moment late as the sun started to fall and the moon rose into the air. Jessica wished them luck on their adventure and remarked that they could come back at any time. Sherman had offered Koda his number in case he had a case of a Pokémon being rowdy for grooming. The group left off towards Lumiose City once more, although they were surprised by the appearance of Bakugo. The boy had been coming back to give the other the extras of what he earned that day, which was 50,000 poke , earning a shocked expression from the group, and when asked about what he did, he simply remarked that he had done a little pest control. 

Given he was going in her direction, Midoriya asked if he could take Shauna back with him, but the explosive teen didn’t care much for piggyback rides, Uraraka used gravitic attraction on him so he didn’t have to carry her physically, although Shauna had to wrap up for the journey back due to the wind chill. Tokoyami had returned with Tsu and split the money she gained that day to give the other half back to the class in the forest, leaving 70,000 poké for the 12 others. Tsu and Tokoyami shared a hug as he and Koda flew away. Although the new shadow that had formed from his body had garnered multiple more questions from the kids and Clemont, the dark quirk didn’t make matters any easier when it just kept saying its name as a prank to convince them that it was a Pokémon. The group didn’t have much more reason to dilly-dally dally so they sped forward toward the next Pokémon center closest to Lumiose City, which they would be able to get to by the next morning.

******************************

Pest control: Elliot, Trevor, Tierno, Bakugo, Ashido, Kirishima, Sero 

As sunshine started to shine through the trees the sound of music could be heard blaring through the forest highlighting the continued practice of both Tierno and Ashido’s rhythm combat style, the boy while on the surface didn’t seem capable of moving around with much athleticism was fairly good and could follow along with Ashido’s program a bit well, however, the practice had been swapped for a more silent style given that during the midst of Pokémon battles things such as a headset were disqualified for use in official Pokémon battles due to the potential of cheating so Tierno would have to do a more silent style of rhythm-based fighting which the rhythm-rhythm fist also possessed which was something aptly called acapella flow. 

It practices keeping an internal rhythm within your head when fighting. It is mainly a method of fighting that allows the user to keep a steady hold of themselves, knowing when to attack and defend or better ways to synchronize their mind and body, allowing for even faster reflexes. Although such a step was fairly complex when putting it to practice, music played on a loudspeaker through her headphones was used as a buffer to get a certain flow down which they could work on. The loud sound from the music and the supposed “poor taste” of it had disturbed Bakugo enough to yell and shut it down. 

The group never had to search for nearby things given that they still had the scrafty squad with them; they had watched over their new leader and the others through the night, taking turns keeping on the lookout for any hostile Pokémon that may cross their path, which, given the proximity of a nearby town, wasn’t going to be very many. The scrafty also had the talent and opportunity to hunt for food, such as berries for the girl, leaving a large pile by her tent, to which she thanked them for rubbing a hand through the red mohawk that was their hair. Ashido was still a bit surprised by the fact that she had been touching a real-life Pokémon; it wasn’t something she ever expected to do in her lifetime, and she never expected them to feel so humanlike, she guessed.

The scrafty main body possessed an almost human-like texture while the center was more like reptiles giving a very strange sensation, loose baggy clothes also were reptilian although even as the impromptu leader they didn’t like being touched very much, once everything was all packed up and done away with once more it was time to continue, there was another town in between them and their destination that they could pass through which meant they would probably start seeing trainers again fairly soon so Elliot remarked that they should try to avoid eye contact not to get drawn in to in needles battles but Bakugo balked at that and remarked that if someone wanted a fight then he was game as long as they paid him, of course, Tierno remarked that wouldn’t that give him away and Bakugo just shrugged and responded that they were never hiding in the first place.

As the group continued their path forward, there had been a slight issue of what they would do with the five scum that had been following them around. They had walked for about an hour and a half before they stopped and made a sound, signaling to Ashido that it was the end of their territory. Ashido once more thanked the scum for their help before relinquishing her title as leader back to the one that was in charge before. She told them to not try and beat everyone who passed through before waving goodbye, which she received back as well. 

The group continued to walk toward the town, and as Elliot stated earlier, they started to run into more and more people. Things carried on smoothly for a moment, but it eventually happened when someone was challenged to a Pokémon battle. The unlikely person this time around turned out to be Elliot. He had been keeping his head up as he was in the lead of the group and wanted to take away attention from Bakugo doing the same. It honestly didn’t sit quite right with him given that they had no idea what the boy could be capable of, but also in the fact that the boy may also be overstating his abilities and could potentially get hurt if he messed around with the wrong Pokémon. If someone had an onyx or something even worse like a Gyarados, it could lead to some serious ramifications. 

He kept his thoughts, however, to himself, as he could tell just by the short time he spent with the angry teen that it was not something he would value or even appreciate very much, maybe even turning him against him, which got him curious to think he was running around with super-powered individuals and he never thought to challenge them himself. From the tone and the way the other three referred to him, he was the strongest of the four that were assigned to guard him, although he didn’t know if that made him the strongest of their entire group, something he would probably have to ask one time or later as for his loss of focus, his marshtomp was struck dead center by a double hit. 

His opponent was a woman likely in her late 20s; she had been walking along with her daughter and wanted to show her a Pokémon battle, which he agreed to do, but at his loss of focus, she taunted that he shouldn’t get distracted by her womanly charm, which he immediately remarked that he wasn’t before ordering Seaquake to attack using water gun. She quickly gave a counterdemand to use the double team as the scyther, which was a rather unique Pokémon to have for someone in Kalos. He heard the pokedex of Trevor read out its entry as he continued the battle. 

Scyther the mantis Pokémon: it slashes through the grass with its sharp scythes, moving too fast for the human eye to track.

He could definitely start seeing that speed come into play as multiple after images of the Pokémon started to appear seven of them in total just as the water gun slammed home in the one in the center and completely passed it by, the women continued on the attack and used scary face as her next move as the afterimages began to close in around Seaquake it made a dangerous glare towards his Pokémon that sent shivers up its spine as it body glowed a bright red for a split second but he wasn’t going to let the women dictate the pace of the battle to much as he countered with supersonic the cheeks of his marshstomp swelled with air before it let out a loud croak this had dispelled the after images as the scyther had covered its ears from the sound wave, her trainer got it back on course with another double attack as it charged towards him, he wanted to counter with mud shot but the attack came out to slow as the glowing scythes of the mantis Pokémon came at him striking once and then again in an X patter across his marshtomps body forcing it backwards it slid to a stop in the ground before hurt but still ready to fight as it stepped forwards once more.

He asked Seaquake to use muddy water hopping to strike the Pokémon dead center but the scyther was quick being able to dodge out of the way of the attack once more, Elliot had to think the scyther was very fast and that was in combination of slowing him down with scary face made it dangerous but he had an idea that may work as he ordered marshtomp to use water gun once more, this attack was faster than muddy water being made of pure water instead of the heavy mud filled kind and was able to score a glancing blow against the fast Pokémon which she complemented him for but remarked that it would take a lot more to take her Pokémon down this was when her next game came into play, she asked her scyther to use double team once more although it was still under the effect of the confusion so when it went to accelerate quickly it had inadvertently tripped up and lost its balance from the slippery mud of from the muddy water causing it to face plant into the ground Elliot used that opportunity immediately to hit the creature with muddy water once more on the down Pokémon striking it in center mass causing it to get pushed back as the murky brown liquid hit.

It stuck both of its claws into the ground to stop its sliding and spent itself upright once more flicking its wings even to shake off any remaining liquid but the stuff remained as a faint red glow surrounded its body for a moment as well, with confusion in effect and a lower accuracy she would be hard pressed to go on the attack at the moment so she settled for a defensives position and instead used a different move this one called focused energy the scyther began to glow a slight lime green aura that had started from around its frame and slowly worked it's way inwards towards the creature's eyes and blades but just as it did so another burst of static happened to come disrupting the flow of energy completely and causing the scyther to have a headache again Elliot pressed the advantage using a water gun to strike the Pokémon in the chest, slamming it against a tree, causing it to hunch over but was still capable of fighting as it rose once more.

Elliot contemplated once more about supersonic’s ability to confuse. It was a gambling move through and through in the gym battle; it barely helped until the last second, but here it snuffed out two abilities back-to-back with a 30% chance of it working. Things seemed to not be on his side, but it seemed it was just his lucky day. He figured as he attacked again, this time with a mud shot , which garnered a question from the audience, and the woman as a ground-type move, the attack would be completely ineffective, but the status would still be capable of going thorough as the thick mud exited out of his marshtomp's mouth and struck along the enemy Pokémon’s feet. 

Combine with the decrease in accuracy and the confused state scyther was now much more manageable with its speed, the women wanted to still try however launching off with another double team but once more the status effect on its body played heavily with its coordination as it went to move once more and slipped again and Elliot was again quick to capitalize on the mistake using muddy water once more to strike the Scyther directly in the head as it was going to fall pushing it back and making it flip in the air as it was knocked unconscious, highlighting Elliot's victory, his friends and guardians cheered well except for Bakugo and the women begrudging accepted defeat although she remarked how she always hated confusion and that she would have to stalk up on persim berries and challenge him again sometime and see how he competed without such a cheap trick. Still, Elliot simply responded that he wasn’t a one-trick pony and may not even have any moves that use the status the next time. 

With the battle done, the group continued on their way to the city, with only one brief encounter with Bakugo and some kid who wanted to challenge him to a battle. Still, it seemed that once he realized that he didn’t have a Pokémon and was going to fight himself instead called the match off being a stickler to the rules presented to them in Pokémon Academy on how Pokémon battles should be done, Bakugo shrugged it off. The group continued and finally made it towards the city; despite being called a town, it was a fairly developed place with large buildings, streets, cars, and loads of infrastructure, even a park pathway along with a berry field off in the distance.

The group first decided to stop by the Pokémon center in the city to get their Pokémon checked up and make sure that they were fully ready and capable for the next fight that would be ahead of them, Elliot knew that the gym leader he was going to was the rock Gym so he should have a fairly easy time dealing with him with Seaquake if things went as planned anyways although there was no guarantees in that, he doesn’t know what Pokémon the gym leader possessed so it could be a type that resistant to the rock types and speaking of which due to his likely combination of Pokémon both being a water/ground and a pure grass type it was likely that he would fall under the handicap portion of the gym given his types effectiveness against it. 

So he should better head over to the nearest poke-mart to go pick up some additional potions, elixirs, and antidotes—maybe even some berries now that he thought of it. The girl was right; special effects were fairly harmful in a battle, and there was no telling what type of effects the others would have when challenging him. So while his Pokémon were getting checked out at the Pokémon center, he started to go off toward the Pokemon store. Trevor and Tierno decided to stay behind, but his four guardians continued to follow him. He remarked that they didn’t have to follow him everywhere he went if they wanted to do something else and explore the city, but they countered and remarked that they had no money to do much else in the first place, but Bakugo remarked that they don’t know if something could happen to him at any moment, so they won’t let the teen leave his sight.

He would have felt touched by the remark if it wasn’t as clear as day that it was more of an obligation for him than something that came from the explosive teen's heart; he had a feeling that if he could just leave him to his own devices, he surely would have probably several by now. They accompanied him to the grocery store, where he set out to buy the items that he wanted, and the others simply explored the store. From an outlook perspective, it was strange seeing teenagers react so awwed by something very simple, almost like they had been kids in a candy store, at least for most of them. 

Bakugo stayed by the door the entire time which was ironic since he was the only one with money to spend, the store clerk was a bit suspicious of the group and made sure to keep an eye out although none of them had commented on it if they noticed at all, he paid for it with his pokedex hovering the device above the machine to scan, the Bargain power had worked it’s magic however when everything had come off 10% off and it wasn’t just 10% off the top no every individual item had been brought down 10% off, he wondered which one would save style saved him more money, his mind remarked that business would likely prefer the method that saved them the most money instead of the consumer but after trying to do some rough calculations in his head he ultimately decided to drop it entirely. 

They made their way back to the daycare for his Pokémon and it was Sero the one that asked what was the deal with the Pokémon center and how it worked, he got that it was a Pokémon hospital but the way it healed Pokémon was incredibly fast unless they had Pokémon that could heal others which he remembered some Pokémon had which was true but that wasn’t how the Pokémon center worked at least not most of them, Pokémon once put into their ball are stored in a digital format this format is backed up by the Pokeball giving them an echo or copy of the Pokémon just before they had exited the ball and before any of the battles or inures the Pokémon might have endured so much like a computer program or document the Pokémon center is essentially reloading the save of the Pokémon prior physical state allowing them to come back to health in record time.

Which fascinated each of the teens, even Bakugo. The explosive boy asked what about the experience the Pokémon learned during the battle and if that was reset as well. Elliot quickly shook his head. No, the experience that they had gained was overlaid and translated into the new body so that the Pokémon could keep progressing, which made sense to them. The next question revolved around what if a Pokémon didn’t belong to a Pokeball or didn’t return it for a long time? In that case, the Pokeball would simply have the state of the Pokémon from once it was last recorded, which could dramatically weaken the Pokémon at least physically, even if it retained the experience of its future self. If a Pokeball is not used, then they have traditional doctors, nurses, and even other Pokémon that can deal with the healing process of injuries. However, as one would expect, this would be dramatically slower than the regular method. 

The group of four returned to the Pokémon center, and the nurse Joy completely cured both Seaquake and Evergreen of any problems that they may have allowing them to take their leave once more and continue on their travels. Tierno was still there, but Trevor had left towards the edge of the town already looking to capture more pictures of “unique” Pokémon. Before leaving, however, Elliot wanted to check in on the Pikachu that he had caught a couple of days ago; half the week was already over, so if no one bit by now, it was likely that no one ever would, which made sense because he couldn’t think of a single region that didn’t have Pikachu around; it was probably the most populous Pokémon in the world come to think of it. 

So as he headed back to the trading center, he opted to release the Pokémon. He had to pay a surge charge for the cancellation, which, while expensive, was cheaper than keeping the Pokémon in there for the rest of the two weeks. As he started to reconsider his strategy once more, it would probably be better if he caught a Pokémon that was more regional to Kalos, something that people wouldn’t find too many places elsewhere, but he wondered if an electric type like that existed for the Kalos region. He knew there was an abundance of fairy types, which in themselves were fairly strong, but he wanted an electric type specifically. As he came from the back and got going with the others, he started to scroll along his national pokedex. 

He scrolled through highlighted electric types and finally got two that seemed to be more native species than the rest which were dendenne and helioptile he remembered Alexa owning the former from their brief meeting in Lumiose City now that he thought back on it and given that it can evolve into a heliolisk seemed to be a bonus on top, the popularity of a Pokémon has mainly depended on two factors its looks or its strength, dendenne probably fit the definition of the former while helioptile was the latter, ultimately given he wanted the Pokémon for batling he chose the helioptile for his matter of trading now where would he be able to find the Pokémon was the question as he swapped his national pokedex for the regional version and found that they were found more in the coastal region so he wasn’t quite there just yet and conveniently he would also find his next Pokémon there as well and speaking of next Pokémon he could find another Pokémon he wanted which was an Haxorus. 

It supposed could be found around here which he didn’t quite expect given so many towns and places along the road but he would keep more of a lookout now that he knew that he could encounter it somewhere close by, they left the Pokémon center now that everyone was finished with their things and proceeded through the town, they had gotten to the outer edges of the town towards where the berry farm seemed to be but as they were passing the group was startled by a scream to their left inside of the garden itself, the group had immediately turned to the sound and found Trevor which had been running away from a swarm of beedrill there had been a group of 12 of them chasing after the small boy as he quickly attempted to run away, Both Sero and Kirishima sprung into action. Sero had used his tape to wrap around a group of the beedrill and followed after him, catching 10 of them within his tape and slamming them into each other before dropping them down onto the ground. 

The other two had been closer to Trevor, but Kirishima was there to protect them, especially as he tripped over and was about to get stung. The stinger simply bounced off his hardened skin as Kirishima touched a hand onto his shoulder, hardening himself and the boy in return. He launched out and yelled red counter as he launched with a straight punch to the surprised Pokémon’s face, completely filing it backward into the second one behind it, knocking them down in the process as well. 

Trevor, after his shock wore off, quickly began to thank his saviors for helping him out. Both teens remarked that it was no problem; Bakugo accused him of stirring the hornet nest. Still, Trevor was quick to answer that he didn’t want to bother the beedrill and that he only saw a couple of interesting Pokémon in the garden and wanted to photograph them. They had suddenly jumped out at him, trying to attack. Tierno asked if he attempted to fight them, but he quickly shook his head and remarked that there were too many of them. He didn’t want to risk it. Bakugo sucked his teeth at the comment but looked around for a moment. He remembered seeing a picture of these guys somewhere before as they had been moving through the garden, and as he spotted the sign, he could see why. 

He chucked a thumb over at the sign that everyone turned to look at, which said to “beware of beedrill.” With a sign of the Pokémon stinging someone, it looked like the Pokémon had been a real bother for some time, which Bakugo lent himself to opportunity, and she changed things around and began to walk back towards the building that owned the garden. He told Sero and Kirishima to keep those bees there while he would have a chat with the owner of the place. Ashido, Elliot, and Trevor left along with him, while Tierno opted to stay behind and help the other two. 

Ashido had an idea of what Bakugo was planning; although the girl was off on a couple of things, she assumed that he would have the person pay them for catching and dealing with their beedrill problem, but he was thinking two steps ahead of just that. He remarked that if the beedrill were such a problem, then surely the place had some place or force to handle it, which was confirmed by Elliot remarking that such a task was usually dealt with by Pokémon rangers, which meant that since the problem hadn’t been dealt with yet, there was something else going on. 

He guessed that the rangers had only been taking out and capturing the scouts and hadn’t dealt with the actual nest yet, Trevor commented that finding where the beedrill nest was located was fairly difficult as beedrill once routed from an area don’t go straight back to the nest especially if they were being followed they were incredibly protective of it which Bakugo figured was the problem but for them, it wouldn’t be a problem at all and three were curious on how they would be able to do that when bakugo noticed that even Ashido was confused he gave her a deadpanned expression all but calling her an idiot for not knowing already but realization soon dawned on her as she explained to the other two who were still confused to remember about Kirishima’s ability? Well, reverse what he did to them in Lumioise and boom; he could lead them straight to the nest, and that’s where they could take them out... For a price, of course, Bakugo mentioned as they stepped up to the large house and knocked on the door. 

Before the rancher opened up the door, Bakugo asked what the place called physical currency, and Elliot responded that they called them coins. At least officially, dozens of places had localized slang versions of it, but he was only able to get off the first one, which was simply pok before Bakugo simply raised a hand for him to stop talking, and despite the rude nature of the gesture, he followed it, which he would like to chalk up to just that the door had begun to open up. The man who had opened up the door was an older gentleman who seemed nice. He offered his name, which was David, and asked what he could do for them. If they were there for his berry farm, then he had an offer of free selection if they wanted to purchase some. 

However bakugo wasted no time and brought the topic where he wanted to he pointed to Trevor and remarked that he was attacked by Beedrill the grown man seemed to grasp at an implication that wasn’t there and quickly apologized and was about to head inside for medicine right away but bakugo halted him remarking that he wasn’t hurt and that they took care of them, the man was happy to hear that but still a bit remiss, he had made a comment as they expected that he has asked pokemon rangers to handle the problem which they claim to have but just a couple weeks and more beedrill seem to arrive every day. 

Bakugo continued with that train of thought and explained thats why they came to his farm, he told the man that he could get rid of the beedrill permanently by clearing out their nest from the area which made the man skeptical in thought for a moment asking for proof of actually finding such a secretive place, bakugo remarked that he would just have to trust him and despite the skeptisicm the man seemed to weigh on the side of believing Bakugo however maybe the worriness of having to keep an eye out for beedrilll or being responsible for people being injured on his property was playing a toll on him, the man even admitted during the talks that he was thinking of getting private security Pokémon to watch over his his farm just to keep the beedrill out but if he could manage to destroy the nest that would be very helpful in him avoiding such a cost annually. 

Since the two had an understanding it came time to discuss pricing, Bakugo allowed or more than likely wanted the man to first offer his price and he chose something that at least Elliot and Trevor seemed to think was respectable at about 30,000 poké but bakugo had gone over to the side with Ashido and the to began to discuss a bit about him and Trevor went over to see what the two were talking about they had talked about something called “wasp removal” and attempted to guess about how much that would cost even going so far as to radio in the other two with a headset that they had, after about three minutes of deliberation which they deduce that depending on the size of the hive depended on the size and that large ones could probably cost around 30,000-46,000 “yen” or so maybe more none of them was or certain so bakugo just went with that and turned around and offered a counter offer of 50,000 poké.

This drew a questioning glance from Ashido which suggested to him that he may have also been swindling the man and again he kinda felt wrong to be a part of that, he knew the group was aliens and all were strapped for coins and funds but he wouldn’t want to go about it this way especially in simply helping people out with a problem especially a community problem like the one that they were talking about. The farmer, on the other hand, seemed to have a more jovial outcome of the counter offer however as he let out a chuckle and said that the blonde drove a hard bargain and he would agree with the boy’s terms however he still needed proof that he got all the beedrilll away as he wouldn’t want to be swindled out of his money and Bakugo remarked he wouldn’t have to worry about that once he put his word to do something it gets done as he started to walk away.

This garnered David's attention and remarked that he was going to not take a down payment first. Bakugo simply remarked to just have his coin ready by the time he gets back before stepping off the plot and heading back towards the others quickly followed by the other three once the man agreed he waved them goodbye and wished them luck before before heading back inside. Once the man had been out of earshot Ashido opened up on him and questioned why he overcharged the guy, they had come up with a maximum charge of  45 thousand yen which when converted to this wor- her sentence was cut off with a pained shout instead as her seal activated once more. 

Bakugo face palmed and called her an idiot for misspeaking but just by his body language he was genuinely concerned for the girl as he hovered over her as she crouched over from the pain, he knew that there were some things they couldn’t say but he never actually saw it in person before, the pink girl that could take out a group of scrafty was brought to a knee just from a single slip of the tongue, it took a moment but she eventually recovered and was back to her chipper self although a bit somber, Bakugo explained the thing that he thought was obvious compared to back home a wasp was an incredibly less dangerous target to deal with. 

Trevor and Elliot were incredibly interested in what this “wasp” creature they had been talking about and Ashido explained it as thinking of a beedrill that could fit in between her fingertips with its length only had the stinger on its but six legs instead of four additional stingers and when put that way Elliot could see why Bakugo had raised the price point, he asked what was the conversion rate from this “yen” to coin and Bakugo was the one to answer which was about for every 100 poké was about 150 yen, international currencies would fluctuate between each other by a couple of yen depending on how each country was doing in comparison to the other but that was the jist of it the most used currency in the world was another continents however which was America's which would only equal to one dollar. 

So much information was dumped on the two that they had trouble reconciling it all, so Ashido broke some of what the boy was saying down for them so that they could understand, that a country is essentially what they refer to as a region and each region had different types of currency which was the most surprising thing to find out as that seemed horrendously complex almost for no significant or apparent gain at all and Ashido remarked it was likely just a pride thing no country would give up their cultural currency for another it would be like abandoning your culture to the people. Which started to question how did they get a universal currency did that mean that people simply kept in contact with each other? He knew that Pokeball came from the Hisui region according to legends so they must have begun to explore the world and offer them to the world they likely held a lot of sway in the matter given that they could capture Pokémon first. 

The group of three caught up to the other three, and Bakugo immediately let them know that they had a mission to take care of so they should suit up. He turned to Trevor and him and asked what they should expect from Beedrill as he pointed to the dozen Beedrill completely tied to the tree, buzzing madly in anger and agitation over their situation. 

Trevor opened and said he guessed, these were just scouts/gatherers; there wasn’t much to them but their stingers, which is why they aren’t that threatening, but as you close into the nest you start to visit, that's when you start getting to the warrior class, which can use Pokémon moves. The closer and deeper you go, the stronger the beedrill, with the leader being the strongest of the bunch.

Ashido asked if they had queens, but Elliot remarked that they did not; the strongest in the hive can be either male or female, which was another separation from wasps from where they came from, which meant that Bakugo's original plan to just rip the queen away from the hive wouldn’t work, which he simply shrugged at as that only meant that he would just take them all down instead. This was a startling plan of action for Trevor and Elliot; they asked if they were just going to charge the nest with the four of them, and that was exactly Bakugo’s plan of action; it was the quickest way to end things once and for all without leaving any stragglers behind.

Trevor immediately advised against such a plan of action, remarking that a beedrill hive is densely populated with potentially dozens or even hundred beedrill and that he should at least call for backup from their other friends if they were going to do something so dangerous. Bakugo remarked that it shouldn’t be much of an issue for them; Kirishima had come back in his hero outfit along with Sero and Ashido as Bakugo went to change in the forest as well. Trevor attempted to talk more about the plan with the other three. He remarked about the danger and that one time there was a story of a super hive that contained around 120 bees, which needed to be taken care of by all of the elite four themselves, including the current champion of the region. Hence, they aren’t something that should be played with.

It seemed however their warning fell on dead ears, as Sero remarked that Bakugo, while seemingly full of himself, wasn’t dumb; he knew when he couldn't take something on by himself, and Kirishima added that Bakugo was probably a bit bored on the journey so far, so he's probably eager to get into a fight; the guy liked tough battles more than anything else, and Ashido also remarked that their friends weren’t far away either, so if things somehow needed the others, they could come support them with about a minute or two delay. This got Tierno thinking and remarked that weren’t most of them located in Santalune Forest? Which Ashido nodded, and Elliot wanted confirmation that they could each get here within minutes as he showed her a map of how far they had traveled thus far. Ashido gave a solid nod and remarked that it would be a piece of cake. 

They seemed to look doubtful but trusted her in her judgment as Kirishima moved over to the beedrill in question stealing all further questions from the kids as the focus was intimately focused on the redhead and his ability as he placed his hands on two of the beedrill which were still sat angrily buzzing at them although it had quieted down as most found it had been just a waster of energy for them to continue to do, his hand hardened for a moment before it started to go inside of the two beedrills heads causing both Tierno and Elliot to have a micro shutter of revulsion at the weird act while Trevor if he had it was hidden behind his camera which was snapping away at pictures of the event taking place completely stunned in silence at the spectacle, it took about a minute for the whole procedure to take place but once it did Kirishima confirmed he got the location of the hive. 

Just in time as well, as Bakugo came back with his hero suit, the large bracers along his arms, the grenades at his sides, along the weirdly shaped flat green feet that looked like a landmine compared to the rest of his comrades, he looked like someone that would have belonged to the military or was promoting it at the very least. He told Ashido to double up on the restraints that the beedrill had, and the girl did so as her horns began to change once more, this time becoming longer and sturdier, signifying her solid state. She pressed both of her hands to the outer section of the beedrill that had been wrapped up in tape and pressed both of her hands forward, encasing the wrapped-up beedrill in another layer of purple, almost cement-like material that wrapped around the beedrill, trapping them even more. 

Trevor made the excellent point that wasn’t her ability acidic; was it going to hurt the beedrill being covered in it? Ashido remarked that she can control the acidity of her quirk by trading it out for viscosity and in her solid-state density, which was what she did; it may leave a small rash but nothing that won’t clear up after a good wash under some water. With that out of the way, Bakugo told Kirishima to lead them, and the group was going to follow after him. That was until Elliot asked if he could join them as well. There was a pause as Bakugo assessed him, looking him up and down. He told him that they weren’t going to sit there and baby him, so he better be ready to pull his weight, and Elliot remarked that he would. Bakugo also said he’s not going to be getting any of the money either, which Elliot didn’t mind either, although this was contentious among his group themselves, believing that if he helps, then he should get some of the rewards as well. Still, Bakugo mainly just blew them off.

They were about to continue moving that was until Bakugo threw two grenades at both Tierno and Trevor, shocking them both as they nearly dropped the things. He told them it was an extra precaution just in case the beedrill had managed to escape from their bindings to tap the button on top and then wait five seconds before throwing it, even giving a demonstration that seemed more like a warning and showed off the explosive potential as it exploded in the air in the trees. Trevor noticeably gulped at it and held the item a lot more carefully, keeping his hands smooth away from the button on the top. 

They continued forward from there, and while Elliot was present, it seemed Bakugo wanted him to make his knowledge useful, so he asked all about or more like, confirmed Beedrills weaknesses to fire types, which was a yes, and the only other practical things that they may be able to use were their weaknesses to rock types as well And asked to read out multiple pokedex entries on them: 

Beedrill Poison Bee Pokémon: it has 3 poisonous stingers on its forelegs and its tail. They are used to jab their enemy repeatedly.

BEEDRILL is extremely territorial. No one should ever approach its nest; this is for their own safety. If angered, they will attack in a furious swarm.

Its best attack involves flying around at high speed, striking with poison needles, then flying off.

It has three poison barbs. The barb on its tail secretes the most powerful poison.

It uses sharp, poisonous stings to defeat prey, then takes the victim back to its nest for food.

The last unique entry spurred a discussion around the classification of the creature being that of a “bee” instead of what in their minds clearly represented more of a wasp shape along with its tendency to hunt prey instead of just eat honey like regular bees do, and from their talks he explains that what they had been talking about was much closer to a combee instead of a beedrill, although they referred to the Pokémon as a "Mitsuhoney." There have been some connections between the two Pokémon species; he explained that they are often seen as enemies, but in some isolated incidents, researchers have seen the two species cooperating and having the scout beedrill guard the combee; in return, they get some of the excess honey from their hives, so research is still ongoing about their relationship, which was similar to where they come from just without the friendly occasion, as the two “animals” they called them were mortal enemies.

He focused on that and asked if “animals” are what they called Pokémon, and Sero explained that they don’t have Pokémon where they come from, which confused Elliot, but before he could ask for clarification, things seemed to start to get rolling as the buzzing had started to increase more and more as they walked. The group continued forward, but Elliot noticed how the group had suddenly formed a circle around him. As they continued to walk forward, Elliot was going to get prepared as well. He took out both of his Pokémon, Seaquake and Evergreen. He was a bit worried for Evergreen; his chespin was at a major disadvantage; he would not only take more damage, but his damage in return would be dealing a quarter of the proper damage, but he hoped that his guardians were serious when they said they could handle the challenge. 

According to the notes, a scout of 12 beedrill could indicate that the hive was as big as 60 individuals which was a scary amount to think about, with the 12 scouts captured it meant that they would only have to deal with 48 remaining but that was still a lot of numbers and speaking about being a lot of them they had finally come from the trees seeing that the initial threat of them humming and hissing wasn’t having any effect on them a group had came out of the darkness of the trees and charged right at them, it was six of them this time and that meant between the five of them someone would have to take two or at least he thought, as fast as they emerged from the shadows the soon as they had went toumbling down to the ground unconscious an orange type energy had erupted from bakugo’s hands spotting out into multiple different shots which was a moved that he called ap-shot each attack that landed completely knocked out a beedrill as they fell to the ground unconscious they had barely lost stride from the sudden attack.

The only reason they slowed down was to wrap the beedrill up in sero tape so that they wouldn’t have to worry about being attacked from behind. The group continued their travels, and Bakugo remarked that there had been a seventh beedrill that he let retreat; it would likely warn the others, so the next wave was going to be more difficult than the first one, which eventually came to pass. 

The next wave included 18 beedrill, 12 of them had been scouts so they had just rushed forward to attack them but there were six in the back which had been warriors, the group of them had unleashed a massive pin missile storm headed in their direction between the six of them each unleashing the spikes on their hands and regrowing them to cover the advance of the scouts, Bakugo counter the assault with a massive explosion that blew each of the spikes away totaling 30 in total, he was so amazed by the display as with a simply wave of the hand and the attacks seemed to redirect away from them but they weren’t out of the woods just yet as the others continued to charge at them, Ashido’s horns turned to the same flaming purple almost like a houndooms curved upwards as she raised her hands to fire off 10 of those plasma shots the beedrill while surprised were defending their home so they were prepared for anything only allowing her to strike half of them with the blasts and the others managed to dodge out of the way. 

Kirishima had charged forth next to the five still coming at him. The beedrill did not hesitate to bring their stinger to bear but were utterly shocked when the things failed to penetrate the redhead's skin as he countered their attacks with his own striking hard and fast; normally fighting-type moves aren’t supposed to be effective against beedrill. Still, he wondered if his rock-like skin hit more like a rock type than a fighting move as the beedrill noticeably staggered back from each blow, but the warriors in the back didn’t relent to wait and see the outcome as they had used a different move this time, which was Venoshock, as a large, goopy purple liquid surged forth over Kirishima. Elliot, not wanting to just be a spectator, also came forward with muddy water to counter the attack, blocking the combination and stopping it from touching Kirishima. He quickly told Evergreen to use rollout. 

His small Pokémon continued forward rolling as the spine on its back encompassed him hitting hard with the rollout striking each of the five however they had reduced the damage with Harden and were preparing to counter-attack Evergreen but Bakugo was there for him speeding forward as he put his hands behind his back and striking one of the flying beedrill with a punch, he noted that the explosion had come out the opposite end of his gauntlet reinforcing the punch which was something he aptly called an explosive punch, following up on the confusion he ordered Seaquake to go forwards with a mud shot followed by ordering evergreen to use bite on the target Pokémon closets to him his Pokémon performed their attack dutifully using the decreased speed to latch on to the beedrills leg and slam it on the ground.  

Bakugo by that time had already dealt with the other five beedrills as they lay on the ground unconscious; Kirishima had dealt with his remaining five as well, while Sero was busy wrapping up the unconscious beedrills and gathering them in a specific spot. The group continued forward without a single injury, and Elliot wouldn’t lie; his confidence was also greatly increased with the success they had so far. Given that they had taken down a little more than half the suspected hive already, there likely wouldn’t be another wave, more like a desperate defense of the hive itself, and as they made their approach, their hunch seemed to be correct. There had been a whooping 20 beedrills that hovered around the hive, likely half of them being warriors, so things could get dangerous now, Elliot remarked out loud. Although they weren’t concerned about that, they were looking for the last four, which probably were in the hive itself and would come out when the fighting started. 

Bakugo would start the party by throwing a grenade straight down the center of the small forest this one seemed even stronger than the one he demonstrated for Tierno and Trevor he called it C4 unlike the grenade the entire object was nothing but his power just in a hardened state allowing for a bigger boom and boom did it do as the explosion rocked the flying bug types taking seven of the 20 down completely,  leaving 13 left as they thought the explosion brought out the other four insects which were the prime guards and the king but something was strange with the one that emerged unlike the traditional beedrill it looked mishappened, it lacked the legs of the other beedrill it had two more additional stingers on its body and its lower half seemed more mechanical as it shinned in the light he held up his pokedex scanner to the Pokémon and it was left with nothing but a blank but the others seemed to have an idea on what it could which was an mega evolution . 

This revolution completely blew him away but he couldn’t ask any more questions as the fighting had begun in earnest bakugo threw both of his hands behind himself and dashed off with explosive speed, the boy had completely bypassed the defensive screen that the beedrill had set up going straight for the boss, it along with three guards had started to grow a bright yellow in the power of agility being able to only barely dodge out of the way of the explosive blonde attack before rounding on him with a blast of pin missiles while the leader charged ahead its stinger glowing a bright purple in poison jab as it sped forwards with great speed but the Pokémon attack missed as bakugo flew above it grabbing it by the head which he began to spin around using his other hand to throw the leader at its companions knocking the four of them down but they weren’t defeated just yet as they shook themselves off and charged at the boy while bakugo simply taunted them to come at him.

Elliot didn’t have any more time to look at the battle as the rest of the beedrill came at them, 13 beedril sped forwards before eight stopped and shot out another venoshock the large goop came at them fast and this time it was Ashido too defend them summoning up a large plasma veil of fire that collided and turned the goop into nothing but a vapor, three beedrill continued to charge at them, and he used Seaquake’s mud shot to slow them down just as he told evergreen to use rollout to strike at the three along with Kirishima running up, he was so focused on his Pokémon that he didn’t notice the beedril that split off to the left of him which he only heard before it was too late to dodge out of the way a it’s rear stinger was aimed right at his chest. 

The attack never landed, however, as Sero was there to protect him, as several tape pieces had circled him in a vortex of small index-like pieces, which Sero called gattling index. The tape pieces caught the bee Pokémon off guard, and it severed to avoid the strike, the glowing yellow around it suggesting the use of agility as well as increasing its speed, but the tape continued after it touched along the bee’s wing, which dramatically slowed it down, allowing it to slowly be consumed like a mummy. He thanked Sero for the help, and the boy remarked not to mention it as they continued the battle. Elliot planned his attacks with Kirishima against the other three beedrills ahead of them using a water gun and vine whip from his respective Pokémon. While it couldn’t hurt the Pokémon, he could use the whip to pull them down so Kirishima could hit them. 

The other beedrill had been pursued by Mina shooting out a plasma shot that caught the Pokémon in the back causing it to crumple over down almost immediately, things had going great so far and Evergreen even learned a new move as he cast vine whip once more just as evergreen was struck by a stray pine missile a few seconds prior from the beedrill in the back, it hurt pretty bad but at least he wasn’t poisoned he figured but this spur on a new move which was leech seed as the vines that had wrapped around one Pokémon had began to extract its energy and transfer it into Evergreen itself in small green motes of floating energy rejuvenating it and allowing him to land a final water gun that took the captured beedrill out completely. 

The eight bee Pokémon for the attack had been set upon by Mina shooting out three more plasma shots that downed three targets. Sero used his tape to catapult Kirishima forward, which clotheslined two of them out of the sky in what they call a paper-rock combination slingshot . That left three of them; he focused his attention on two of them, using both mud shots into muddy water and the other following with a rollout into a bite. The two beedrills hardened in response to the attacks, and the third attempted to attack Seaquake with a fury attack; instead, its two stingers glowed a bright white as it launched over with several stabs, but Sero was there for him once more, this time using a tape sword to parry and redirect the attack, and suddenly above it materialized a large hammer made of tape that he slammed down on top of its head. He continued with his attack on the other two, striking out with a water gun that knocked the beedrill out as Mina knocked out the other with another plasma shot . 

With those eight down, the fighting had been finished. Bakugo had seemed to finish quicker than they did as he chilled out over the hive examining it. Elliot quickly went over to the explosive blonde and asked about where the mega beedrill went. He pointed to one of the downed bees next to his feet before revealing into his hand a small marble that appeared almost exactly like the small marble that was on the Seaquake's scarf, although it was just a bit different in color. It was likely a mega stone, but the professor told them that it required a matching keystone and a trainer to evolve, so how could that be possible? He wondered aloud, and Bakugo simply answered that the professor was wrong in his assumption, but that didn’t matter as he stepped down into the hive. Before calling for the others, once inside the hive, the group scoped it out, ignoring the carcasses of several Pokémon as they traveled, although they had been looking for any larvae before they simply blew the place up and, correct to their guess, there had been a couple of laying in the deep ground about five eggs. 

Kirishima would be the one to carry them as Bakugo started to throw around some grenades in the mine as they were leaving. As everyone got clear, he shot a single ap-shot at the ground, causing a large rumble as the rumble took place, and collapsed the earth down on the nest, obliterating it. With their objective done, it was time to head back. Although this brought up the question of evidence once more as Elliot asked how he would prove that he had destroyed it, Bakugo remarked that they were simply going to bring them the proof. 

As he gestured to Sero, he had been wrapping the beedrill up not only so that they wouldn’t be able to attack them from behind but also so that they could carry all of them back to the town with them. Sero wrapped them around an ever larger ball of tape as they came back the way they came, and Bakugo told him to tell the others to have whoever was in charge of relocating Pokémon prepared to deal with the haul of 60 beedrill. 

Elliot got right on it and texted Trevor and Tierno to call someone and that they were headed back. Bakugo separated the one that had been capable of mega evolution by itself, and at first, he thought he was going to take it as his Pokémon, but he remarked that he could probably sell it to Sycamore along with the mega stone, which he guessed was something that he could do to earn money. He worried for how much he would charge the professor for doing such a thing or if the beedrill would be good inside of the room with the others; although given the professor had a garchomp, it shouldn’t be a problem to get it under control. He thought the trek back would have taken longer given the account of the number of beedrills Sero had been carrying, but the teen seemed completely unbothered by it. He asked if the tape could carry anything that could sustain it or did it take some kind of toll on him as well, and the boy remarked that it was more the first one he could lift anything that his enhanced tape allowed him to. 

The large ball of beedrill continued to increase and increase as they passed back the way they came, collecting the down beedrill before finally reaching the town once more. To the gawks of both Tierno, Trevor, and David, who had waited out there with them, he whistled at the large ball of trapped Pokémon and remarked that Bakugo sure didn’t go back on his word as he offered him a briefcase and even told him that he added on 10k more poké just as the Pokémon rangers came to collect the massive amount of Pokémon. They were surprised and even took a picture of the whole group and thanked them for their help. Bakugo opened up the briefcase to the money and started to divvy out the price he had given him: 5k poké, despite him saying that he wouldn’t be paid at the start before taking half of the money and giving his friend both 6k poké while he put 12k poké for himself; the other half was for the ones back in the forest, he remarked before leaving once more in several banging explosions. 

Kirishima bumped Elliot with an elbow to get his attention and remarked that Bakugo may seem like a jerk on the surface, but he’s not all bad, gesturing to the money he gave him. He agreed with a smile before the six of them headed back into the city to look for a place to stay for the night as the sun started to set. They had a lot of questions to answer from both Trevor and Tierno, which they were excited to answer. Sero had even taken a couple of pictures of the adventure for the boy, which they could trade once they got to a wifi network, which quickened their pace to get to a place that had it. 

Bakugo had arrived sometime later, surprisingly with Shauna in tow as well, and the girl had her fair share of stories to tell about what she did with Serena and her group. Bakugo did as he said and sold the mega stone and the beedrill that had it to the professor for 10k poké, which he distributed amongst his friends, giving each of them 2k more while he kept the remaining 4k. Mina and Sero wanted to fight him on the share and how he didn’t even spare it, but Bakugo remarked that since he took out the most beedrill, he was the one owed the bigger cut, which they reluctantly agreed with before finding a hotel for them to stay for the night.

***********************

Lookout: Silver Chain, Tank Top Philospher, Jackie 

Jackie was partially surprised by how quickly everything had been moving. Silver Chain had been moving at a breakneck pace almost as soon as they had a touchdown on the new land. They had only briefly made their stay in Mahogany, passing through, for the most part, looking for opportunities and learning about the land as they went. They found out that the currency of the world was something called poké, which Silver Chain remarked as their world currency in comparison, every 100 of it equal to one of their own, which explained the price of something and why people looked at her strangely when she gawed at the 300 poké price tag on a single can of soda in a vending machine. 

The second day of their trip to this new place was the most freaky for her, mainly due to the sudden voice of Saren in her head. She thought the spirit had somehow come to possess her, which was super creepy since he was a guy, and thankfully the man seemed to expect this and told her that it wasn’t that and it was just a message that he was sending her with his magic. Part of her laughed at him having to clarify something in the message itself, but she took the peace of mind that it brought. He informed her that the monsters that had joined with them were located in a region called Alola; seven other monsters had also been there, but they had been currently looking for the rest of the travel group, which could have been dispersed anywhere on the planet. He confirmed that the teens had also been present on the planet, although he doesn’t know which region they are in at the moment, only having his connection with Sero to confirm that they were indeed around. 

They had “commandeered” a research outpost on the island for their current home situation and would likely have more updates within 10 days, as that was when he should be able to scan the planet for their missing members; if none of them showed up, it is likely they have been discarded elsewhere or that they had perished from the disruption in their journey, so until then he just left it at that grim thought while also informing them of the seal that had been placed upon them by some mysterious force. The man didn’t like to mince words, she guessed as she informed the other two about the situation and what was happening. 

They took the information in stride and remarked that they would just need to busy themselves for the next 10 days. This had mostly included familiarizing themselves with the land, people, technology, and most importantly “animals” of the world, it seemed that in this world monsters were just the standard for animals here, a good majority of them looked somewhat familiar to her like she could see the inspiration or nods to what they had in comparison to what she remembered but some were just plain weird like she could not tell for the life of her what a golem was supposed to be in her worlds terms and things got even weirder with them when she found out that the major sport of this world was having them battle each other but at the same time she had found a human and something called a machoke getting handsy with each other like a couple.

It just was giving off incredibly switcheroo vibes, which the animals themselves, or should she learn to say "Pokémon,” also did. Some of them seemed smart enough to pass off as humans, while others were lesser like a stray encounter with a rat, which just acted like a rat straight up, just with more difficulty in actually killing the thing than any regular rat should be. So she took them more for monsters than animals in her world. Monsters showed cognitive thought and sometimes were just wild beasts at the same time, which suited this world Pokémon to the letter.

Silver Chain had been the leader despite being the second oldest, which was Philosopher. Some may see it as strange, but Philosopher didn’t mind; he could just bow out and let the girl handle it as she seemed fairly experienced and confident in her choice of action, which he never really disagreed with. She had made them travel to Olivine City; it was here where they would spend most of their time. The girl had been incredibly busy through the night, having collected a whopping 800,000 poké by raiding the dens of just over 80 meowths, which were seen as hordes of coins.

This came from the natural problem of where they would even keep that much coin on their person without it being problematic for them, not due to the danger of being robbed. It became clear from an altercation Jackie had with a few guys that the people of this place weren't as strong as the people where she had come from, although she wanted to think that it was due to her training in martial arts, but in truth, if she was assigned a hero ranking back where she was from, she would probably only get to C or maybe B-class, which were the two lowest classes of the four. 

They would probably have to deal with police asking questions about it, which they would have to answer, so Silver Chain had already begun to buy things for them to solve the issue, including stuff such as briefcases and bookbags for them to lug around, and since traveling was seen as the most normal thing to do, no one batted an eye at their large travel bags that they lugged around everywhere. 

The women also didn’t hesitate to buy them each a pokedex of the national variety, which each totaled a whopping 60,000 poké, which seemed like a major rip-off for something that was just a glorified encyclopedia; it had its other uses such as identification, online banking, trading, and notification—the epitome of a cell phone in functionality just without the capability to call people on it or download and play games. 

One reason the price could have been so high was likely due to the national nature of the stuff, once they had ordered themselves a three-room and two-bathroom hotel room which cost 10,000 poké a night, she quickly noticed how almost everything had been region-locked you had to pay more money even to see channels from other regions even the very news was region locked so you wouldn’t hear anything that had been happening to an area that could have been even right next to you which was a startling contrast to her world and even Sero’s when you can have the world at your fingertips with the amount of information you can find online about any Country, for her world which lived on just a single supercontinent it was only to be expected but Sero had multiple continents and countries according to him which mirrored this worlds as she looked at a globe of the place but everything was locked away almost like a secret or something. 

The fourth and fifth days in the hotel were a fairly standard affair. Silver Chain would leave for the day doing who knows what really and return with more and more money. She told her that she would challenge the trainer to battle using her living metal clones and just refer to it as a special ditto, a special creature pink blob of a Pokémon that can mimic almost anything, although from what she could guess, the traditional price of Pokémon duels was around 500 poké, maybe even 2,000 poké. However, she brought in ten times that number back to back, which had to be from something else, although she never said what.

As night fell on this last day Silver Chain returned with something in her hands this was a device that would allow them to keep up with the news in other regions she wanted them to monitor and look through and see if they could find anything revolving around the teens, Philosopher questioned if they wouldn’t just keep a low profile like they were doing so they wouldn’t show up in the news but Silver chain new her boyfriend better than that he wasn’t someone that could keep a low profile for a long time especially if he didn’t feel a need to which Jackie could agree on her boyfriend was always the loud one and never one to skip showing off his power which went almost matched perfectly along with his explosive personality.

Chapter Text

Tales from the Forest: 1A Remnant, Y, Viola, Alexa

  3rd day : Now that the roles had been selected and the designations were given, this left a large hole for the remaining 12 students of 1A to fill. Their phones were mostly useless besides the games they had installed on them, which could only occupy their time for so long. They knew from the others that  X had belonged somewhere in Vaniville town, and after having a couple of recon missions towards the place and even asking around some of the kids that had been asking around, they hadn’t been able to find out what the boy looked like. They had a brief breakthrough when someone mentioned that there had been a boy called Xerxes who had won the Junior League championship, Five years ago but seemingly disappeared, leading some to think that he may have left the region entirely, although they very much doubt those claims given that the other two individuals, Ash and Elliot, have been found in the region and they had just arrived, so the third individual the legendary asked them to guard most likely would be as well. 

The group spent most of this day mainly just lying around keeping themselves busy. Kaminari and Mineta had been trying to convince Yaomomo to create a machine to hijack an internet signal for them or have that line fail to attempt to ask if she could make a machine that generated an internet signal, although both roots failed as Yaomomo considers both things as stealing. Others busied themselves with fully building up their home in the forest to be a bit more comfortable; Koda had befriended all the Pokémon within their area by that point, and Ojiro had set his sights down away from the forest near the river as inspiration to continue to practice in his water stream rock smashing fist along with others accompanying him to help with his training, such as Shoji and Toru, at least for some time.

Iida had handed over the currency of the world to Yaomomo as he believed the group would need it more than he did as he continued his journey, so both Yaomomo and Todoroki had gone over to Aquacorde town to check out some of the local drinks and food. They quickly found that 2k poké wasn’t much in the grand scheme of things. They couldn’t afford to buy everything they required, so they elected just to save the money and wait for another day. Seeing that the two groups were separating from each other, Yaomomo created another drone to follow along with Bakugo’s group to ensure they were safe as well. However, the explosive teen believed it wouldn't be necessary for him. 

     4th day: The group continued to attempt to busy themselves within the Santalune forest, Momo had crafted Uraraka four of her spirals so that the girl would have something to defend herself out there if the situation called for it, she knew that Tatsumaki had her carrying around six additional spirals of that weight by the time they had left but for her quirk and its capabilities that were the limit for her to produce at the moment once Tokoyami delivered them she received thanks from the girl and remarked that she probably didn’t need the other 6 given that she had no place to put them and having them constantly hanging over her head would draw a lot of attention and cause some problems with that many around which the girl understood. They had been greeted by a person surprisingly that morning as well who went by the nickname or they assumed anyways of Y. She told them that she knew of their final and elusive target of X, which meant they didn’t need to search anymore for the person as now they had a special person to relay any information that they needed to the individual. 

The girl asked for more information, and they gave it to her before she had to leave in a hurry, leaving them all alone once more. Both Kaminari and Mineta's boredom overloading their hyperactive minds finally made their way into town where the two of them had gone and stirred a little incident with them putting on a “show” to gain some money. However, these were mostly scams like challenging people that if they had been able to shock Kaminari then he would give them their 2k poké, which he had no authority to give anyone. That was the least of their worries as the two had stirred up quite the commotion when people accused him of somehow cheating when he was hit by a thunderbolt by an Ampharos and still felt nothing or made a single sound. The arrival of Jiro quickly put the games away as she dragged Kaminari and Mineta away while giving back the money that they had scammed from people. 

The others in the forest mainly did what they had from the previous day. Ojiro noted how things sounded different to him as he meditated by the river, although the others nearby remarked that they didn’t hear much of a difference at all, which made him think that it may have just been in his head. Koda had helped some Pokémon avoid or, in some cases, help when it came to their interactions with trainers passing through the forest; thankfully, it never got to the point of aggression or outright fighting when it came to Pokémon running over to him from protection, as the kids just assumed that the Pokémon was his and apologized before continuing on their way. The tall boy hid his horn under a large nest of sorts of twigs and branches, which had been a prank by some pan-chimp trios that he made to his advantage. Other Pokémon that had wanted to go with a trainer had often asked many of the teens to take them seeing how nice they were; however, none of them were Pokémon trainers, but many of them had wanted to be, but the Pokémon in the forest weren’t the ones that they would have chosen if they had been so they respectfully decline the advances. 

Koda would help the Pokémon around, sometimes leading Pokémon directly to trainers or, in other cases, leading the trainer to them, which sometimes offered him a tip of like 800 poké. He was just glad to help and would have just given the money back, but given that they needed it, he simply accepted gracefully. As noon began, they were visited by Y once more, and there they had offered her a radio to communicate with them if something had happened. She wanted a picture of the mystical third legendary so that she could show X that she was telling the truth, along with pictures of a couple of them as well, at least the ones assigned to him, so that he could have an idea who they were, as she remarked that he wasn’t good with strangers or many people at all. The radio also doubled as a tracker, so they knew where their target was located, although they still allowed them to keep their privacy and not approach the home unless it was needed. 

5th day : The fifth day, which was halfway through the week, was when people’s patience had begun to wear thin; they couldn’t do much with their home in the forest anymore, and they had exhausted anything else they could do in the forest. Hence, some people wanted to explore more and more of their surroundings. The group even started to think up which Pokémon they wanted to capture for themselves and even made a game of it with a few stipulations, such as no one having three of the same type on a team and everyone choosing unique Pokémon from the others. The girls thought it would be cool if each of them had an eveelutions. However, this brought up the question of what Pokémon did exist, which got them all even more curious to start to explore even more.

Thankfully before they got too wild on where they could go and looking at the map that Yaomomo got the group had another unexpected visitor this was none other than Viola sister of Alexa who had been going to help them out, the women had used her Vivillon to find where they had been held up in the forest and offered greetings to all of them, she was there on behalf of her sister who had been working with the professor to get them some identification so that they could enter into Lumiose City, the women had brought them a couple of books that would help out on their test when they take it for the initiation and even invited them all to Santalune city which getting bored of the forest the others agreed to travel towards on their way, the women allowed them to go through her national Pokedex and see all the Pokémon that had been discovered so far mentioning some that haven't been on the pokedex which intrigued the women but the year was close to over so the next years model will probably have the few that they mentioned. 

On their journey towards the city, Viola got a couple of pictures of the teens each of them using their powers which she was surprised at and capable of doing, the ones that most interested her, however, were the girl's powers could create essentially anything that she wanted, the girl was even able to make a Pokeball from just seeing the thing although it was only a temporary construct it was completely identical to her own which even allowed her to recall her Pokémon inside of the creation she called the ability conjure which was an “awakening” of her standard ability creation which allowed her to create anything that she knew the atomic structure of which made the women whistle at such a nifty ability although she internally wondered with such an ability why would they be living in the forest they could create their currency as much as they liked if they wanted to although that tipped her off to their good nature in refusing to abuse such a thing. 

She was showing the large group around the town and her gym before two others had to break off and go and help out with Ash and her posse. She thought something had been wrong, but they explained to her that it wasn’t anything serious, so they continued to travel and learn about the city and Kalos in general until noon came when Tokoyami returned with a good deal of money from the others. Tsu had stopped a few scam artists that had been stealing other people's Pokémon, while Bakugo had taken care of a beedrill hive nest that had been bothering a small city, earning them a good 50,000 poké, which they separated amongst themselves, with the new money they had Toru, Kaminari, Mineta, and Aoyama all wanted to go out and eat something that hadn’t been berries, so Viola showed them to the nearest restaurant to eat something as the night came to a close.

Current Day: On this day the class still didn’t have much to do, and given their vacancy, Viola was happy to put them to work for herself, offering some money for them to go out and take a couple of pictures for her while she was held up by her gym leader responsibilities, which the teens were eager to accept as it would break up their boring time doing practically nothing. The teens had also helped around Santalune City as much as they could, doing community service that Viola told them that they could do, such as searching for stray Pokémon or helping out in Pokémon and human shelters. The only exception to this outreach of working in either the neighboring cities or the forest was the squad that had been assigned to watch over X. They also had the task of taking care of the area they set up in the forest. This was mostly easy with Shoji awakening power Buddha , which allowed him to spawn multiple body appendages in the forest. It was no stretch to say that he had eyes and ears all around the forest or within 200 meters of where the tall teen was currently along with Koda’s friendly nature with the Pokémon, no one could be able to get close to their camp without them knowing.

Ojiro and Tokoyami in response didn’t have much to do their abilities weren’t as good for scouting as their two compatriots were and the camp other than clearing off falling leaves or branches was mainly spotless leaving them to just do what Ojiro’s been doing for most of his downtime practicing it was rare for him to train against Tokoyami the two fighting styles not being very compatible with one another, especially with shining light out which was more for range than the brawler dark shadow was but that wasn’t to say that it wasn't helpful to practice against such things and as the two continued to practice with each other Ojiro still was bothered by that mysterious sound he kept hearing but he started to wonder if it was a bad thing as for a moment he allowed the sound to guide him and he was even able to dodge shining light while she was invisible .

******************

The Family Secret: Clemont, Bonnie, Ash, Midoriya, Uraraka, Tsu, Iida, Blaziken mask

As the morning dawned on the group, they had already been on the move, the teens having still decided to sleep outside to conserve the little money that they had already, but that didn’t stop some of the kids that they were traveling with from attempting to support them in their struggles by bringing them additional food from the daycare center for each of them, although they didn’t have an idea of what they would like, so they brought them each some of their favorite foods, most of which had been familiar to the teens in one way or another. After having finished eating, the group continued to set out in the direction of Lumiose City; there were no other stop gaps between them and the place, so it was a straight shot to arriving. The group of teens, while they couldn’t accompany them directly through the checkpoint, could always just go over it if they needed them; however, there seemed to be no need as Alexa had managed to get them through without any need for the problem, posing them as some assistants that she was currently taking under her wing.

The group thanked Alexa for her assistance, and the women remarked that there was no problem; she was still working with Professor Sycamore on how to help them and had already sent her sister over the previous day to inform their other friends about what they had come to so far, and she was there to offer them the same information, giving them a handful of books to learn more about Kalos and its history in preparation for a citizenship test. 

She also left with a message from the professor that they were allowed to go and stay with him in his labratory given that they had been strapped on cash for the moment which they also greatly appreciated as the collective group began to explore the large wide city, Serena remarked that since she was in a rush she didn’t have much time to sit back and experience what the City truly had to offer but she had heard so many stories about the beauty of the city and how it was essentially the crown jewel of the region and center of all prime fashion, which was mirrored in how people were dressed as the group passed by several bystanders, Serena asked about what fashion was like where the teens had been from and for the most part she was barking up the wrong tree with that one, each of them mainly had their own tyle that they had stuck to when going out casually and weren’t very concerned with what had been trending in the fashion space and remarked that she would probably get a better answer from their other friends Mina, Aoyama, or Yaoyorozu.

Bonnie was super interested in hearing about their friends and wondered if each of them had such cool powers as they had. Tsu had diligently gone out of her way to explain each of their powers to the little girl as the group continued to walk before spotting something in the far distance. This was Prism Tower, the long tower sticking out amongst the many smaller buildings that surrounded it. This brought up the similarity to the teens on a famous tower back home, which had been the Eiffel Tower. Uraraka even had a picture of it on her phone, which she showed them, remarking that she had always wanted to go there one day as she heard so many good things about it. Clemont noted plenty of similarities; however, the great difference he saw was that the tower didn’t seem to be a building or have someplace to go inside more resembling art instead of an actual place, and that is exactly what the teens described it as: something more to experience; you can go inside and view the surroundings from so high up, but other than that, it was mainly to look impressive. 

Ash remarked that in comparison, the Lumiose tower was where the gym leader of  Lumiose City could be found, prompting Serena to ask if he had already challenged the gym leader. Ash told her that he had tried to when he first arrived, but since he didn’t have four badges, the leader had just thrown him out. Serena remarked about the peculiar nature of such a thing, as she’d never heard of a gym leader needing some sort of prerequisite number of badges before being able to challenge, nor did the teens, for that matter, thinking out loud that it could be so that newcomers are experienced before taking on the gym. 

Clemont remarked that since that was the way it was they should keep moving on and that there was a restaurant nearby that he could go and treat them to, which Bonnie also agreed with attempting to hurry them along down the road and away from the Tower. Uraraka noted the weird nervousness that they had all of a sudden, although she didn’t want to pry and look into it if they didn’t want to discuss it, as she also encouraged the group to start moving along. The brunette claimed that the city may have been this world France, so she would like to explore it more along with the rest of them.

There had almost seemed to be a sigh of relief on the brother and sister's faces when they had agreed on moving on and away from the gym. Although the two had completely jolted at a voice that had wrung off behind them shouting both of their names in greeting and familiarity, the group turned around and saw a large, burly man on a moped on his back was a Denryu or something that people had called Ampharos. The man had work overalls on and smudges of grease on top of it as he had seemed to just come off of work. Bonnie and Clemont both recognized the man as their father, which was a surprise to the others. The man got off the bike along with his Ampharos and walked over, greeting his two kids with a big hug and remarking that it had been some time since he had seen them around. 

Clemont told him that he had been out adventuring before he gestured to the group of six in front of him. They officially introduced their father to the six Bonnie with her usual enthusiastic flair, while Clemont remained nervous and almost squeamish in his introduction. The man seemed to be brimming with confidence as he announced to the group that his name was Meyer and that he ran an electronic shop for the city. Along with Ampharos, the Pokémon gave a confirming chirp as well, waving its arms up and down. Bonnie then introduced the group as all being friends, which seemed to strike a chord with the man as he dramatically threw his body back and tears started to stream from his eyes with pure joy as he grabbed both of his kids in a bear hug once more before thanking the group for accompanying his children on their adventure so far. 

The man quickly began to go down the list looking over the group. As he first went to Ash and his Pikachu on his shoulder, he rubbed along the small Pokémon’s chin and complimented its two red electric cheek pouches, which the Pikachu nuzzled into the man's touch with a pleased shrill. He moved down the list and asked the name of the girl next to Ash whom she kindly offered her name was Serena , he moved on to the next person who was nearly as tall as him, and greatly shook his hand with a firm grip as he introduced himself as Tenya Iida , the next person he went to was another girl this was about as tall as his son the girl introduce herself with another firm shake and her name was Tsuysu Asui which she punctuated with an admittedly cute but somewhat weird sound which he couldn’t place but he continued to the next person which was another girl this one gave a curt handshake and told him that her name was Ochacko Uraraka and the last person was another boy this one with mossy green hair which his name was Izuku Midoriya . 

The boy had seemed a bit hesitant to shake his hands, but it wasn’t like it was something out of fear but almost like he was suspicious of him for something, which was strange. He shook his hand, and he continued as he jabbed a teasing hand at Clemont and remarked on how there were a couple of girls in his party, which meant that he could have a girlfriend soon, although Clemont disproved this, and Serena remarked that both Tsu and Uraraka had been spoken for, and Serena even gesturing to the boy that Uraraka was going out with being right there as she pointed to Izuku, the man flushed with embarrassment, and apologized, although the teens didn’t mind it much. 

Continuing off with the teen it was Bonnie who let slip that the teens all had unique powers and abilities which garnered the man’s attention she also informed the man that they were the ones who had come to help out during the garchomp incident a few days ago, this prompted Midoriya to remark that he was there as well on that day garnering some curious looks from all involved although all he could notice that the man had noticeably started to get a bit anxious himself as he rubbed the back of his head and remarked that once he saw what was happening next to prism tower he had gone investigate to make sure that his son was doing alright as the boy spent more time there than at home ever since he had become a gym leader which he wished he would visit more. 

Midoriya would have liked to comment that it likely wasn’t just from being in the crowd he wasn’t that good with his danger sense yet to do such a thing as to remember every single person he passed by but this man was closer to him than that and he wasn’t near Prism tower in the first place he could have been one of the people he helped but that messes up his alibi which told him that he was lying in the first place but why, he tried to deeply remember where he could have felt his aura from to the point where he could recognize it and thought back to the rooftop the Bursyamo from before and the hometown hero blaziken mask and that was where it clicked for him not only on the rooftop but also when he had gone to drop off Team Rocket members something had been attempting to follow him back to where he was going although he sped up to ensure that whatever it was it couldn’t follow him and he was sure that during that same incident it was the same Bursyamo from the rooftop. 

The man seemed to have been steadily watching him as he felt his danger sense slightly rise from his more nervous emotions like he was being cautious around him. As their eyes met once more, it instantly vanished, as Bonnie had also wanted to introduce her dedenne to him as she held it up within her arms, and it gave a happy chirp. Meyer remarked that he was glad that she was able to make a friend and that it seemed that she also favored electric types like the rest of the family. However, this brought a sudden seriousness to the man's face once more as he turned to look at Clemont.

     “Listen clemont I thought I told you this before, but it seemed you ignored my advice and did the opposite, so I’ll say it again... You indeed need to be tough on challengers, but that alone won’t help them become better trainers. What you are doing at the Lumiose Gym is not right, Officer Jenny visited me just a couple of hours ago at my job and said that you need to reel it in. Trainers are reporting being injured and thrown out haphazardly from the tower after a loss; if it wasn’t for a Snorlax nearby, someone could have been hurt out there. She told me if this doesn’t get fixed soon, they may even consider revoking your gym leader status.” Meyer remarked, earning a shocked gasp from all involved.

     “What? It's gotten that bad?” Clemont asked for clarification.

    “Yes, I’m afraid, so... I thought that whatever you had been going through you would have told me about eventually, but you never contacted me, so I assumed you wanted to handle what you were going through on your own. Just know that I’m here for you if you need anything. I know you are smarter than me, but that doesn’t mean I can’t shed some wisdom now and then. You need to be a gym leader that Lumiose Gym can be proud of; it's a heavy responsibility to bear but I’m sure you can do it if you need anything just ask  I’ll see you all again after you fix whatever's happening at the tower.” Meyers remarked as he began to walk and get on his moped once more, followed quickly by his Ampharos. As the man put on his helm, he told the others that he hoped they would watch over his kids for him and that they should come visit his shop sometime in the future before driving off. 

As the man Drove off both Clemont and Bonnie notably relaxed in their posture however it straightened right back up as Both Ash and Serena got into the boy’s face and asked what that situation was about, Clemont fumbled for a moment hesitating to see if he could come up with a lie or not to explain the situation however Bonnie told him that they should just come clean so the boy obliged his sister with a heavy sigh, the group continued forwards not before Clemont offered to buy them some ice cream for lying to them all this way, although Tsu and Iida were quick to point out that he technically never lied to anyone the topic of what he did or his past never really came up in discussion so their was no reason to feel bad about it which cheered the scientist up somewhat although he still thinks its a lie by omission instead, the group made it to a wide park that was centered around a fountain others people sat around and played in the grass while Clemont went up to the fountain and sat down on it as he began to tell them who he really was.

He was planning on telling them of his status eventually and that he was once again sorry before he began to tell them about how busy he was as a gym leader, which stopped him from pursuing his passion for creating inventions. to solve this issue figured that he would create a robot that he nicknamed Clembot. It would fulfill his gym leader responsibilities while he could do other things and focus on inventing. Although he had made some mistakes when it came to its programming, it seemed he had designed the machine to be kind to challengers but also strict when needed as well, but his biggest blunder was stating that he wanted challengers to have “around four gym badges,” which the machine had taken literally to mean they needed four gym badges to participate, although the teens thought that those statements were the same thing, and in that case it was more a user error than the machines. Still, they didn’t want to interrupt the boy as he continued.

He told them of the machine's first test run with Bonnie. How poorly it was when he revealed that he didn’t have the required badges to participate in the gym, and to make matters even worse, the safety phrase of his master recognition battle mode had failed to work properly. He had been chased out by the robot, which seemed about to attack them and was locked out of the gym. As they moved eventually the whole building as well. He wanted to go back and stop it many times, but Clembot had stopped him from getting in multiple times. The only people he would let in were people with four gym badges. Clemont seemed bummed about it, but that was when Serena suggested that maybe all of them could do something about it with his new friends; he could surely reclaim the gym if he was up for giving it another shot, and all of the rest of the group supported the idea, which gave him the energy to head over to the Tower once more to give it another shot.

With his renewed confidence he started to at a brisk pace toward his Gym and once the group arrived he saw a rather disheartening sight, there was a warning label in front of the doorway that told trainers that if they did not have four badges to go to a different gym and another warning sign in front of that one which stated that you would be signing a disclosure before participating in the gym as in the event of a lost there would be a chance of injury and these warning seemed to work their magic as there had been no one around to challenge the gym which only make Clemont think of his father's words once more, being just tough on trainer didn't seem like it would be a solution after all, the whole thing just seemed to diminish all the confidence he had out of him so when Ash asked if he was ready to retake the Gym the teen hesitated. 

Even if he could somehow figure out the voice code, he would still have to defeat it in battle, although Ash pushed back and remarked that trying was the first part of succeeding at something; if he never tried, then he would never have the chance to succeed in the first place. Clemont knew that but tried to think of it more logically: Clembot had all of his Pokémon; he couldn’t beat them all just with his inexperienced bunnelby, although Midoriya was the one that had rebuffed him this time, remarking that even if he did lose, then he would take care of the robot in his stead; they couldn’t just let it continue as it was; he would then be out of the job in a short time, and he wouldn’t want that. Or would he Tsu questioned, given his reason for creating Clembot in the first place, that it could be time to turn a new leaf in his life and leave the gym to someone else if he didn’t want it? 

This prompted Serena to ask why Clemont became a gym leader in the first place. Clemont had to take a moment and collect his thoughts, so Bonnie thought she started for him as she told the group that in Lumiose her brother was known as that boy genius of electric types. This guy got his brain back on track as he remarked that he wanted to become an electric type trainer that the world had never seen before, so he became the Lumiose gym leader in the first place. Clemont had to take a moment and collect his thoughts, so Bonnie thought she started for him as she told the group that in Lumiose her brother was known as that boy genius of electric types. 

This got his brain back on track as he remarked that he wanted to become an electric type trainer that the world had never seen before, so he became the Lumiose Gym Leader by running an electric type gym. He knew others would plan when they went against him, and he figured that if he could win even against their planning, then it would prove how strong of an electric-type trainer he had become. Hearing that Serena thought it was even more reason why he should try to reclaim the gym, Ash also remarked in support, remarking that if taking back the gym would make him stronger, it was something that he must do.

The teens also agreed and would give their full support in the adventure into the tower as they had unclasped their briefcases and left elsewhere to go get changed into their hero costumes just in case, Bonnie was very interested in seeing them all suited up and remarked that Iida’s costume was so cool with being a knight and how Tsu was cool in her green suit and how she wondered what Midoriya and Uraraka’s suits were like which got the others also interested in how the two would look, the group didn’t have to wait long for the teens return first arriving being Iida in his knight-like armor which Clemont would love to get a rundown on some time and then followed by the others unlike Iida which had metal armor the others seemed to go for more reinforced and isolated fabric despite the assured durability of the stuff it was still fairly form fitting to each of them. 

Serena asked Uraraka why the gauntlets around her hands were so big, and she explained that inside of them housed metallic grappling hooks that she used to swing around her spirals, speaking of which she lowered them further down to the ground by increasing the gravity on herself as they were about to enter the building, causing them to hover just behind her head. Bonnie asked what the red arm attachments were for, and Midoriya explained that they were his full gauntlets; they initially helped to mitigate the recoil of his powers, but now it was mainly just for protection. The group discussed a bit more before deciding to finally head inside. Clemont unlocked a door and lifted a cape that had been blocking an unused entrance, which they used to make their way in.

There had been the option of taking the ventilation system to avoid suspicion, but with the teens present, they didn’t exactly fit inside, especially with their bulkier gear on, so instead they elected to just use the doors. Midoriya showed off his power once more as he used his black whip to slide between the creases of the door and force it open, allowing the group to walk through normally before he let go, allowing the door to slam closed once more. they formed this for a couple of more doors before they got to a dimly lit hallway, upon getting into the hallway, they had been immediately set upon by one of Clemont’s Pokémon, one being a magnetite. The floating orb with tongs sticking out of both ends along with a center eye seemed to have recognized Clemont for a moment before coming closer to accept the embrace that his trainer was going to offer him; however, it had seemed to change its mind quickly as instead, a burst of thunder erupted from its body being fast. Midoriya was able to shield Clemont from the attack before wrapping the Pokémon up in his black whip. 

Ash had asked what had happened and why his Pokémon tried to attack him. Clemont didn’t know but he guessed that since Clembot was the one in control it had given his magnemite orders to attack any intruders that it found sneaking around they should be careful and on the lookout for any other of his Pokémon which the group agreed to do, Tenya suit should be able to pick up any approaching Pokémon with his motion sensor combine that with Deku danger sense they shouldn’t be surprised by anything that had been coming at them which was proved again when they had continued to walk through the halls of the building and came into contact with another of Clemonts Pokémon.

It was a magneton this Pokémon had come from behind him and had let out a large soundwave with metal sound this had mainly debilitated the others although Iida’s suit had automatically adjusted for the sound as he charged forward snaping out with a kick that had struck the Pokémon on the side which sent it spiraling to the side of the wall denting it in the process while knocking the Pokémon unconscious, Iida apologized for the damaged architecture and hurting his Pokémon although the boy remarked that it was fine and that it couldn’t be helped. With those two down, there had been a main lull in the action as they navigated the empty halls of the building. With this silence, the group had once more started to discuss how the gym was run. 

Uraraka asked about some of the strategies that some trainers used specifically about what if trainers bring Pokémon that have been super effective against electric types or Pokémon that were completely immune to electric types like ground type Pokémon and Clemont explained that in such situations where trainers attempt to gimp the system like that Gym leader offers a handicap system, in the case where a trainer has half or more of either super effective Pokémon or Pokémon that are completely immune to the Gym leaders typing then before they are allowed to challenge the gym leader they are forced through a gauntlet of similarly minded trainers the number of trainers that they would have to go through varies from Gym leader to Gym leader. Bonnie went on to join the conversation and explained that the way he challenged the trainer was with a “boring” quiz, although she did admit that she did enjoy that he would allow her to sometimes come up with her quiz to give people.

Clemont, however, commented that of those times people would usually pass most of the time leading to some fairly lopsided battles on his part, although that was the idea, as sometimes he would make the test too hard and everyone would fail, causing some lopsided battles on his end as well. He didn’t know what the other gym leader did, but he knew that the rock gym leader would often like to rock climb and would push that on some of the trainers, although he had never seen his handicap in action. The group talked some more about running the gym and how he came to possess it or was passed down to him in his family. Ash had met many gym leaders like that on his adventures, but Clemont did not; he had used his status as a genius inventor to get his position, mainly the former electric-type gym leader, who was readying to step down, and given his status and goal, he was given the title almost immediately. 

However, as he remembered the announcement, a couple of people didn’t think he was qualified for such a role and were extremely disgruntled by the decision, although he kept that mainly to himself as the conversation grew silent as the group approached the last door that led into the gym. The lights had been dark, but upon entering, the lights turned on, revealing the stage, which was on a bed or solid rock. On either side of the field lay two brown bleachers for spectators, and decorated around the arena were also electric tubes that flowed electricity constantly giving the entire area a pseudo-yellow glow when combined with the overhead lights.

Out in the center of the field on the other side of the gym lay a robot that had seemed to be deactivated before steam came out of both of its ears and its eyes began to light up blue. The machine was lanky in appearance and held a baseball cap-type design for a head with a lightning bolt at the top of it and a yellow strip decorating the top of the head, which resembled hair. Its hips were more oval-shaped with wires circling them,  which seemed to power its legs motion forward and backward. Its hands possessed individual fingers that extended out of its arm, more than a traditional hand on a person. 

The machine was colored a dark navy blue and grey with a mouth that opened and closed almost like a mailbox as it spoke; it welcomed them to the Lumiose Gym, and that was when Clemont once more activated his master voice recognition mode, which prompted the machine to ask for the voice code. Clemont took a moment to calm his nerves down; he wasn’t alone like before, and he could take a moment to think about what his answer would be. He looked over the machine once more, and upon further inspection, he spotted a dent on the upper right side of its head. 

Thinking back to when he had created the machine once more when his sister had come in to tell him of a challenger, he had accidentally tripped over the cords link to his machine just after he had entered in the master recognition code, causing it to bump its head. If this minor fall had caused a problem within his programming or caused it to maybe halt the master recognition sequence, then it was possible that the next thing he said to the machine could have counted towards what the new code would be and what he said shortly after the fall was. 

     “The voice code is: You can start today; I’m Clemont the Gym Leader.” Clemont remarked seriously.

      “Code recognized master recognition battle mode activated,” Clembot replied in approval, which Ash congratulated Clemont on remembering although this still left the battle that he had to win. As he asked for the others to wait in the spectator's seats, the group agreed and all wished Clemont luck and told him to do his best as the battle was about to commence. 

The teens took their place while the kids had opted to stand at the front to watch the battle. Clemont was the one to unveil his Pokémon first, which was Bunnelby, and the machine went after transforming its hand into a cannon of sorts, which it used to reveal its heliolisk . Interested in the Pokémon, Ash took out his pokedex and scanned over the strange Pokémon as it reminded him of helioptile.

Heliolisk the generator Pokémon: They flare their frills and generate energy. A single heliolisk can generate sufficient electricity to power a skyscraper.

Ash looked over the data some more and found that it was indeed the evolved form of helioptile, which made the resemblance make sense. Clemont wanted to prove his title of gym leader with the battle, so he asked his heliolisk to not hold back for the battle, and the Pokémon responded, flexing out its frills for a moment in a positive shrill in its native tongue. With the battle officially underway, Clemonbot was the one that made the first move, ordering its Pokémon to use Thunderbolt. This was something Clemont had explicitly programmed for the robot to do, so he was well aware of his ability to defend against such an attack, he ordered his Pokémon to use its ears to crunch up the ground, sending a large rock into the air, which completely canceled out the attack, causing stray dust to fly everywhere, the instance bringing back memories for Ash as he performed the same defensive maneuver against him in their battle. 

Clemont went on the offensive as the smoke cleared ordering bunnelby to use double slap while Clembot would counter with dragon tail, the small digging Pokémon charged forwards as the generator Pokémon leaped into the air its frills widely extended as green glowing energy coalesced around its tail and bunnelby ears had started to light up a whiteish red, the generator Pokémon flipped while int he air hoping to slam it’s tails own on top of the small Pokémon however this attack was deflected by the small Pokémon’s ears making it glide by and strike the ground, it continued along with that motion to deliver a double strike to the Pokémon back sending it siding down into the ground before the Heliolisk could recover Clemont wanted to hide Bunnelby for its next attack, so he commanded it to use dig, but Clembot was one step ahead of him as he ordered Heliolisk to use bulldoze.

Just as the digging Pokémon shoveled completely into the ground, the heliolisk did a large stomp that completely reverberated into the ground and forced the bunnelby straight into the air with a panicked shout, even surprising Clément himself as he never had taught heliolisk such a skill. The robot didn’t relent in his assault either, as the small Pokémon was thrown into the air. He capitalized by using Dragon Tail once more as the heliolisk charged over as it collected energy, jumping into the air and smacking the smaller Pokémon into the ground. It bounced once hard on its back but was able to recover using its ears to flip itself back over and prepare itself for battle once more.

As the heliolisk touched the ground, the red glow that highlighted the decreased speed affected Bunnelby, and to ensure that wouldn’t be a problem and to surprise his creation with a new move he achieved on his adventure, he ordered Bunnelby to use double team. The digging Pokémon jumped into the air and instantly started to create afterimages of itself; dozens of them had completely begun to surround the opposing Pokémon, causing it to lock up in confusion. Clemont wanted to capitalize on the confused state, so he ordered his next move to be a mud shot as the mud shot charged along Bunnelby’s ears. Clement thought he would have a distinct advantage, but he was surprised once more when Clembot had the perfect counter parabolic charge. 

The heliolisk charged an electric ball behind its back, which it through into the air as its frills fanned out once more electricity surged from that electric ball striking everything in the area, completely dispelling the mock clones of the bunnelby and striking the real one directly, but then the secondary effect also took place as the shot that had struck the digging Pokémon had come back and struck the heliolisk, which started to glow a light green as it began to be healed by the move.

Bunnelby fell to the ground once more, but it quickly recovered at the sound of Clemont's worried voice and was still ready to continue fighting. Both Dedenne and Bonnie cheered for her brother on the sidelines, hoping for him to pull through, which was soon joined by Serena and Uraraka. 

Clembot took charge of the tempo and ordered another thunderbolt; however, Clemont thought quickly and told his bunnelby to use dig to avoid the strike. As expected, Clembot used the same tactic as last time using bulldoze to get the rabbit Pokémon out, and both Serena and Bonnie started to despair. However, Iida and Tsu remarked that Clemont likely had a plan; he didn’t seem like the type to do the same move for no reason, especially for a scientist, and this sentiment was echoed by Ash, who yelled out for Clemont not to give up until it's over.

Clemont, feeling empowered by his friends in the stands, ordered Bunnelbly to use double team while underground, so by the time the bulldoze hit and launched the small Pokémon out of the ground instead of one of them several had suddenly emerged from the whole into the air, similar to before Clembot followed through with his counter being parabolic charge, and at that same moment Clemont commanded Bunnelby to use dig once again, jumping, as the lighting strikes went out towards the clones and struck each one that had still been present, but there had been no return bolt that charged the heliolisk, signaling to Clembot that he had missed.

The robot had seemed to recognize this mistake too late and couldn’t give the order to use bulldoze again before Bunnelby had risen from the ground, striking the heliolisk up into the air. Clemont quickly followed through with the assault, using a double slap as the digging Pokémon’s ears glowed and struck all over the generating Pokémon’s body before ending in an overhead slam down towards the ground, which was quickly followed by a mud shot, causing an explosion that once the smoke cleared showed that the heliolisk was unable to continue marking the win as Clemonts to the standing appraise to all of the bystanders in the stands. Clement rushed forward onto the field to check and make sure his heliolisk was ok. The Pokémon slightly opened its eyes and gave a slow and tired chirp, signaling that it would be fine, before closing its eyes once more. Clembot approached Clemont and offered his greetings to the teen and told him how happy he was that his creator had returned, which Clemont returned himself.

Clemont apologized to the robot for his poor programming perimeters which likely gave the robot a hard time with running the gym although the robot had titled its head to the side in confusion at such an odd statement, Clemont remarked that he would reprogram him instead so that futures incidents wouldn’t happen. The robot simply agreed, arguing that if the creators think something is wrong with his programming, then it must be so he, clembot, and the others went towards the back where his lab was. It was a rather large room although how much stuff and material around made it seem small, everyone watched as Clemont entered his new parameters clembot would have for running the gym which were

1. Be modest, no matter the amount of badges a trainer has
2. Be kind, even while being tough, and don’t forget to give constructive criticism after the battle has finished
3. Be thoughtful, try to help, and encourage challengers to grow their skills. 

These were rules that every gym leader needed to follow, and the oath they had taken upon becoming a gym leader was a bit of a facepalm moment. He didn’t just implement these in the first place, but as long as these were the new rules, then there shouldn’t be any more problems if Clembot continued to run the gym in his absence. They went back to the Pokémon Stadium and patiently waited for Clembot to arrive. The machine seemed much more well-mannered than before, asking for each of the newcomers's names and greeting them individually. Clemont thanked everyone for their help in getting his gym back and remarked that he’s learned a lot from all of them and he would like to keep learning from them as they continued with their adventure, which Clembot intervened by complementing the way his creator had said it, causing Clemont to flush with embarrassment, which doubled as Ash hooked an arm around him, commenting about how he would also like to continue to learn as well together.

This was followed by Bonnie and Serena remarking that they wanted to continue adventureing together. All through all the positivity and congratulations, there was still one thing he needed to do before they could start to adventure again, as he needed to tell his father about the new development and that he would be leaving on an adventure for a while, and the group, seeing his sudden nervousness, all agreed to be there to support him in his endeavor. 

So with more quick haste, they all decided to leave the gym together. Now that Clembot was under control, they could take the elevator to the main entrance, although given the size of their group, they would have to take two trips from the elevator to get down. Uraraka recommends a more fun way for them to get down by just going out an open window, but Iida halted such a reckless choice and made the teens patient instead wait for the elevator to come back up and receive them. He was still of the mindset that while technically there were no laws that prohibited them from using their quirks, they still should limit themselves in their use unless threatened or the situation called for it. 

So the group took the elevator and went down the normal way while the others waited for them to come down. While on their way down, Tsu asked Midoriya about what he meant when he remembered Meyer from the Garchomp incident, and Midroiya responded that he was someone there on that day, and he believes that the man may be “blaziken mask,” the vigilante hero of the Lumisoe city, which got his friends attention. Although it was just a hunch, his danger sense could have just been mistaken or that people triggered a very similar response to each other here, as the people from the hair salon also reminded him of the same three individuals that he met two days prior. The conversation, however, was put on hold as the elevator opened up to the others waiting for them. The group all took a journey down to Clemont's father's shop as the sun started to set.

The man's shop seemed to be empty for the moment, which was the perfect opportunity for Clemont to tell the man what he needed to say as the others waited behind him. The boy first talked about what had been happening with the gym and why things had turned out the way that they did as he introduced Clembot. His father was rightfully upset that he did not inform him of his gym essentially being taken over by such a thing, which he could have used to tell the police about not to smear his name, although in this Clemont's confidence returned once more and he remarked that Clembot's actions were a result of his faults as a creator, so the punishment should still rely on him and not Clembot. Bonnie encouraged her father to continue to listen to the rest of the story as Clemont continued; he told his father about the faulty programming that was causing the issues, but he has since corrected them, so there should be no more problems from the gym from now on if Clembot continues to hold down the reigns. 

His father was a bit skeptical of this but after a moment got around to accepting that as being true he would talk with Officer Jenny about it later and they would likely test it out themselves as well but he also used it as another way of wanting to get to see the boy once more as he asked if that meant since he was free he would be coming around the home more often but at that Clemont got a bit flustered and frightened once more as he stuttered into the next topic of conversation after a little kick by Bonnie he had finally managed to speak what he wanted to say as he told his father that he would be going on an adventure with Ash and his friends, he told the man how he had been gaining more courage on his adventure with Ash. He wanted to see how much he could learn by continuing his travels, even if it was only till the Kalos League tournament.

Midoriya, Uraraka, Tsu, and Iida chimed in that if he was worried about protection, then he shouldn't be, as they would be traveling with them, so everything should be fine. The four of them will make sure that nothing bad happens along their adventure. The man looked over at the larger teens. Serena had backed them up on that, remarking that they had wandered into the middle of a rhyhorn race once and how all four of them had protected them, and that Midoriya was able to pick up six rhyhorn all by himself. Ash also mentioned how each of the orbs that Uraraka has behind her head weighs as much as 1,000 snorlaxes, which Clemont couldn’t help but correct. Well, it would be more accurate to say 20x even what he said. His daughter also chimed in and remarked that she wanted to go with them too. Clembot even remarked that he would take care of the gym and even help around their home in his spare time. 

His father seemed to be shivering, but Midoriya could tell it wasn’t from rage or anything like that, which was confirmed when he looked up once more with a large smile on his face as he gripped Clemont with both of his arms and remarked that he was so proud of him for the booth of them and that he believed that having good friends was one of the most important things in this world and that with friends like the ones he had gathered and that they could go on their adventure, as he gripped Clemont with both of his arms and remarked that he was so proud of him the booth of them and that he believed that having good friends was one of the most important things in this world and that with friends like the ones he had gathered and that they could go on their adventure earning a happy elated from everyone. 

Now that that was out of the way, Meyer had wanted to celebrate every one of his children's new adventures with Ash and his friends. So the man marched forward and closed his store down. It was only about an hour out from closing time anyway, but he didn’t want them to wait, and it was empty anyway, so he closed and offered to pay for everyone to go out and eat. His son thought it wasn’t necessary, especially with such a large group, and remarked that he could pay instead, but his father was stalwart in his duty to let him do so as it would be rude to have him pay for his celebration. 

The group continued onwards to a rather large restaurant, stopping by Clemont's home so that he and the teens could change back into more civilian clothing for an evening out. The teens didn’t have much of an opinion on where they ate out, nor did Serena or Ash, as they had never really been to places inside Lumiose before, so Meyer took them to Clemont and Bonnie's favorite spot to go out and eat. Given they weren’t at all used to anything on the menu, the teens asked the others to choose something for them to eat. One of them had any particular things they needed to avoid, so it was easy enough to find things that they would like or were similar enough to what they knew. 

The group chatted some more about what they had experienced so far in terms of their adventure although it came to a bit of an awkward pause when the teens were involved as they described some of their journey in hero school which deeply interested all involved although this prompted Bonnie to begin to tell her father about each of their powers and how they work although her father had to calm the girl down from yelling it out for the world to hear and that she shouldn’t share secretes which wasn’t hers to share he remarked while giving midoriya a cheeky wink which confirmed the boy's thoughts, although the teens had no problems revealing what their abilities did for the large man as for some like Iida it was fairly apparent with his engines and Uraraka with her fingertips and knuckles, while Tsu and Midoriya was a bit more subdued although they could show them in a more discrete way such as Tsu extending her tongue and midoriya shooting  out a small amount of smoke with smokescreen and a small black whip which extended from either of his hands. 

His next couple of abilities were harder to show off, Fajin allowed him to store up excess energy which glowed around him in a reddish glow as he used his finger to demonstrate first storing up a bit of it by doing a small finger exercise and unleashing it with a flick upwards causing a small updraft of air, his danger sense allowed him to initially just track threats on his person but through training he expanded the parameters to negative emotion entirely within a given range of him and eventually precise enough to identify certain people entirely if eh been around them enough, he could also float in the air which he demonstrated by slightly raising himself and his chair off the ground and last he could increase or decrease someone speed while ignoring inertia with gear shift , as he demonstrated by throwing a fork and instead of going anywhere it just stayed suspended in mid-air until he touched it again where it continued to make a slow crawl forward. 

The kids and Meyer had been deeply impressed by the phenomenon and Bonnie wanted him to show even more of his skills in action however given the environment her father opted not to do so although the man did find it peculiar in that Midoriya had such a more wide range of abilities in comparison to his friends other than Tsu which could mimic other “animals” and Midoriya told them that his power was more unique to his classmates it was passed down to him by his mentor and his mentor’s mentors and every time it was their powers had connected and bonded with the quirk allowing him to wield each of them which offered another round of amused interested around Midoriya, although there had been a slight damper on things when Meyer remarked that his Mentor would be surely proud that he’s able to do that, which got midoriya to think about what was happening to all might or at least what will happen to all might if his memory served him correctly he first gave him that message some time during the beginning of the second month it would be the ultimate factor on if the they in terms of time they were forwards or behind what they all knew of what had been happening back home. 

The sudden awkward silence was thankfully carried off by Uraraka, who remarked that they don’t know how their teacher is doing without them, which caused Meyer to apologize for bringing the topic up. Still, Midoriya came back to say that it was okay. He didn’t know none of them did really; after that, the conversation moved away from the teens and towards the general direction of the group as Meyer asked where they were headed next. Ash informed him that they were going towards Cyllage City to challenge the rock-type gym leader, which his father hmmed at as he looked to Clemont, remarking that it made sense. Grant was the gym leader Clemont was closest to in Kalos, so he would likely suggest him first. Meyer wished Ash luck in his challenge. He hoped for the best as the rest of the conversation spiraled into small talk about random, smaller things.

As the night began to fall, it was time where the teen would split off and head over toward Professor Sycamore’s lab while the others returned to their home. Despite birthing a boy genius who had created many successful things that the entire city relied upon, his father had still opted to live a more humble lifestyle, living in a decently sized house although unable to accommodate six additional people to live inside which a mansion could probably have done. He was a hard worker through and through, and just because his son had claimed so much fame and fortune, he didn’t want to seem like he was leaching off him, so he stayed in his small electronic shop and house that he always had and personally enjoyed.

As nightfall came, everyone took to their places. Bonnie and Serena climbed into bed together and cuddled up for the night in their pajamas. Clemont had offered Ash his bed while he slept on the floor, although Ash was reluctant, seeing the earnestness in the teen's eyes, he couldn’t help but accept the boy's offer as the two of them had been reading themselves to go to sleep. Clemont couldn’t help but address one more of the issues that he had on his mind as he asked Ash if he was disappointed that he couldn't have challenged the prism tower as soon as he arrived in Kalos, but the boy was anything, but as he remarked that he would have respected the decision either way if it was him or Clembot, if he wanted trainers to prove their strength to him by earning four gym badges beforehand, then he would have gladly taken on that challenge, which is exactly what he was going to do as he looked over to Clemont once more.

There was one thing the teen could do for him, which was when it was his time to challenge the gym, he wanted it to be against Clemont, not Clembot, and the boy at first was astonished before regaining his composure and earning that edge once more as he wholeheartedly agreed to that condition and swore that he would get stronger so that He could give Ash a battle that he would never forget as he raised out of bed with his enthusiasm, which seemed infectious as Ash did the same as well as he raised to meet the boys eyes, properly knocking the Pikachu off his chest in the meanwhile causing the Pokémon to let out an annoyed huff as the two boys began to laugh. Unbeknownst to the both of them, someone had been hanging just above their windshield, overhearing their conversation as a large smile made its way to his face at what he heard. 

The man asked if his blaziken were ready and the Pokémon gave a positive affirmation before the man stood up and jumped off and away from the building, normally this hero would patrol the streets and search for any problem however tonight he had a different target on his hands as he made his way over towards the local professor's laboratory, he took a moment and considered what he should do for a moment to get his targets attention so he ordered his blaziken to charge a flamethrower and aim it directly at the building, the blaziken was somewhat worried as it did a double take at its trainer but he remarked to not fire just hold it there were only trying to get their targets attention not cause any damage and after the explanation, the Pokémon nodded its head in understanding and followed through with as ordered now it was just waiting to see if his plan worked out in the end.

Midoriya sat straight up with a start as his danger sense flared for a moment as he looked in the direction of the threat. He had sat up in his bed, Iida was sleeping in the bed next to him, and across from Iida was Tsu, who was also sleeping; however, the bed in front of him, Uraraka, had seemed to be wide awakened, although she seemed just as bit as tense as he was for some reason.

     “What’s wrong?” Midoriya asked

     “hmm…. I don’t know how to describe it, and this may sound weird, but... I think Mr. Meyer is outside right now... I don’t know why I think that, but I guess it seemed like I heard it from somewhere.” Uraraka remarked, earning a curious look from Midoriya. 

     “That’s a coincidence; my danger sense had just gone off as well.” Midoriya remarked as he stood up now that he was up; he could feel that familiar signal from before lending credence to Uraraka that it could be the man.

      “Do you think he's out doing hero work?” Uraraka asked 

      “He could be.” Midoriya replied as he went to a window on the further side of the room and looked out it, and sure enough he could spot the man waiting outside on top of the rooftops.

       “Does she have danger sense too?” Midoriya heard the fifth remark.

      “ Don’t be ridiculous; her quirk and mine are nothing alike; it wouldn’t make sense,” the fourth replied immediately. 

     “Deku? Are you… ok?” Uraraka asked hesitantly as she moved closer to the boy.

      “Huh? What? Yeah, I’m fine. It turns out you were right. I think he wants to talk, so I’ll go out there and meet him. I’ll be right back.” Deku remarked as he moved past the girl, giving her a small peck on the lips. As he did so, he went to get his hero gear on once more. He might as well meet a hero as a hero, he thought as he started out of the room and waved bye to his girlfriend as he left. Uraraka was still left a little confused, as she could have sworn she heard someone talking two people in fact, and it wasn’t Midoirya's voice at all. She may just have been a bit tired. Although she didn’t do anything for the day, carrying around the weights all day could have been a slight workout for her, so maybe it was that. Either way, she would wait until Midoriya was back until she finally decided to call it quits for the night, although she didn’t know what she could do to occupy her time until then. Maybe some gravity training, she thought. 

As Midoriya quickly made his way outside, the Pokémon waiting outside his door on the other end of the hall had woken up from the noise and immediately woke up and decided to make its way back to its owner to inform her of the ongoing event. Midoriya had made his way outside with his mask fully on and went up to the roof to greet the man along with his bursyamo. The large Pokémon had almost seemed surprised by the way he had lept overhead of them, ending up behind him as it and his master turned to look at him.

    “So this is you in your full uniform. I have to say you have style, kid, although it looks a bit soft at the same time. The ears are a strange addition though.” Blaziken mask remarked

      “Well, I’m not trying to scare people with my costume; I want people to feel safe when I appear more than make villains afraid, and the ears are a tribute to my mentor's hair; they stood straight up high,” Deku remarked as he ran a hand along the green ears.

      “Interesting. I don’t mean to take up your night, but I wanted to ensure what my kids talked about you was true.” Blaziken Mask remarked.

      "Alright, that’s fine with me; feel free to go all out if you want to.” Midoriya remarked as he started to stretch. 

      “Hehe, I like your spirit; you hear that Blaziken, let’s go mega evolution! ” the man remarked as he swished his cape open to reveal a glowing stone along his belt. The glowing coalesced and brightened once more as a purple shell started to surround Blaziken before the Pokémon began to break out once more into its new form, growing more, shifting its fur around, and gaining black highlights instead of yellow while two bands of flames wrapped around and drifted around its wrists. 

Midoriya continued and took a moment on what percentage of one-for-all he should use; he likely could end the match instantly; however, he wanted to test out for himself how far he should go on Pokémon so nothing goes wrong on any encounters in the wild, but he acknowledges that this was also another type of power on top of its own, so he would use 30% for this matchup as a baseline as the green lighting started to course through his body and he signaled that he was ready. Blaziken's mask struck first, ordering his Blaziken to use flame charge as a red aura surrounded the Pokémon as it charged at him. Midoriya met the Pokémon charge heads striking against each other, creating a minor shockwave. The Blaziken was surprised, but it continued with the fight, lashing out with a kick, which Midoriya dodged while reuniting with one of his own, which struck the mon in the gut, sending it skidding backward. It regained its footing just as his trainer told it to use flamethrower, and Midoriya countered the attack by using his air bullets , kicking the Pokémon flames backward with each flick of his fingers.

The flames were pushed back to the point that the next couple of flicks would hit the blaziken once more. Still, his trainer told it to use detect into a blaze kick and fire punch. Just as the last flick landed, the shockwave completely blew out the flame. The mega blaziken shifted its head, avoiding the strike, as both its hands and feet burst into flames. It charged forward, attempting to strike Midoriya. 

The blaziken struck forth with a straight punch, which Midoriya sidestepped, and it quickly followed his movements with a knee strike that was going to turn into a push kick, although thanks to the blaziken's detection, it had instead opted to jump straight into the air to avoid Midoriya's black whip, which was about to wrap around its legs. The Pokémon continued back down with a dive kick, jetting out flames from its hands to increase its speed. Midoriya countered with more air bullets. However, the nimble Pokémon was able to avoid each one as it continued to come down towards him. 

Midoriya jumped out of the way of the strike, causing the Pokémon to fire its heat upwards to not go crashing through the roof of the building they had been standing on. His trainer told him that now that he was in the air, he could hit him with a flare blitz. The blaze Pokémon lived up to its name as it through both of its arms across its body, and fire charged around it as it released its arms outwards. A large x-shaped wave of fire came shooting out towards Midoriya. He countered with St. Louis Smash Air Force and canceled each other out, creating a dust cloud that was dispersed as Midoriya's black whip soon came out of dust cloud forcing Blaziken once more on the defensive and to dodge out of the way of the many tendrils launched at him.

The blaziken moved swiftly as it dodged out of the way, even having to perform many flips and spins as the black whip expanded from just one long string into a large spider cage that came at him only barely avoiding getting grabbed by using a slash to cut one of the smaller tendrils that had caught a hold of its shoulder. It set back a couple of feet in front of his trainer although as the smoke cleared Midoriya had already been rushing down at Blaziken once more he wanted to prepare his Pokémon so he ordered the use of agility which he then ordered the use of Ariel Ace although the reddish aura that indicated agility suddenly surrounded his Pokémon the other next move had failed to activate or it seemed that Blaziken made no moves to initiate at as midoriya sped forwards, he asked what was wrong blaziken although as it went to reply he could immediately tell already as its jaw had very slowly began to open ever so slowly, it must have been the boy's other ability gear shift he guessed he could activate with his other skill as well. 

The boy landed down right inside of his Pokémon’s range and he noticed the red highlights that had hung over the boy's fist as he launched a punch upwards with a yell Detroit smash, however, the boy didn’t land his attack on purpose, and only used the move as a display of strength as the punch had knocked up a huge pressure wave that skidded along the Blazikens face the pressure had nearly or likely would have blown Blaziken mask off the roof entirely if it wasn’t for Midoriya's black whip catching stalling his body although from that alone the battle was over as Blaziken mask looked into the night sky it had been partly cloudy but it had seemed that next attack had blown them away at least over the past couple of meters they had been fighting over. 

Blaziken had depowered from his mega form, which highlighted the boy’s win. As that happened, it seemed that Midoriya's power had either been lifted or worn off, as Blazkien's mouth had suddenly extended quickly in response to his previous question before it started to move its body around and stretch its jaw, testing its movement. He asked once more if Blazkien was alright. The burning Pokémon responded immediately positively, the bird had turned back to the boy and held out a hand for him to shake which he did, Meyer could tell by how large the fire extended from its wrist how excited the Pokémon was from the fight and it likely wanted to continue even with the shown power to see if it could pull off a win but he tempted its patients for now as got the answer he had been looking for as he addressed midoriya once more complimenting the boy’s strength and wondered aloud if he had been holding back some of it, he did not expect the boy to answer that he was only going about 30% of his full capability however earning gawked expression from the blaziken and Boisterus laughter from himself. 

He believed him and remarked that since that was true, he had no reason to not believe that Clemont and Bonnie wouldn’t be taken care of, especially if all his friends were this strong. However, he did temper his expectations there and remarked that not all of his friends were as strong as he was; only three others were comparable to him in one way or another. Still, he was sure to point out that the other 16 were not pushed over and were strong in their own right and would still defend his kids to the best of their ability, and he believed the boy completely. However, this did bring up a question in his mind, which was why were they following Ash in the first place? Midoriya explained the situation to him, and while a bit confused, he surely got the message that something was coming in Kalos and that the three individuals were going to be a major part of it. 

If that were the case then they can count on him as well to lend a hand in helping out in that situation as someone who lives in Kalos who invested in its safety had said as a joke, which he laughed out at the same moment Midoriya had gotten a message from Uraraka that remarked that they would have company soon, which she thinks will be Alexa coming to scope things out, and that didn’t come as much of a surprise from Midoriya as he did feel something proc his danger sense as he left the room. 

Speaking of his danger sense once it seemed to activate although this time much further away as he turned around sharply in a certain direction of the city and another moment it seemed that Blaziken mask had picked up a radio call of a distressing emergency in the same direction that the boy had just turned to, he chuckled once more as he placed a hand along the boy's shoulder and remarked would he like to go patrol with him, given his ability could spare him some time and Midoriya agreed as the two were about to begin to leave, they had both been surprised when Uraraka had appeared on the rooftop also dressed in her hero costume and suited up and remarked that they weren’t going without her as well she had a burst of energy so far and watching them from the window had gotten her blood pumping to do some hero work.

Midoriya and Blaziken Mask allowed it, and Blaziken Mask, along with the girl, started to head over to the disaster area. Midoriya was about to leave when he looked down once more at the ground near the front of Professor Sycamore's lab. Alexa had been there hastily dressed but she had her camera rolling along the side of her face, she waved to him and he waved back sending out a black whip that touched her hand she thought that he was going pick her up but instead he just told her to keep up as the black whip disappeared and he waved goodbye and he followed after the other two, the women was thoroughly unamused by the stunt as she quickly made haste to follow after the three she had been partially surprised at the speed that she had been going at as soon as her feet touched the ground, it took her a minute to get used to that new speed before she was taking off down the street nearly as fast as electric moped as she attempted to keep the camera on the three heroes hopping around the rooftops.

The three-man group of heroes had whisked through the town the first problem they encountered was a standard robbery from a jewelry store, there were four criminals and three of them had Pokémon while another seemed to have a firearm which it had pointed to one of the store employees ordering him to open up the register, the three Pokémon around had been a Mightyena, Sableye, and Staraptor which had been working on overwatch circling over the store, making them slow their approach and hide out to not bee seen by the keen predator Pokémon’s eyes, Midoriya remarked that he would be able to probably get to it before it got a warning off as he began to rapidly do crouches to build up his fajin as the red glow highlights his legs Midoriya attempted to aim from a distance of a couple of kilometers away, which was a bit more difficult than one might expect, although he was sure that he had the right angle as he was about to launch forward. Uraraka tapped him along with Blaziken Mask and Blaziken and used gravitic attraction so when he eliminated the overwatch, they could drop down and eliminate the other two Pokémon. Midoriya would handle the hostage, and they could take out the other two guards just waiting for his signal.

Blaziken mask understood, and Mega evolved his blaziken once more, Midoriya launched off with incredible speed by the time the sound had reached the predator Pokémon; it had already been wrapped up in black whip, its squawk being muffled in its throat from having its mouth closed. 

Midoriya nodded as the other two dropped from the air as Uraraka released her power, the other two Pokémon had been keeping a lookout on the ground for the inevitable cop's arrival not thinking of the air likely due to the confidence in their feathered friend which was the currently completely incapacitated, so as both Blaziken and Uraraka was coming down they were completely inconspicuous, Uraraka touched her and Blaziken mask to slow them down and allow Blaziken to go, forwards, full speed as his trainer ordered him to use Blaze kick coming down in a blazing aura of flame trailing from its leg while uraraka used her grappling hooks to grab one of her 100-ton spirals launches down directly at second Pokémon. The attacks landed at the same time Blaziken struck the Sabley while Uraraka struck the Mightyena on the back. Both Pokémon let out a cry of pain before they were knocked unconscious, causing all three criminals to quickly turn and look at the source of the sound as they found both Blaziken's mask and Uraraka dropped from the air.

They had threatened the hero to stay back or the clerk would get it, as he pointed the weapon and squished it into his face both Uraraka and Blaziken mask along with his Pokémon took several steps back at the threat not wanting to provoke the criminal although they had been completely calm the entire time as they waited for their opportunity which came in the form as Midoriya's black whip seeped through the ceiling from above which completely wrapped around the man’s weapon and soon after quickly forcing him up as shock completely consumed him, his two friends turned around to the sight of their comrade getting assaulted by some strange string although they had quickly realized their mistake as they turned back around to their opponents now that they distinctly held no hostage keeping them at bay. 

It had already been too late, as when one turned around, a foot had already been in his face, striking him directly on the chin and lifting him into the air. He was knocked unconscious, and the second criminal had been lifted end over end by his arm and flipped over and slammed on the ground unconscious as well. Midoriya had come down a few moments later with the bird Pokémon as the group and checked up on the store clerk. It was an older gentleman who thanked the heroes greatly for their deeds. They waited until they could see the lights of the police steadily approaching to start to move away as they continued, the top of the rooftops. They had been out for about two hours searching around the town dealing with either large or small crimes and even a house fire. Alexa had chased them around for a good portion of it, but being faster didn’t mean much if you lacked the stamina to use it like they apparently could, so she got a shot of the four of them sharing a group fist bump before decking to retire in for the night as the group took on one last incident, a car chase, which was easily stopped by Midoriay and Uraraka, allowing the Blaziken mask to have a rest himself.

The man remarked how he never thought how things could be if he had partners that journeyed with him and remarked that the night had been pretty fun for him.

The crew decided to chill on the roof of Prism Tower overlooking the vast city as the group talked a bit more about some things, such as why the ma had decided to become a hero in the first place. Both Midoriya and Uraraa had first explained how they wanted to become heroes ever since they had been children. Midoriya had always been inspired by his mentor to become one, but doing so without power wasn’t something that was recognized from when they were from, and it didn’t make matters any better that he didn’t prepare for it when he was growing up, but a fateful encounter changed all that, and he made into one of the top heroes from there. Uraraka’s initial motive for becoming a hero had been a bit charitable; she initially wanted to become a hero to support her family, which had been going through a bit of a rough patch, but over time through her school, she realized that what she really wanted was just to see people happy, and maybe subconsciously she had always known that heroes made people feel safe and happy by showing up, so she wanted to become one.

Blaziken Mask had slightly chuckled from the two stories, feeling a little embarrassed when he started to talk about his motivations for becoming a hero. Initially, it purely started as just an alias to stalk his son and make sure he was ok; he was a year off from becoming an adult now, there had been a brief interruption as they talked about the legality of things, and he informed the two that when you reach the age of 16, you are considered an adult, which they asked the next obvious question as if they had been allowed to drink, which the man confirmed they were allowed to but more in regular settings with friends and family but establishments needed tobe 18 before they got back to his story. 

He had saved a couple of people around the city as he was stalking his son; his myth sort of started to grow, and he had started to feed into that myth of a protector of the city; it also allowed him to get his blaziken out more and stretch its legs. He had always had him since his beginning days as a trainer, but ever since he decided to settle and start a family, he never really had the opportunity to take him out anymore, and as a fighting type, it was probably the greatest sin he could ever commit to it. 

So yeah, he simply wanted to grow into the myth that people had created around for him and allow his Blaziken to continue to fight and he did admit that he did find it fairly cool which the teens agreed to as they looked out over the glowing city once more, there was a moment of silence before the group decided to pack it in for the night, Blaziken mask had also told the two to no make things too easy for the kids on their adventure he could see just from their performance that night, that they were something special but he thinks that Clemont and Ash may come to rely on them too much for every problem so they should keep it in moderation so that they can grow, the two teen agreed with his assessment and remarked they would keep it in mind, he had also brought up the escape team rocket members from the prison the night before they had arrived in the city, he had talked to Sycamore about what had happened and knows that Ash apparently got history with them, Midoriya thought about it for a moment and explained that they could have been the same three that they had apprehended the other day so they should be taken care of but they would still keep a lookout just in case and with that out of the way the three heroes jumped off the towers going their separate ways.

**************************

A Deal For A Deal: Team Rocket

Team Rocket ever since their capture had been in a large chicken contest with the police while they had been captured by..something they didn’t even know or see what had struck them and were nearly blind and deafened by the pain that had struck from whatever that had came from it, the only thing that could have potentially poisoned them could have been that tan skinned girls Bulbasaur maybe a poison powder or something like that although Jesse could have swore she felt a prick in the back of her neck before the pain started making it seem like an injection and Meowth remarked that they would have seemed the purple smoke that emerged from the sack if it was such a move which they didn’t although their head was still foggy and they had still been more concerned about once more escaping Police custody.

The plan was simple; however, whatever had struck them did so prematurely that they had already captured and stashed away a dozen or so other Pokémon from trainers that they fooled with the same stunt that the twerp fell for. In retrospect, it was likely that whoever did apprehend them could have been one of them who had seen them before. Thanks to the previous capture, they didn’t have enough time or enough budget in their arsenal to buy multiple costumes for themselves and their wobbuffet. Their hastiness, however, proved to be their ticket out as the police questioned them for the rest of the day and a half on where they had hidden the Pokémon. 

Naturally, after a given length of time, Pokémon would be ejected from their pokeballs if they had been forced to stay in them for a couple of days, the Pokeball couldn’t provide the basic needs of the Pokémon that was inside it merely delay the need of them, this was done out of pure greed although many trainers don’t know that, forcing money continually circulate through the use of pokefood and other snacks of that nature instead of the more logical approach of just having the Pokeball do it all because “data” doesn’t require food which the Pokémon turns into when being trapped inside the ball so how could it ever know hunger or famine unless that was a willing flaw of the design one which they were fully ready to exploit as they made their proposition clear.

They would only be given up the location of the Pokeball once they have been freed from captivity, making up a story of how they had tampered with the pokeballs safety mechanism which would force the Pokémon inside to stay there unless acted upon by an outside source, the police had no reason to believe them of course but that was their story and they would stick to it and after a day and a half from searching they had started to change their tune fairly quickly instead of dismissing the outright they now asked how they could believe that they would be telling the truth int he first place and giving them the right location, they knew they were on a short clock a Pokémon without food or water depending on the type may be able to survive an up to three to five days but if they had been on the younger side which a couple were then that would easily ensure their death, in there minds they only had around 15 more hours to find them before they could potential expire and the trainer would loose that Pokémon for ever.

Team Rocket, while being on an evil organization, explained that they weren't monsters; they gained nothing from killing random people's Pokémon; there was no money on it, and it would please their boss none, although as for proof, well, they would just have to take them up on their word with that one, and after another six hours of no searching, the police eventually relented, allowing them to go free along with their Pokémon. They had used one of their multi-tool cubes to present the police force with a message that would only activate once they had been set a distance away from the device. This was obviously so they could have enough of a head start to evade them if they came looking for them once more but also so they would be allowed to get back into their primary vehicle for transportation.

They had all gathered in their blimp and waved down at the police as a gust of smoke emerged from the balloon and they activated its primary thrusters to make a speedy getaway get hundreds of meters within mere moments of the explosion of smoke which allowed the device to play, they were telling the truth of course although it wouldn’t have mattered as the safety measures were still in place in the first place they likely wouldn’t be able to do such tactics again anytime soon if they do get caught once more, the first things they did a free was to check over themselves the police were going to just let them go free that easily and as expected upon each of their clothes they had micro trackers on them which they promptly destroyed before going over their Pokémon which also had the same thing although their had been injected into their skin which would need some more medical knowledge in removing at least for meowth, wobbuffet and inkay unique biology made it easy for them to remove by themselves or ripping it out, Meowth would take some time without having to scar it which would required them to set down so they traveled far away to make sure when the police arrived they would have no clue on what their doing. 

***********************************

True intentions: Elliot, Shauna, Bakugo, Ashido, Kirishima, Sero

Elliot woke up in his hotel room, ready to start to get back on his trail. He had been excited by the previous day's events and couldn’t wait to see what happened next. Seeing the power of the others in action was a sight, and he wished both Tierno and Trevos could have witnessed it as well. Speaking of the other two, they had seemingly gone ahead without him once more. He would have thought that with the super-powered individuals around that, they would have stuck around. Still, Tierno wanted to get an even quicker start in finding out his rhythm and applying it to his Pokémon battling. At the same time, Trevor was always eager to research, wanting to complete the Pokemon minigame that professors gave out; certain Pokémon were easier to find in some parts of the day, and he would undoubtedly take many pictures along the way to achieving that.

He continued onwards out and met up with the usual four in the lobby; they had all gotten a big room together well, besides Bakugo, who got his own to conserve the money they made from yesterday's quest. He greeted each of them as the group all were getting some food. Given that they were aliens, technically he would have thought they would have a hard time choosing what was good or not, but a lot of the food present was similar to what they had back home, although under a different name. 

After having eaten a full meal, the group of five decided to go and take their leave. They passed by the old large berry farm where they met the farmer once more. This time the man had asked if he could keep in touch just in case he ran into any more trouble with his berry from invading Pokémon. He didn’t mind the occasional Pokémon coming in and swiping some food for itself, but those that were a threat to the towns people or, in some cases, hordes of them like the beedrill could pose problems that he would need taken care of. The group accepted, although since their phones still didn’t work with the lack of signal, they had opted to give the man his phone number instead, which he accepted was the least he could do for them. 

They continued out of the town and had walked for a couple of minutes and got back into the forest the group talked some more about this place as they described how underdeveloped it seemed they asked to look at the map of the place and described how to back where they came from their would-be  things called “highways” and streets that almost decorated the entire map and allowed people to drive places almost anywhere and get there quickly and in comparison here, it seemed to be much denser with forest and jungles with dirt roads instead of traditional streets, Sero was the one that had gone to back for this place and remarked that in a way he could see it as being better given so much vegetation and that in their world much of it was lost in the sight of the roads and buildings which Elliot could see but he also wanted to include that all vehicles were fully capable of driving down dirt roads and paths which they described them as being “all-rounder” vehicles then which they explained meant vehicles that work good on and off-road.

The five of them continued to walk and talk about the difference between the places they knew back home and here when the conversation was slightly put on hold as they ran into a familiar face once more this time it was Shauana the tan-skinned girl who was currently practicing with both of her Pokémon although it didn’t seem like it was for battle or training as she tried to coordinate her two Pokémon the first thing she ordered was for her Bulbasaur to use vine whip the small Pokémon growing two long vines out of the flower pot on its back she than ordered her froakie to use water pulse which it followed shooting the attack towards the vines which it used to catch the attacks and then juggle them into the air as the froakie hopped along the bottom of it shooting out three more of the same attack which the Bulbasaur attempted to catch by sprouting even more vines to catch and juggled them now being four at once the froakie had worked it way back to the center of where the juggle was happening  as Shauana ordered for him to use water gun and her bulbasaur to use razor leaf  the razor leaf was targeted towards each of the four water pulses which popped each one at once creating a drizzle of rain to come down from above which contracted to the concentrated water that had shot up from the froakie’s mouth.

The girl celebrated her two Pokémon being finally able to get the first part of their routine down. Still, the claps from behind her startled her, making her jump. She turned around and instantly relaxed once she realized who it was, as Elliot greeted the girl with a wave and remarked that he saw that her performance was going well. However, the girl remarked that, of course, while she wasn’t a battler, she still had to work hard for the Pokémon showcases, being the first time they had heard of such a thing.

Ashido had been interested in learning about what was such an event. Shauana was always eager to talk about it as she explained how it worked to the pink girl as Shauana allowed her Pokémon to take a break as the group continued walking to camphier town. The trip didn’t take too long to arrive at their destination, just over a couple of hours, which passed by fairly quickly with not many trainers having made the journey a bit longer than it would have been otherwise. 

They had finally reached the town, which was a small, quaint place in comparison to the mock city-sized town that they had just left. There was an old segregated wall of granite that outlined the town parameters from the sight of it, and they could tell that it was a fairly old relic that people were more likely to build around instead of destroy outright, which highlighted the largest building in the town, which was the large castle near the back half of the town with a massive drawbridge to get them. Deciding that the place would be just as good as any to get details on mega evolution from the professor, the group decided to continue forward in that direction.

As the group entered the town, they passed by another interesting sight for the teens, which had been one of the regional server rooms. Lucky for them, it had been allowing travelers to come inside, which they did. Once inside, they were immediately greeted by a large stack of servers that maintained the Pokémon storage system. Bakugo commented how they were fairly vulnerable for something so pivotal, although his loud voice drew the attention of a resident expert. 

Despite what one may think upon looking at the man and his rocker/goth aesthetic, he was highly capable of handling the task he and the others had been given as he gestured to three employees behind him: two win sisters with pink hair and another one who had on more traditional clothing and carried around an espurr in her arms. The man introduced himself as Cassius and explained to Bakugo that the severed that they had been seeing before them were mainly backup and local servers for the main thing scattered all throughout Kalos were many of such kinds, although the main server was hidden to all except a select few people such as himself. 

He explained a rundown of  the system and mechanics that can be performed from the PC such as the basic storing and trading of Pokémon but also things such as the “battle box” which allowed a trainer to quickly swap between a team of Pokémon if designated in the area it good for a pinch although its random if they attempt to just switch between one Pokémon, he also explained how there was a limit given to each trainer on the amount of Pokémon they were able to possess at a given time which changed with the laws but was currently at a generous 960 although this was only done for the sake of farmers and green grass workers the traditional trainer not in those fields which require such an extensive amount of Pokémon usually get flagged for being problematic if they exceed having 100. As he finished explaining, he asked if any of them had questions, and the first question that came to the teen's mind was what would happen if the main servers were destroyed. Of course, this was what the mini-severs were for, as they would all work independently from each other to not ensure a massive outbreak of Pokémon that had been stuck in the PCs at the time. 

Another question was has there had ever been Pokémon that have been corrupted from transforming into data, and back the man remarked that he doesn’t think there was a possibility of that, at least so far as he has read on the server history, they ensured that digitization was extremely safe before testing it on living organisms, although this prompted questions on pokeball being able to digitize other things besides Pokémon, although the man wasn’t in a high enough place to tell people about it. 

The group seemed to be satisfied with what they found out and quickly bid the man farewell as they got back to head towards the castle, it had been another Hour's walk just to cross the city towards the place, it is so big giving the illusion that it was closer than it appeared, although  once they finally got there and crossed the bridge and indeed inside a rather surprised fellow immediately greeted them as he did a double take and remarked about how surprised so many people had come to visit the Origional Shabboneau Castle, the castle or chateau was a manor for a noble family during their time running the place they had given away a lot of their wealth to the people which is why the place seemed so empty, Elliot asked if the nobles had given away any mega stones during their time and the man paused as he tried to think of something like such an item although after several moments he had come up blank but he remarked that it could have been a possibility, the records of the Castle an what the owners gave was scarce. 

Elliot looked towards Shauna, who looked back at him as Bakugo said that they both were thinking that they came to this place for nothing, but before the man could say much more, someone else had entered the castle in quite a hurry, another man who had asked for their attendance help as there had been a problem that seemed to come up every year that was occurring on route 7. 

The statement seemed to understand the situation and was going to quickly make his way over, even offering that the six of them could stay and look around as he hurried with the blonde gentlemen out of the door. The group found it strange, and his saying that they could look around clearly indicated to at least Sero that there was something very valuable about the place. Kirishia suggested that maybe they should go and see if they needed help on route 7 since they weren’t doing anything, and the others all unanimously agreed to do just that as they began to leave the castle and over the bridge once more in a hurry. 

Elliot, however, got a message from his father asking if he was near a holophonne and that they needed to talk. Of course, worry instantly flashed through his mind on what, and he was sure that if he made the man wait, things would only get worse, so he told them that he would catch up with them later and he had to go to the Pokémon center to get in touch with his pops on the holophone. Although Bakugo assigned Sero to watch over him as they went to investigate what was happening over on Route 7. 

Elliot went in the other direction, walking around as he looked for a Pokémon center he could go to; eventually finding it, he asked another person where it was. He quickly sat down in front of the stool and got his Pokémon checked out while he was doing it as well, just to save time on having to do it before so that he could continue with their adventure.

He answered the phone and was a bit concerned with the way his mother and father were looking at him with concern. His father remarked about how busy he's been lately, but the likely more important thing he remarked about was the interesting individuals he was traveling with, and then it clicked as his father had put two and two together; he didn’t think new would spread that quickly, although there had been countless pictures of the group “rookie trainers” that captured a hive of 60 beedrills, half the number of the one that the elite four and the champion had to take care of. 

He wasn’t going to lie, so he came out and told them that yes, he was indeed traveling with those teens from the news the day we arrived, which earned a sigh from his father as he asked why he didn’t tell him before when they were on the phone, and he told him he didn’t want him to worry about it, kind of like he was doing now. He murmured under his breath a bit. His father also saw the clip of Bakugo beating the Crawdaunt and the dangerous power or technology he passed and remarked that he shouldn't get involved with them, although he explained that it was the opposite; they involve themselves with him.

He was quick to add that they were not forcing him to do anything or forcing themselves to be around him like some gang or something like that before his dad's imaginative mind went to the worst outcome but he explained that something had called to them and told them of three individuals that would be in charge of the fate of the Kalos region and he was one of them so they have been sticking to him ever since, they were protecting him if anything so his father doesn’t have to worry about it however he begged to differ as he asked if they provided any proof that this was the case and he wanted to say that they did but ultimately he couldn’t as he knew his father wouldn’t react well to it, someone was able to share their memory of the even with him and that how he knew? Yeah, he probably wouldn’t buy that for one second, at least not if it only came from him.

So he tried a different approach he told him that, Professor Sycamore could vouch for them and that he should call him to double make sure what he was about to say, as he told him about what happened at the professor's labs a few days ago, his father and mother to say was a bit skeptical was to be an understatement they likely thought he was full on lying which was hammered in by the fact that his mother went on next and tried to empathize with him, speaking on how she knows how much going on his adventure means to him and that it may have been clouding his judgment on things but he despite that he didn’t get angry and simply rephrased what he said before on contacting the professor he will tell the same thing that he was at that moment and if he was lying he was fully willing to go back home right now and wait another year to go on his Pokémon journey. His father and mother looked at him for a moment as he looked back, eyes full of determination, and they thankfully relented. They said they would call Professor Sycamore and talk to him about the matter and that he better not be lying to him, which he promised them he wasn’t.

His father also wanted some additional information and asked about who the other supposed individuals were and at that he squirmed a bit as he knew this would probably bring back some of the heat he explained that one of them was Ash the boy he told him about before, which he did not find too surprising the boy linked with Team Rocket would be up to something but he once more reiterated that it wasn’t like that before continuing and the next one was related to their neighbors someone that went by X the immediate question his momo asked did Grace know about all this as well and he truthfully didn’t know, Serena is traveling with another group of them but He doesn’t know if they told them yet, his father remarked that they will deal with that then but they ensured to instruct him that if they try anything to let the authorities know immediately and while he never would think they would he assured their parents he would so and call them if anything else happens. 

He hung up the call with a big sigh. Things were getting more and more complicated, but he couldn’t lie that it wasn’t somewhat fun due to those complications. As the jingle wrung for his Pokémon to be ready to be checked out, along with Sero, the two rushed off towards Route 7. Sero even flew them there, making quicker time than they would have just running. They had touched down in the intersection between Routes 7 and 6 as they spotted the other coming back down that way and heard down path Route 6. Mina filled them in on the situation. A mod, which was three in this place, of snorlaxes were clogging up the large wooden bridge ahead. Bakugo simply wanted to attack them and remove them that way given that the man they ran into at the castle had pawned off the poke flute and needed to wake them up gently. However, everyone else said that they could just go get the poke flute, so that was what they were about to do in the large mansion at the end of route 6. 

With that information in tow, the group continued on their adventure, skipping the walking portions entirely and the numerous trainers around as the group used Sero’s tape to just fly over everything, spotting large brush fields and a long roadway that led to Perfum Palace. The place was fairly large and open. They had gotten plenty of looks as they landed in front of the palace gate. You had needed to pay 1k poké to enter the place, as the older buttle remarked, and it was here that Bakugo elected to sit this one out instead of wasting money on something that they truthfully didn’t need. Of course, the other went inside wanting to investigate the large mansion. As soon as the group had set foot inside, they could tell the owner had a passion for royalty. There had been gold, red, and white decorating the landscape almost entirely with paintings, sculptures, and several other servants walking the halls of the palace.

They asked the servants for help locating the owner and when they had found him they attempted to ask about the flute however the man was deadset on finding his furfrou first before anything else could be established this was somewhat troublesome as the group had to go on a wild goose chase looking for the animal as well, it didn’t take long to narrow down the paces it could be other than the back garden, so after crossing over a great swimming pool over a bridge which definitely seemed like a just a show-off gesture from the owner they had eventually managed to track the dog down where the hedge maze lies and with that it became a simple task of hunting it down and capturing it before taking it back to its owner Kirishima was the one to hold the dog as they went it seemed to thrash around a bit in his grasp  although it did not attack him with any moves so it wasn’t trying its utmost to escape.

As they met its owner once more, the man had completely heaped upon praise to the Pokémon, although it kept incentivizing that it was "his,” like it was another object that he owned and made. Shauana scowled as the man wasn’t looking at her. She disliked people like that furfrou owner who wanted one just because it was popular; nothing else; they wanted the status and never cared for the Pokémon or its needs. 

The owner would grant them a “gift” for finding his Pokémon with a firework show, this was simply more reason to show off his wealth to others but nobody minded as they followed along to the specified viewing angle on the second-floor balcony, the group gathered together and watched multiple fireworks began to go off and explode in mid-air, this was the first time Shauna had seen so many and it had reminded her of those in the Pokémon showcases she could imagine that this would be how it would be like but instead of the open sky there would be hundreds of people chewing for her as she performed which Elliot commented that he would be cheering her on as well, causing the girl to flush for a moment and remarked that she doesn’t need his cheers but eventually thanked him anyways. The girl also remarked that originally she didn’t know if he was a bad guy or not referring to the guardian once more, but with what she’s seen so far, she doesn’t think he is, and even if he did, she would be there to smack some sense into him, causing Elliot to let out a small chuckle and nod of approval remarking that he hopes she does.

The owner had finally returned with the prized poké flute in hand, or more like the servant's hand, and gave it to them that they could leave back to route 7. Upon exiting the mansion, they found that Bakugo himself had gained a sort of crowd of around 8 people; they had all been watching him battle another trainer; this time he was fighting a gogoat; however, upon seeing them, he seemed to end the fight quickly with a single explosion to the Pokémon’s face, blowing it away as he snatched another 3k poké from the women that challenged him, as the others were in awe at the spectacle. 

Sero took the opportunity to fly them out of there and back to route 7 with Bakugo hot on their heels himself. Once they arrived, the group touched down, surprising the other two men who had been waiting there with their speed in retrieving the device, although the man had flushed with embarrassment when he said he was out of practice so they would have to likely fight the Pokémon anyways to stave off their anger, which Bakugo blew up at the man for wasting their time, which was followed also by Shauna telling the man off for shrinking on his responsibilities.

Well if that was going to be the case Sero offered to just pick it up and move them himself if they get uppity then they can fight them that way as he used his tape to wrap around each of the snorlaxes individually and lifted them into the air and dropped them off on the other side of the bridge near the forest it almost worked perfectly, however, one of the snorlaxes had incidentally tossed and turned in its sleep causing it to fall off the small piece of tape holding it aloof and fall on its face, this caused the Snorlax to wake up a bit and the man immediately started to play the flute hopping to soothe it’ temper but even the teens could tell that he was playing it badly as the Snorlax shook it head in anger twice and fired a hyper beam directly at the poor sound, Kirishima jumped int he way of the attack blocking it from reaching its intended target as Elliot took the stage for this fight unleashing evergreen for this battle.

He commanded the small chespin to use vine whip the small mon sprouted to whips that struck against the larger Pokémon flank causing it to take a step back although it charged at the smaller mon attempting to tackle it he ordered his Pokémon to dodge before ordering the use of  rollout the spikes on the back of the mon slowed before it charged forwards striking the Pokémon in the gut although the Snorlax seemed prepared as it used defensive curl it body curlig and bracing for the blow absorbing the rolled up Pokémon with its’ fat before it used bite to snap at chespin skull although it hurt itself on chespins spins it still succeeded in grabbing it and flailing the smaller Pokémon and slamming it on the ground Elliot thought quickly and told his chespin to use leech seed as it grabbed a piece of it’s spine off its head and stabbed it into the ground which grew into a plant that caught the Snorlax arm which held him and drained the energy from the Pokémon before expelling it towards his chespin which healed the damage, the snorlax quickly esapced the bind as it used a charge beam to destroy the vine although Elliot would use rollout one more time while it was distracted striking the snorlax three time before something interesting happened during the fourth charge as chespin was covered in a raging blue light revealing a Quilladin it was able to strike the fourth time and lead into fith most powerfu hit tat knocked the Snorlax off its feet and caused it run away into the forest.

Elliot was super stoke that his chespin was able to evolve and the group celebrated his victory over the larger Pokémon, the celebration was somewhat disturbed by the owner of the mansions coming down he had overhead the battle that had been raging own as he decided to walk his furfrou, the dog loves the sound of the poke flute although he was sure to point out that the dog liked the sound of his fireworks better he was incredibly disappointed when the man he gave it played it so badly, while he had no use for it other than putting it up on display if the man wanted to take care of it he should definetly learn to play it better and maybe once he could offer his time to play for his dog as well, the castle worker just begrudging agreed to what the owner said although he definitely wouldn’t be taking him on his offer anytime soon even if he did learn to play. 

The man bid himself farewell quickly after going back to walking his furfrou while the castle worker and the other man thanked them for their help and left on their way as well. Given that the town was a bust, the only thing left for Elliot to do was continue forward. The rock-type gym was in this direction anyway, so the trip wasn’t a complete loss as the crew continued on their way. Elliot informed the teens about his and his parent's conversations; although they would leave that to the others to figure out, they didn’t blame them for being concerned about them; anyone would be especially bakugo. Mina remarked with a teasing grin, although the boy only sucked his teeth in reply. Eventually, people will think what they will about them; however, they were more about letting their actions speak for them as heroes.

Chapter Text

The Talk: Grace, Jack, Amy, Y, Tokoyami, Shoji, Koda, Ojiro, Hagakure 

Santalune forest 

The group around the Santalune forest wasn’t shocked when Y’s fletchinder approached them to go over and speak to the parents of the people they had been assigned to guard. They had no intention of holding such information from the respective authority figures; they had left it to their children to inform them, as they figured it would be weirder if they had suddenly shown up at their doorsteps and told them everything; they would probably just think they were crazy. Well, they thought they were likely to be crazy either way and not want them close to their kids, so before they had decided to bring at least a bit of evidence to substantiate their claims in the form of three of the Zygarde cells that had been watching them constantly. The strange creatures weren’t the real version or what they were calling the brain, as all of them had been the same green hexagon, not the unique one with the orange center; each of them just had a lighter green layer, although they still possessed the eye, which they speculated was the way it watched over things.

They didn’t know how many of the small creatures there were,  Hagakure could spot dozens of them along the trees in the forest, and a solid cohort of them would follow them close to the edge of Santalune City proper, never going inside, which they found peculiar, but they guessed the Pokémon simply didn’t like getting too close to human settlements;. At the same time, it was invisible, it was not intangible, and being a creature with no legs to speak of meant that its movement was very limited in moving away from things, so most of the time it was perched upwards in high places instead of on the ground, which was the only way they could follow them. The group decided it would be best to not crowd around the parents with all 12 of their members instead opting that the four that were in charge of looking after X would be the best to greet them; it would also be the best to acclimate the parent to their more different-looking members to easily get through to them the fact that they had been aliens to this place. 

Hagakure was brought along with the four specifically for the task of transporting the Zygarde cells as well so that the group of people could see them; taking Zygarde cells away from their hiding spots didn’t mean much to people since the creature was still invisible, which was something only Hagakure could allow people to see or dispel completely with her awakening. The group quickly followed the fletchinder flying over with it, Tokoyami dawned shining light in a move he called golden fleece with his enhanced strength he was also easily able to lift both Shoji and koda with both of his hands and likely could lift the other two as well although if he wanted to with his two golden wings that sported his armored quirk however Hagakure wanted to embarrass Ojiro once more as he too could fly due to his awakening as summoning his two tails which fused in a fused tail state that allowed him to use it like a helicopter propeller that allowed him to move faster and lift himself into the air, he didn't like using the method of transportation much and it wasn’t even much faster than just using his two tails to slam the ground and leap places as he would normally do although it was not destructive against the environment and he could control himself in mid-air a bit better than such movements Ojiro digressed as he carried Hagakure.

They all kept a relative pace with the ember Pokémon in front of them, which surprised the Pokémon greatly. Although it soon focused and showed them the direction to where its home was located, of course, they already knew where it had been guiding them. Instead of going past, it was probably going to be a better look, as well as the best of a look that they could manage with the strange sight of five teenagers, four of them with what looked like body deformities, and another that was seemingly not there at all and just seemed like a glowing yellow orb in the air. The group landed inside the gate in front of the home of Y, waving up at them in greeting, which got the three adults' attention and surprise upon seeing them all flying in the air, before coming down to greet them.

As they landed, there was a bit of a startle from the Rhyhorn that had been lying down in front of the two connected townhouses at their arrival, but a quick raise of the hand from the tan-skinned woman quickly calmed it down. There was a small silence as the adults looked over each of them one after the other, which seemed like the couple on the left was a bit more skeptical of them than the woman on the right. Toru broke the silence with a cheery hello and a quip about how they don’t see people like them every day, which relieved some of the tension as Y went on to introduce them. Gesturing to the four teens that she knew of Tokoyami, Shoji, Koda, and Ojiro, although she commented that she didn’t know that he had two tails, the boy commented that he usually withdrew it, which he demonstrated by withdrawing one of them back into himself. 

Hagakure introduced herself to the girl and the others with a bright wave. However, none of them could see it and originally thought that she was the ball of light that floated around as she positioned it and held it with one hand instead of both. The girl let out a small chuckle and remarked that no, she wasn’t like as she twirled her fingers with her other hand shifting the light spectrum within each of their vision, which allowed them to see her fully, as she did another wave, which astonished them before she returned their vision to normal, seeing it as a bit rude to use her quirk on people without their permission, especially in the scenario that they found themselves in.

There was a bit of a stunted acceptance of what they saw as everything processed for the adults' heads, Grace had offered the group into her home so that they could all have a nice talk about what was going on recently, and the teens gladly entered the home and thanked the women for her hospitality, she had made them all some tea while they sat and discussed things, they didn’t come in their hero outfits and opted for just more casual clothing so they didn’t stick out too much although they were a bit weirded out by the way shoji drunk as he crafted a had to sip the Tea that he was offered which prompted the question from Y of if he had a mouth under the mask which he answers that he did although he did not like showing it as it was unsightly which stirred conversation completely away from such topic as Y apologized for bringing it up although Shoji replied that he took no offense. 

Once everyone was a little more calm and relaxed from being in each other's presence, the adults began to introduce themselves first. The couple that lived next door were the parents of Elliot, who was Jack and Amy Whitlock , and Y, and Serena’s parent, who was Grace , explained that she was only looking over X as his parents were currently away, making her his guardian for the moment, and with that opening, the questioning fully began. Jack was the first to ask them if they had any ID on them; this was the expected response. They did not have any, at least in terms of something they would recognize. However, they did have their hero license, which they could show them, which earned another degree of skepticism from the man. However, on a lesser note, Amy was interested in how they introduced themselves by their last names instead of their first, and the group explained that it was how we addressed their peers, such as adults who usually call them by their first name. This of course prompted the question of where they came from; they could recognize that they weren’t from anywhere here on the planet just by how they looked and some of the abilities their other members showcased.

They couldn’t inform them of exactly where they originated from due to a curse put on them, they also couldn't inform them of the creature that had placed the curse on them although they had somewhat circumvented its rule by remarking that the being was like Arceus which gave a huge amount of suspicion from everyone involve and Jack commented that it was a very convenient curse for them although none of them took offense to the accusation of the not telling the truth, the conversation quickly shifted to towards the other important topic which had to do with their children and how they had gotten involved with them, and the group explained their situation to them as Toru used her awakening technique ghost bubble as the field of her invisibility had started to expand and consume the room that they were in, there was a mild surprise jump as she did so as things had suddenly started to disappear from their perspective as the bubble expanded, upon the table in the ball of light revealed a new object that Jack leaned forwards to examine the weird almost sludge like appearance of the Pokémon in front of them.

Both his son and Sycamore had told them about this mysterious potential new legend of the region that had never been seen before and with the creature being able to be invisible and the fact that it seemed to be able to split itself into pieces he could somewhat believe how it could stay hidden from the human eye but not the girls it appeared as he looked towards the now visible girl once more she held not deformities like the others if it wasn’t for the fact that she can turn invisible its likely he couldn’t find anything out of the ordinary about her, he asked if this was the Zygare creature which the group of teens confirmed that it was a piece of the Pokémon that it had assigned to watch over them. It also held worried about their arrival here, even though it was the one that had freed them from the confines, but it supposedly wasn’t the one that had given them the order to protect the kids. Grace interjected, which they nodded at.

They explained that the creature that had contacted them was telepathically or something similar, it told them the three names and their importance to the region so they set out to find them, Jack was skeptical of them simply following a disembodied voice in a strange land and for that they didn’t have much of a response they had nothing else to do and as heroes, they would turn down someone in need which the adults could see back up by their licenses ensuring that the state of regions remains in peace would be important to them to maintain, Amy asked about shouldn’t they worry about getting back to where they are from and for that they don’t have any ideas on where they can go to do such a thing none of them had the power to get home so for the moment they would want to establish themselves in this strange place before worrying about such things.

Jack spoke next, asking that if they found a way back home, would they simply leave or would the mission they have been assigned take over, trying to gauge the group's dedication to their supposed cause and their honest response was that they didn’t know they would likely have to discuss with the others about what they would do, even if the three individuals even needed their protection in the first place, but they assured them it wouldn’t just be them counting their losses and leaving. To which the man hummed before explaining that located in the Alola region he had heard rumors of extraterrestrial visitors that had been visiting the islands; these were more in the form of Pokémon, which they labeled as ultra-beasts , but there were others more human visitors as well that they have met that use ultra-wormholes to travel between their worlds, which they could use to return to where they had come from. This immediately caught the group's interest, although Tokoyami still had his doubts about whether those portals would work. 

Grace had gotten the conversation back to the children and asked about the third child, which was Ash, whom Serena had been traveling with. She had already had a discussion with Jack and Amy about the potential of Ash being someone who could be mysterious, especially as he was being hunted down by Team Rocket, but she wanted to ask the teens if it was possible that they weren’t the only ones that had received such a message and others would be after him, and for that, they had no idea if that could be the case; they were largely blind, but they couldn't rule out the possibility. According to Ash himself, the reason for Team Rocket's interest in the boy was due to his Pikachu, which everyone around the table found an incredibly dumb reason as Pikachu's were an incredibly common Pokémon in all the regions, and from what Grace had seen, it didn’t look any different from ones she’s seen before.

It was an obvious lie. Jack was convinced of that fact, but he wouldn’t deny the fact that the boy wasn’t from what he could find any troubling person; he had seemed to journey to many regions before being in Kalos and seemingly had been in a couple of major events that had been newsworthy in a few of those regions as he showed them several new articles about the boy in question on his tablet. The boy had done a lot of good for those regions, so he couldn’t deny the potential possibility that maybe sometime during his travels he may have disrupted a team rocket operation earning their ire. 

The conversation continued onto the next supposed chosen person, which was X. Although Grace had only vague things to say about his background, he was originally an aspiring Pokémon trainer, and after having won the junior leagues, she would have thought that he could one day go on to maybe even be champion. However, someday after that, he suddenly decided to give up on that dream entirely. She didn't know the reason for such a thing, and she didn't want to pry into him for reasons why respecting his boundaries meant being left alone. The boy hasn’t done much in the past five years, so she is a bit skeptical if the group had the right person at all.

The topic shifted back to the teens once more after that as Amy asked how many of them were there initially Toru answered that their had been 20 of them however this was countered by Ojiro stating that their had actually been at least 28 leading him to explain to Jack of the discrepancy and unknown members as he explained that, Hagakure was correct in the fact that the people from their home only numbered 20 however this wasn’t the first place that they had traveled to and was actually the second place they have been to as evidence of this they took out another documentation this was another form of hero I.D although in addition it was their rank up forms from when he was promoted to B-class which held a couple of other factoids about the world that they had just come from, so the group waited as the adults took a moment to read up on all the information present Grace took notice of how their name was just their last names and they explained in the place they had just been from they didn't have things such as last names just a singular name which would seem hard to do when people could potentially share the chosen name although they explained they had a complex system to ensure that no duplicate names were chosen.

It was Y who asked about the remaining others that may be around come from this place and not their home place which they confirmed although it was Koda who added on that not all of them were just traditional people however and some of them had been “monsters” earning the adults attention although before they could explain what that was, Jack had seemingly taken an express interest in the word described as he told the others to look at the document once more on the bottom half of the page, the teens already knew where the man was going with this as that section described what disasters they were to be forwarded to in case of a “monster attack” but not only that it was noted on the document that killing the monsters were preferable but capturing the monsters was also optional. 

The next question was asked which was had the group killed before ,  Tokoyami responded quickly and remarked that they all had however he was quick to amend that monsters could be very different from the others many of them lacked general sentience and were more akin to wild beasts than a person those were the ones that had felled but others that showed such a capacity they always resorted to capturing, they had even called them the non-killing army for such a thing Hagakure also added. 

Jack wanted them to explain more so they did so, Monsters in the world they came from were something that anything in that world could become if given the right circumstances machines, the earth, and even humans themselves. Often this leads to a change and violent tendencies however they had found that once beaten into submission and treated humanely monsters have a chance of mellowing out, they had befriended many of them and even created a sanctuary for all the ones they have captured so no further conflict could happen between them and the remaining humans. 

They didn’t have documents of the sight given it was a hidden project that only a few in the upper echelon of the hero association knew about but they did have plenty of pictures of the monsters, especially Koda, now they wouldn’t tell them about where a large chunk of those monsters had come from that had been stationed there as they knew that would simply cause a large amount of doubt to enter their mind about their friends being loose but they kept it as truthful as possible otherwise. Jack once more examined the documentation and this time his eyes grew huge before he asked seriously what the disaster level of these monsters was is he reading the chart correctly of this place they visited it would seem that a single city which from the dimensions listed on the paper were as large as kalos region itself would be under “threat” from a single demon level monster. 

Koda was the first to respond here as he nodded and explained that the place they had just come from had a different geography from what they likely knew, in that place humanity was contained on a single supercontinent which after having to break down what a continent was a single large super region and each “city” was essentially a region of its own. Again Jack emphasized that a single demon could threaten although Tokoyami added that that statement was somewhat overblown a demon may able to threaten a town within a region but not the area itself, Koda continued and explained that from what they know of the monsters present so far there are one demons and six dragons disaster level monsters. 

Concern drew on each of the adults' faces at the dragon's remark as they looked and saw how a single dragon could be “a threat to multiple cities” Jack asked Tokoyami if this was his also just the hero organization “exaggerating” and if there was only a moment's hesitation before he shook his head it wasn’t completely a lie during the last moments he and his friends had encountered several dragons and fought them they had destroyed a large part of the Z-city from the encroaching battle although this wasn’t to say that all dragons were created equal some of them were stronger than others. Y seemed to try to calm the situation by remarking that there were legendaries that could do similar levels of damage but everything seemed calm so it shouldn't be a problem.

Although Jack rebuffed her explaining that Legendary and Mythical Pokémon often only move with a purpose at hand they do not cause destruction just for the sake of it because it is almost impossible for them to think of doing so unless it leads to their goal. These new creatures which possess equal power have no such restriction if they decide they want to do something or kill something especially if what the teens describe of them they have a predisposition to do so from being what they are, Koda countered and remarked that the monsters that would come out of the way to help them were much more tolerant then other monsters and wouldn’t start trouble unless they were pushed although Jack remarked that would just have to be seen to be believed. Grace asked how come they didn’t know how many of them there were and more importantly that they weren’t all together given she speculated that they had gathered together in an attempt to go home.

Shoji explained that they barring one person had thought that the others would have just left it as goodbye so the being here is a surprise to them as well, although they speculate that the reason they are here is that they wanted to help them in their struggles for helping them with theirs a number of them would have been killed if it weren’t for their interference after all.

This garnered a wave of intrigue although Tokoyami put that conversation on hold and brought it back to the chosen three once more as he brought up another issue with them involving which was, which Kalos legendary wants them alive which was either Yveltal or Xerneas. Grace didn’t know why it would matter the legendary but after having it explained to her, Amy and Grace thought they were calling their parenthood into question although they immediately dismissed such a notion Jack seemed to get the implication of why they brought it up now, as he told them that even if they found out that it was the malevolent Yveltal that wanted to keep them around they would not act hastily which Grace bluntly put it in plain terms that they wouldn’t kill them, which the teens agreed to none of them has taken a human life and none of them would think of doing such a thing.

Jack and Amy were a bit skeptical however Grace looked at it from a different way she was confident if those were the choices then there would be nothing to worry about, while she had known X for a short time, and despite the rut, he was going through he wouldn’t hurt anyone willing and if this Ash boy is being hunted by Team rocket because of something he did to hurt them he must be good as well, as for the neighbors they had only been their a couple of days but she believed that they raise their boy correctly and shouldn’t have anything to worry about either unless they think so of course which the two were quick to not think so either, although Jack thought to himself that technically it doesn’t have to happen quickly or currently it could be about something that happens in the future. 

The teens would inform them of when they got the answer to that question and would inform them immediately they offered a radio device to each of them to keep in contact with them, Grace asked if none of them had traditional phones which they did, however, none of them had a service provider for this world so it was mostly useless, Jack then asked how did they get a raio then and Toru explained that one of the other members of their class has an ability that allows her to create nearly anything she wants as long as she knew the atomic configuration of it. This spurred a conversation once more about them and their abilities and Jack wanted a list of them which the teens were afraid to hand over, the group conversed a bit more mainly about the monsters and other visitors and where they would be given how it seemed they are not present with them and they response was that they simply didn’t know, they only knew that they were present at all was due to one of them using magic to give a message to one of their friends he told them where they had been located however due to the message from one of the legendaries it had been interrupted before they could find out, they will be able to get in contact in three days from now as that was when The monster told them he would contact them again after he searched if any of the others had arrived with them.

This led to questioning how many people were supposed to go with them and why, they didn’t know the answer to the first question but they could answer the latter as they had their problems back home, they explained how back home everyone possessed abilities like their or at least 80% of the population although because of that many problems have arisen and in their country or region the problems from villains have skyrocketed to a breaking point and as heroes, it is a part of their job to stop it, Jack remarked how they were all surprisingly calm for being away from their home for so long if they left it in such dire straights and they responded that they have some hints that maybe time in terms of back from once they had come isn’t moving on along with them or at least that's the best hope they have at the moment.

Grace asked what the others were doing in the meantime for the moment and Toru responded that they were helping out in the nearby city, looking for any work they could get their hands on so they could earn some money and move out of the forest which they currently call their home, Amy remarked how it was gracious of them all to not use Ms. Yaoyorozu's abilities for such a task making it easier upon themselves and they explained as the hero they wouldn’t do such things, especially her she knows better than anyone the number of exploits that her powers can make for economic value and doesn’t pursue such things.

The group talked some more about everything and the four of them showed off their skills and told them which of their members had been traveling with which person as guards before they were about to head out themselves although Grace told them that they could stop by anytime if they wanted to if they were going to be looking out over X than it would be better if they had stayed in closer proximity to the child, they told the women that they would think about it before waving goodbye and flying back off towards their forest home. 

The adults talked amongst themselves shooing Y up to her room as they made their general discussion revolving around the aliens amongst them, for now, there wasn’t much reason to be concerned they had been forefront with them and managed to explain themselves to the best of their ability, Grace and Amy were partially relived that if they were around them then they would surely be protected if the ones were as strong as they were although Jack still had his reservations about the monsters unlike traditional Pokémon they can be fairly unpredictable and just like Pokémon if they are angered they can cause quite a lot of damage in short order he would like to have words with them as well if given the opportunity wherever they happened to be on the world. 

***************************

Mission Knowledge: Saren, Lord great white, Volten, Brut, Torax, Aki, Eyesight

     Day 1: As Saren had told them as they began to walk among the people in the town proper, they had drawn plenty of looks and intrigue, and to make matters worse or better depending on the one you would ask, they had been dropped right next to a research center, although for Saren this was simply a net boon for their cause. If the monsters were more agreeable, Saren would have liked for them to pretend to be Pokémon, only saying a word in single phrases and not outright speaking, as that would draw even more attention than new undiscovered Pokémon. Although having them talk did draw even more fever-pitch attention and questions from numerous scientists and researchers, it also served as the perfect catalyst to isolate them from people who were more knowledgeable about the world all in one place, and the discovery would quickly overshadow the thoughts about who he was, along with Brut and Volten, truly were as their information would be questioned if any of the scientists minded it that was, so ridding the wave of the new creatures, they began to work with the researchers in finding out all they could about these new creatures and what they were made of.

    Day 2 : Saren, having sent a message to Jackie after sensing her presence as well, decided to cut the charades this day, especially since Eyesight had been getting annoyed with the humans' meddling and constant questions and tests. He was confident that if given another day of the treatment they had been subjecting them to, there was a high chance that a couple of them would likely be consumed by the monster women. Having also believed he gained everything he could from verbal talks without giving away his completely alien nature to the world at large, he had cast a spell that put all of the scientists and researchers into a coma, which they should wake up from in the coming days. He didn't bother wasting even more magic energy on setting up an amnesia spell given that there probably were pictures circulating over the internet or this world's equivalent of that, which would just jog their memory in the first place. He did start to drain information from the two dozen or so unconscious scientists during their long nap. 

Where he was able to learn a great many things about the world that they currently inhabit, including the fact that they weren’t the only, even the only, extradimensional travelers; there is a collision of beings that they named ultra-beasts that have been streaming into this region; in particular, a number of the scientist tests had begun with thinking these new beings were ultra-beast, but failing that turned to the traditional of being Pokémon they have yet to discover yet. Using the clearances of most of the scientists, he figured out ways to gain some identification for himself and the others, although this would take some time to get, which he would have at the moment as he started conserving energy for his spell to scan the planet. 

     Day 3 : On this day, Saren had mainly fallen back on being the leader of the group to conserve his mana and get the kinks of his spell ironed out, listing all the people he wanted to find and locate. He was sure that people would eventually grow suspicious of the disappearance of the scientist; however, drawing attention now could be seen as a positive, using the unconscious bodies as mana farms to perform the feat, as traditionally he wouldn’t have anywhere near the amount needed to search the entire planet. The effects on them would be minimal so it wouldn’t matter and the more people that came the more information he would find from them once he searched for anything that had been useful, however, he did have some worry, in his mind as he found out about some powerful Pokémon which these people called legendaries, in this region, in particular, there had been a group of them which called themselves guardians of the islands the Island that they had been on was called  Akala Island and the guardian of this Island had been Tapu Leleb it didn’t look very formidable on the surface the same could be said about himself even in his monster form, no one's memories he read gave him any degree of measurement of its strength however the only thing he had gained about them was that they had originally been used as general in wars between the islands and that their “ Z-power ” was strong enough to destroy most of the islands they protected if that were the extent of their power then he had no need for concern although he thought it best to try and not provoke and fight if he could. However, this brought up the question of what freed them from their shackles. If it were the guardian, it surely wouldn't have left them alone like they were. Whatever did so was surely watching them, most likely, although the fact that it hadn’t made its presence known was strange to him.

       Day 4: Saren is preoccupied with his spells the rest of the monsters don’t have much else to do other than explore the island some more continuing their charade of pretending that the other monsters were unique Pokémon while Volten and Brut acted as their “trainer” or essentially master and since both volten and Brut were on the weaker side in terms of the monsters things would quickly spiral when the other monster simply did not feel like listening to them or forgoing the charade entirely, this was sometimes especially concerning when Pokémon battles were concerned, while Saren had warned them that Pokémon battles were the favorites of the world pass time in the same vein as sports in there they didn’t think it was such ingrained to the point that mere children would adopt such things at such young ages although given the time of a year here it would be more precise to say that they were an appropriate age?

 Well, that was if things carried over to this world correctly; despite living twice their age in terms of their year, the kids still acted the same age, which could suggest a physically slower development cycle. The kids were adamant about battling these new Pokémon, and despite the warning they gave, some had been trying to tell them, although the prospect of money did change their minds a bit, so they accepted a couple of battles against a Crabrawler, Bewear, Oranguru, and Primarina. Many of these Pokémon didn’t put up much of a fight against the monsters that had taken them on, which dimmed some small internal fears that they had possessed about the creatures, although Lord Great White nearly biting off one of the crabrawler's fist was a sign for the group to retreat to their home base over in Route 8, although this wouldn’t stop them from adventuring further out as their curiosity grew. 

     Day 5 : More and more people would fall into Saren's trap like glue, especially with the monster escapades away from the best becoming more frequent. The man had been hard at work cultivating the mana that he gained from the people so that everything could be ready, although it would likely be no matter of time before trouble came knocking on their door. The other monsters continued their exploration of the island finding a small hut of a Pokémon that served refreshments went by the name of Oranguru, the group of monsters spoke with the Pokémon and it explained a little bit more about the island and its people when the monster asked about the status quo of the human and monster dynamic in this place which the Pokémon explained that Pokémon and humans are mainly friendly with each other and help each other through strife and hardships however likely due to a growing need of protection and human traditional weapons falling behind the power that Pokémon posses they use pokeballs to capture them once captured the Pokémon he notes do shift at least to a certain degree to be more obedient to the human that has captured them although strong-willed Pokémon have the opportunity to reject it at least for the standard variety. 

Some other varieties seemed to offer a stronger command control although that was just his guess on the matter, he didn’t know the intricacies of a lot of human things. Most of the monsters were angered by the news of such devices, and it showed in the next Pokémon matches that they were forced to commit to. They destroyed the pokeballs that trainers had for Mudsdale and Rockruff; however, both Pokémon had to decide to stay with their trainer instead of leaving her, which they found strange, although they never gave back any of the pokeballs that they shattered as they made their way back to route 8.

     Day 6: As predicted by Saren, trouble had started to stir in the surrounding small research area, not due to people or workers from the island itself but by a troublesome gang that seemed to call itself Team Skull. It just seemed like a gang of troublemakers with a lot of time on their hands. They came to invade the island looking for the new undiscovered Pokémon and to catch it for themselves so no one could have it. Of course, this was not to pass; there seemed to be a collection of six grunt workers along with their supposed leader. They came upon the ocean waves, avoiding many of the main roads to approach the research base by surprise. Their mission was to capture the recently discovered Pokémon so they could flip it back and sell it for a major profit elsewhere due to its exotic nature. This was of course technically not illegal for them to do. The group stormed the beach looking for the trainers and attempted to coerce them into a Pokémon battle where the winner would give over their Pokémon. Naturally, the monsters, not being afraid, accepted the challenge immediately. Aki, Volten, and Brut all attempted to warn the group about what they had been getting into and to change course, but this fell on deaf ears.

The first initial challenge had been from one of the grunts using a Krookodile the fighting had been extremely short-lived literally as a single swipe of Torax's paws shattered the Pokémon like glass rendering it not just unconscious but full-on dead, Torax had taken on the even more gruesome fate of devouring the Pokémon right in front of the group as a scare tactic, for the days they have spent on the island they have consumed some Pokémon here and their for lunch mainly those of the sea as they were plentiful and lord great white could scavenge plenty of them, so the monsters were never hungry for long the creatures similar to a monster from their world once consumed had the chance for them to take some of their power for themselves however likely due to the biological differences this transfer of ability was usually even rarer than eating a traditional monster back from where they came from, the display was also test of sorts from the monsters of what the humans would do, if they knew that the price of battling them would result in the death of thier Pokémon would they still wiligly commit to there plan to the perhaps detriment to the creatures they held in their pokeballs. 

Humans back where they are from hated monsters with a passion and none of them didn’t think it was for a good reason, the capability for humans and monsters to co-exist had long passed in most but a few eyes, the teens they met were the first that had brought the thought of co-existence back to the light of the public although this was only met with ridicule from the general audience, this world seemed somewhat different humans have found some sort of harmony with the creatures although the dynamic to the monsters was still not one they were to their liking with how much power humanity had over the creatures especially with the devices they used to capture them but from their experience the previous day some Pokémon generally look out for their trainers despite the initial injustice of its capture in the first place but would the humans do the same for them was the silent question being asked.

The criminal team of hoodlums was shocked and appalled by the monster's actions and was angered at Volten for allowing his Pokémon to go so far. However, he merely shrugged his shoulders and asked if they still wanted to continue; seeing the looks of anger on many of the grunt's faces clued him on to the next plan of action, which was a widespread battle as six beams of light spread out over the beach, revealing several different Pokémon: Sableye, Alolan Exeggutor, Alolan Raticate, Sneasel, Salazzle, and Trevenant. The group of Pokémon stared at the group of monsters opposite it although none of the monsters seemed actually to be on guard from much of any of them and they infrared them that their trainers were sending them out to die and that they shouldn’t attack them if they don’t want to do such but there warning fell on deaf ears either their confidence in their skills or them simply not caring but Aki would be the one to take each of them down, the humanoid bear monster while only being a teen in age was still monstrously formidable compared to the Pokémon towering over all of them besides the weird tree one, it had put up the most fight out of all of them being able to strike her with it long tail causing the girl her first instance of pain in a while although it failed much after that, the match if it could even be called that ended within two minutes of beginning and thankfully for team skull the girl wasn’t as vicious as the other monsters when it came down to it so all of them were going to get to head back with their trainers except for the Salazzale which had been eaten by Eyesight the snake lamia curiosity being peaked by the look of the Pokémon.

Aki was going to ensure that the rest returned to their trainer however it seemed the leader wanted to have control instead as it sent its Pokémon a Golisopod to attack Volten instead of assuming that the man was just that a man and calling his Pokémon simply remarking that he’s made his point and that they would just leave of course traditionally Volten would play along however being a monster himself he couldn’t help but like the violence around him which doubled as he was originally a martial artist as well that participated in the super fight tournament which was full of brutal opponents, so he only laughed as he was attempted to be used almost like a bargaining chip as he transformed into his monster form his human tissue becoming nothing but static electricity that flowed out of him in bright blue sparks, a super quick roundhouse kick took the Golisopod right off its feet in shocking surprise. The Pokémon had managed to recover as it waited for its owner's instructions on what to do. The man was completely surprised by the discovery but quickly got his wits about him and ordered all of his subordinates to retreat to the boat. The monster allowed them to do so as Volten engaged his target, asking for the leader's name, which he called himself Guzma, and in return he gave his name. 

Guzma asked what the monster was and if he and his cohorts were ultra beasts and Volten told him the truth they were neither ultra beasts nor Pokémon that they were monsters although he didn’t mean for it to come out as threatening as it seemed  although fear could be a good motivator for him to try his best and his Pokémon seemed to attest to that remarking that he would need to get by it first before he could touch his trainer, of course, Volten had no plans to hurt the young man but allowed the allusion that he would as the two battle, he could tell just from the opening attacks that Guzma was exceptionally better than his cohorts in terms of battling and on top of that his Pokémon of choice was also stronger than the others ones that he’s seen so far, however, the victor was never in doubt but the strangeness of it all was the way the Pokémon he was using had switched its tunes when it became evident of Volten victory leading ultimately to the point where he couldn’t even finish the battle completely and the Pokémon had scurried away back to its pokeball leaving his owner defenseless, Torax and Eyesight laughed at the stunt, although Volten simply returned to his human form and remarked that it seems his Pokémon isn’t very loyal, although the man assured him it was before starting to take out another pokeball, although Volten held his hand up and remarked that there would be no need and he was allowed to go, which Guzma angrily did so.

      Day 7:  There were only three more days left waiting for the when Saren spell to be ready people had stopped reporting to the research base highlighting either that they were caught and there had been a blockade in place or no one had currently been inhibited being missed in either case it seemed it wouldn’t matter too much given what had transpired yesterday they were confident that they would have more visitors soon, however, they did not expect the visitor to be a familiar face which came in the form of silver chain, Aki gave the girl a warm welcome with a large hug happy that she was doing alright along with both Volten and Brut which shook the ninja hand in greeting, Brut asked her if she seen her brother which she has not, Torax if any of the other were with her and she explained to them the other two heroes that she arrived with and where so far she is searching over the Kanto, Johto, and hoenne for the others although she hasn’t been able to find them at all so she came to the Alola ask Seran where they were located if he knew, the man didn’t exactly know either if he wasn’t preoccupied with his spell searching for everyone he could likely just use a fairy spell to guide her to her destination however since he was in the midst of this spell he needed to keep himself focus and couldn’t spare the time, he will learn in three more days regardless so she would just have to be patient and wait which the girl agreed with, she looked around the research center at the almost stasis like bodies that numbered around three dozen or so of them and she questioned the monster about them,he remarked that they were fine and were helping him with his spell run at maximum efficacy. 

The girl understood and asked if he or any of the other monsters needed identification of some kind she was planning on infiltrating one of the government centers and creating an alias for her and the others, Saren thought the idea somewhat lacked purpose as he didn’t think he needs such a thing although to blend in more with the humans it would likely be useful so he, Brut, and Volten each gave the girl a drop of blood along with a fingerprint before she headed on her way back to Hoenn, zipping across the ocean at incredible speed, Saren was a bit surprised that it too her so long to physically greet them although it was likely she was busying herself with her problems likely currency and housing they didn’t care much for such things but humans did. She, however, wasn’t the only visitor that had come as just a couple hours later a strange group of individuals; were mainly teens and a couple of adults riding in on Pokémon. It seemed Guzma had talked to them before as Volten was immediately called out for being another of the monsters, which the man showed them and gestured for Brut to do the same as the man's pale skin turned a deeper color blue as Ice enveloped his body and feathers and icy scales also spurted from his shins, elbows, and cheeks while his eyes transformed from normal to being nothing but black.

This team was different than that of Skull they called themselves the “ Ultra guardians ” They come to them under the authority of the Aether Foundation , a subgroup that specializes in helping ultra beasts return to their homes through “ultra wormholes” It was an intriguing topic of discussions however the monsters instituted that they weren’t these ultra beasts as they did not emerge from the wormholes although they agree that they weren’t Pokémon either and were extradimensional beings the group had no solution for them that they could help with the ultra guardians were calmer about the situation then team skull was however seemingly not wanting to start a fight if they didn’t have to well except for one cocky person which among their roster which would have liked to capture them anyways although the Tsareena it was going to use to attack them was knocked unconscious by a single tail swipe from the Eyesight. 

She remarked the Pokémon didn’t seem very appetizing to eat, although its trainer was a different circumstance she mocked with a hiss licking along its lips, causing the man to take a step backward from the serpent monster. 

Although the girl remarked that she was just joking, she said with a hissing laugh that the other monsters knew that it was likely at least a quarter serious threat. Monsters in their world would oftentimes consume the humans they killed if hungry, especially when she found them to be a delicacy in terms of eating palette, although she noted that some Pokémon have tasted equally good, so she was never picky to go off on her own to randomly hunt humans, although that didn’t stop them from always having Torax or Great Lord White to watch over her.

Seeing a Pokémon trounced had put the guardian's guard up as they recognized what they had been dealing with. Still, that challenging tension had almost completely disappeared and shifted into fear as the giant shadow came out of the ocean on the beach, which happened to be Lord Great White came out of the water. Given its biology as a seafolk, its body was almost like a sponge if he let it, allowing himself to grow to a massive size of 20 meters. The hulking beast of a shark popped out of the water and spat out another large Pokémon from within its jaws, which were a wailord, but within its grasp of two massive hands were two additional whales, which it dropped on the beach haphazardly, creating a small dust cloud. There was a notable shiver running through multiple of the guardian party, however, along with even a few of their Pokémon, which they had used to ride here, especially when the shark monster had turned towards them. 

Volten got their attention once more with a clap as he got the guardian's attention once more to ignore the large creature that had just shown up on the shore, which was currently turning away from them and spewing out of its mouth and almost geyser of water, which after a few moments the monster had started to slowly but surely shrink back down to its normal size, which was still fairly massive and easily taller than all of the other Pokémon they had at 4 meters tall. Lord Great White remarked about how strange the place was given how light the whales were, and he brought three of them, mainly because he had to fight multiple others but also because their volume was mostly taken up by air instead of meat than he expected them to be. It would hold them over for the next three days, one for each, so they wouldn’t have to travel anywhere until the days were up. 

Although this left the guardians, the group understood that fighting this group of monsters as they called themselves may not be the wisest course of action; however, they didn’t want to leave extradimensional threats free in case they start to hurt the region. However, Volten managed to compromise with the ranger, telling them that they would come with them to wherever in the next few days without much fuss or fighting. 

The proposition was a strange one, as he could see some of them would like to ask why, but fear held their tongue. They simply accepted the terms if they promised not to cause any damage to the islands and its people, which Volten agreed that they could do just fine; they had been there for the better part of a week already; what would three more days matter?

************************

A Mega Blunder: Ash, Serena, Bonnie, Clemont, Midoriya, Uraraka, Iida, Tsu, Team Rocket 

Unknown location

Now that they had successfully removed the chip from meowth Team Rocket went to another one of the hidden bunkers that they hid around the region inside of the small run-down shack which looked that way by design to make people believe that it had always been there the team had been scouring the internet for anything interesting that would have caught their attention and the main thing that was on their mind was the phenomenon as mega evolution, there have been numerous sightings of the mega evolution and certain trainers had managed to even be able to evolve their Pokémon but the one that stuck out to them was the mega blaziken supposedly this Pokémon was owned by the hero blaziken mask which comes out mostly at night in lumiose city which brought them to several videos of the person and Pokémon in action although most just glimpses after the fact  the greatest reveal and the currently most popular video of the Pokémon however was a new one based on the day that they arrived in the city. 

The Pokémon was attacking someone, although Meowth remarked that it did not seem like it was trying to attack the person but instead rescue him as the video got to the point where the Pokémon held its hands up in surrender to suggest not to fight, which it wouldn’t have done if it was attacking. Although this brought the group's attention to the teen that they saw on the news, this person looked to be able to generate flames and ice from both of his hands; bizarrely, from the video and angles they can see, they didn’t seem to find any technology in the boys grasp, although James suggested that it perhaps could be a Pokémon instead that was giving the illusion of being a person, although Meowth quickly shot that down and remarked that having illusions of that level was Zoroark, and they have never met a Zoroark that can produce ice at all, and the ice was very clearly not an illusion given that the boy was able to stop the garchomp almost immediately with it. 

They continued their search to see if they could find out any more information about this strange boy and weren’t surprised when they didn’t need to go very far, as there were clips of him performing tricks and creating ice and fire out of his right and left arms, which were incredibly strange to them on how he was doing it; they guessed there must have been a trick to it somehow—something they weren’t seeing—that this person was using to swindle people. As they were surfing the internet, they did find their other target, which they found went by the name of Bakugo. Most of the videos showed him battling Pokémon, which he would defeat with ease using those explosive gauntlets of his, which Jesse attested would soon be there, although it was clear that they would need some extra muscle before they wet to challenge him once more, so they would just need to get that by capturing the mega blaziken or perhaps getting some mega Pokémon of their very own.

The problem lay in that they didn’t know what Pokémon could mega evolve and what couldn't Meowth was confident that he could mega evolve but Jesse was still not convinced he still needed to evolve regularly let alone mega evolve although he rebuffed and remarked that maybe he doesn’t need to evolve to have mega evolution in the first place which brought them back to having no information about the phenomenon once more however James had the solution as he told the other three about two famous types of researchers of the phenomenon one of them was tilted as a mega evolution guru a the others was a simple professor the choice should have been clear however given the fact that the professor was closer and the fact that his lab was in Lumiose city exactly where their other target lied in blaziken mask’s blaziken.

So the decision was unanimous their next target would be processor Sycamore’s lab for his data revolving around mega evolution ironically they had already busted into the place before which means it should have been easy to do so once again however it was also a problem since there could be more security measures that they accidentally created for themselves but their new machine should be able to take care of any chasing police officers especially after they finish uploading the professor's data into it and when the mega meowth was finished they can use it to capture mega blaziken, with the mega blaziken and the mega meowth they can capture the boy’s gauntlets and with their mega firepower of all three the mega problem that was the twerp and his Pikachu would be a mega snap to beat and capture and then mega team rocket can make the whole mega world it's own. It was a mega-mania plan!

_____________

Lumiose City 

Ash, Clemont, Bonnie, and Serena had all begun to walk through the large city, although they were surprisingly escorted in their adventure by Mr. Meyers wanting to go and talk to the teens once more before heading off to his work and to see one last look at his kids before they changed so much from going on their adventure as he hugged the two of them very closely, embarrassing the two of them as they continued to walk towards Professor Sycamore’s lab. 

Serena had the forethought of making some macarons for the professor for all the help he has made for her and all of them in their adventure so far so they wouldn’t be coming to the place empty-handed. They quickly made their way over and knocked on the door, where they were greeted by Sina, who assured the group and pointed them in the direction of the professor, who was in the back near the lab like before. The group continued forward except Meyer, who asked about the teens; they were on the second floor, so he wished his kids along with Ash and Serena, luck as he went up there to speak with them.

He knocked on the indicated door, and they allowed him to enter. They were eating breakfast still and watching TV, and his arrival was taken to mean that the other kids were present as well, which he confirmed. He first asked if Midoriya and Uraraka were well rested for the day given their little joint out at night, and both of them responded positively that they had been fine. Tsu remarked how they could have woken her to go out on a bit of petrol, although Iida remarked that they needed to be sure to keep a healthy sleep cycle so going out at night should be limited. Meyer simply chuckled at the boy's seriousness, although he couldn’t deny his point. When he first started, he did get a bit overzealous and burned himself out a couple of days on his job, which affected his work, he said with a laugh before getting serious once more as he told them the news.

Firstly it seemed that Midoriya was right the night before in the fact that the perpetrators that Tsu caught had been the same three-team rocket members that they had captured previously he apologized as it was his initial fault for letting them escape him during their initial breakout in the first place but none of them held it against the man, some villains escape from them as well which brought a twinkle to the man's eyes curious of their adventures in hero work what it was like however he stalled that thought as he continued with what he wanted to tell them the police had to let the go to once more to get the information on where they had stashed the stolen Pokémon so the group of team rocket was out their once again somewhere in the world waiting to cause trouble once more.

The teens thanked him for the tip and told him that they would keep a lookout for the group if Ash's tales of them were true to any extent they would show up again and they would stop them once more they all agreed with confidence which soothed Meyers spirits before the man would forget he also informed them that Serena had made some macarons for everyone so they should hurry up downstairs before they eat them all, of course, this got Uraraka and Tsu moving as they open the door and thanked the man once more for the tip which was quickly followed by Midoriya and then Iida, the tall boy asked if he was not also coming with them but he declines and remarked he still has his store to return to as he waved the group goodbye as he went downstairs and went their separate ways.

The teens left towards the back just as the group of kids had been telling the professor about their adventure so far and telling him that they all intended to travel together in a large group, which the professor thought sounded like a good plan. Serena had offered one of the two baskets of macarons that the girl carried along with her to the professor for them all to enjoy together, which doubled as Bonnie noticed the teens entered the room as well, Serena held up her other hand with the second basket of macarons as she remarked that she made enough for everyone for the start of their adventure together. The professor could smell the aroma of the delicious sweet wafting from the basket; however, the man still had some business to attend to before he could partake himself in such a thing. The kid's curiosity peaked, and the group asked if they could see what he was working on, and the man remarked that they could, although he would have to go get it ready first so until then they could make themselves comfortable. 

Sophie offered to make some tea to go with the macarons. Both Uraraka and Tsu offered to help the woman with the tea, which got both Bonnie and Serena eager to help. At the same time, the guys could set up the table and plates. Given the large roster of people, they had to drag in another table into the room so that they could have some space and legroom for everyone. Once that was established, the group of guys went and collected the silverware for the cups to sit upon, and by the time all of that was done, the tea had been prepped and ready as the group worked together to bring all of the tea cups in so that they could all enjoy them together. As everything was finally placed down and ready to go, however, they hit a slight snag when it became apparent that one of the baskets of macrons had gone missing entirely.

Midoriya, using his enhanced hearing, was able to hear the chimping of something close by, near the corner, next to one of the plants pointing over in the direction of the sounds the assistant Sophie looked over and could spot something green in the corner moving around before letting out a sigh and moving forward and telling them of the culprit, which was a troublesome chespin that they had around the office.

Hearing his species' name caught the small Pokémon by surprise as it began to cough from choking on the small snacks, before looking backward at the group staring at him with an embarrassed full smile, hoping its looks would let it off the hook like it often did. Ash was enamored by the small Pokémon, another new one he’d never seen. However, he did remember Clemont telling him about it a couple of days ago when they initially met Serena. It was the third of the choices that a trainer could choose from in the Kalos region, and going by its color, he correctly guessed that the small Pokémon was a grass type of some kind, which Sophie confirmed as he was taking out his pokedex to scan it.

Chespin the spiny nut Pokémon: The quills on its head are usually soft. The points become so hard and sharp when it flexes them that they can pierce rock.

The small Pokémon had started to get a bit worried as the group got closer. Pikachu tried to inform the spiny Pokémon that they meant no harm and that the group just wanted the macaron basket back, although the creature was slightly frighted by the sudden appearance of Bonnie rapidly crawling into the way to get closer to the Pokémon and be more on its level, which she thought was very cute, which prompted Tsu to ask if she thought any Pokémon wasn’t pretty. The girl put her finger to her chin for a moment trying to think about it before shaking her head and exclaiming all Pokémon were cute, she said with a happy twirl, causing Tsu and Uraraka to laugh but agree with the girl; the Pokemon were a bit weird initially to them but they started to grow on them a bit.

Clemont got closer and reached out his hand telling the small Pokémon that if it wanted to share then he could have just asked before leading by example and asking if the spiny Pokémon would like to share of course this may have worked on some different Pokémon but this chespin was a bit different but more importantly it was a bit squeamish likely from being trapped in a corner as the spikes on the back of the head flexed and sharpened before it went to jab at the extended arm however before being able to poke Clemonts hands Midoriya Black whip successfully had extended out of him and reached it first causing the sharp spines to seem like a harsh jab instead although Clemont still reflexively took a couple of steps back in worry before thanking Midoriya for his assistance once more, Midoriya suggested that they should all give Chespin some space so that it know that we don’t mean it no harm and that was what the group did all stepping five steps back giving the Pokémon plenty of room when they did so the Pokémon quickly turned back around stuffing its face and hands with macarons before running out the doorway in a hurry. 

Sophie once more apologized for the Chespin and asked for Clemont's hand to make sure there was no puncture wound. There had been a small dot that was irritated, but other than that, the boy was fine. She once more apologized for the chespin antics and remarked as she picked up the basket that the chespin was a bit of a prankster, along with having a big appetite that belied his small size. Although Serena thought it was quiet already and that they still had plenty to go around, she wanted to first go see if the professor had been done, so the two went along and remarked that they could start eating without them while they went to go get him.

So the rest did just that as they sat down and opened up the second basket of macarons along with the first and started to dig in. The minor distraction was enough to allow the tea to cool down as well, which was a positive boon as well, although Clemot had seemed to be zoned out for a moment, causing once more Sophie to ask if he was alright as he stared off in the direction that the chespin had originally gone off towards before getting his head on straight and going to sit down with the others.

In the green room with all the other Pokémon Professor Sycamore had come to check up on how each of them was doing he did have some doubts about a certain one in particular when he had originally been informed of by bakugo of the surprised beedrill that had managed to mega evolve on its own he was incredibly intrigued although his interest in the discovery blinded him to how ill-mannered beedrill was especially when it came to being around other Pokémon they were incredibly territorial so sharing a habitat with all these other Pokémon was probably something it never experienced before so when he initially allowed it to run free it had gone on a stinging spree that they needed to quickly remedy thankfully his garchomp was their to stop if from attacking to many of the creatures that been around and a quick antidote solve much of the Pokémon’s woes however that didn’t mean they didn’t hold it against the bee Pokémon. 

He opted for a smaller scale exhibit that would allow it to familiarize itself with the others without it being able to get to them with a gated community, especially with the few combees he had scattered about its natural prey however even with all these precautions the bee Pokémon was still incredibly angry or aggressive striking at the walls of it’s exhibit but interestingly not at the side which housed the Pokémon but the wall of its enclosure he took the beedrill out and put the other Pokémon away and it seemed to still magnetize towards that spot and after a brief moment he had figured out what the problem was as he carried the mega stone that bakugo had sold him upon showing the beedrill he had instantly got the bug types attention as it followed him around to the edges of his smaller enclosure and ever since then he’s been working with it using the mega stone as a reward to reinforce the behavior that he liked which he would than offer the Pokémon a limited time with the stone, geting it back would be incresingly difficult although he left it to his garchomp to take care of or have Dexio’s espion using psychic to take it out when it was sleeping. 

He was slowly gaining the Pokémon's trust, and once he did so he should be able to study it much more closely. Of course, Pokémon Mega evolved without a trainer, and Key Stone was thought to be nearly impossible, the only exception to this being Rayquaza, although this was due to a technicality of it eating its keystone and Mega Stone at least that's how the legends went. 

It could be possible that this beedrill did something similar to eating a keystone; however, he had trouble figuring out a reason why it would ever do so: eating minerals. Was not a part of its diet at all, and even if its stomach was upset, it would likely eat berries or plants to cure such a thing; traditionally, he would dismiss it as a potential lie from the teen. To pull one over on him, although with video evidence of the battle and its new form, it was hard to think otherwise, and no trainer has claimed to be Stolen from, and the beedrill lacked any history of being captured before. 

It was a confusing puzzle to solve, but it was also a fascinating one, he thought as he cast a glance Once more at the beedrill trying to solve The winding puzzle that was Mega Evolution taking note of it in his tablet before A sudden crash Took all his attention behind him right through the glass came slamming in a truck, scattering frightened Pokémon every which way he was about to scatter away as well. However, the large gray truck didn't seem like it was crashing as it came to a complete stop before slamming right into him.

The front of the drive and passenger seat burst open, revealing the stunning sight of the Team Rocket members that attacked them a few days ago, along with the rare talking Pokémon Meowth. He had initially thought that they were here for the Pokémon, and he instinctively reached behind his back to get his garchomp pokeball but found nothing, cursing his luck that he left it in the lab before the blue-haired one through something at him that exploded open into a net that wrapped around the professor, trapping him. However, it became apparent that the group had seemingly been after him instead as the women and the talking meowth hoisted him up and threw him in the back of the truck. As he was in the air, he could briefly catch a glimpse of both Bonnie and Serena having entered the green room. He attempted to call out to them, telling them to get the others; however, his voice was cut off as the pink-haired kidnapper shut the door to the back of the truck. 

Jesse and Meowth high-fived for a job well done before hurling back into the truck to quickly drive off. Just as the two got into the front seat however and got ready to drive, they were stopped by an obstacle in the way. It was a teen who had been standing in the way of the entrance that they had so graciously created. Jesse for a moment honked the horn as James yelled at the kid to get out of the way, although the boy didn’t budge. From out of the corner of the truck, they heard someone call the boy’s name, which was Midoriya, and that they had captured the professor. Meowth suggested that they should just call his bluff and go full steam ahead; he’s probably going to be chicken and get out of the way, and James agreed with his assessment. Jesse agreed with the assessment but honked the horn one more time before pushing down on the accelerator and forwarding the truck quickly, although the boy seemed to have no interest in stepping aside at all. As the truck drew closer, they could see that the boy had seemingly started to glow, and he stepped forward toward it.

Meowth was surprised and exclaimed, "Does the boy want to get run over or something? as Jesse attempted to alter course slightly to go around the strange teen, although the boy with extraordinary speed had seemingly corrected the angle, making them slam right into him once more, and there was no more time to dodge out of the way as the truck went to slam straight into the teen. James, Jesse, and Meowth closed their eyes as they had expected to feel two quick bumps as the truck continued to move past the boy’s body, but all of their eyes quickly popped open when they felt only one bump, but more importantly, it appeared that it was the truck that had stopped in its tracks.

None of them could believe what they were seeing as they saw the boy hold out a single arm and catch the truck as if it hadn’t been moving at all. The other two quickly looked to Jesse and asked what was happening, but she quickly exclaimed to them that she did not stop as she gestured by exaggerating, slamming her foot down on the pedal multiplied by the vrooming of the tires on the ground moving in their ears, although they weren’t going anywhere, as if it was the teen in front of them that was holding them back. 

The front of the truck somewhat started to crumple around the boy a bit, but he still didn’t budge a single bit. James looked out the window to check if there was maybe a Pokémon holding them down, but there was nothing; it was just this teen. Was he truly holding them back, almost as if to answer his question, he put his other hand on the truck and started to lift it into the air. They were immediately shocked by the jostle of the vehicle, and this shock was joined by a suddenly long, dark whip seemingly snapping off the doors on the front and passenger sides and throwing James out one way while Jesse and Meowth came out the other. 

Jesse and Meowth were still just completely stunned by the feat of strength that they had been witnessing as the boy walked the truck back a couple of steps before dropping it down gently. James got his wits about him first and was about to send out his inkay as the group was going to have to change strategies and make a hasty retreat, but just as he was about to throw out his Pokeball, his hand had been wrapped in a very long tongue. At first, he thought it was just luck, but upon finding out it had come from another strange teen, he was completely spooked as he was dragged backward by the tongue and pinned to the ground by someone else who had come through the door behind her. Jesse and Meowth finally got their minds about them as they got ready to battle as well. However, as Jesse stood up and was about to throw her own Pokeball with a wobbuffet, her hand was suddenly grasped as a large wind smacked her in the face. She rapidly began to blink her eyes to clear her vision and attempted to stop the person who had been holding onto her wrist as she turned to see another teen. This one wore glasses and had blue eyes and hair and held her hand in a vice-like grip that she couldn’t escape. 

She commented on who he was and the tall teen exclaimed that he was the hero Ingenium and he was here to stop criminals like them from committing a crime, Jesse was super not interested in some pretend hero although she was completely helpless as the strangely strong teen ripped the Pokeball from her grasp before she could use it she asked for Meowths help with the strange interloper and the cat Pokémon obliged as it extended its claws and launched up int he air with fury swipes although none of it connected as a rising knee from the teen took the Pokémon completely off guard hitting straight in the gut which dropped the Pokémon like a rock before he kicked him over to his friends off the side where the girl with the long tongue completely wrapped him up in the long appendage making a shiver run down her spine.

She was forcibly restrained as the boy put her hands behind his back and began to walk her over to where the others were as more and more people started to stream into the green room, Sophie the assistant quickly realized that the threat had passed and went over along with Bonnie and Serena to check on the professor as Midoriya ripped open the door to reveal the professor the teen asked if the professor was ok as he reached forwards and help the professor out of the truck and helped him out of the strange net breaking it with his enhanced strength allowing the professor to stretch once more as he asked about the Pokémon and what had happened to team rocket, Serena remarked that Midoriya and his friend took them down easy and Bonnie remarked of how cool it was that Midoriya stopped the truck from getting anywhere and even lifted which the professor chuckled at as he could tell by how he was shaken around inside.

Midoriya apologized, although the man remarked that there were no hard feelings and he was still right as rain thanks to him and his friends. He didn’t know what they wanted him for, but whatever it was, thanks to them, they wouldn’t be getting away with anything he looked over at the team, which were pushed down into a kneeling position with their hands behind their backs. As Ash came in, they had been a bit distracted as Ash mocked their misfortune, of course, which gave an angry retort back. Both Sina and Dexio came into the green room next, shocked by the destruction of what happened, although they had been quickly filled in by Sophie, who had already called the police and said that they were on their way.

So while the teens took Team Rocket to a detention center they had and locked them in the room waiting for the police's arrival, the others began to clean up as much as they could before just a quarter of an hour later the police arrived to take Team Rocket off their hands. They took the statements of those involved before Officer Jenny thanked the boy for helping once again before apologizing, as it seemed that the Team Rocket members were the same ones that caused the breakout a couple of days ago, but they would be extra careful with them this time so that they wouldn’t bother them again. Before taking the group away, this finally allowed the professor and the rest of them to enjoy the rest of the macaron by themselves. Although the tea had gone cold from all of the festivities that happened, many people didn’t mind it that much, and the macarons were the primary feast of the day in the first place. 

The professor once more thanked the teens for their help in fending off Team Rocket while eating, and they remarked that it was all in a day's work for heroes, leading to a conversation about heroes from where they came from and how that situation worked out. They told the group how they all went to one of the best heroes schools within their country (region), and there they learned about a bunch of things that they were to take out into the world as full-fledged heroes, although they would likely be employed as side kicks in an agency instead of striking off on their own since that was the safer option to go for, usually at least. 

The group continued to discuss while they ate and the conversation turned over to what the professor had been working on earlier the man remembered and showed the group back to the green room, for now, the busted glass was replaced by wooden boards and police tape to ensure that any Pokémon didn’t leave out of the place although most of them were happy enough not to do so, he investigated the smaller section of the green room where he kept the beedrill and wanted to make sure it was still intact which it was as the beedrill simply hovered around the small enclosure spotting him and getting interested for only a moment before it lost interest just as quickly as it continued to just hover around his perimeter.

He pointed to the beedrill which was delivered by one of Teen's friends bakugo, they had removed a nest of 60 beedrill from the tow off of route 5 but this one was special in the fact that it was able to mega evolve earring the group attention at the strange phenomena the Professor showed them the video proof of the boy fighting said beedril in its mega form as it showed it flying around next to normal beedrill firing at him with pin missiles which the explosive teen easily avoided before returning the favor with two similar attacks which Midoriya labeled as ap-autocannon  knocking out two of the king's guards although the mega evolved king was nimble enough to avoid it especially it used agility to increase its speed although even with that it took time to catch up to the explosive boy getting close enough to attempt a poison sting as it’s stinger began to drip with purple poison as it tried to stab him but the boy was to nimble dodging each and every strike before putting his hand together to use another move that released a large bust of light which was  which midoriya remaked was stun grenade as the name implied the Pokémon had been stunned in mid-air by the bright light although midoriya noted how he didn’t follow up and instead waited around for the bug Pokémon to see again only taunted it one more time to come at him. 

The Pokémon did as its buzzing increased to a fever pitch as it used its agility once more into a pin missile speeding past his attack and launching out a large web with a string shot, attempting to trap the Pokémon between the two attacks. Bakugo merely moved his hands to the opposite side and launched off an explosion deflecting both, surprising the Pokémon, leaving it open as he exploded forwards, and with an explosion to the face, completely knocking it out and out of the creature's mouth. He noted a mega stone as he paused the video and enhanced on a shiny object in the sky that had been falling from the noon sky. 

The kids were completely blown away by just about everything they saw on the screen, from the Mega Beedrill to Bakugo fighting. Ash had turned to see if Clemont was just as surprised, although he was surprised to find that the blonde boy wasn’t even present. He looked around the green room looking for him, spotting him in the corner with some of the other Pokémon. 

Clemont had secretly stowed away a couple of his macarons in hopes of luring out the chespin that they had seen earlier despite the small Pokémon attacking him he felt weirdly connected to it in some way that he just couldn’t shake, as he re-entered the green room with the others and started to search around the smell of the snacks had instantly drawn multiple Pokémon towards him although none of them was the Chespin that he had been searching for to entice the Pokémon a bit into commit out he shared a few snacks with the Pokémon that had approached him breaking them in half so that the small mon could share amongst each other despite it likely being somewhat scared of him if what the assistant Sophie said about it was true that he would gravitate to him once he saw all the other Pokémon eating snacks as well. 

This turned out to be true while the Pokémon didn’t outright brazenly come towards him to get a treat it steadily stalked closer staying inside the thick foliage hoping to either steal a few from him while he was distracted or to mooch off the other Pokémon although Clemont enticed it further by giving it a look at the few whole macarons he had in his hands that he was giving away to the others which it couldn’t refuse as it continued to draw closer and closer and just when it was about to leave the foliage to grab at them Clemont turned around quickly to stare right at the small spiny Pokémon, the rapid spin combined with the look caused the small Pokémon to panic as it spun on its heels tripping and attempted to run away although it tripped over the air due to its haste but got up quickly to hide back into the foliage. 

When it thought Clemont had lost him, he poked his small head out, peering over tall grass that barely covered his whole body and spines on its back almost matching completely with the grass, which made Clemont wonder if that was how they hid in the wild from predators. Although upon realizing that it was being watched, the Pokémon quickly attempted to continue to retreat and fall back; however, Clemont paused its motion with a shout and offered a full macaron, whose smell seemed to take the Pokémon off its feet once more as it quickly turned around to look at the sweet treat. 

Once recovering from its second fall, the small Pokémon was tentative in walking forward, thinking it was some sort of trick or something. Still, to gain the Pokémon's faith, as it took very tentative steps toward him, he threw the full macaron in its direction, which it quickly went to catch before taking another look at him and digging in. However, it ate it with extreme quickness and looked to be wanting more. Clemont made the Pokémon work this time as he asked if it could come closer so that he wouldn’t hurt and how he wasn’t mad about before, but the Pokémon was still nervous. Still, it began to walk forward more confidently, especially as he held another macaron out with his hand extended. He approached and grabbed the treat within the boy's hands and yanked it back, expecting some trick or lack thereof through him off, and made him nearly throw the treat clear of himself as he panicked to catch it with his hands bouncing several times before it finally caught and stuffed it down into his mouth. 

Clemont held back a chuckle as he watched the display and asked the Pokémon he wasn’t going to hurt as he revealed the last of the macarons in his possession five of them, although he sat down with them and laid them in his lap this time the Pokémon would have to come to him completely and the Pokémon did so taking the risk of coming completely out of the foliage towards him all sense of nerves seemingly gone from the smaller Pokémon form as it reached out and took the macarons from his lap and began to start to each of them, Clemont had began to explain to the small Pokémon the benefit of sharing and asking for food like he had been doing as he reached out a tentative hand himself as he began to rub the small Pokémon on its head making sure to avoid the shark spines this time, the Pokémon jumped from his touch nearly choking on his tasty treat which in response Clemont told it that it should take its time when eating so he could savor the flavor of what it was eating.

The chespin responded with a nod as it took the last macaron from his lap, although before it bit into it looked towards him before looking back at the macaroon, breaking it in half and offering the other half towards him with a happy chirp. Clemont smiled and took the offer, thanking the chespin for it before taking a bite of the treat, which Chespin mirrored him taking just a bite instead of just scarfing it down his mouth like he was in a rush or it would be taken from him. The chespin chirped happily as the full taste of the treat hit him, and Clemont laughed at the smaller Pokémon’s antics as the two sat side by side and ate the rest of their treat. 

Clemont was filed in with the others about what had happened in his short time with Chespin the smaller Pokémon sticking with him as he went. It probably thought that eventually, it would get more tasty treats if it stuck close by, although all the macarons were eaten already. The group listened as the professor began to talk about mega evolution a bit more and how he was having some other kids who were also starting their journey help him in his research, which Serena correctly identified as Tierno, Trevor, Shauna, Calem, and Elliot, which the professor was surprised that she knew about them although he guesses he shouldn’t be since some of the other teens were traveling with them as well. 

They talked some more before Ash decided to get started on his way to Cyllage City which the other agreed as well saying goodbye to the professor and his assistant as they were heading out the front door, Chespin followed Clemont the entire way as well, sticking to him like glue before so, there was a brief moment of sadness that flash through the Pokémon’s eyes as it realizes that he was leaving and Clemont than and they're decided on his next action as he asked the professor if he could take chespin with him on his adventure and the man remarked that it was no problem at all, although he did mention that this chespin, in particular, didn’t have too much of a fighting aptitude, it had been returned by a couple of trainers for its laziness and wandering off but for Clemont, he thought that it was fine as he leaned down next to chespin and asked it as well as he held up a Pokeball.

He told the chespin that the macarons were made by Serena, and he wasn’t that bad of a cook himself, so he would have lots of yummy food to eat while they set out on their adventure. This got the chespin attention and excitement as it jumped up happily before tapping a hand against the Pokeball which didn’t shake at all and let out a ding signaling its successful capture of Chespin, with his new friend in tow the group all waved goodbye as Ash started to run off into the distance which was quickly followed by both Serena and Bonnie as Clemont took off last after the group, The teens would simply fly over the wall and meet them on the other side however just as they were about to leave they had been called out to once more this time the perpetrator was none other than Alexa once more which asked what she should call Midoriya and Uraraka in her article of them at night and Midoriya responded that she can call him Deku and for Uraraka she could refer to her as Uravity although she also added that she could include their Duo name which was called gravity smash as a bonus as they waved at the women goodbye as they floated off into the distance.

*******************

Lending out a Helping hand: Elliot, Shauana, Tierno, Trevor, Calem, Bakugo, Kirishima, Mina, Sero 

The large group of six woke up from another day spent sleeping in the forest, Elliot had been partially surprised that Shauna had elected to stay around the tan girl not liking sleeping in the jungle very much, especially the further out they got as the Pokémon only got larger and more powerful the further they strayed from human settlements, the girl was a bit disgruntled when waking up however that didn’t stop her from continuing with her practice for the Pokémon showcases although she had been considering maybe getting a different Pokémon for the event or at the very least maybe she could get both of her Pokémon some ever stones when asked why by Elliot the girl  explained that Pokémon showcases were mainly about cute and cuddly things and rapid movement along a somewhat big stage so having something as large as a Venusaur present could pretty hard to do work, the final evolution of froakie was a greninja which wasn’t too much of a problem in fact it looked like a pretty cool Pokémon, and judging by some polls she found online froakie was one of the most popular starter Pokémon so people should enjoy the sight of the ninja Pokémon dancing around.

Elliot was always surprised by the varied amount of things a Pokémon showcase contestant had to learn and consider before even hitting the stage, the multi-layered event with wildly different contests can throw others off and you had to create a unique style that would wow the audience to them, in a certain aspect he could see how becoming the kalos queen could be even harder than becoming Pokémon champion which got him thinking if there was ever a time where the two titles were held by the same person supposedly the newest champion Diantha was also a famous movie star as well which made sense Pokémon league happened yearly but that meant that they technically only needed to do their jobs once a year so they needed to do something to fill that time and make money being champion wasn’t something people did for the money after all or at least he doesn’t think so. 

The group started to get a move on once more, Elliot had gotten a text message from his pops telling him of the talk the group had the other day and how he would allow him to continue his journey with them in tow however he wanted to make sure that he would inform them if they started acting suspiciously he immediately responded that he would and as he did so he felt an invisible weight that hadn’t felt suddenly seem like it lifted itself off his spirit making him smile wildly as his journey can continue unimpeded, making him walk with more pep in his step, speaking of the teens however Shauna brought up how popular they have been getting more, in particular, Bakugo himself the boy was all over pokevision along with some of his other friends. 

Mina wanted to see and the girl showed the group as they continued to walk, she played a couple of videos mainly the ones at the top were of Bakugo which were mostly of him battling Pokémon, the large group of beedrill that the group had captured, some of Todoroki in Santalune City showcasing his ability or taking a few battles himself although, and also a few others such as another boy with yellow hair which they observed was Kaminari posing around a bunch of electric type Pokémon letting off electricity all around them, before entering into a powered up state and started to touch and shape the electricity that had been shooting out from them shaping them into electric balloons although he couldn’t shape them into objects people wanted as he wasn't very good at such things simple things like a knot or even a sword was more up his alley which still drew a large crowd.

Mina wanted to see some internet forms and what they had been saying about them and not just the comments. Shauna obliged, showing her one site, where people discussed the new individuals and their abilities and how they came to be. Some guessed that maybe they were human-Pokémon hybrids, and the internet rolled with that and tried to guess what Pokémon had been mixed in with each of them. For Kaminari, the direction was obvious as people suggested Pikachu, Bakugo people mainly agreed with Turtonator, and for Todoroki, some speculate that he could be a mix of some ice and fire-type Pokémon. 

Other conversations about them argued that they might not be hybrids. Still, maybe they had wished for the powers they had gained with a wish from Jirachi, although some argued why some of them would take on physical changes if that were the case. Others who have supposedly met some of them in the city remarked that they hadn’t met a Jirachi and their abilities were natural; however, some dismissed this claim and stated that, of course, they wouldn’t want to give the legendary Pokémon away. After all, it was a very highly coveted Pokémon, so keeping its location secret could be paramount for them. 

Another theory that was close enough to the truth was that they were likely aliens; some even likened them to maybe travelers from ultraspace that had been happening around Alola; however, that was the problem for this particular theory. So far, the only place that ultra wormholes have been spawned was in Alola and nowhere else in the world, so some would argue why would one spawn randomly in Kalos, although just because something didn’t happen yet doesn’t mean that it can’t happen. The internet was mainly in flux about them at the moment, trying to figure them out and why, but there was no negativity or witch hunts for them, which was the most important thing Kirishima remarked as the group continued to walk down the path on route 7.

They continued to walk forward until they heard the sound of battle and decided to investigate, they had surprisingly ran into both Trevor and Tierno, the smaller boy had been engaged in a struggle with his Flabébé against a random Pikachu while Tierno cheered him on from the sidelines, the battle has just seemed to be hitting its climax as Trevor cast fairy wind once more but the harsh wind moving forwards and directly towards the small rat Pokémon although it was able to dodge out of the way ad strike back with a thunderbolt striking the grass Pokémon directly after he assured his Pokémon could still battle.

He struck back with a new move he had recently learned which was razor leaf the petals along the flower Pokémon had suddenly started to glow and sharpen before firing off and regrowing almost immediately in a rapid stream of attacks that the electric Pokémon couldn’t dodge out of the way of in time getting struck multiple times about its surface although it still seemed ready to battle or it was about to run although Trevor ordered his Pokémon after it with tackle as the flower petal and the Pokémon began to glow a bright white and surged forth striking the fleeing Pokémon in the back knocking it off course and causing it to fall over, Trevor was quick as he tossed a Pokeball at the down Pokémon which had still been recovering from the hit striking it in the back of the head where it was absorbed fully into the small device, it shook once then twice and then a third time before letting out a small ding signaling the Pokémon’s capture. 

Most of the group clapped for the boy's victory and capture of his second Pokémon and caught up a bit before they decided to continue with their trip. Sero did have a question for the two boys though now that they saw them again and asked why didn’t they have a traditional Kalos starter. The two boys explained that originally they were going to but Trevor, had found his Flabébé while exploring the Pokémon was in bad shape so he nursed it back to health and was going to release it back into the wild but the Pokémon had decided to stay with him so it became his first Pokémon instead for Tierno had gotten his Corphish from a fishing trip that he had undergone on a trip with a couple of friends, it had completely thrashed their boat but he was hypnotized by its sweet moves and his friend Y seeing that he was interested in it caught it for him and offered it to him, it was an amazing battle and she only had a fletchling during that time as well making her win with a type disadvantage truly something, so he kind forwent getting a traditional starter and was going to just make do with the Corphish that she had got him although he also wanted to get his fletchling or at least something along the evolution line as a reminder of the help that Y had given him.

Mina thought the sentiment was precious, and Kirishima thought it was cool as well, although Bakugo drifted the conversation off the sentimental stuff and asked if they could capture the Pokémon that had been knocked unconscious. It was a strange question to ask, although seeing as they were aliens and all he guessed, it made sense as Elliot explained that while they could, it was kind of seen as taboo to do so. They want to have the Pokémon be given the chance to break out of the Pokeball if it doesn’t want to go with a certain trainer. The standard rules of what they were taught are that if you fail to catch a Pokémon in a Pokeball three times, then you are to let it go, although it would be hard to enforce such a rule onto people out in the wilderness where they were all alone. 

This fueled the next conversation, which was about what Pokémon would be like to catch if they could get one, causing the teens to think a bit before asking for Elliot's national Pokemon. The boy handed them over, and each of the teens chose at least one Pokémon that they would like to have. Kirishima remarked that he would like to have a tyrantrum , while Ashido said that she would like a Quaquaval , Sero remarked that he wouldn’t mind catching Empoleon, and Bakugo remarked that he would probably want a garchomp. 

Ashido asked if there was anything they needed to do before they could start catching Pokémon of their own, and Elliot explained that they had to take a test and get their Pokémon trainer license first before anyone in an official capacity at least would allow them to purchase pokeballs. Sero asked if the test was hard, although Kirishima commented that if a 10-year-old could pass then surely they could, but Bakugo corrected him and remarked that in comparison to their time, a single 10-year-old here would have nearly 27 years of experience in comparison to them. 

Although Elliot and the others had to agree with Kirishima on this one, from what they remember, the test isn’t very hard at all; in fact, it's not even about Pokémon exactly; it is mainly an aptitude test for the individual, and how they would treat a Pokémon that was in their care. It focuses heavily on taking care of Pokémon, including things such as a diet and health tips that would keep it alive, so as long as you were a good person and had some common sense, you could pass it just fine.

Bakugo commented on how that seemed incredibly careless, and Elliot chuckled as he remarked that his father agreed with his sentiment on that, which is why he had him undertake more classes to sure up my knowledge of other things such as Pokémon behavior, territory patterns, and type matchups. He guessed that if you drop them into Pokémon with as little information as possible, then kids would search for that information to get better when things didn’t go their way, which was usually behind a paywall of some kind. 

You gotta keep the market flowing somehow, he would always tell him when growing up. The teens thought it made some sense although it seemed still dangerous, especially given what Pokémon were capable of. Trevor asked about where they came from and how, since everyone has them, everyone gets trained on how to use them, and Sero couldn’t help but laugh and comment on his. The boy unironically made a fairy point there because, truthfully, only heroes train to use their abilities; it’s illegal to use them otherwise, so other people usually aren’t very well trained in how to use them.

The others were surprised by that fact given that their powers seemed to be intrinsic to them so to lock it off from people to use it seemed incredibly unfair and they somewhat concurred with the kid's thoughts, the fine for using your quirk in public wasn’t to a severe one and police would normally look the other way if the person wasn’t doing anything too dangerous although they could see the reason why it was that way, teaching people how to use their quirks from day one could cause an even higher rise in well-prepared criminals with a better understanding of their abilities, it doesn’t stop them from occurring of course however the average hero under their present rules would have better use of their powers than the average criminal and of course the general law and order of everyone not using their powers in the public willy nilly,  the law solves alot of complication that would arise in comparison to what their home would be without it is how it was explained to them.

The kids could see the teen's point. Similar things were implemented for Pokémon, such as having to have a flying license to use your Pokémon to fly around and not being able to have more than two or three Pokémon out of their Pokeball falling you around at a given time in public areas. Speaking of Pokémon once more, Trevor looked at his map once more and suggested that all of them could head over to the Pokémon daycare; there was one nearby that they could go to and see a couple of Pokémon playing around. Not being in such a rush, the group agreed to head over to the nearest Pokémon daycare, which was close by. 

The teens were partially surprised by how large the Pokémon daycare was—nearly double the size of a traditional six-bedroom home with an even larger outdoor area that allowed Pokémon to play around and frolic with even some swings, a playground, and a small swimming pool that they could see some water types splashing around at, which included Marill, Wooper, and Lombre. Other Pokémon ran around the yard, which were Kirlia, Delcatty, Zorua, Litleo, Skiddo, and Houndour. 

They watched the Pokémon play for a moment as the Pokémon daycare workers looked after they dressed down in light green dress overhauls. The group continued inside the massive house to look at the front palace, which was roomy; it held two couches and several bookshelves reading while they were waiting to be attended to by the receptionist. There had been no one in the place, and looking at the large group along with the wonder of the faces of the kids,  the receptionist must have assumed that they were upcoming trainers as she welcomed them all and started to explain how the Pokémon daycare worked.

She explained that they take care of Pokémon given to them for one reason or another, and they were allowed to leave up to two Pokémon present at once Trevor then commented on how occasionally something good would happen when the trainer did so which the daycare attender complimented him for his knowledge and explained that in doing so they trainer has an opportunity to get an egg for their efforts, Elliot tried his best to hold back a laugh at the comment and judging by the teen's expression they could guess what the “daycare” attendant was trying to imply as she asked them if they had any Pokémon that they wanted to spend time in the daycare, of course, majority of them only had two Pokémon or no Pokémon at all to put in the daycare however the women didn’t fret at such a thing and then proceeded to ask the group if the group would like to adopt some Pokémon eggs for themselves? The original trainers had either given them away or didn’t want them when they returned. 

At this, the kids almost all unanimously agreed to such an offer that we were able to as they showed the group their option of eggs. There were about six of them, so after showing them their pokedex and scanning them, they allowed them to choose any of that they wanted. Elliot didn't do anything fancy, simply taking the one in the center and tapping on it with a Pokeball, which absorbed it inside as Trevor, Shauna, and Tierno attempted to guess which one they should pick, offering their own small game they played before they finally could pick one, tapping each with a Pokeball. The woman thanked them and wished them luck on their adventure as she waved the group off. 

Tierno was super excited to continue on his journey now more than ever, sprinting ahead of the group, which was followed closely by Trevor as well. The teens were surprised that eggs could go into pokeballs at all and thought that people carried them around. Elliot commented that if they were surprised about that, they would also be surprised about how eggs can mature quicker when placed in a Pokeball, explaining how it was tied to an egg cycle that decreased with the number of steps they took. Encourage the trainer to continually explore their surroundings and venture out in the world, which was why Tierno was so excited and charging off ahead hopping to get his egg to hatch quickly. 

The teens knew at least somewhat about it as it wrung a bell; however, the more interesting topic, at least to Sero, was that they weren’t just imagining things and that the Pokémon “daycare” was just a hookup hotel, earning a burst of laughter from Elliot and a very questioning gaze from Shauna as she asked the teen how he came up with that conclusion. He explained what else they would have to take it for. The woman said that you could only have two Pokémon, and “lucky” trainers would produce an egg. Of course, this was just her likely saying any trainer that brought two Pokémon of the opposite sex. Sero explained although the girl wasn’t convinced, so Elliot gave it a whirl instead and asked the girl what was the point of a Pokémon daycare if you could just store your Pokémon inside a PC. At that, the girl had paused as she tried to find a reason before squirming at the realization that he may be right. 

Mina also remarked that it would make sense as Pokémon still had their mating habits, right? It would make sense to create a place for them to do that kids could go to so they don’t just start doing that in front of them, or worse, Shauna asked what she meant by that, but Elliot only responded that she didn’t want to know as they moved on with the conversation. He told Shauna that the Pokémon daycare also doubled as a traditional daycare in case of a pinch or someone needed to drop off their Pokémon, and usually people in the know could tell the workers not to have any surprises when they get back to ensure anything doesn’t go down, so it was mainly a dark secret that people knew if given enough time, and he guessed the time was now hers. The girl was shocked by the news, but it made sense to her as the group continued forward. 

Trevor and Tierno had hurried up out of sight; however, the two of them or just Tierno had come back towards them and told them of this girl who needed help on her berry farm. Her father had thrown his back out and was asking for help planting berries for her father. All of the teens agreed that they would love to help the girl in her plight besides that of Bakugo, and Shauna, emboldened by his refusal, decided to voice her displeasure in doing the activity, remarking that the group of them could probably handle it themselves and she still needed to practice for the upcoming Pokémon showcases. Bakugo simply wasn’t going to do it for free. 

The teens came to expect that for him as the group continued to travel down the road, and coming up on the side of the road was a large and very barren berry field. It seemed nothing had been planted so far, and the girl, who was a child even younger than the kids they had been traveling with, had been on the road with a sign asking for help. She was ecstatic upon seeing the large group of people willing to help her.

Bakugo would occupy his time differently, using his newfound fame to cultivate some money on passersby who knew of him, using Shauna’s or "shorts,” as he called her, which she was annoyed by each time. The teen had nicknames for all of the kids he was traveling" with for Elliot, for the account of his long red scarf that he wore on him; Tierney was happyfeet given his tendency to go spontaneously dance; and for Trevor, he called him Snapshot given his account for his camera obsession and constant pictures of all the Pokémon around them. Despite acting somewhat similarly, Shauana didn’t much appreciate the nickname, especially from someone she barely knew; however, Bakugo didn’t care for using the girl's real name or if he remembered it all, although he was smart and played with the girl's showcase obsession against her and talked about her gaining more views to her page by having a video of him in it, which could gain her more fans, which can help when it comes down for the event, and the girl begrudgingly agreed with the boy as he offered a challenge to essentially anyone who could get down by route 7.

The other five members looked towards the admittedly fairly large berry farm, being about 200 acres large so they had their work cut out for them for the remainder of the day although they took it in stride as the group got to work and the girl handed each of them berries along with watering wand or in this place they called them Sprinklotads which was an interesting change to the name the teens were familiar with the operation seemed to be similar, the task was long and time-consuming digging out dirt and planting the berries the farmer for their help even offered them a plot for themselves which allowed them to mix and match a couple of the berries that they had but soon enough they had been joined by a few other people which began to speed things along much better, these new individuals had been sent there by Bakugo he wasn’t challenging people merely for money which was at a premium price of 4k poké for each battle but on top of that if they loose they had to come and help out with the farm. 

Elliot was pleasantly surprised by the action thinking aloud that Bakugo didn’t seem very heroic in comparison to the rest of them. Still, Kirishima remarked to his friend that he was a hero but he did have a problem doing things that didn’t revolve around beating something up. Still, he was also really smart so it was just like him to come up with a way of doing both as a few more people came down to help out on the form using the five load as ten more people came by allowing them to finish planting all the berries by the time the sun had been setting down, the girl thanked everyone for their helped. She ran up to hug Bakugo as he appeared along with Shauna once more, which the group awwed at much to his disgruntlement. 

Elliot was surprised that the boy had been just fine as well, not even looking very beat up or anything after fighting 10 Pokémon back to back, although he only remarked that they had all just been a bunch of chumps. Shauana had the footage of a couple of the battles, as she was sure they would like to see them, and that's what they sat down to do as the group began to settle in for the night, though Elliot noted the missing member of their party, which had been Calem, and asked if anyone had seen the boy, and Tierno remarked that the last he heard his rival had been battling over at the battle chateau, which he guessed would be their next stop then. 

************************

Mega vs. Mega: Team Rocket 

Team Rocket was once more in police custody, still trying to wrap their heads around the completely strange events that they had just witnessed. Breaking out this time would have been increasingly difficult, no doubt, as they weren’t going to give them any chances to escape, throwing them into solitary confinement until it was their time to be integrated once more. This probably would have caused problems if it weren’t for their secret weapons that they had stashed away, and thanks to their plans arriving at a structural weak point in the large city walls, it took a moment to activate given that they had to wait until the police allowed them to activate a vocal recognition command in their device when they started to ask them about it, learning once more from last time that tampering with it made it inoperable, and their boss was a very wanted man, so they wanted all the leads they could get to find him.

The machine took a moment to activate and reconfigure for the program, and thanks to tier unintended capture, it was fully powered and charged as it made its way towards them with great haste. Without an actual drive, it could do nothing but move forward and crush things under its bulk, and by the time the Pokémon ranger and police knew what had been happening, the partially built wall had been breached once more as the machine came rampaging in their direction, making cars swerve out of the way and causing accidents in the process.

They had been in luck that the distance and the breech were short as it busted through the walls of the police building, the police immediately fired upon it with their Manectric which the mega meowth was also prepared for as the coin on top of its head attracted the electric attacks absorbed it before redistributing it back out scattering the police here and there as they tried to run away from the machines rampage during the hustle and bustle of the chaos presented the group had managed to come together once more before following the same plan as last time destroying the local PC to find the Pokémon that they had trapped inside of them finding them and hoping on the mega meowth they had planned ride it out to escape but this was halted as Blaziken mask had appeared with its mega blaziken of course this was the most unfortunate situation especially without the data they needed for the fight which was clearly shown as the mega Pokémon used flame charge completely breaking the machine and sending it spiraling backwards completely breaking the tracks of the machine and knocking the machines head completely off but it continue with a flamethrower direclty to the machines core that blew it up along with them sending them:

Blasting off again!

Chapter Text

The bamboo forest: Ash, Serena, Clemont, Bonnie, Midoriya, Uraraka, Tsu, Iida, Team Rocket

The group, having left through Route 5, had continued with their adventure, passing by the skate parks that highlighted the entrance to the area; however, similarly to before, instead of going down the beaten path that all of the other trainers travel down, which was cleared by the Pokémon rangers. Ash wanted to venture off on more of a detour further out into the wilderness although Serena was a bit skeptical of doing so Ash explained that it was better as there was something that they could uncover while they adventured and going into the unknown has led to great moments in his journey so far, he also added that since he’s always being chased by Team rocket him going down a path that avoids people from getting in the crossfire which was another boon somthing Clemont found to be noble but it also helped him at least somewhat as well as things were “loud” when surrounded by so many people, which drew surprising looks from everyone in the group as they didn’t take Ash for one that didn’t like to be around to many people and being loud himself from time to time.

Ash corrected and remarked that it was not what they thought; he doesn’t mind being around a lot of people, although things just got loud for him, not in the “hearing” sort of way; either people or Pokémon can even be completely silent, and it was still audible in his head like a constant low whispering an undertone to everything around him, which got louder the more people or Pokémon are around. He could ignore it for the most part, and if he focused on something, he could tune it out entirely, but it was always there, nagging him in the back of his head. To his and everyone's surprise, Uraraka chirped up giving her thoughts, saying that she believed everyone simply heard that sound and that she was experiencing the same thing when they were in Lumiose. However, as she started to describe what she was feeling but, more importantly, what it allowed her to do, she explained that she could almost feel like she sensed people were around her and heard things that didn’t seem to be there. 

Ash nodded in complete understanding. He talked to some others about it on his adventure, and apparently, none of them heard it either, but he thinks he found something out some time ago when he visited the Sinnoh region, where he learned of people called Aura guardians . They were people who allowed them to use Aura, which he assumed was the sound the two of them were hearing as well. Iida chipped in saying three of them were hearing as he announced that Ojiro was also hearing a strange sound. Midoriya wanted to know more about them and where they are. Ash, unfortunately, had some disappointing news and remarked that he hadn’t met many aura guardians except for one named Riley. As for what they did, he was only told that they helped people around the world, so he guessed in terms of their home they would have been a global heroes force that traveled around the world, the one that he heard about in Sinnoh—sacrificed himself to save an entire kingdom. The group commended the deceased hero, and the teens could only hope to aspire to such efforts in their time. 

Clemont, with his curiosity, peaked, decided to take out his pokedex, the national pokedex of Kalos. As he went in and searched for the Lucario entry, knowing that Pokémon was the one most connected to aura, which was confirmed by Ash as he explained that the two aura guardians he knew of both had Lucarios as their partner, the pokedex read as follows: 

Lucario the Aura Pokémon By catching the aura emanating from others, it can read their thoughts and movements.

By reading the auras of all things, one can tell how others are feeling from over half a mile away.

It’s said that no foe can remain invisible to Lucario since it can detect auras—even those of foes it could not otherwise see.

Bonnie was wowed by the information before asking if that was something Ash could do as well given that he could use aura as well Ash remarked that he remembered a time when he was on an adventure and he had to get back a rilou for a kingdom based around the Pokémon called Lucario kingdom, the rilou was pretty tough as it even knew how to use aura sphere by the time they came around to see it which Clemont remarked as astonishing as they don’t learn such a move until after they evolved usually which Ash agreed with but he continued to talk about the story and how he could even see the memory of the small Pokémon after he touched him once and even seemingly have a connection with it allowing him to find him. 

Midoriya remarked that it was a lot like his danger sense just without the danger or distress of having to be there beforehand, which was a great ability that Bonnie was super jealous of as she could talk to and find all sorts of Pokémon that way. Ash thought it was great, although in larger crowds it could be somewhat annoying to deal with, which Clemont attested was likely due to everyone around him generating an aura if the pokedex was to be believed. Although for the most part, Ash didn’t like tapping into that power, often ignoring it entirely, especially when it came to Pokémon battles, as he found it a somewhat unfair advantage, especially if he could hear someone's thoughts during so. Clemont and Bonnie both agreed that it was something that could be considered cheating, although he guessed the rules would be incredibly murky and they would have to know in the first place everyone understood why the boy would shun such power in such an event and only make use of it when needed. 

The group continued to talk some more before continuing with adventure for some more time until the group decided that it would be a good idea to stop and eat some lunch finding a good clearing up ahead that served as a good spot for all of them to take a small break before they continue with their adventure, Clemont using his compression backpack pulled out two very large and foldable table allowing the four of them to eat with plenty of elbow room to spare as Clemont started to cook them food and while he was preparing their food, the three decided to pull out their Pokémon so that they could get their food prepared as well, Bonnie, Uraraka, and Tsu helped with grooming the Pokémon that wanted to be groomed at that moment as Iida and Midoriya both asked if there was anything they could do to help with the cooking and Clemont was happy to have the help.

So after two hours of waiting and preparation, the group was finally ready to eat. The large group finally set down to eat. Clemont made spaghetti while both Midoriya and Iida worked on the sandwiches allowing for everyone to have two of them along a full plate of spaghetti which they all enjoyed together talking about miscellaneous topics ranging from the teens and Ash’s prior adventures, although a mention from Uraraka calling Midoriya “Izuku” as he helped her with a smudge on her face from the spaghetti sauce turned the conversation on the teens once more as the group asked why did they like to be called by their last names instead of their first names which they explained was a custom that they held back home usually the only ones that could do so were family, loved ones, close friends and certain older people in general which is why they didn’t find it odd when Mr.Meyer called it a couple of times Bonnie pouted from the news and asked if they weren’t close friends then since they weren’t allowed to say it although both Uraraka and Tsu remarked that since girls needed to stick togather that her and Serena could call them by their first name if they wanted to which got the small girl in a happy mood once more as she tried it out for herself calling out Ochaco and Tsuyu multiple times followed by a single time from Serena, as they continued to enjoy their lunch. 

However, that was until the Pokémon started to all raise their heads and look around from their pokechow, spurring the group's attention. They seemed to be looking for something, and as the bush nearby began to shake and stir, everyone's attention was pointed directly at it. Midoriya didn't feel his danger sense spark, so whatever it was likely not looking to harm them, but that didn’t stop Ash’s froakie from hopping into the air and throwing his frubbles into the bush, causing, even more, thrashing around combined with sounds of gasp as the frubbles landed on target. The two small creatures came out of the bush rolling and tumbling as their faces were completely covered by froakies frubbles, despite the initial shock the group had put down their guard and went over to help the small blind Pokémon as Clemont and Ash took out some wet wipes to remove the obstruction. As the two did that, Serena took out her pokedex to scan over the two smaller Pokémon curious as to what they were; it read:

Pancham the Playful Pokémon It does its best to be taken seriously by its enemies, but its glare is not sufficiently intimidating. Chewing on a leaf is its trademark.

Serena commented on how in the pokedex, Pokémon seemed a lot more aggressive looking although Tsu commented that they looked more like they were planning something and mischievous if anything which clemont agreed with, according to the pokedex pancham wants to be taken seriously so they usually try to put on a scary face when attempting to do so although, with the two in front of them which seemed to just be too fluffy and cuddy Pokémon, which Uraraka remarked looked so much like panda’s from their home even showing the group of a picture from when she was a kid visiting a zoo, they were an endangered species for some tie ut through concentrated efforts they were just a plentiful as other types of bears which confused the group to what she meant as she went on to explain the different types of bears that they have at home. Still, other than a panda and a grizzly bear she didn’t have a visual representation of the others.

Although Serena thought that the pokedex could be a little nicer to the small Pokémon as they seemed friendlier than what the picture would have people believe and Clemont thought that it was strange with a chuckle as he never heard any complaints about the cover photo in the pokedex before, which she found surprising as she got up from the table to examine the Pokémon a little more closely. The two pokemon had sat down and began grooming themselves a bit more before their eyes seemed to have spotted something more interesting to them, the two rapidly got up and sped quickly over to where their eyes had locked on to bypass the group entirely as they sped over to the bowls of pokemon on the ground, one of the only members of the big party that had not been looking at the newcomers, which was Chespin steadily munching away on his food, although this suddenly stopped when the two pancham appeared in front of it, their hands behind their backs, giving the smaller green Pokémon a cutesy smile of innocence.

The two Pokémon let out small chirps to one another before looking down directly at the food in question. Chespin was a bit worried still and nervous as he looked towards the other Pokémon behind him and Clemont. Although the group was more confused about what the meaning behind the action was and thought it would have been nice if they could understand what the Pokémon were saying like when Koda was around, Clemont was one step ahead of the group, as ever since that day he thought that they may run into a similar situation, and he was prepared for it.

The future is now thanks to science! Lemontic gear on!

As he pulled a device from his backpack, which was an assortment of machines and mechanical parts, they couldn’t understand a bit of what the switches and nuzzles along the purpose of the machine were, but it had plenty of antenna devices that would surely do something with the sound the Pokémon would make; he called it his Pokémon translator, which was once more too on the nose for his sister's liking, although Ash and Serena were more fascinated and wowed by his brilliant mind being able to come up with something like that so soon. Clemont explains that the device uses the Pokémon's speech, body language, vocal tone, and expression to translate, which should help Pokémon and trainer partnerships.

He wanted to give his machine a whirl as he spun it up and asked the pancham to say something into the microphone, which the Pokémon followed exactly; it only took a moment after the two Pokémon had finished speaking to say out a response.

     “What you have... belongs to everyone.” The machine spoke out, and Clemont was happy and excited that it worked well, Ash once more praised the boy and how science was so cool and amazing; however, his sister was not as easily convinced and remarked that maybe they should get a second opinion on the matter from Koda once more, which Serena somewhat agreed with technically; it would be best to double check as something could be faulty in translation as she believed it was more likely that Ash was right and that Chespin should share their food with them. 

Clemont was a bit disheartened that they didn’t want to believe in his machine, but as a scientist, his sister did bring up a good point in double-checking your work by other members, and there was no one more reliable than that; they knew for a fact he could talk to Pokémon completely and asked if it wouldn't be trouble to get the larger teen down to where they were, although it was no problem at all as Iida went to his helmet radio to see if he could come down or not; they were technically getting closer to them based on the distance they were traveling after all.

Clemont was happy with the news and wanted to ensure his invention's success as he started working on his machine a bit more. The machine could have been right, but it chose the wrong words for the situation. In the meantime, the two pancham began to nuzzle up on Serena, who had seemed to be worrying for Pikachu for some reason, as it ran up to Ash, waving its arms up and down, although the boy couldn’t decipher the problem with his small yellow friend. Serena had just got done getting to bowls full of Pokémon food once more and placing them down for the pancham to eat. The two wasted no time in quickly devouring the food before actually moving on, quickly devouring two more plates of the other Pokémon food and turning their sights set on the table of human food, although as they jumped to go and attack, the two had been snatched in midair by both Iida and Uraraka. 

The two small Pokémon fidgeted while they had been in the human grasp surprised by how strong they were as they couldn’t move a muscle instead as the two began to go on a rant about being denied their food as they were permitted by the humans to do so, although this didn’t stop them from being mainly ignored and moved away and sat down a little way away from the food, as Clemont got what the problem was a was ecstatic as he understood that his translation device was correct and how it remarked that “What you have ….Belongs to everyone.” meant exactly that all their food including their own not just the Pokémon’s belonged to them as well and was free to consume he was so ecstatic with the news that his machine could have been right that he accidentally pressed down on a screw too much causing a malfunction that destroyed his machine.

In either case, Serena and Bonnie thought that the pancham were greedy, especially how they stole and ate Chespin's food like that, and demanded that both Pokémon apologize if they wanted any more food for themselves. The two Pokémon apologized with a pout but weren’t offered food until the Chespin food bowl had been given, and for their disturbance, they got a reduced amount in comparison to their first serving. The group swung around and thanked both Iida and Uraraka for saving their food; they still needed to eat after all, and the more they waited, the colder it got, and it would be such a waste to spoil good food. However, as they had just been about to turn around and start eating. Midoriya had suddenly turned and looked upwards towards the sky. 

High above them a few hundred meters back, Team Rocket was watching over the group of individuals with pristine interest being mildly distracted by the arrival of new Pokémon which James revealed to be a panchem, although the problem at hand quickly came back to them as Jesse pulled them back on track it became clear now that the twerp is traveling around with those freaks it was their third time running into them not counting the indirect time during the garchomp incident and each of them had some power in someway, Jesse was almost angry at the audacity of the twerp to hire bodyguards making things that much harder than they already were with the little varment.

 Meowth spun it in a more positive light remaking that the fact that he did so meant that he did look at them like a dangerous threat, not the jokesters they thought he thought of them as given how many times he’s beat them although this still didn’t solve their problem they saw how that one boy did them with that tech he beat both inkay and wobbuffet which left them without many options if one of them was an as strong as that let alone the four of them, and the other one had the power to stop a truck in its tracks almost like a machamp or something if they continued with their current plan of action then there was a chance that they would just get pulled down and captured once more.

The group continued to observe the brats and try to brainstorm some solution to their problem, but it seemed like the jig was up; the green-haired boy seemingly turned his head on a swivel and was charging right at them. Meowth said in a panic and exclaimed how the teen even seemed to be flying in the air. Both James and Jesse looked back over with their binoculars, but by the time they did, the boy was almost directly in their faces, as they all quickly shuffled back into the balloon with fear. Unlike the previous one in the balloon, this one didn’t attack them immediately, allowing them to get their Pokémon out as Inkay and Wobbuffet.

     “You three are persistent? Why? Why are you all chasing Ash around?” The boy remarked 

      “I’m sure you would like to know; I assume he already told you about us, so what more is there to say?" James replied.

      “Yeah, the better question is, What are you and your friends down there?” Meowth mentioned pointing an extended claw at the individual. 

      “We're heroes, and as long as we're here, you won’t get your way.” Midoriya remarked

     "Well, we will have to see about that now, won’t we?” Jesse replied

James ordered his inkay to use Psybeam the beam launched forth and struck directly at the teen boy in question although as the smoke cleared the effect of the attack was incredibly minimal only creating slight tearing in his shirt which spooked the group once more and as those black tendrils started to progress once more towards them Jesse went for a hail mary as she ordered Wobbuffet to use mirror coat as it went directly in the way of the approaching black energy which once touching the blue Pokémon completely redirected path right towards the green boy which tied him up instead this time surprise evident on his face as he was the one wrapped up instead which sent him off the balloon, however, the instead of falling like a rock he just began to float steadily away from the balloon, the black energy quickly left the boy as the teen was about to come at them once more. 

James once more was to the rescue as he ordered his inkay to use foul play the Pokémon seemingly glowed in a dark energy and charged forth at midoriya with surprising speed for the boy and struck out this time the blow reasonably phasing him as he recoiled from the attack clutching at his face James praised his inaky greatly although for the move although the teen had recovered equally as quickly once more surprising the group with his resiliency he charged back at them he flicked his fingers at them which created a large wind gust that blew their balloon backward rocking them inside of it before they could come to a stop and issue more orders to their Pokémon to defend themselves a super fast whips of black energy rushed passed them and struck the top of their balloons as the group started to go down further away although they were still being pursued by the teen in the air.

Jesse thought quickly as she used Wobbuffet and cast charm on the individual, causing him to momentarily stop in his tracks, confused normally. This would mean that he wouldn’t be able to attack them anymore given its infatuation, although it didn’t seem to be working as intended as more Black tendrils started to wrap around the quickly falling blimp. James ordered Inkay to spray ink in the boy's face, which blinded him for a moment as the black tendrils began to disperse around the blimp, allowing them to kick their gear into overdrive once more to attempt and get away. However, this only caused them to overload and explode, popping the blimp and causing the group to scatter away into the bamboo forest. 

Midoriya came down back to the picnic table with a bunch of black ink on his face and Uraraka immediately rushed over to wipe it off with a wet wipe she had on hand, Clemont asked if that was Team Rocket once more and Midoriya confirmed that it was although they managed to slip through his grasp this time around as he looked around not being able to see anything visually before sitting down on the ground with his hands crossed and his eyes closed letting his senses take over for him after a moment he could hear a great deal many things although they likely weren’t them as he opened his eyes once more and stood up, Bonnie asked what that was about and Midoiya explained that he could extend the range of his hearing if he sat down and concentrated on it although it seemed that where the three of them landed they were out of his range. Serena thought that was a good thing and suggested that they should continue to eat so when they meet them again or if they attack them in the forest they could be fully ready and prepared for them, which Midoriya agreed with as he got up and went to go eat and also change his shirt. However, since they were expecting trouble, he guessed he could change into his hero costume just to make things easier. 

With the arrival of the others, which by this point was expected, both Koda and Tokoyami two boys also had another surprise visitor who had come along with them as they dropped down from the sky, which was none other than Serena’s sister Y. It had been the first time that both Clemont and Bonnie hadn't been able to meet the girl last time, but they had both been surprised once she took off her helmet. Bonnie commented on how she looked just like Serena, and Y explained that they were twins. 

The only thing separating them was their height, as she was 5'1 while her little sister was only 4'8... Y wanted to come along with the other two to see who had been traveling along with her little sister. As far as the teens were concerned, she introduced herself, her full name being Yvonne Gabena , and the teens did as well, giving their full names and shaking hands all the while as they continued walking through the forest. They filled Y in on the current events, and she thanked Midoriya for watching out over them, although they remarked that even without being told to help out, they would do so as it was in their nature. 

Bonnie asked if the clothes that Koda and Tokoaymi were wearing were their hero's costumes which the two confirmed, Tokoyami wore a long cloak that covered his entire body, and thanks to his gift from Tsu or Nix as he called her as a nickname inclusively for the boy’s use for the couple, his cloak that he wore along his body could change color in the light it would appear white but in the dark or at night it would appear black which was a symbolization of his power with shinning light as he showed the flying humanoid eagle being that was clad in glowing ornate gold armor which all of the kids began to gawk at as they walked, Clemont was confused how his power could be a separate being entirely they had originally thought that his power was the golden armor in general.

Tokoyami explained that armor was a part of his ability demonstrated by pointing a finger toward Tsu and saying bestow, making shining light race downwards and combine with the girl and begin to galvanize itself around her form. The armor took on the shape of knight-like Amour. The group of kids all were surprised which turned into shock when it even allowed the girl to fly she spread the same golden wings as before and took off over the bamboo trees and circled freely before landing back down and the armor coming off her and reappearing as the bird being once more which could even speak itself as it spoke a greeting which all of them returned, Bonnie thought the being was super cute as well while Ash and Serena commented on how cool she was which the quirk gave a bashful wave in retort before the quirk was brought back to Tokoyami himself as he explained that at night his quirk transforms itself into a different form as he showed them this time the quirk came from out under his long cloak which revealed the rest of the clothes he wore which was a simple all black shirt and pants although he held a red choker.

The creature that had brushed his cloak aside was completely different than the other one, this one was a dark creature that seemed to have come out of the boy's stomach itself and it looked almost like a ghost types Pokémon like a Gengar or Haunter, Clemont remarked that this was the supposed new “Pokémon ” that was seen during professor garchomp rampage seven days ago,  as he brought up his phone and found a video of it which the group was surprised by the size difference of the two objects was the clear size of the creature involved as it towered over even some of the buildings that had been around, while in comparison this one was big well in terms of length it was but a pipsqueak in comparison and Tokoyami explained similar to his cloak in dark place his ability named dark shadow could grow in power and strength which Serena made the correct observation that, that must mean shining light grows in strength when there is a bunch of light which he nodded to in confirmation. 

The next up was Koda, his hero costume was full of bright colors, being a bright lime green, darker green, orangeish red, and a darker yellow which mimicked the color of the leaves that fell around them, the most notifiable addition to his costume was the long beak appendage to his face that went over his mouth which he explained help him project his voice even further than elsewhere, his power wasn’t only that he can talk to Pokémon but he could also control them as well although it was mostly hit or miss on if it worked or not, the group still thought it was very cool ability nonetheless especially Bonnie as she would like to make friends with a good deal many Pokémon with such an ability. She pushed Dedenne up to his face and asked for him to translate a couple of times as they continued walking. Clemont started to work on his machine once more, being reminded by his little sister's excitement to hear what her Pokémon had to say to her. In the meantime, Tokoyami and Y informed the other four of their group, along with Serena, of their discussion with her and Elliot's parents. 

____________

Elsewhere in the forest

Meowth came crashing down from the sky in a similar situation he’s dealt with time and time again his body already knew the drill at this point and tucked itself in bracing itself for a hard landing and one came but it felt softer than any he had before and at an awkward angle as he started to skid along the grass before raising and seeing what he had just hit which incidentally was another Pokémon and a rather large one at that, he immediately started to apologize for falling out of the sky like that and it wasn’t his fault however the Pokémon wasn’t hearing it as it spun around grabbed him by the arm and tossed him back into the air, he landed somewhere else high up on one of the bamboos sticks he worried as the tree started to bend over and he thought that it might snap but it remained firm and lowered him down to the ground safe and soundly although he was quick to hop off it as the thing quickly righted itself with a snap causing the trees around him to shake and shift. He looked around to make sure no other surprise would be waiting for him before quickly attempting to get away from the area and find the other two of his party.

James and Jesse had thankfully landed around the same area being blasted away was so familiar to them but any time it was a result of their own making made things sting just that bit more, however, the fact that Meowth went flying in some other direction were strange it cud have been a result of that teen which judging just from that brief encounter with him they knew was going to be a handful to deal with, especially with just the Pokémon they had on hand, both inkay and Wobbuffet were trailing behind them mirroring their posture and less than enthused demeanor as they walked the one good thing that came from it was at least they weren’t captured once more figuring out how to escape a third time could be pretty tricky and they were running out of moves they could use to escape custody. 

The four of them continued to walk fairly aimlessly through the forest until suddenly the group was slightly startled by some moving grass which turned into two small Pokémon that had popped out along the road that they had been walking down but not just two random Pokémon judging by their full bellies it seemed to be the same two Pokémon that had been eating all the twerp's food as well,  James suggested that maybe they could take the Pokémon for themselves the fact they appeared before them must be fate itself, Jesse agreed with the idea as James ordered his inkay to use psybeam the attack caught the two Pokémon by surprise and landed directly into the both of them unlike against the teen it had a noticeable effect completely pushing the two Pokémon over and even more beneficial confusing them in the process as their little heads swayed back and forth. 

Jesse commented on how easy it was for them to best as James pumped a fist in joy at their victory, but as James got his Pokeball out to capture the Pokémon, large and heavy footsteps started to sound off behind them, forcing them to turn around as a rather large Pokémon came right up to their anger evident on its face. The Pokémon in question bore a rather strange resemblance to the Pokémon that they were about to catch, and Jesse suggested that it could be its evolved form. 

Jesse and James started to speak to each other in hush murmurs, wondering if they should try to bag that Pokémon as well. Despite its aggressive-looking demeanor, it did not seem to outright attack them right away, although it would most likely take them a bit more effort to take down this Pokémon in comparison to the runts, which could draw the attention of the twerps and his bunch of weirdos, which was also true unfortunately. 

Before they could come to a consensus, however, it seemed Inkay had taken matters into its own hands and shot out a stream of ink into the larger Pokémon's face, causing the both of them to panic as James tried to dissuade the Pokémon from doing that and causing problems, but it was already too late as the Pokémon seemed to roar in a challenge from the humiliating gesture as its fist highlighted white for a moment and brought it down at their feet, sending them skyrocketing away once more along with their two Pokémon. 

After another humiliating fall and dusting themselves from the snapped bamboo and leaves they were covered in, James had a sprain in his shoulder from the fall that he was working out, and pieces of bamboo stuck out of Jesse's hair, making the girl even more irritated than she already was. Before now, her only goal was to get Meowth and get out of the forest, which James seconded, although she remarked that he didn’t have a right to complain since it was his inkay that started it.

As she said, however, it seemed Kamric Justice hadn’t had enough of him as something in the ground caused her to trip and fall onto the dirt road. She got up quickly, angrier than before, ready to kick the offending rock or branch or whatever it was that had trapped her up, but as she turned around to look at the thing, the object in the ground started to rise, slowly breaking open the dirt pathway and allowing them to see what it truly was as it gave off a small chirp. James quickly used the device to identify what the Pokémon was, and it revealed it to be a Pumpkaboo . 

The new Pokémon didn't seem to pay earlier of them any mind as it had started to sporadically look around and from the two holes under its mouth produced what seemed to be light, which it waved around in sporadic jumps anywhere, although Jesse had put a stop to whatever it was doing by throwing a Pokeball at it. To her surprise, the Pokémon was caught as the Pokeball shook for a third time, signaling its capture. 

Jesse praised herself for the capture while James was completely confused about how the Pokémon allowed itself to be caught so easily. However, the loud sounds that the two made allowed for someone else to finally track them as Meowth came out of a thicket of trees ahead and was relieved that he was finally able to catch up with the two of them as they all shared in a group hug and explained to the Pokémon what the purple head was so excited about as she unveiled her newly caught Pokémon. 

Meowth complimented her accomplishment before asking if they thought they could go steal the Pikachu now with the new catch. There was a bit of hesitation. However, in trying to attempt it again, thanks to the new bodyguards, they needed to think twice as hard as before. The twerp usually traveled around with companions, but these others were different from them, or regular people for that matter. Meowth, however, came up with a brilliant plan of action as he explained to the duo that he ran into a really large and seemingly strong Pokémon that sure gave him run around in the forest, which both Jesse and James remarked that they may have an idea on who he means as it gave them a bit of a beatdown as well and reminded the two of the large Pokémon. James got his device out once more and went back to the pancham tab, and sure enough, he didn’t think he saw it wrong when it told him that the small Pokémon had an evolution.

He swapped over to it and was greeted by the Pokémon he had seen before; it was called Pangoro. Even more interestingly, Tidbit, when he scrolled back and forth between the two Pokémon, Panchem chose a Pangoro as its master and then imitated its master’s actions. This is how it learns to battle and hunt for prey, which could be why it was around those two smaller ones they found, although Meowth quickly got their attention once more and started to explain his plan since this Pangoro had gotten all of their nerves along with the weirdos that the twerp was traveling with they could get the two of them to fight each other and while their busy during it out they could perhaps go in swoop up the Pikachu it was a fairly smart plan the cat Pokémon thought to himself aloud although since their balloon was scraped they couldn’t make any importune getaways and even if they did one of the weirdos moved incredibly fast and could likely catch up to them in seconds.

Jesse checked on her recently caught Pokémon and tried to see if it knew any moves that could help them out. It knew to leach seed, so that was something that could ensnare a good chunk of them all, but then they also had to subdue the twerp's Pokémon, which would be even more things to deal with. It also had shadow ball, which was a decent move although it wasn’t that much stronger than psybeam, which barely made a dent in the two teens both times they used it on them. 

Jesse ruffled her hair, angered more than ever as now they were playing with way too many variables they simply didn't know about, so the women made the executive decision that for the moment they were going to forgo capturing Pikachu just for the day and gather information on these weirdos and report back to the boss. They will still follow Meowths plan and get the pangoro and the group to fight where they can give first-hand evidence of these strange people to their boss.

The group unanimously agreed with that and went out to put their plan into action, as they first needed to find out where that pangoro was and then find out where the twerps were. It didn’t take long for the group to find one party, although the second party had been going a bit away from where the other was, so it would be hard for them to get a solid reason for the two to encounter each other. However, they had an ingenious plan to get them to come to heads, and it was going to be using Jesse's new Pokémon as well, given that the twerps had never seen it before and would expect nothing of it.

So the group put their plan into action, as they found the two pancham and pangoro seemingly meditating in a thicket of bamboo, using punkaboo Jesse instructed it to run over and use leech seed on the two small ones and then run away towards Meowth which had been following a little bit aways after the group of twerps and their guards and it seemed that they were joined by even more people than before and even stranger ones at that which Meowth was sure to get records of as he dropped back into the forest proper, Jesse had thought that because pumpkaboo was part ghost type things would be simple and easy as the fighting type move would be completely ineffective hower as the Pokémon hovered and made its play, by the time it had finished seeding the second smaller pancham it had been fully grabbed by the pangoro unable to escape from its clutched as it raised it above its head about to slam it downwards.

Jesse thought quickly asking wobbuffet to use charm once more halting the bear creature in its tracks and making it let go of her pumpkaboo as the two Pokémon  began to fall back just in time for James to warn her about the species' special ability which allowed it to attack ghost types which she yelled back in their mic that it was too late however she improvised flawlessly and the plan was still in action as their two Pokémon  continued to run away from the larger Pokémon  although to dispel the charm that had been effecting it she told pumpkaboo to use shadow ball and the Pokémon  did in its inebriated state the pangoro was completely open as it took the shadow ball to its chest and completely dispelling her other Pokémon ’s charm as the smoke cleared the pangoro made its strength evident once more as it roared an challenge and charged through and the other two Pokémon  continued to run away Jesse Quickly had a wobbuffet break off, and after only a moment of hesitation, the Pokémon continued after the pumpkaboo, which was perfect as their trap was about to be sprung as Jesse dipped to go towards Meowth and James.

__________________

As Midoriya and co continued their walk through the bamboo forest Clemont had finally managed to fully fix his Pokémon  translator machine and was ready to test it out against Koda’s ability which he called anivoice , they had found a small clearing for them to rest once more as Midoriya looked back once again for the past couple of minutes on their adventure his danger sense would ping him with a warning that something had been following them but through the densest of the trees he couldn’t quite catch what it was he had thought that it could just be any Pokémon  out o the hunt and asked if there were any predator Pokémon around this forest and Clemont remarked it was hard to be sure the bamboo forest they were in wasn’t as thoroughly explored as they would like but a couple of predator Pokémon  have been seen such as pangoro, scolipede, toxicroak, and potentially an haxorus although none of the mentioned Pokémon  does much stalking of its prey and almost completely rely on brute force hunting stratergies which Midoriya foud perculiar the Pokémon  could just want to just watch them in their territory so it could be something like that although it felt sense was familiar to him once more as he began to focus on it.

Midoriya's concentration was completely thrown out when a roar emerged from ahead of them and the quick sound of snapping bamboo sticks continuously rang out through the otherwise quiet environment. The first one to make visual confirmation of what they were seeing had been Tsu remarked, which pointed in the southwest direction, which showed a Pokémon being chased by another. Ash got his pokedex out and scanned the first Pokémon, which revealed it to be a pumpkaboo and the Pokémon behind that was a pangoro.

Pumkaboo, the pumpkin Pokémon, has eyes that can glow, which lights the way for travelers who often sleep on the ground.

Pangoro, the daunting Pokémon Although it possesses a violent temperament, it won’t put up with bullying. It uses the leaf in its mouth to sense the movements of its enemies.

The pumpkaboo had been coming right at them causing the kids to scatter around although the teen simply watched on as the Pokémon  seemed to book it straight for them, it had gotten around them using them as cover and the chasing Pokémon  continued forward only pausing for a moment to appraise the numerous people and let out another roar of anger before charging at the floating Pokémon once more that took refuge behind Tsu although none of them were worried about the girl as the large Pokémon ran up on her and lifted one its arms as one of its hands lit up and it was about to slam it down right on top of her although as it came down it was completely stopped in mid-air by an invisible force which faded into being as shinning light was there it was hard to figure out what the Pokémon  was more surprised by either by it attacked being stopped so casually or the random creature that had seemingly spawned in front of it although it didn’t let it stop him as attempted to use its other hand to come down this time glowing with energy although it only managed to get the same result. 

Which shocked it even more, it gritted its teeth in the strain as it attempted to push against the strange Pokémon in front of it, but for all its struggling, the other Pokémon was barely phased before a smile came upon its features as it started to push it backward also casually as it gritted its teeth, attempting to push back only to no avail as it back before it did something even more staggering as it pushed him back and lifted him off the ground and slammed it on the ground. Its hands had finally been let go, but as it made its way to get up, it found a blade to its throat from the creature before it shocked it once more as it spoke in the human's tongue. 

     “Don’t go too harsh on it, shining light; it was just after a meal and we got in the way,” Tsu remarked as she approached shining light.

     “I don’t think Pandaro was hungry; it can also eat bamboo, so it has plenty of food around it.” Clemont remarked as he got closer to examine the Pokémon along with the others, which earned a growl, but as soon as it did that, the blade at its throat went even closer, poking into it.

     “If that is the case, I think we can talk to it and see what’s wrong and caused it to get angry at Pumpkaboo," Tokoyami suggested.

      “Yeah, to show it, we mean no harm. How about all of us step back a couple of steps?" Midoriya's voice had been cut off by the sound of two smaller Pokémon; it seemed they had been coming in defense of the bigger Pokémon as they saw the bigger being subdued.

     {boss!} the two shouted in unison as they came upon the spectacle of their boss on the ground surrounded by the same humans as before who gave them the yummy food, although this also made them tentative, and wondered if it was their fault that this was happening. 

      {hey, it's alright, we aren't going to hurt him.} One of the humans spoke, which surprised them immensely as the two Pokémon turned towards the sound of the voice. Even the pinned boss had turned to look at the human in question, a tall one with a strange horn on top of its head, although they were still a bit unsure if what they heard was from it or not, but as it spoke again, it seemed to be so.

     { We’re going to let your friend get up..alright, how about we all just calm down and talk} the boy remarks suddenly as he gestures to his friends. All the humans began to take a step back before the Pokémon on top of their boss did so as well, allowing him to get up on its feet. It grabbed and checked over its two hands, testing them for damage before it looked back over at the humans for a moment, but two people, in particular, the hovering bird creature in armor and then the human that had spoken, tried to see which one surprised him more in the days events before it simply snarled once as it spoke.

     {Another sheep that follows after humans.} The pangoro insulted the shining light in its native tongue.

     “What did it say, Koda?" Tsu asked

     “Ugh… ummm.” Koda stuttered, trying to come up with a way to phrase it.

      “If it's an insult, it's quite alright; the weak tend to verbally attack when they are too scared to do so physically.” Shinning Light remarked with a smug expression, looking the large Pokémon straight in the eyes, earning even more of a snarl and a glare in response.

      {tch, you talk big only because you were uplifted by these humans; most likely, trap me if you must, but leave the small ones out of this.} the pangoro remarked as it threw an arm out, gesturing towards the small pancham behind it.

     {what!? No! Boss! If you leave, we want to go with you. We won’t let them have you.} The pancham remarked as it seemed like they were preparing to fight, but Koda butted in once more.

      {We aren’t here to capture anyone; it's just all a big misunderstanding.} Koda spoke once more, earning the Pokémon’s attention. The three of them notably relaxed as the shining light disappeared again. Once things were settled down, Clemont decided that perhaps this was a good opportunity to see if his Pokémon translator worked as well. 

     “So what was the problem between you and that pumpkaboo?” Serena asked as they sat around in a half circle, Ash and everyone on one side while the wild Pokémon was on the other side. The pangoro snarled as it replied.

     {it was your pet, wasn’t it? You tell me?} The Pokémon remarked 

     “You tell me it was your own." read the machine out loud before Koda recited what the Pokémon said, and while the blond kid was a bit mentally rejected by not getting it 100% right, Serena and his sister complimented that at least it still got the same message across, although strangely in reverse, which Clemont got to work on as the group continued to speak.

     {that Pokémon wasn’t ours... It just happened to run into us, and you attacked. What happened to cause you to get so angry?} Koda explained that before asking his question, the Pokémon shook its head and tilted it in curiosity for a moment before replying.

     {it attacked us and started to run in this direction; when I saw you all, I thought it was a trap.} the Pangoro replied.

     “It hit us and then ran away this way; I see you; I thought it was set up.” The machine read out once more before Koda once more gauged the accuracy, which was getting closer; however, as Clemont went to tweak it a third time, it started to malfunction once more, causing the device to go up in flames, making the boy wince in pain as he dropped it, although it never touched the ground as it was caught in the middle of the air and quickly smothered by a shining light.

     "Hold on, if you thought it was a trap, then why did you continue to attack?” Y questioned, and the Pangoro shifted its gaze towards the girl, double-taking as it seemed like two humans looked the same before responding.

     {“Because I won't let that disrespect to my underlings pass.”} the pangoro remarked as Koda translated immediately. 

     “Pangoro are incredibly hot-headed creatures; they usually communicate and establish themselves physically before talking things out, so even despite its odds, likely due to its pride, it wouldn’t run away from a challenge,” Clemont explained once he recovered from his machine blowing up in his hands. 

      {Well, we're sorry for protecting that Pokémon that attacked you, and I hope the other two aren’t hurt, are they?} Koda remarked 

      {Were fine, just a bit tired, so were all free to go?} the pancham commented.

     {Yeah, you all are free to go; we aren’t here to capture anyone, just passing through} Koda remarked.

The Pokémon took that opportunity to make their leave as the large Pangoro stood up and started to make its move, taking a couple of steps backward still facing the group of humans before fully turning around when he was about ten paces away. The pancham followed suit in the same manner as well, taking the same amount of steps back while looking at them. However, they had much friendlier faces and even waved at them goodbye and thanked them for the food, although they called them "suckers." At the end of their thanks, the group simply wrote it off as them still trying to act tough as they waved back and said goodbye to the group. 

There was no sign of the pumpkaboo likely using them as a distraction for the larger Pokémon to make itself scarce; although Clemont thought it was a strange course of action for such a Pokémon to do, he hadn’t heard of any patterns of pumpkaboo playing pranks, and since it was a ghost type, it isn’t like it was impossible to just be a prank taken too far. The group all discussed it some more as the group continued with their adventure. The three newcomers had decided to stick around for the time being, or at least until nighttime when they would head back.

_________________

Team Rocket

Jesse, James, and Meowth were both astonished by what they saw. Despite the large and powerful Pangoro headed in their direction, ready to clobber the twerp and its posse, the group was shocked by the appearance of an even newer individual that seemed to pop out of thin air, completely stopping the Pokémon strike but not only that, pushing it back without any problems at all. James took out his device to try and get a read on the new Pokémon as it wasn’t something they had ever seen before, but it came up completely blank, nothing at all, and it was tied to the national Pokémon registry, which meant that it was a completely new, undiscovered Pokémon entirely, which immediately grasped the group's attention, and they were sure to record it as much as they could for the boss, who would no doubt be very interested in this along with the weird kids elsewhere in the region. 

Once it became certain that the Pangoro wasn’t going to be doing anything to the group and left them no openings they made themselves scarce in the forest, and left back towards their hidden bunker, it took a bit of their time to reach where they had intended to and by the time they got to the seemingly abandoned structure they were fully able to visualize there prior days failure as a massive whole was in the concrete of their former base it was only a temporary thing so it didn’t matter much to them and the mega meowth at least served the purpose of helping them escape from prison and James was able to recover some of the battle data from the breakout so there was a small victory to be had with it. 

Once they had been all settled in and got their story in order, they elected to call the boss. It took only about a minute for them to answer the phone, and he remarked that he was surprised that they had called him back so soon; he took it to mean that they had some good news to share with him, making the group wince a bit as they began to explain. While the group didn’t make any headway in their goals of recovering any Pokémon or the boy they mentioned technology, they had discovered something else that the boss might be interested in, and they were sending him the videos now. They could tell that the videos were showing up on a different monitor as he looked over them. They began to explain a couple of the videos, which were of the teens that had been around the Kalos region as of late, and the strange powers that they now possessed before showing him another video of the Pokémon they had never seen before. 

The boss was expressly interested in this video and wanted them to capture that Pokémon if they could, although they remarked that it may be a bit difficult because of the seemingly magical-based teens that surrounded them. Their boss asked if that was their way of calling for reinforcements; however, Jesse quickly denied such a thing and remarked that they could get the job done on their own; they just needed to get some of the reserves out of storage and they would be good to go, and they will capture this new Pokémon in no time flat. The boss seemed to consider that for a moment and remarked that her request would be granted and he would be sending over the data for a couple of their previous Pokémon now. 

Meowth was the one to ask about the teens themselves, asking if the boss wanted them to capture them if they could as well given their unique abilities; however, the boss denied such actions as unnecessary because it would require too many resources to human traffic from the Kalos region to the Johto region. This was on top of not knowing how powerful some of these teens are; the risk would seem too high for the cost; however, if they could procure blood samples from any of them, they could send that over for their scientists and researchers to look through. All three team Rocket members agreed and remarked that they would try their best to complete their missions before signing off. 

A moment later James' device dinged with the data of four Pokémon, two of them being his while the other two being Jesse. Now all they needed to do was go to any Pokémon center nearby and input the data into the machine to take them out. The Pokémon that James had received were his Amoonguss and Carnivine, while Jesse got her Seviper and Frillish. The group quickly pulled up one of the floorboards, revealing a hidden underground cellar. It revealed a great number of costumes that they were able to dawn on as they made their way back towards Lumios City, as it was the closest Pokémon center to them. This adventure also could serve to finish what they had started before with the twerp gone and it being in broad daylight where the supposedly blaziken mask doesn’t have too much of a presence, remarked the perfect opportunity for them to steal the mega evolution data from before. 

Meowth remarked about what the point of the data was without the machine; however, James told him that the machine could be rebuilt and even better than before with the data in mind, and it simply expanded upon the knowledge of the topic. The boss would probably thank them for handing such information to him, especially since they haven’t captured any Pokémon for him so far in the region. The group agreed with the man’s plan as they continued forth with haste toward Lumiose City. 

The trip only took them a few hours to huff on foot, but once there, they easily bypassed the checkpoint with their makeshift ID card, making the situation a breeze. They made it to the Pokémon Center, where Jesse blocked the line of sight to the trading worldwide trading machine, and James began to fidget with the device, wiring it and hooking up his device, which after a moment was set to inject their Pokémon inside of the spare pokeballs that they possessed before quickly making their way out just in time, as well as a guard was about to approach them to see what they were doing.

The crew quickly made a getaway even though they weren’t being chased before finally stopping and acting more natural as they proceeded towards the professor's laboratory. Jesse had a plan to infiltrate the place a bit more subtlety than last time, although no matter how sneakily they got in wouldn’t matter as they needed to hold the place while James worked on breaking into the computer and downloading the data. Luckily for them, he now had his Amoonguss so they could find the ventilation of the place and use spore to put everyone inside asleep, allowing them easy access into the place, he could then wipe the cameras as well so they would have no clue who at all had been there in the first place, which Meowth and Jesse remarked was a genius plan of action.

So with that plan in mind, the group continued forward directly toward the professor's lab, ditching their disguises as they got close and began to case the building. There would be a small snag in their plan due to their previous attempt the other day: the greenhouse, which housed the Pokémon, wasn’t fully sealed and was hastily repaired by a bunch of blocks of wood, but that just meant that they would have to watch out and ensure that nobody was in there when it was their time to strike. 

Meowth had finally found the ventilation for the building and gestured for the others, it had been located on the top of the roof of the place the group did one last check in the green room to see if all the assistance or the professor himself had been located there, one Blonde hair assistant was present and was checking on the Pokémon for a bit before going back inside the main building and then their plan was quick to spur into action as James ordered his Pokémon to use spore the Amoonguss quickly breathed heavily before exhaling a large amount of orange spored into the system, the thick spores slowly made it way down into the place before spreading out through the building fairly quickly, he ordered his Pokémon to do the same attack two more times just to be sure that everyone inside went to sleep before making their move inside. 

They decided to make their move by the weakest point of entry which was easily the boarded-up windows in the green room, as they proceeded forward they saw a good deal many Pokémon scatter one Mewoth cut through the wooden barricade with his fury swipes before moving in they had all equipped their gas mask just to ensure that they wouldn’t fall prey to the spores as well, they continued forwards towards the doorway that separated the green room and the rest of the building they could see some of the Pokémon which had been to close to the door had also been sleeping as the group opened the door they had smacked into one of the downed assistance that had seemed to be waiting right by it which they wince at as Jesse remarked the girl will feel that when she woke up. 

They continued forward before deciding to split off from each other. They didn’t know where the main laboratory was, but the place had two floors, so there were two places to check for Jesse too upstairs while James took the first floor. Meowth's Job was to gather all the humans and place themes somewhere so that he could keep an eye on them and ensure that they didn’t cause any trouble, which he complained about doing but settled on as the others were faster than him. 

The team broke up and started to explore the house, careful not to kick the sleeping people that had been on the ground. Eventually, James radioed in and remarked that he found the main computer room and he was attempting to hack into the server. At that moment, it would take around five minutes for him to break through, so be sure to let him know if something happens. Out in the front.

The other two rogered and continued to follow along with the plan as Jesse went to help Meowth carry people towards the front room and watched over the group of them. They had found the professor and searched his pockets for a moment to see if he had anything else on him, although the only thing they found was a marble of some kind and a data pad, the pad likely being important. Jesse elected Meowth to go give it to James while she watched over the 8 unconscious people there; it didn’t seem like there was anyone else in the building, and it seemed that they were in luck that none of them had their Pokémon out at the time as well.

Jesse wondered if she should be a little greedy on this adventure by swiping their Pokémon while they were at it; it was only natural and it would leave them defenseless if they woke up before the time was done, and she could please the boss by granting him a strong Pokémon such as a garchomp, although she didn’t bother checking if the Pokémon had been in there in the first place given the risk involved if the Pokémon had been awake and went to go on a rampage. Jesse didn’t have to watch the people for that long as the data pad provided a viable key in speeding up the process that James had been going through, which shortened the time it took to only three minutes as he started to download all he could that revolved around mega evolution, which would take even more time to fully accomplish. 

It had a total of 10 minutes passed before everything was ready for them to go once more as both Meowth and James came out from the back Meowth even explained that the marble that they found in the professor's jacket was something called a mega stone something that was needed for mega evolution, the lab contained other mega stones as well including one for garchomp but they couldn't find it in there and they would likely need to search the house for it but just as they were discussing that the people on the floor had started to squirm and rise from their force nap which frighten the group as the professor had recognized them once more along with the others but as they reached for their Pokeball only to find them missing Jesse laughed and mocked them as she shook a large Burlock sack in their face with their Pokémon in them, they taunted them some more as they left and were headed out the way that they had come in.

The trio had entered the green room laughing amongst each other as the researchers could only watch helplessly as they left, although things seemed to turn a bit on their head as a rapid clanging sound was heard in the far back, it had seemed to be coming from a beedrill that was in the back which was in a fenced off area but after another hard-hitting bang it had drilled a hole in the fence large enough for it to escape heard straight for them, the bee creature was fast quickly approaching them but more precisely Meowth which still held the mega stone in its hands, the Pokémon had used agility to go even faster which meowth was just barely able to dodge in time avoiding the stinging jab from the creature but forcing him to release the mega stone which rolled off into the distance which it quickly went to go and pick up. 

The trio didn’t take too kindly to having their catch stolen so Jesse took out her Seviper and ordered it to quickly use wrap to bind the Pokémon  and prevent it from moving the Pokémon  followed to the letter as it rapidly approached the beedrill which its back turned completely focused on the mega stone rolling around which it grabbed as it did so balancing it on the tip of its stingers and it brought up to its face it had suddenly been wrapped up by the snake although the marble still made its way into its mouth as it tried to continue to keep it to itself, James kept the other researchers at bay with his inkay sending a psybeam to draw a line in the grass which the researchers shouldn't cross or else he won’t fire a warning shot the next time  as Jesse steadily approached the bound Pokémon  in attempted to get the Pokémon  back once more although as they approached the Pokémon  continued to shift it head back and forth trying to save the small marble from being taken from it until the Pokémon  started to glow a bright blue as a purple cocoon started to come over the being forcing Seviper off of the Pokémon  and Jesse to back up a bit.

The cocoon cracked open soon after as the Beedrill came out once again. The trio was completely confused about what was happening and surprised by the change as the Beedrill legs had been shifted into two more sets of stingers, and its lower body seemed to take on a metallic shape and shine as its antenna had twisted around on its head, and its ready eyes sharpened into almost a constant angry expression, although something told Jesse that it wasn’t just its looks, which told her that the Pokémon was angry. The professor was astonished at the transformation as he remarked that the Pokémon had mega-evolved, as he called it a mega-beedrill.

While a bit scary finding and more importantly capturing a mega Pokémon  could be a serious boon for them she ordered her Seviper to use haze creating a thick smog of black that emerged from the Pokémon ’s mouth before Jesse told it to use bite but as the Seviper leaped forwards the mega beedrill was already gone dodging out of the way of the attack and speeding directly towards Jesse which was completely caught by surprised throwing both of her hands out in front of her out of pure instinct to attempt to stop the Pokémon  somehow although this only allowed the beedril and an easier time at its target as it slashed the sack in the women's hands as a handful of Pokeball started to spill out towards the ground as Jesse cursed her luck as she jumped back towards the others and told Seviper  to attack once more this time with sludge bomb although it also missed as the bee Pokémon  countered with veno shock as the two purple sludge clashed in mid air causing an explosion allowing the beedrill to speed around the serviper and use posion jab striking out twice pushing the Seviper towards its master and the other invaders, it finished the group off with using pin missle as glowing yellow energy thrusted forwards off of each of its stingers and striking the group cold sending them. 

Blasting of again

The researchers quickly went to check on their Pokémon as they released them from their pokeballs and thanked the beedrill, which they would have thought would have attacked them, but it seemingly only looked at them curiously before seemingly powering down as it dropped the mega stone in the professor's hand as he rubbed atop its head with the other.

________________

???

Giovanni looked over the footage that his three most infamous grunts had given him; often he would ask himself why he still put up with them; they rarely produced results on their own, and their vendetta against this ash boy seemed to be nothing but a money sink for his organization that, in its diminished state, was at least noticeable, but they were resourceful; he would give them credit for that, and the most important thing was that they were loyal; they never argued against his orders and would drop anything they were doing for his sake, so despite all their shortcomings, that single trait would make up for all of it, as he could always expect them to come back to him like the loyal mutts they were. 

They would frequently also surprise him in the seemingly nonending goose chase of their target; they have encountered a great deal of legendary Pokémon, or otherwise, they never caught any of them, of course, but the mere information and footage about them that they figured out provides its usefulness to their organizations that they could use to exploit, which they have done before and shall do again when the time calls for it.

The same thing seemed to be playing out now with their sudden appearance in the Kalos region, a fairly faraway land from where any of the headquarters and local operations are, but the world was vast. They weren’t as big as they used to be, so covering and listening to everything that was happening out there was difficult, especially when it involved a bunch of apparently super-powered teenagers. He had his computer search for any other instances of the teens that it could find; the first sighting could be traced back to nearly a week ago. Several images and videos of seemingly strange people using strange abilities to help with evacuation efforts; the next major sighting was a great feat of a boy holding up 6 Rhyhorn along with their racers with some peculiar energy source, and the next few instances were of the same boy before and him challenging multiple Pokémon to head-on battles. The only notable battles that could give him a glimpse of the boy's power were against a Roselia and Croagunk, which were of no help at all, generally speaking, given those Pokémon's relative power, although this one was also apparently part of a team of trainers that took down a sizeable beedrill hive, which, going by the other videos of this individual, he could figure likely wouldn't have needed the others to accomplish.

What else became clear to him was that the explosion from the boy’s hands was not the source of the explosion and had yet to be in use. He was curious about their use, and since he had yet to use them, were they not a combat tool? But judging by its design, he couldn’t see that being a possibility; it was probably that the boy simply never needed to use the device, so he didn’t use them, which seemed prompted when it was shown in his most recent battles with them off. Switching his attention to the other teens, it seemed that their powers varied drastically from one another. One boy was able to generate electricity while another could do so with flame and ice, and another one, a female this time, seemed to be completely invisible, and according to her, the light itself was very intriguing.

He started to ponder if some other organization had been up to genetic experimentation, and these were the results. Experimenting on Pokémon was one thing, but could there be someone bold enough to experiment on human beings and not only get them to the point where they have gained abilities of Pokémon as well? Whoever this scientist or group of scientists were, he would love to have them a part of his organization, but this also asked the question, What was the reason for these teens's creation? What was their purpose? Could whoever had made them have been just running these teens as a test run? To see how the world views them? So many questions, and even more possibilities from them as well. An entire legion of super-powered henchmen can prove useful; it would allow for stealthier missions that Pokémon weren’t able to commit to but maybe even eliminate them outright if the powers were strong enough.

Just as he was brainstorming and coming up with ideas, he was interrupted by a transmission from another of his servants; they were far away from their main base of operation all the way out in Alola. They were to keep him informed of the Aether Foundation and what they had been planning. The ultra-beast and ultra-space were also of huge interest to him, although he didn’t have the resources to fully combat the organization or enough influence inside of it to take control of it completely. His people informed him of a rather estranged development that had occurred just the day prior, new unknown contacts that weren’t human but were not confirmed to be an ultra beast, and even when consulting the ultra recon squadron of Ultra Megalopolis none of them had any idea of what these creatures were either, the creatures in questions were different of sorts Pokémon like in appearance but each of them could speak and talk like a regular person and maybe just as intelligent as them as well but the squad that they sent out to get them had been hesitant to engage them after one of them killed a Pokémon they had and another being had risen out of the water in a towering size, larger than even wailord.

They labeled themselves as a monster so the organization labeled them as Ultra-monsters instead they believed that they may come from a world where the traditional people had been Pokémon -like them, although there was debate as some wondered how could two of them take human form in that instant so it may be they are the dominate species and humans were seen as the Pokémon equivalent in their world, from a conversation with them they didn’t come through and ultra wormhole but by some other means and they arrived at the beginning of the week although there had been a brief fight between them, the UM agreed to come peacefully to the headquarters but only in three days so at the end of the week although they gave no reasoning as to why. The research station had gone black, the group realized, and they corned off the entire route until they could move them so that people didn’t get hurt. They were sending in an expedition with the Island Kahuna to ask about the people that were already there they hadn’t heard from in the last couple of days. 

Another interesting development Giovannie thought the ultra-beast and ultra-space were always something he was interested in, but he needed to build his strength on Earth before he even considered adventuring out in dimensions, although that would be the eventual goal. These new ultra-monsters were also fascinating, and given their time of arrival, he wondered if the super-powered teens were in any way related. Two supernatural phenomena occurring simultaneously at the same time, each dropping strange individuals, seemed to be incredibly unlikely to happen, although stranger things could be at play as well. It wouldn’t hurt to be thorough as he gave a responding transmission to both the troublemakers in Kalos and his contact in the aether foundation; they didn’t know any of the names of the creatures if they had any, or if he should believe the hypothesis on the creatures considering the dominant intelligence on their planet, leaving the teens to be seen as accessories to them, however, in any case. 

The teens were their best connection to go off of to start communication with them; if they could convince them that they were friends, then they could convince the other group to work for them, although given that they had a conflict with his troublemakers, the teens would likely not fall for such a ruse. For now, he wanted them to observe the ultra-monster, especially their interaction with the kahuna and the island deity that likely traveled with him; the odds of a fight were likely high if the reports were true and they could capitalize off that conflict. For his trouble, he sent pictures of the creatures that the ultra-guardians managed to capture and wanted them to slip that to the teens and see how they reacted to it if at all. Things were starting to get interesting in faraway places, he thought as he ended his transmission, and now he waited to see what transpired.

***********************

Trouble at our front door: Volten, Brut, Torax, Aki, Eyesight, Lord Great white,  Saren 

Brut and Volten went around the parameter of their small little location that they called home, he wasn’t surprised to find that they had been locked into their small section of the island after the events of the previous day things even when he informed them that they wouldn’t do anything although as once a human he could understand their caution, blitz and himself can transform into their once humans selves which could allow them to bypass the blockade however they didn’t know how much was shared with the police that had segregated them but even if information about their human's forms weren’t told to them, two random people walking out of an enclosed area would be immediately suspicious and they would be bombarded with questions which were reasonable to have especially since about 30 people are still missing which given their now known presence would probably some would investigate soon although they only had two more days until they would leave so it likely didn’t matter although so may things can happen in just a single day and according to Saren himself their are certain beings that they may need to watch out for if the situation called for it.

In terms of the Alola region, the monster remarked that they should be on guard against six beings or in this world tongue Pokémon which were the four guardian deities of the island but also something referred to as Solgaleo and Lunala for these two legendary Pokémon the man emphasized not to anger them or if they do simply just run even as powerful as he was he doubted that he could match their strength or power if what the people thoughts they had about them were true and he did not want to find out if they were which going by how strong he was he would tend to believe him, Volten and Brut mainly went to talk to some of the guards around not even to bother hiding their presence although forwent going into their monster forms to not frighten the guards as expected despite not knowing that they could transform into humans the guards accosted them of how they had managed to get by but they quickly skip that conversation by transforming into monster forms.

Despite the frightened looks on their faces, they eventually settled down enough for the two to talk to them and ask what was happening. As expected, they had the corner of the area to keep them contained, but what they did not know was that they would be having visitors soon as the island's Kahuna, who was the strongest trainer on the island, would be coming to question them about the string of disappearances and what happened to the people in that section of the island. Of course, this was not that surprising of news, although one guard mentioned that they would be bringing one of the island guardians with them as well, which he guessed was supposed to be a fear tactic. Still, he showed nothing to that effect once told about it, Brut, and they simply remarked that they would be waiting and left back into their cornered-off section to go discuss with the other monsters their next steps and what the rules would be. 

The two got back and informed the others of their upcoming visitors and the likely reason for their visit which were the captured people that Saren had locked up inside of the research station, Saren remarked that they could have the people as it matters little to him or what he was planning to do with his spell only essentially using them as mana farms for him after the spell was complete as afterward he would have no mana to use it would be his weakest moment, his monster body was strong in its own right but he was more accustomed to using his magic for majority of his battles so being without it for at least a couple of hours after his large scale spell would be something that would be admittedly uncomfortable for him. The 30 people that he was using as mana reserves each had about a Pokémon, each of whom was provided with much more mana than their human masters. Most of them were around the disaster-level wolf to tiger, but there was a single disaster-level demon among them, one of them something that this place calls Primarina.  

He learned through the people's thoughts that these Pokémon were given to mere children in a de-evolved state, which made him extremely curious about this world and how it functioned. The fact that demon-level monsters can be given out so willingly or better yet exist in the wild without too many incidents occurring, he guessed, despite being able to understand them. Monsters and Pokémon were very different from one another, being more akin to animals from their world in their temperament and attitude, although with a certain degree of higher intelligence on average. 

Upon learning that the island kahuna along with an island guardian was coming, he pondered his options. He opted to allow the others to let off some steam but demanded the importance of not killing anything human or Pokémon. He was curious about how strong this kahuna and guardian were, and he could also drain a bit more mana in the meantime to stash away for letters, even given the number of days they didn’t even manage to generate 10% of his capacity that he would spend, but he guesses that would have to do for now. 

If worst comes to worst, he could just drain his fellow monsters of their mana, which would probably instantly give more than he already collected, but for now, he should prep the people for them to be escorted away while their compatriots keep them occupied. Eventually, the group was set upon by their visitor; it did not only seem like they had been visited by the island kahuna and spirit guardian but the two were flanked by three other individuals who had titles of their own, which were the trials captains and expert trainers in their own right. It became evident to the monsters that given these individuals, they were preparing themselves for a battle if the reason arrived and given saren instructions, it surely would so to prevent the surrounding roads and buildings from being caught up in the likely conflict. Volten suggested that the group head over towards the beaches just in case.

The Island guardian, however, Tapu Lele seemed to lack the patience for such things, as three of their number had been nearly blown away by a Psywave of energy. Saren did warn them about this deity in particular, and despite being labeled as a defender, it was not very well liked given its often overtly hostile temperament to things that it perceived as threatening the island, which could extend to Pokémon, Ultra Beast, and even humans, which is likely the actual reason they speculate for the not as good temperament for it, and that cruelty extended to them as well, strange being similar to that of Ultra Beast in its eyes, something that didn’t belong, so it must be kept away from the island.

The deity was smaller than they had thought—a small pink thing that was covered in a pink shell; its actual body was a small all-black creature that extended out of it with darker pink hair, pink armbands around its small wrist, and blue eyes with some red in its center. The Pokémon wasn’t playing around as it flexed its power, with the first attack demanding they leave the island but also to return the people that had been around on that section of the island in the first place. They guessed that this Pokémon usually got its way by doing things like that given its power, but doing so to a monster was like an open challenge. Monsters in general easily get into conflict and violence. 

This would be exaggerated for monsters that had come from animals, as their decision-making was already basic but was rapidly enhanced during their transformation. They could control themselves, but it didn’t take much to excite them to fight back, and three of their numbers had directly come from animals, Eyesight, Torax, and Aki, which meant immediately from being attacked they were instantly ready to fight back just out of pure instinct alone.

The second mistake of trying to give orders to monsters was that you were inherently trying to put yourself above them; monsters generally only took orders from others who were stronger than them, and to do so almost guaranteed a fight on their hands, and the quickest one to retaliate from the strike was Lord Great White as water pooled into the sharp fin on his elbow blade before he swung his arm outwards toward the creature; thankfully, the legendary Pokémon was floating high above the humans that had accompanied it. Volten was fairly sure that the large blade of water would have bisected all of them that had been in the way, which was two of them before it reached the legendary Pokémon. 

Just before the water scythe struck the Pokémon, it had withdrawn into its shell as the attack landed, sending it darting off in the distance before it recovered, getting control of itself, but Lord Great White was still on the attack as it continued to bound towards the creature, water pooling in its mouth. As before, shooting outwards like a water cutter, the Pokémon responded with a psybeam as the two attacks collided and canceled each other out, creating a large explosion in its wake. 

The humans were nearly blown away but they had unleashed their own Pokémon  to help stabilize them as the shock of the conflict started to wash over them the shark humanoid continued forward towards the legendary Pokémon  after the clash although the kahuna got their attention back to the ones in front of them, Torax Told Eyesight that given her tendency not to care about killing she would be sitting this one out, he would watch over Lord great white and ensure that he doesn't go to far while he asked if Volten and the rest could handle the ones here, Eyesight let out a huff of annoyance but agreed nonetheless as she began to slither away from the posse and Volten gave a positive confirmation that him, Brut, and Aki could handle the other three as the tiger began to walk away towards the beaches at least the great white had the sense to make the fight out of the way of the civilian area although it was more than likely just to give him an advantage if he needed it although from what he could see so far the fight was being fairly even between the two. 

Volten turned back to the humans and this time without the distraction of the guardian deity he could more thoroughly analyze them, the kahuna was a dark-skinned woman with very revealing clothing almost like that of a bathing suit or swimwear, she uniquely possessed a lot of bands along her body on her thigh, ankles, and wrist which he assumed symbolized something along with single watch like device on her wrist, the other three was another dark skin individual with black hair with red highlights that seemed to be pointed upwards into a flame with two black tattoos along both his shoulders, the other one seemed to be a blue-haired girl in a blue dress and a green haired girl in blue overhauls. 

Each of them had a very different Pokémon, it seemed, and he gave the others the choice of which one they wanted to battle. Aki made the bold choice of taking on the kahuna and her Pokémon Gigalith by herself, which was presumably the strongest among them, but he allowed Brut to make the next choice of person he wanted to take on, and after a glance over, he decided to take on the red shorts wearing humans and his Pokémon, which was an alolan variant of Marowak. Intrestesint choice of an opponent; he must have still been anxious over his friend's disappearance, and the human must have reminded him with its flamming Pokémon with weird, almost ghost-like flames.

That left two other girls left over, which he would take on as he looked back at where Eyesight went. The lamia monster alone could be dangerous if she decided to wander off and away, although given the direction she was headed, he was sure that she wouldn’t leave the small corner of the island they were trapped in and instead would likely be prowling around close by or laying down against a rock somewhere, enjoying the sun like she usually did when not walking around with them. 

The humans still attempted to talk things out, wanting to avoid a conflict if it was not needed, especially given that all of them could speak and communicate with both Pokémon and people; however, that ship had mostly sailed with the first attack being thrown out. Their monster cells were excited, and that could leave some of their more jittery cells excited, and when monsters like them get excited, there could be issues for the surrounding inhabitants. The island kahuna understood at least somewhat, although she still took her job seriously and questioned the people that were in this sector of the island and directly asked them if they had killed or eaten them. Volten assured the woman who introduced herself as Olivia that the people and their Pokémon were fine, and well, he couldn’t quite say they were in “good” health, but only that they were alive, and they were preparing to turn them over to them as they spoke; they were simply a distraction while someone else got them ready. 

This was foreboding obviously for the humans present; the single male whose name was Kiawe asked what they were preparing them for. And he honestly didn’t know he told them that they had been asleep for about a week now, or in their case, nearly a week, so their bodies may be stiff or rugged. The two girls pipped up their names, Lana and Mallow, and asked him to clarify what they meant by that, and he explained that he meant what he meant: the people they were searching for had been put under forced sleep for most of the week, and that's it; they were fine else wise.

Although Kiawe wanted proof of that for himself and wanted them to show them where they were, unfortunately, he could not do so as they couldn’t have them getting in the way of what they were doing, and as a safety precaution, if he did bring them to where the people were and they messed something up, then he couldn’t protect them from their leader's anger, which could lead to his and all of their deaths. The volitive statement made them noticeably more serious as they looked out over the way once more at the battle between the large shark creature and the guardian deity. The battle was still locked in a stalemate as the deity used a moonblast to combat a literal tornado of water that was heading its way. The group did a single double take at the attack as they thought they must have been witnessing a hydrovortex, which was only possible with a Z-crystal and a Z-move. 

Oliva examined the monster more closely before looking for any sign of a Z-Ring or crystal but couldn’t find anything of the sort she shook her head and asked about this leader of theirs and asked if this person was stronger than they were to which Volten confirmed that they were causing another uneasy expression. Although Oliva seemed to collect herself before the others and remarked that they still had a job to do as the islands Kahuna she had to ensure that the people were safe which Volten expected as he guessed that meant the time for talking was over as he and Brut took their monsters forms preparing for battle once more, they were stills surprised by the change although not shocked so they must have been told about them before either by the foundation or the guards outside they didn’t know nor did it matter. 

As Instructed the monster took position up against the creatures they would face off against it was a four vs three although their battles so far against Pokémon haven't been very difficult although from their understanding the humans of this world train their Pokémon to become stronger and these were considered the strongest trainers on the island so their Pokémon shouldn’t be something that they could just brush under the rug at least to easily and Brut was the weakest member on top of not having too much battle experience to boot so he would need to look out for him in the coming battle. 

They were up against a Gigalith, Marowak, Lurantis , and Araquanid from what they had been told the only threatening Pokémon among them that could be considered demon level just for the species was the Gigalith which appropriately held by the strongest trainer although he couldn’t discredit the others if they did have something up there sleeve or in this case their wrist as he saw how each of them contained that same wrist watch on them which he didn't see on other people he saw of the region, the fighting was also different than he excepted it to be he thought it was going to be a traditional battle of this world where it was 1 on 1 but here it seemed to be going to be a battle containing all of them at the same time and the intriguing prospect he thought.

The monsters ready themselves just as another clash on the beach between the deity and the lord great white kicked up another burst of wind pressure that began to shake the section of the island they were on, the one to make the first move was Kiawe Marowak which he ordered to use the move detect as a brilliant fire lit up in its eye the same fire like in its bone which shines bright emanating from section although it wasn’t an attack and was more like a power-up of some kind, 

Brut was the one to test it out first as he stomped the ground and let out a wave of ice directly at the large Pokémon It was around 2 meters tall which was vastly bigger than traditional Pokémon they thought, as the blast of ice went the Pokémon way, the fire in its eyes seemed to increase once more as it's dodged out of the way of the attack and his trainer returned with a flare blitz the Pokémon rapidly flipped the bone in its hand striking it head a couple of times which lit its body n that same omnibus fire before charging forth clad in the flame. 

Aki changed and charged forth directly at the monster on all for of her arms as her hands also began to cover themselves in burning flames her charge was much quicker and surprised the smaller Pokémon as she got around it and was about to slam down but she flame in its eye grew bright once more as it dodged out of the way and came back rolling at her striking her in the back with the attack although it didn’t seem to do much as the girl attempted to retaliate with an hook although the flames in its eyes blazed once more as it dodged using it bone to jump away. 

Volten appeared behind the monster the second time interested as the Pokémon eyes burned bright once more but it was too slow for him his strike never came as one of the girls covered for him Lala using her Araquanid to do liquidation which was going to strike him in the side as the blast of water headed his way although he managed to dodge out of the way of the attack before looking over and raising his hands sending a bolt of lightning straight at the creature although mallow protected her as she commanded her lurantis to use solar blade to strike out in front of the Araquanid and block the wave of lighting with a sword made of pure light.

The blast of lighting continued as the Pokémon  was forced backward which was made worse as Saren put both of his arms forward throwing two blasts of lighting the Pokémon  way which was about to overwhelm the Pokémon but Oliva struck out next having her Gigalithuse earthquake the large Pokémon  stomp both of its legs sending out a large shockwave that shook the area before the ground underneath each of them blew up, despite the attack the only one of them blown back by the move was  Brut letting out a shout of pain as he did so, Aki took the threat seriously as she switched targets towards that Pokémon  instead and rushed forwards towards it, Kiawe used his marowak to attempt to stop the charge using shadow bone however as the Pokémon  slammed down its blown it was simply blonde away with a backhand from one of the girl's arms and a similar situation occurred with Lurantiswhen it attempted to use the solar blade against her the blow shattering the sword and blowing the Pokémon  backward. 

Lana was also going to attempt to interfere using leech life as the spider-looking Pokémon jumped into the air and tried to bite down on aki during her charge. However, Volten was there for her charging forth striking out with a thunder fist that barged right into the Pokémon sending it sprawling backward as a burst of lighting emerged from his fist as it landed against the Pokémon’s face. The lighting seemed to have a devastating effect as the Pokémon went down hard sliding across the ground, mallow used payback as dark energy surrounded the Pokémon and charged out at volten which the man met with his own attack and thunder elbow which met and superseded the Pokémon own attack with another lighting shock.

Olive seeing the almost-looking monster rushing her answered it with an iron head the white aura surrounded her Gigalith head and the tip of its horn and it began to charge forth horn pointed directly at the monster, each of the Pokémon they had brought with them was their totem Pokémon which were much bigger than the average variety of the same creature and more powerful as well her Gigalith was nearly 4 meters tall which she would have thought was going to be used against the shark monster but a simple look at the battle between it and tapu suggested that would have been a fools errand. Speaking off fool errands, however, her large gigalith charge seemed to be stopped completely by two of the monster's arms as it caught the attack with both of its hands lifted the creature into the air, and slammed it down into the ground it was nearly double the size of the creature but still being able to stop its charge effortlessly while also being capable of lifting it with ease.

The monster wasn’t just content with a bodyslam however as it got on top and started to hammer away with a fist she given a gigalith biology couldn’t defend himself against the physical blows that reigned down upon it so she ordered the use of rock tomb the rocks lifting into the air from underneath it to strike out at the monster above it, the surprise seemed to allow it to land successfully blowing the creature off with multiple stones although it recovered int he air just as quickly ready to continue fighting as if nothing had happened, four of its arms seemed to huddle down together and as something ain to a flaming orb seemed to collect there although this was just a bait as it had soon opened its mouth and out came an extremely hot beam of plasma that went straight for her Gigalith she attempted to counter with hyper beam but as the two attacks clash the beam had been blown away allowing the sharp beam to land face first against the gigalith forcing it off its feat unconscious. 

She was astonished by the thing's power once more as she looked over to the others Lana Araquanid had also been knocked unconscious from the fighting while the electric monsters fought against Mallow’s Lurantis although she was fairing too much better in that regard although Kiawe Kubone was stacking up well against the ice monster as a flare blitz destroyed a section of ice that it used to defend itself and strike the monster in the chest directly forcing it back once more. Although she was distracted once more as the group another giant vibration seemed to shake the very island itself as the two being near the beach clashed once more she was just able to get to the tail end of the start of the attack that did so which was none other than the Guardian of Alola. 

The shock seemed to brighten so fiercely that even  the monsters even looked over at the ensuing conflict although it was hard to see if there was any degree of fear on their faces or not it didn’t seem to matter as Mallow pointed to behind the monster group which was a stream of people coming down the road from the research center all of them being lead by one tall person in the center, this was another of the monsters it held three diamonds shaped eyes and its skin was black with vicious teeth and spiky ears. They must have assumed that this was the boss of the group it seemed as if the other monster immediately fell backward although the monster that had been fighting her remarked that it was too bad she was starting to get excited from the fighting.

As they told them they allowed the people to go free, they seemed to be all under hypnosis however from the boss who identified himself as Saren a pink mist sprouted from his back which was apparently from a third arm growing out of his shoulder blade but the true thing that surprised them was that the tapa was defeated as the shark monster this time in a much larger state towering over everyone present had thrown the small pink Pokémon towards them, it had a gapping whole in its side of its flesh but it had seemed to be regenerating with time. 

They took the downed deity along with the people who Saren remarked should come to their senses in about 10 minutes but would follow Oliva until then, the situation was strange but with the diety down and all of them still able to fight along with their leader being present so they took victory where they could get them as they took their leave with the people they had been looking for, although they knew that tapa may still cause them trouble when she awakens once more she warned them although they didn’t seem too worried about it as they waved them goodbye. 

**********************

Battle chateau: Elliot, Trevor, Calem, Bakugo, Kirishima, Sero, Mina

Elliot and his posse once more had their party fluctuate as they continued with their adventure. Tierno and Shauna had decided to wander off somewhere else together as he continued with Trevor and his friends? Guards? He doesn’t know what they would call them or more importantly what they would refer to him as they all seemed friendly enough barring bakugo but they were only around because some higher power told them to so how much of it was the mission them and how much of it were they being forced to spend a lot of time with him, therefore, it would be better if they just got along he didn’t think they were like that but it was a shadow in his mind as they continued to travel and he asked about how their group decided who would be going with who and they told him that it was just a completely random choice selection of the group which will switch sometime at the end of the month although there were some arguments from Bakugo which remarked that was when they had assumed a month was similar to their own which was only 30 days so they will maybe leave a bit early depending on a group discussion they needed to have with everyone. 

The group continued with their journey with not much fanfare this time around Elliot wondered if the route had unintentionally been cleared out by Bakugo for doing his little stunt from before, which could have been a positive thing. They soon started to come upon the battle chateau as they walked down a path that was near a wide lake where another large castle awaited them up ahead. 

They could see that from their point of view as well as a large battle arena that sits atop the water, a battle seemed to be in progress although they didn’t know who either participant was as they continued around the large mansion castle, getting to the front door, which held the sign for the place. Trevor gave the group a rundown of what the place was, which was an arena that helped the trainer improve their skills. He was hoping to try it out in hopes of learning more about Pokémon and battling so that he could beat the eight Kalos gym leaders. 

Elliot remarked that the place sounded interesting and wanted to test it out himself; although he did want to also keep a lookout for Calem as well, it would make sense for him to come to a place like this to get better at battling, and he wonders how much better he’s gotten from participating in the special place as they made their way inside. 

They were greeted by an open enclosure with many people inside, and many of the people seemed to be dressed up for the event in fancy clothes, which kind of made them stand out. Although they were gestured over by an older gentleman near what they assumed was the receptionist's desk, he could tell by their outfits that they were new to the establishment, and he welcomed them officially to the battle chateau. He announced himself as the owner of the establishment, which was Hennessy. 

The man asked for each of their names, which they gave him, and he remarked that they were each fine names before starting to explain how the battle chateau worked. He explained to them that they use nobility to rank individual people, and the trainers are each given caps to symbolize their ranks: white for Barons and Baronesses, blue for Viscounts and Viscountesses, green for Earls and Countesses, yellow for Marquises and Marchionesses, red for Dukes and Duchesses, and purple for Grand Dukes and Grand Duchesses. To begin their journey in the chateau in the first place, one must first win five matches to earn the title of baron, and you can only challenge someone of the same title to keep matches fair and interesting. The matches were single-elimination matches with their opponent, and title matches were performed in front of a crowd of people out back on the lake.

Elliot asked if a trainer named Calem had been here, and the man took a moment to look over and ask one of the receptionists; she confirmed the trainer was present; however, he had already made it to the rank of baron, so he wouldn’t be able to challenge him, but Elliot thought that was ok and just thought that he would have to catch up is all. He asked how many battles a person could take in a day, and the man explained that technically an infinite amount of battles could be held; the limiting factor was just the number of people that were on your level, and of course, if your Pokémon was too exhausted to continue battling, and the obvious closing time as the place did close during nighttime. 

Hennessy noticed Elliot's badge and remarked that it seemed Viola recognized the boy's strength and asked if he was going to be joining the Kalos league, he remarked that he was along with Trevor as well and was going to try and do so. He remarked that since he had the viola badge, then he must have a lot of potential. The women show up occasionally to battle at the chateau; all of the gym leaders did, although they were all of the maximum rank possible of Grand Duke/Duchesse, so it would take them a while to get there for themselves, especially given they had to travel the region in preparation for the Kalos league. Elliot remarked that he wanted to at least get to Barron, and that would be his goal for the day. Trevor Eboldend remarked that that would be his goal as well, and the two of them signed up for the place and went to take their seats. 

They offered if the teens would like to sign up as well, although they had to decline since they didn’t have any Pokémon or identification for that matter, Mr. Hennessy remarked that there was plenty of spectating room for the battle if they wanted to watch them participate, which they took the man up on the offer as they were all escorted to the nearest waiting room. The waiting room was set up with multiple tables decorated in fine cloth, giving the place a fancy and uptight aesthetic, which was mirrored by the guests as well. Several of the guesses wore white capes, signaling their ranks; however, there were a handful of other ranks as well, 5 blue capes and 2 green capes.

They had gotten a couple of looks from the people inside, but likely noticing their no rank, most of them lost interest fairly quickly except for one of them, which was one other than Calem himself, as he quickly swiveled around fully as his cape swished behind him and he ran up to greet them. The boy seemed excited that they had finally managed to catch up, and he bragged about how he was a baron, and on his way up to the next rank, being able to finish half the matches until the next rank up to Viscount, Elliot, and Trevor both congratulated the boy for his efforts and hoped that they would be able to receive the rank of Baron as well. They formally introduced the boy to the teens, whom he was super excited to meet ever since the group had been talking about them; he had wished he was there to see them in action, especially during the beedrill hunt that had been making the rounds over the web. 

The excitable kid talked with the teens before giving a more in-depth tour of the battle château. There were multiple waiting rooms scattered about, and people could travel around as much as they wanted. Some intercoms would tell them when their battle would be starting and what battle arena they would be reporting to, and if they couldn’t find the way, they could just ask one of the locals for help, and they would guide them directly to it. He also showed them to the local in-built Pokémon healing station. There were four of them around the station; they each had six slots similar to a Pokémon Center station. 

Although multiple matches can be run simultaneously, they tend to be taken up by others, so he recommends they have a few potions or elixir on them to hold them over if they go for consecutive battles, which they did well, at least Elliot did, although he lent a few over to Trevor as he mildly panics when he didn’t have any, which he profusely thanked Elliot for. Although the teen just waved it off as no problem at all, he can thank him by not losing to anyone, which despite his skittish answer, the boy agreed to.

In the next moment, it was their time to go as both Elliot and Trevor were called to separate battling arenas, causing the group to split up once more. Bakugo and Kirishima went with him to spectate while the other three went to follow Trevor and support him in his first battle. Elliot was feeling confident in winning his match and the following matches. Although Kirishima remarked that he shouldn’t get overconfident as they waved him on Bakugo, he didn’t give any words of confidence instead he remarked that he expected him not to lose if he was a supposed chosen one; he didn’t want to “waste time” protecting an “extra.". He simply remarked that he would just try his best to not disappoint him as he began his first match.

1st Match: Elliot vs. Denis: Evergreen vs. Riolu 

The match began quickly and Elliot wasted no time in attacking first using leech seed firing off a bunch of pods from the small chespins mouth and landing just underneath the riolu causing it to get tangled up in a string of vines that steadily drained the other Pokémon  energy, the rival trainer countered the move by using screech as the small blue Pokémon  let out a ghastly wail that broke the plants binding its hands and using the freed appendage to free his feet as it charged forth with a force palm it was slow however as chespin revoked from the wail in time for him to follow his order in using vine whip to slap at the incoming Pokémon ,the riolus attempted to hold it off with its forced palm slaping away at the vine but the two of them in conduction were to much and it was struck under the chine by the long whip-like vine but his trailer wasn’t doen as he used that attack to his advanatge when he used counter as the Pokémon  glowed a bright red and the whip that struck its chin came back at his evergreen striking it in the face and taking it by surprise but evergreen recovered quickly as he used rollout next rolling forth which the riolu trainer countered with quick guard a bright red aura came out from in front of the riolu hands which blocked the first strike although he told ever green to keep it up striking three more times before the shield finally broke on the fourth hit knocking the Pokémon  off balance and allowing the last hit to hit directly before he told chespin to use bite to catch the Pokémon  before it went flying off and slammed it into the ground which it proved to knock it unconscious. 

2nd match: Elliot vs. Camille: Seaquake vs. Bidoof

Elliot once more went first not taking the chance and immediately used supersonic to confuse the bidoof, the trainer countered with tackle but the confusion showed promise immediately as the Pokémon  glowed a bright white but had tripped up and slammed right into the ground during its charge Elliot capitalized using water gun striking the Pokémon  dead center flinging it backward although the user wasn’t done as it got up and the opponent attempted to use headbutt which as it charged forth again as its head started to shine a golden white, it was fast and managed to strike seaquake in the chest forcing it to slide backward as it was doing so he ordered the Pokémon  to use muddy water as the dark brown water erupted from the Pokémon  mouth its owner defenced with defensive curl as the tail glowed a bright white and covered over the Pokémon  as it hunkered behind it causing the attack to be lessened although its accuracy was still lowered as he used mud shot next causing as the Pokémon  raised its hand and shot out multiple muddy balls of energy that pelted  which surprisingly showed its speed once more avoiding each one beore charging forth in another headbut but the confusion worked its nerves once more as it crashed into the ground during the start up and ended up knocking itself out. 

3rd match: Elliot vs. Renée: Evergreen vs. Scatterbug

Elliot has beaten to the punch this time around as the scatter bug went first using stun spore his Pokémon  was immediately halted as the spore got into its system as its body began to fidget around uncontrollably he attempted to have evergreen charge forwards with bite however the Pokémon  only continue to fidget in place unable to move as the scatter bug continued with its assault bug bite as it bit his Pokémon  on the shoulder causing it to shout and fidget more from the pain, he used vine whip to force the Pokémon  off managing to bea the smaller Pokémon  off of his own before although as it was thrown clear his opponent than launched off with string shot he ordered evergreen to dodge and it managed to fight through the spores and more, however, its body was way to uncoordinated to move quickly enough to dodge the large net of silk that came it's way getting it stuck in the substance making it even more difficult to move as the opponent charged forth with a tackle which he wanted to counter with bite as the chespin teeth grew longer as the Pokémon  came at him as the two clashed in the center casuing a recoil from both as they slid alng the ground.

The stun spore seemed to have finally worn off, allowing chespin full mobility once more, and given his weakened state, he offered to use leech seed. His owner attempted to tell his Pokémon to dodge, but it couldn’t as the attack landed and the Pokémon was wrapped up in vines as the motes of green energy slowly flowed back into his Pokémon, recovering it. His opponent used a bug bite on the vines to free itself, allowing chespin to charge forth with another vine whip to strike the Pokémon twice, grabbing the small Pokémon and pulling it towards him, where he used a bite to finish the Pokémon off as it slammed it on the ground once more. 

4th Match: Elliot vs. Marseille: Seaquake vs. Clauncher

The match began with his opponent once more his opponent lauchig off quickly with a aquajet as the veil of water surrounded his Pokémon  and it launched fowards he told his marshstomp to dodge out of the way which it successfully did as he than order it to use mud shot which landed direclty on target slowing the oppeont Pokémon  down a bit although it wasn’t one to be disuae as it used water gun and he countered the move with muddy water the brown water immediately collided with the blue and thanks to his marshtomp superior special attack he natrually won the clash as his oppoent was blown backwards from the strike however it wasn’t defeated yet as his opponent order the use of smack down as several rocks seemed to lift into the air and hone in direclty towards his Pokémon  with no means of dodging them landing a direct hit that caused it to immedailty slam down into the grown where he continued with his assule into another aqua jet that would have knocked his Pokémon  backwards however his trainer continued with a combo of vise grip which latched on to his Pokémon ’s arm with its large picer to break the hold he ordered the use of mudshot  once more striking the Pokémon  dead on the only mitgating factor was the owner using water gun to cause an explosion that effected them both. 

The opponent used Aquajet once more as it charged forth, although it was a good bit slower now as he ordered Seaquake to use muddy water once more. As the Pokémon clashed irrevocably with the murky substance, throwing off its aim and causing the attack to miss, it turned around just in time to take another full-blown mud shot directly to the face as it rolled back unconscious.

5th match Title Match: Elliot vs Trevor: Evergreen vs Flabébé

Both Elliot and Trevor weren’t surprised to find that they would be each other title match the organizer knew and often would pit party members against each other to pull out the best of the trainer and to spur friendly competition within in group of friends as neither would like to lose to the other Calem told them so when the time came to go outside they were ready and wished each other the best as they made their approach about the time of Elliot third match both Tierno and Shauana had made their way towards the chateau although neither were interested in earning a rank for themselves and just wanted to support them on their battle when it came time to choose between two of their friends the group was pretty split on who they should support if either, the teen's guards didn’t have such qualms trying to take bets on who would win between the two of them although it was only for about 1k poké each given they had very little money to spend in the first place. Sero and Mina chose Trevor while Bakugo and Kirishima chose him. Since money was on the line, Bakugo did give him “encouraging” words, which were essentially just telling him to not lose, but he guessed that was probably the best he would get.

Seeing the teens having fun with it, the others joined in as well. Calem sided with Hm because he was his rival, so he shouldn’t lose to anyone but himself, while Tierno sided with Trevor, and Shauna sided with him. While she made it clear she trusted Trevor more than him, she also knew him longer and knew that he wasn’t that prepared as a Pokémon trainer, although she would like to see the shy boy prove her wrong, so while she voted for him, she wanted Trevor to win, which he respected of the girl as they made their way out into the lakeside circular arena along with a couple of the other guests. 

There was a proctor here who called out their names and told everyone that it was the title matchup. It was nearing nighttime, so this would be the final matchup of the day before they would ask everyone to leave, so they were expecting a good fight from both parties as the proctor signed for the match to begin. 

As soon as the Pokémon was thrown out Trevor winced as the selection that he had chosen was likely since the moves that his Flabébé had were highly ineffective against a grass type Pokémon like his chespin which he claimed he thought about and outmaneuvered him but he couldn’t lie to his fellow friend and remarked that he was only flipping through his Pokémon back and forth and it just happened to land on Evergreen for this final battle which he noticed but thought he would have switched up for the final battle but Elliot simply laughed only said nope and apologized before encouraging the boy not to give up hope and he could surprise himself in the battle and he nodded as his face took on a more tentative situation as they continued the battle. 

Elliot went first and used leech seed although Trevor countered with fairy wind blowing the seeds of course and into the side of the stage along with damaging his Chespine somewhat as well he complimented the defensive option before going on the offense one more this time using Vine whip, Trevor reacted almost instantly with the same move and a battle of vines collide it became clear which one of them would win which was Trevors as his pokemon had a higher special attack then his own which caused the whip to strike his Pokémon once more although it could simply fight through the damage as he commanded the Pokémon to use rollout as the Pokémon charged forth rolling along the ground Trevor tried to counter with razor leaf however chespin was able to swerve out of the way of the rapidly sharp left before charging forwards and striking the Pokémon once before going around the ring to do the same once more. 

Trevor used vine whip this time as his Pokémon  came back around to strike grabbing him within its two whips and stopping the attack cold before slapping it away, he wasn’t done yet however as he used leech seed again, in the close proximity it was almost impossible to dodge the attack as the roots sprang up and grabbed along the Pokémon  causing the Pokémon  to get drain and green moted of light to chase after chespin and heal it, although Trevor was quick to break the bonds with another razor leaf, just as Elliot ordered chespin to use vine whip to smack the small Pokémon  which it did although in return Trevor used fairy wind once more to blow Chespin further away and then he used wish as the Pokémon  started to glow white with as a moon appeared behind its head, Elliot ordered the use of vine whip once more although he was surprised when Trevor allowed the attack to land but after it did it seemed that the Pokémon was actualled healed from the strike as the white glow permeated through the Pokémon  once more and it was surrounded briefly by a green glow.

This is definyl going to be tricker than he thought Elliot thought as he continued the battle suing rollout, Trevor once more tied to use vine whip to catch it but it managed to slip through its guard to attack and then he used razor leaf to stall the follow up only to miss once more as the Pokémon  struck home, before he told his Pokémon  to simply raise higher into th sky to dodge the attack althoug this failed as well as Elliot told chespin to use his vine whip to bounce into the air after it although striking once more although this could have been a ploy by Trevor as he used fairy wind as his chespin was going back towards the ground slamming it back down into the ground with force before following up the attack with vine whip knowing to simply counter would be futile he ordered chespin to dodge but he was to slow and was caught getting struck twice once more seeing no other option he asked chespin to take a hold of the vine whip and pull the Pokémon  out of the air as it recovered quickly and did as instructed pulling the Pokémon  down and trying to slam it on the ground which worked but got him another fairy wind for his efforts which blew chespin away as trevor used wish once more as a precaution.

Elliot was actually backed against a corner here, given that bit had no effect on fairy types and his Pokémon  holding a special attack advantage two of his moves were essentially worthless but he wouldn’t be throwing int he towel just yet as he told his Pokémon  to use leech seed once more but this time scattered it across the ground in front of it growing rapids vines around the arena covering it in thorny growth not knowing what to expect Trevor used razor leef to cut them all down to prevent whatever he was planning although this was just a distraction so that he could use rollout to strike at the Pokémon blind spot wish activated and the damaged was healed although he was able to land three more shots before the fourth one was missed as he was grabbed by another vine whip and sent spiraling away while it was recovering he used vine whip himself to stack the damage against the Pokémon and narrowly avoided a fairy wind in return, he chose to get close and personal with the Pokémon  having his chespin charge forth into melee range so he could use another leech seed which luckily connected and offered a little bit more healing although trevor attempted to immediate have his Pokémon  fall back as he laid down covering fire with razor leef but he kept on it using vine whip to launch into the air and use rollout to come crashing down on top of him although this was blocked by a vine whip by Trevor's Pokémon  as he used wish once more and then into fairy wind which blew chespin away once more.

Despite most of the attacks being not effective, Chespin was starting to wear down; he likely couldn’t have taken much more; maybe three attacks and it was over, or was it? As Chespin started to glow a bright brilliant blue, which signaled only one thing, which was an evolution into Quilladin. It was a welcomed distraction as he immediately ordered it to use the vine whip, which caught his opponent off the guard with the speed as it struck the flying Pokémon, proccing wish, but he immediately followed up with the rollout, going even faster than ever before and striking the Pokémon before it could recover, hitting twice as it pinballed the smaller Pokémon around, evading a fairy wind, which allowed him to use leech seed, ensuring the smaller Pokémon and allowing him to finish the rest of the rollout combo, finishing his opponent with the final strike. 

The match ended in Elliot's victory to the sound of applause from those on the sidelines. As Elliot looked over, he saw that everyone was happy, even Bakugo held an almost approving smirk at him, although how much was that from his victory or the money he got he wouldn’t know as he looked back over to Trevor, who seemed a little down from his loss, before perking up at his sight and remarking that it was a good match with an outstretched hand. Elliot shook it and responded that it was; if it weren't for his evolution, he definitely would have beaten him, which made the smaller boy smile a bit as he was assured away by the proctor, and Elliot was aware of his cape and the title of baron to another round of cheers. As he got back to the group, they all celebrated his victory while commending Trevor for his hard-fought battle and improvement so far in the league before deciding to go out to eat on the loser side dime, of course, as they began their trek to a late-night dinner. 

Chapter Text

Old Habits Die Hard: Ash, Serena, Bonnie, Clemont, Midoriya, Uraraka, Iida, Tsu

The group of eight had continued their travels, finding their way out of a nearby forest onto a flat paved road with flat grass on both sides. The area was completely open, with a few scattered trees and bushes in front of them. For the most part, the group walked through in a comfortable silence; most conversation by this point was already exhausted for the moment. However, something had come up when Ash had come to a stop along the road and remarked that he heard a sound of some kind, his trusty Pikachu on his shoulder offering a chirp of support as it turned its head his way, and that was mirrored by the others, who also began to look around, although they remarked that they didn’t hear anything and were asking if Ash heard something, although when Uraraka back him up and commented that she heard something as well, the group started to realize that it may have been Ash’s Aura reading coming into play once more.

Although Ash's rumbling stomach had made everyone a bit sidetracked as a couple of the kids began to laugh, Tsu asked Midoriya if he could feel anything with his danger sense. Midoirya offered to give it a shot as he closed his eyes and sent out his senses forward in front of them. Correct enough, he could hear one or two speeding vehicles that were headed in their direction. Upon hearing that, Iida suggested that the group should all step to the side of the road so that they wouldn’t get in the vehicle's way. However, in his opinion, he thought that speeding down such a road presents its danger for both participants. The group began to walk along the flat grass, avoiding the road, and just as Midoriya had told them, after a couple of more minutes of walking in the distance, they could see smoke begin to billow up in the distance, which got closer incredibly quickly, suggesting the speed of the small buggy as it passed as the small car even bumped and gained air as the man hit the hilly road. 

Iida reiterated the danger of driving in such a fashion, and he would have thought that a grown-up would have known better, but by the time the second vehicle came up, this one instead of a car, a motorcycle with a small car attached, which was similar to the car, seemed to contain a Pokémon inside of it instead of a person. Initially, they thought the second car was merely another joy rider, but as it passed them and they got a clearer picture and the similar sirens started to blare out loud, the group realized that the motorcyclist had been driven by Officer Jenny, which meant that she was chasing the first car, which explained why it was driving around so recklessly. 

Clemont remarked that this may mean that the person in the first car could be a convicted criminal and Bonnie remarked that that meant they could be dangerous. Ash suggested that they should go and investigate, which the teens already were about to do, but before Midoriya or Iida could take off to help, Uraraka and Tsu remarked that they could handle it as the two girls looked at each other for a moment with a nod as Uraraka opened her briefcase and put on both of her arm bracers and touched herself with her quirk and jumped in the air as Tsu jumped into the air as well, using her tongue to wrap around Uraraka along with her 100-ton spirals and using their combo move Meteor Fafrotskies as she was launched forwards at incredible speed, rocketing forwards towards where the speeding cars were headed as the others followed along. 

Jenny was chasing the poacher along the road, the man hopping off down to the lower bank which the officer quickly followed attempting to stay on the poacher's tail, she attempted to yell out for the man to pull over he had nowhere to go for miles and she would just continue to follow him wherever he went but the poacher was smarter than he appeared as he merely laughed at her threat and remarked that he had no reason to pull over and she wouldn’t be following him anywhere as he ordered his Pokémon which was a Diggersby to use mud shot the Pokémon leaned out of the passenger seat and jumped up into the air clasping its two large ears together as a giant ball of muk formed in its center and began to shot forth at the officer.

Jenny attempted to dodge out of the way of the incoming projectiles, forcing her to dodge and slowing her down as several of the projectiles fell around her, kicking up heaps of dust and dirt that obscured her vision but not her hearing, as the sound of the snapping tree had caught her attention, and a giant shadow started to loom over her inside of the dust cloud, and she immediately began to break, turning her vehicle even to slow herself down as much as possible so that she could avoid the falling tree. She could only grunt in annoyance as the Diggersby gave a sharp laugh at her misfortune. It used its large ears as springs to jump backward and managed to land directly back in the fleeing poacher's vehicle as the man told her that he would catch her later. 

Once they had been confident that she was out of sight, Jenny could finally drop the charade of being angry as a smirk appeared on her face, but this was quickly turned into a shock of surprise when a shadow had seemingly passed above her and she looked into the air to see a girl? Flying right by her right directly toward the poacher's vehicle who was too busy laughing about getting away to notice the girl had come up above him, she didn’t see what the girl had behind her as she flew by but she sent one of them down the object looking like an orb of some kind right on top of the poacher and his vehicle and again to her utter shock the entire vehicle went tossing flying upwards end over end as the poacher was clearly in shock from the attack, Jenny quickly put the petal to metal once more getting around the tree and hopping back up onto the road proper to ensure the safety of not only the cargo but the poacher himself however as she got closer the shock continued to come as she watched as the flying girl seemed to move around in mid-air and almost like magic the tumbling car along with its two passengers began to continue to tumble continuously into the air like it was unaffected by gravity that supposed to be pulling it down. 

The car continued into the air and continued up and up with no sign of stopping until they had just stopped randomly in mid-air, the sound of the poacher screaming along with his Pokémon was the only thing that could be heard for a brief moment until they realized they had stopped flying upwards completely and instead had been suspended in mid-air which he was quickly embarrassed about once he realized and saw that officer Jenny had been looking at him but that quickly turned to anger as he looked down and saw the small brunette teen below him, he didn’t know who she was or if she was a cop or something else but he wasn’t going to be going down without a fight as he ordered his Diggersby to attack the girl and take her hostage to free him, the Pokémon went along with the order as it tried to make its way down to her, using its ears to slam against the car to speed down towards the girl.

The girl had fast reflexes, however, as she was able to jump out of the way of the Pokémon attack as it landed on the ground. Officer Jenny had just recovered from her stupor and was about to be prepared to fight against the Diggersby, but just as suddenly the shock re-consumed her as a large breeze had passed her by on both sides of the road, nearly taking her off her feet. The Diggersby only had barely time to react as a green blur came upon it, hitting it with a punch to the face, but not only that another blue blur that was directly behind it, which had struck low along its legs, the combination of forces had the Pokémon completely spin around and land on the ground unconscious. 

The next thing that shook Jenny was the sound of kids behind her, but these kids had been being carried by a long tongue, not from a lick licky like she had expected but from another girl. Which was completely strange to her, but she put all that aside for now as she attempted to get a hold of the situation using her authority to tell the others approaching members to stay back, which they did so as they stopped a few paces or in the girl that had been holding them case leaps away, which was about 30 feet. She turned back to the scene at hand and was once more taken back by the car wreck that was just waiting in the sky patiently, almost like it was stuck in time. 

Before she looked back down at the teens on the ground alongside the Diggersby, the taller one waved a greeting to her and she did the same as she proceeded forward a bit cautiously, now that she got the moment to take everything in she had talked to her cousins about supposed super-powered individuals but she honestly thought that she was joking about the clips on the web that had been spreading around but she could see that this wasn’t the case as she once more stared at the wreckage in the middle of the air and honed in on the poacher that had been cowering in his car completely stumped by what was happening, as the boy with the green hair had emitted from his hands a dark band that quickly zipped up and around the man and gently brought him down to the ground, despite the man’s protest and struggling which were just fruitless as he brought him down to the ground and offered the man up to her, she thanked the young boy which he introduces himself as Midoriya.

She had taken out one of her handcuffs and placed them on Dolan, who was still in shock by the teen's abilities, before taking out an Arrest Pokeball and tapping it on the unconscious Diggersby. Since the two troublemakers were taken care of, she then turned to the teens and told them to bring down the cargo of the truck, although she emphasized to be careful with it as it was a cage full of Pokémon, and at that, the group was sure to be careful as Midoriya extended that dark energy once more as he began to take down each of the cages in the tuck separately, setting them down. There had been around twenty-three cages of Pokémon, each one of a Spewpa, each of a different color. 

She turned towards Dolan once more and started to read off his infringements and what he would be going to jail for before radioing in for backup. She took a look at the teen once more before looking up at the wreckage in the air in another moment before asking the girl, who introduced herself as Uraraka, how long she would be able to hold the wreckage up like that, and she was surprised once more when the brunette said that she could hold it up indefinitely. 

Well, in this case, she told the girl that she would call for a salvage truck to take it off her hands, although she, Midoriya, and the tall one who introduced himself as Iida would have to stay put for a moment while they sort everything out. She looked behind her and thought of the kids behind her. They probably were traveling together as she looked towards the many Pokémon cages scattered about also in the air. The movement drew her attention as the group that had been situated away had found another cage that bounced off at an early point in time. 

They handed the cage to her, but with one more glance backward and around the area thinking about the time it would take for the response teens to arrive. Officer Jenny had an idea; she asked the others who had been waiting around if they would like to help out. The group enthusiastically agreed, which was great, as she asked if they could move the Pokémon to the nearest Pokémon center, which wasn't far from where they were as she showed them on the map. Although she saw a slight error in her plan as she saw how many cages there were and she wondered if the kids could transport them all without having them transported inside of pokeballs at all, it seemed that wouldn’t be a problem at all as Uraraka had made her move first, asking Midoriya if he could “hold the truck” for her, to which the boy nodded before throwing his hands forward, and the black energy came back out of each of his palms, more numerous than before, which completely wrapped around the wreckage in mid-air before it seemingly remembered it had weight once more as it landed in the black energy.

Urarara seemed to partially clasp her hands together, her fingers touching along each of her knuckles, which she saw now along her fingertips, and her knuckles she possessed something strange, almost like large worts of some kind pink in color, which she taped along each other before she called out release, which was when the truck seemed to remember physics once more. Uraraka moved over towards the group of cages and seemingly understood what the girl had in plan. The group of kids and the girl with the long tongue also proceeded forward almost expectantly as she tapped each of them with the pink worts on her knuckles, even allowing the smaller girl to also experience what she was doing, which, judging by three of their expressions, required some effort on their part. However, when she approached the cages with the Pokémon, Officer Jenny thought it prudent for the girl to explain what she was doing, and she was grateful to do so.

She explained how her power worked, being able to lighten and increase gravity on objects with the pads along her fingers and knuckles, respectively, and the additional ability for the lightened object to be attracted to an object that she heavied, which in this case would allow the secondary group to “carry” all of the cages in one trip. Having learned all of that, she allowed the girl to continue as the group had continued forward as she touched each cage before this time clasping a hand over the others and allowing the weird pads on her fingertips to touch the pads on her knuckles in her gravitic attraction technique. 

The cages had slowly lifted into the air as she touched each of them and had slowly moved towards the children, and with that, the cheerful group of kids, now that she got a good look over them and the Lumiose City gym leader, all began to make their trek towards the Pokémon Center, although some of them were struggling with the effort as they went off in the distance. Still, the girl with the lounge tongue and the boy with the red cap seemed to be taking the strain in stride as they left. While they were getting going, Officer Jenny turned towards the remaining teens that she requested stay with her. She pulled out a pin and paper and started to ask them a couple of questions.

_____________

Pokémon  Center

The group arrived at the Pokémon center a good deal exhausted from the effort of moving around so much, not being used to running around with double their weight on their backs, but their willingness to ensure that the Pokémon caught in the cages were properly looked after and cared for had powered them through to reach the center in a good time frame, although try as he might. Clemonnt had faltered in this quest; the boy already did not have really good stamina and being forced to carry even more weight as he ran was essentially a death sentence for him, but Tsu was there to help as she carried him with her tongue so that the group didn’t lose their stride. As the group reached the Pokémon center, they had a welcome party already waiting for them Nurse Joy and her Chansey along with a handful of other staff greeted them at the door with large stretchers that allowed them to stack the crates up together as they began to wheel the back into the back. Nurse Joy also welcomed the group inside, offering them some refreshments as the group seemed thirsty.

Tsu radioed into Uraraka that they had arrived and told her that she could release her power, which allowed the group to take a load off almost literally as they sat down in the lobby of the Pokémon center and waited patiently for the others to arrive. Nurse Joy greeted them once and thanked them once more for returning all of the scatterbugs, many of which were unique and not found in the area, so the poacher that they helped stop must have been around the region, although the kids were a bit confused about what she meant, and the nurse explained that scatterbugs were unique in comparison to other Pokémon as she took out her national pokedex and went to the file on the creature, which began to read out.

Scatterbug Scatterdust Pokémon: the powder that covers its body regulates its temperature, so it can live in any region or climate.

She went further to explain that this regulation of body temperature also determined the Pokémon evolution color, more specifically the color and pattern of their wings, as she showed them from her pokedex highlighting a string of different colors from white, green, pink, pink and purple, yellow and orange, and even more from that. Ash was extremely interested in the difference, thinking back to Viola’s Vivillon wing color in comparison to the others he saw over the pokedex, being fascinated by the different colors they were capable of coming in, thinking of how similar it was to how artificially furfrou looked in the town they passed. 

Nurse Joy remarked that she had received a call from Officer Jenny and that they were headed over so they should all just sit tight for a bit more which the group all agreed to do, as the group waited Bonnie brought up to Tsu that cool move that she and Urarkaa did and asked about it, Tsu explained that she and Uraraka had always been close ever since school began so it was only natural for the two of them to come up with a combo attack with each other since she could only originally lighten objects she needed something else to smack them with to use them as a projectile against villains and that was where she would come in with her strong tongue she could send the projectiles flying forwards with some power behind it as she smacked them. 

Serena observed the grappling hooks in the girl's large bracer and asked if that was her attempt to fix that problem and use that move by herself, although Tsu remarked that she couldn’t take credit for that herself and that Uraraka had taken inspiration from Midoriya in that regard and his black whip using her spiral’s, however, was from another of her teachers. Originally, they were just grappling hooks that she could use to grab objects, but now they were used primarily to use her, although she could use them to swing around as well. 

Clemont pipped up as he also had a question about the girl's large bracers and her power; he could see during her throw that the girl was able to manipulate her flight in mid-flight even though he assumed that she could only cause objects to float, and Tsu explained that he wasn’t mistaken in that regard; she couldn’t naturally propel herself in mid-air, but she once more took inspiration from Midoirya and decided to use compressed air to move around while affected by her power. In her bracer and her boots were compressed air storage, which automatically stores air inside of them, which she uses when the moment calls for it. Which he found very interesting and a cool way to overcome the limitations of her power. 

Serena thought aloud that Urarka seemed to think very highly of Midoriya if she took so much from the boy, although she swiftly apologized when she realized that she did so. Tsu waved her worry away and remarked that Midoriya was an inspiration to a lot of the class; he, along with Bakugo to some extent have a lot of influence and had a good deal of influence on the class, but many of them took inspiration from each other, telling them of even Midoriya taking inspiration from her as he once used his black whip-like tongue, which the imagery was as comical as they could think it looked, and Bonnie wanting to see how it looks firsthand.

The conversation was momentarily put on hold as the rest of the teens arrived with Officer Jenny in tow, the three offering a greeting as they went to sit down with the other five of them. The familiar chime also rang out as Officer Jenny went to check with Nurse Joy on the condition of the 24 scatterbugs/Spewpa. Thankfully, despite being a little malnourished and frightened, the Pokémon seemed to be in good health and should make a good recovery very quickly, and they could be released back into the wild as soon as they find a proper place for them. Officer Jenny sighed with relief from the news before turning back to the teens and approaching the table they had been sitting at.

The boy with the cap, who introduced himself as Ash asked about what was happening and why the guy was getting chased around by her, and she explained that the perpetrator that they had helped capture was named Dolan , an infamous Pokémon smuggler who specializes in Vivillon, so he captures and steals as many scatterbugs and Spewpa as he can get his greedy little hands on. Ash remarked that he was familiar with Pokémon smugglers, having run into a couple of them before on his adventures; however, Serena, Bonnie, and Clemont were a bit more confused about the term. 

Officer Jenny explained that Pokémon smugglers were bad people who steal and then sell Pokémon online to unscrupulous Pokémon collectors all over the world. Although with that blanket-type description, the teens had a couple of questions. The first was from Tsu, which asked if the capturing of Pokémon with the express purpose of selling it or for a price that someone paid them was illegal. Officer Jenny replied that while the practice in itself wasn't illegal, Pokémon smugglers bypass the official channels where deals are normally set; certain businesses specialize in capturing Pokémon for others, although the Pokémon in question has to go through a check through the Pokémon center before any transfer can be accomplished. As well, certain Pokémon are seen as protected species that can’t be dealt with in such a manner entirely. 

There was also the issue of checking if the recipient of the Pokémon had proper legal work to properly own Pokémon at all, which smugglers don’t care about checking for as long as they get paid. Iida had the next question for the officer asking about how she remarked on Dolan being a scatter bug specialist and capturing them in mass to sell, his question was if there was a limit to how many of a certain Pokémon that any one person was allowed to have, Jenny responded with a nod as well a Pokémon  trainer was only allowed to possess no more than 10 of the same Pokémon within their party or PC if a trainer had more than six of the same Pokémon  they become flagged in their system for maybe sketchy activity if the Pokémon they have are rapidly traded elsewhere while they continuously to collect more of the same Pokémon  the system triggers an alarm and they shut down that particular person's account which temporarily disables all pokeballs that are in their name and freezes any Pokémon  within their PC also stopping them from purchasing any other pokeballs as well depending on an investigation the trainer can appeal this by going to a local police station and getting a date to appear in court. 

Ash pipped up and added that it started to make sense why all of the other poachers and smugglers he had run into on his adventures had never used pokeballs to capture Pokémon and instead opted to use things such as cages and nets or other stuff. Officer Jenny confirmed such notions that pokeballs were a luxury and could be restricted from everyone if they were doing something wrong; it wasn’t a perfect system, and some very famous or rich smugglers could create their own offshoot, which still allowed them to use pokeballs just on a completely different network that everyone else uses. 

Tsu was the one who asked the last question, which was why do Pokémon smugglers resort to stealing Pokémon? It seemed like something that would only result in bringing more attention to their operation from the public at large. Jenny agreed with her assessment and remarked that it was likely due to the competitive nature of the underworld that the order for the Pokémon is sent and anyone could complete the task, so they want to do so extremely quickly before their competitors. The Pokémon usually wanted in this way are elusive and not encountered very often, so if a trainer has the Pokémon they were looking for, it would likely be easier for them to take it from them instead of searching for one of their own.

This was one of the reasons Dolan was such a difficult target to get a hold of originally the man had managed to stay off the radar being a member of a Pokémon hunting company but he quickly found that money could be made quicker if he did his own thing for shady people instead, at first he wasn’t tripping any of the traditional sensors instead opting to switch out and trade Vivillonone at a time but he got greedy and started to pour them on getting a total of 10 of them at once and queuing some to investigate his activity over the past couple of years and when they found the suspicious amount of captured Vivillon and traded Vivillon that wasn’t on his record with the company and when asked about it they fully admitted that they had no clue about his progress leading them to oust him and he’s been on the run ever since although there have been numerous sightings of him taking large loads of scatterbugs/Spewpa.

Although he won’t be doing that anymore thanks to them, which she thanked the teens for as she was about to continue talking. Nurse Joy came back in and asked if the group wanted to see the Pokémon they had helped evolve, and the group all unanimously agreed to do so. As they followed Nurse Joy out into the back, they found themselves in a large green room offering plenty of light and greenery for the small insect Pokémon to roam around and eat off of. A moment later, a couple of the Pokémon had started to grow a deep blue color and started to morph and change. Multiple of the scatterbugs started to evolve into Spewpa, while the few Spewpa that they possessed had changed into Vivillon, which began to fly around the room. Ash took out his pokedex to see what the middle-stage evolution could do.

Spewpa the Scatterdust Pokémon: It lives hidden within thicket shadows. When predators attack, it quickly bristles the fur covering its body in an effort to threaten them.

Bonnie was excited by the display and wanted to learn more about evolution, Ash was the first one to offer to explain, and while he got the physical act of transformation right it didn’t give the small girl any more context than what she just saw a moment prior her Brother offered a more detailed explanation of the event as he described that Pokémon can evolve first explained the evolutions of scatterbug into Spewpa into Vivillon before explained how Pokémon are capable of evolving which can come from several factors but for trainers, it was dependent on a Pokémon’s level however the alternative message that trainer can use was with the use of an evolution stone giving an example such as a Pikachu evolving into a Raichu when using a thunder stone. 

Ash also added that there was a thing such as an everstone that prevents a Pokémon from evolving, which was something he had given to Pikachu in his past on his journey, earning a gasp of surprise from everyone else as they asked why, and Tsu went further asking about such stones and why would trainers want to halt their Pokémon from becoming more powerful? Ash simply remarked that after a run-in with a challenging Raichu and offering his Pikachu a thunderstone to evolve to beat it, his Pikachu had refused because there was a chance it would start to act differently after evolving and not be the same partner he grew to love, so to prevent it from occurring, he simply offered it so such a thing couldn’t happen during their time journeying together. The Pikachu on his shoulder also gave a resounding chirp as well in confidence and affirmation. 

Officer Jenny was the one who answered the teens' question and responded that Everstones, while preventing a Pokémon from evolving, still allowed the Pokémon to get more powerful and access the same level of power that a Pokémon would attain if they had transformed in the first place. Some trainers use it for aesthetic purposes, not liking Pokémon's further evolution states appearance, or for Pokémon contests or showcases they like to keep their Pokémon small and therefore mobile for the big stage. 

The teens accepted the explanation with a nod as the group headed outside towards the front once more. Serena was the one who brought up the previous topic, taking the clues from what she said about Pokémon maturity and asking if the Pokémon smuggler specifically targeted the scatterbug line during this time because they were on the brink of evolving, which the officer could only suspect to be the case, although this did jog her memory on what she was about to say as she looked a bit distraught, which was caught by the group as they asked the officer what was wrong.

She hesitated for a moment before telling them not to blame themselves for what she was about to say and that they didn’t know the plan that they were making before explaining that her chasing after Dolan was only a part of her mission; she wanted to make it appear that the man had managed to get away from her. However, in actuality, she had managed to put a tracker onto the back of his truck, which would allow her to track him to his main compound, which would enable her to check and see if he had any other Pokémon stowed away from them, which she had great reason to speculate that he did, and the man insinuated as such as he was attempting to use that to buy his freedom. If she can’t find the trapped Pokémon in time, they will likely have to let the man go free for the information on where to find them.

The group once more let out a collective gasp of sadness mixed with a twinge of anger at the horrible person, and the teens apologized for interfering with her work even though the women had just started by saying that they didn’t have to. However, they still felt bad about interfering with such an important quest, although Uraraka remarked that maybe they could help search for the man’s base; it had to be in the area if he was traveling by vehicle. However, that still left a lot of ground to cover for them.

However, Uraraka remarked that if it was a bunch of trapped Pokémon then they would surely be giving off a heap of distressed signals which was something Midoriya could easily trace with his danger sense so all he needed to do was fly around a bit and she was sure he could find them in no time flat, which Midoriya agreed with before pointing at that her and Ash could also help him with their aura reading which Uraraka was super pumped to do as well before looking over to Ash which the boy was also excited to help out in any way that he could. 

With that said the others still wanted to help if they could while they didn’t have any extra sensory abilities the more eyes that they looked around the forest the better Serena explained although Bonnie simply expressed wanting to be able to fly through the air like them which her brother corrected as they were on a serious mission and she remembers that which she begrudgingly agreed with. Iida, Tsu, and Officer Jenny would look along the ground in the forest as the others used Uraraka’s gravitic attraction to fly through the air, so with the plans out settled the group each set off, Officer Jenny once more marveled at the teens and now kids flying high above her but she was shocked by the speed of the two on the ground as well easily outpacing her on her motorcycle even as they headed into the forest. 

As Midoriya pushed them around he set his danger sense out to the maximum ability, there had been numerous small stressful situations happening in the forest however most of them were simply Pokémon on Pokémon conflicts between predator and prey or the occasional trainer battling to capture a Pokémon both Uraraka and Ash had closed their eyes and continued to focus on the almost mute like sound that was aura, they could feel everything from the Pokémon to the very greenery themselves but both of them tried to focus their senses to where they needed to go or where they were trying to find and it was Ash that had managed to figure out at least a crumb of where or feeling of where he thinks they should be headed as he pointed and told Midoriya to go in a different direction which the boy instructed flying for about a minute before he got something on his danger sense something large at that.

Midoriya spotted a tall rocky hill with a large winding slope leading up to an embedded seemingly old rundown observatory, which could likely serve as a good hideout to store Pokémon. As he got within around half a kilometer of the pace, both Ash and Uraraka remarked that they were close by; both, having their eyes closed, didn’t see how close they were as Bonnie asked both of them to open their eyes as they were just about to land on the ground. The two had been surprised by that fact; Midoriya had already radioed into both Iida and Tsu and just as they were landing on the ground, Iida had already sprinted up the large cliffside and appeared next to them, while Tsu had forgone the large slopes and instead simply climbed up the cliff face straight up while carrying Officer Jenny and her bike along the way. 

Given that they knew that the person beside the base had already been captured, the group proceeded to the compound with a confident stride, although Iida was one to point up a trip wire that had been placed as a booby trap as he cut the piece of wire on the ground, which he cut before they stepped harmless past, walking into the large abandoned building as Midoriya tore open the grated gate and lifted it to reveal a large enclosure that was mostly run-down. There had been dozens of Spewpa that were stuck inside rather damp displays that forced them to stick together, although it could have just been them being scared and simply sticking together for confidence.

The group quickly went on their way to breaking the small Pokémon out of their displays. Midoriya used his black whip to slip underneath the glass and rock to rip the glass away without splashing the shards on the Pokémon themselves. Ash, Serena, Bonnie, and Clemont were quick to come up to the frightened Pokémon to comfort them and make them relax as they helped them get down from out of the displays. Officer Jenny was making sure to get evidence of everything they were doing for Dolan’s trial, as they did so, getting all of the Spewpa down and revealed that the man had a collection of 36 of them combined with the 24 they had caught, and transporting him had a total of 60 Pokémon captured, which the group found completely heartless to think about. 

The group asked Officer Jenny what they were going to do with the large group of Spewpa, and the women remarked that they weren’t going to do anything with them; they were going to let them go free, as in the next hour or so they all would evolve into Vivillon, where they could fly off to do anything they wanted to do. So the group all unanimously agreed to simply wait around and watch over them until that happened, and sure enough, as the officer said, the large group all began to glow a collective blue and begin to change and shift form into Vivillon, although it became apparent that each of them possessed a unique color and pattern in comparison to the other, which Serena and Bonnie remarked as being beautiful. 

The Vivillon all began to flutter around them for a moment, brushing briefly against them affectionately as their way of thanking them for saving them from their enclosure before they all started to fly away in one large group as everyone waved goodbye and wished them luck out in the wilderness. When the large group of scale Pokémon had finally left sight, the group was all set to go their separate ways, unlike before, when Officer Jenny would get down on her own using her bike while all the teens would fly back to the road that they had been traveling down. 

Although the officer remarked on how great of help they have been and Jokingly asked if they had considered joining the police force to help around full time, although she meant it as a quip, the teens didn’t mind and remarked that they would think about it surprising the women, but she told them to let her know and she could toss in a good word for them as she waved goodbye and drove away. 

Everyone else flew away with a combination of Midoriya and Urara’s powers, although the teens had all been conversing about becoming police officers. Iida brought up the idea that in doing so they could potentially get a work visa if such things existed in this place, which Clemont confirmed that they did; it would make things easier for them than simply learning to get identification the more traditional way, although they would have to discuss with the professor and the others to see if it would be a viable option for them to commit to, so the group left back to the Pokémon Center, where they offered free wifi so they could call and text their friends while also using the holophone to contact the professor in Lumiose City. 

The class texted the group chat first to see if anyone else was in a place that offered free wifi to respond, which at first only two of them were, and they remarked that they would go tell the others so they could all discuss over text about their next steps. They had managed to reach the professor and tell the man of their idea of becoming a part of the police to gain ID, which the professor thought was a good idea, and he would try to contact the police headquarters in Lumioise to let them know about their story to see if they could be a bit more lenient with them, which they thanked the professor for helping. While they were on the line, however, the professor informed them that those Team Rocket members had attacked his laboratory. They were still working on the reason why, but they had managed to drive them off. They were still out there, and they should be careful, and the others who were listening in promised that they would be before ending the call.

1A group chat:

Iida: Is everyone present?

Everyone: Yes!

Iida: so what are everyone's thoughts on becoming police officers? It should speed up their receiving identification and allow them to help around the Region.

Kaminari: Does that mean that we would also be able to get our own Pokémon?

Uraraka: Maybe but it seems like the police like the burses had their own standard Pokémon that they use which is Manectric , we may not be able to get any Pokémon we want.

Kaminari, Sero, Ashido, Hagakure, and Mineta: complain about that fact. 

Iida: Anyways do you all think this is the path that we should take going forward, it will allow those who don’t have much to do to be preoccupied and earn money to support us in our stay.

Everyone: that seems fine… 

Ashido: oh maybe we can talk to them about creating our own hero agency instead! 

Yaomomo: Similar to our time on Nobu island?

Ashido: Yes exactly like that!

Everyone: agreeing that sounds like a cool idea

Sero: As long as Bakugo is forced to do something this time around, instead of lazing around all day.

Bakugo: shut it.

Kirishima: speaking about that. What are we going to do with rotations? Are we staying with them until the end of their month so every 40 days or are we going to switch out every 30 days like our months? 

Jiro: well given that there will be about 30 of us, I think it would be good to split the time between everyone so everyone could do their own thing when they have the time. So every 30 days seems fair enough. 

Midoriya: Well if we break it down, 200 days divided by 30 people, no if we assume that we continue with four of us for every rotation meaning 12 people every month we would be here it would be 60 so-

Uraraka: he was about to continue going.

Everyone: thanking Uraraka for stopping his long text.

Todoroki: the jidst of what he was going to say is that everyone should be on protection duty about twice except for the last rotation which would be only 20 days. So we can either break that down into the previous rotations or leave it as is.

Bakugo: who cares the sooner I leave this babysitting gig the better I say. 

Kaminari: It's probably not that bad bakugo,  I vote for just lapping it over... If the option is either to be free and travel or be a police officer or wait around for a call for them to come in.

Mineta: which you didn’t participate in, in the first place

Bakugo: tch, do whatever you want. Idc

Momo: well I guess that settles it, well rotate after every 33 days, for a total of six rotations in total. 

Everyone: Alright!

Jiro: Ugh guys before we all leave ummm, it seems that the monsters have a situation going on somewhere in Alola

Koda: how do you know Jiro?

Jiro: some people are talking about a situation pretty loudly where I am.

Kaminari: I’ll go check…

Momo: I hope you're not eavesdropping Jiro

Jiro: hardly call it that, They practically yelling about it for some time now, strange creatures found in Alola 

Tokoyami: supposedly ultra beasts are commonly found there they may be talking about that.

Jiro: yeah I would have thought that but they also expressly made it clear that it's not those but something else

Uraraka: wait ultra beast aren’t natural here?

Tokoyami: doesn’t seem like it.

Mineta: does that mean that the ultra beast  -  Pokémon war event hasn’t happened yet in this place?

Sero: does that mean that we should warn them about it? 

Iida: first we don’t know if such an event would even take place just because it happened in the games doesn’t mean it will happen here and second even if it does magically happen who knows in what time frame that occurs in comparison to when we are now.

Sero: well in comparison to how many Pokémon have been discovered so far which is about 2,000 of them and the event took place through the entirety of the 40th generation yeah even if it did happen this place has a lot of time before that occurs. 

Kaminari: Yeah guys I think I have a hunch that they were referring to our monsters, (drops a picture of lord great white in its large hydrated form) 

Sero: oof you know I hope they haven’t done anything bad that will result in some severe problems. 

Koda: do you know where exactly they are?  

Kaminari: they said that they were spotted on Akala Island near Route 8 in the Alola region. Should we take a trip over?

Momo: I think it would be a wise decision to do so Me, Todoroki, Koda, Sero, Jiro, and Kaminari should go and see if anything happened to them given you all know the monsters best, they may just be confused about what happening like us.

Bakugo: or some idiot started a fight that they were in over their heads about 

Jiro: we’ll see, hey yaomomo can I ride with you on your bike then? Going there on my own seems like it would be a drag.

Yaomomo: That’ll be fine just meet me in the forest. Bakugo we’ll be sending someone else to travel with your group in the meantime to replace Sero’s absence. 

Hagakure: I’ll go, I haven’t seen my bestie in forever!

Mina: let’s go!

Bakugo: anyone but that one 

Mina: The hater is hating

Toru: he’s just mad, silver chain hasn’t shown up yet, lol 

Bakugo: It seems like everything has settled, I’m muting this place again. 

Everyone: lol

Midoriya: Good luck everyone and be careful if there's a problem try to come back and tell me.

Iida: please exercise extreme caution and safety!

Todoroki: no problem

Tokoyami: will do

Sero: All alright Hawaii here we come!

*********************

Ultra Monsters: Saren, Brut, Saren, Eyesight, Aki, Volten, Lord great white, 1A investigation squad

Given the startling events of the previous day, the monster was not at all surprised that the people of the island had stepped up even more on the security of their enclosure. Not only were there even more police cutting off both the only entrances and exits towards their route, but also even out in the water, there had been a constant stream of boats that outlined the outskirts of the island, almost in the form of a blockade. It had reminded the monster a lot of the preserve that the teens had crafted for them, despite them not doing much of anything to the people of the land. 

Given their power, they had elected mainly to keep a hands-off approach and just view them from a distance and it seemed like the Aether foundation had also joined with the concerts of the police of the island to monitor them soon after as people in white uniforms would approach closer to their section almost like diplomats asking if they needed anything or if something could be done for them to vacate the premises in a faster time frame than what they had given them although nothing they could do could speed up the process they told them simply before sending them on their way, Lord great white had tested the blockade on the waters the shark monster almost feeling insulted at the mere suggestion that they could keep him here if they so pleased especially on his home turf.

He quickly found that as he made a move out towards the water the boats simply let him pass by and didn’t attack him at all instead simply electing to follow after him to ensure that wherever he was going people had proper notice of his whereabouts, stopping short of placing a tracker on his large fin sticking up out of the water immediately as they assumed it would only draw the monsters wrath although the monster didn’t care for them very much and if it wanted to lose the boats it could by simply accelerating underwater creating sonic boom under the water causing the water above to nearly drench ships that had strayed too close to him.

Great white found some pleasure in bullying the humans out at sea even though he never directly attacked them, he continued for time simply forcing them to attempt to follow him around and even threatened to swallow a boat whole before shifting away and simply going back to the shore and settling down on the beach, they were still eating the carcass of the three wailords he had acquired so he really had nothing else to do but play with the small human creatures back in his early days he may have just killed them all for fun but now he understood that that wouldn’t do much of anything but waste time for a couple of minutes and with these Pokémon, each human seemed to possess one that would die for them so they couldn’t be all that bad of humans in comparison to the humans he knew.

There was also the problem revolving around certain Pokémon, like that island deity that had the possibility of killing him. Saren informed them that there had even been stronger “legendary” Pokémon that even he couldn’t beat if the legends about them that people had were to be believed, which he warned them not to test out. The monstrous part of him wanted nothing more than to eat the guardian deity after defeating it to maybe gain a portion of its power for himself, but he fought against that instinct, at least for the moment he knew more than ever about challenging intruders invading their home.

If his species had allowed the humans to simply do as they asked, they may have survived that conflict, which angers him to admit, but that day it became clear that despite what his species wanted them to believe, there existed humans much stronger than they were. On average, their species were much more capable, but their peaks reached things he never thought possible. Even after transforming into a monster and eating other monsters to get stronger, he couldn’t hope to imagine challenging Tatsumaki in a battle or that of the monster King Orochi or the newest one, Garou. Hell, even challenging Saren would be a considerable challenge for him, and he’s gotten so much stronger than the peak of his species to find that there were even stronger creatures out there in the universe that all their teaching from his species prior was completely laughable.

Lord great white was joined on the sandy beaches by Eyesight the female viper enjoying the sun along her scales she was part of an organization of monsters bent on overthrowing the human rule from where they had been from he was offered to join such an organization as well but after eating the remainder of his father corpse and gaining few his memories he could see that such a thing would never work as there was a hero that could topple any monster throw against him and even killed his father with a single punch, it left a permeant image and fear of that man and that fear was warranted as the fighting began, that man never sustained a scratch against any of the monsters it had come up against not even either monster king so he would have no chance of getting vengeance although its terms of simple numbers he guessed that he's already done that. 

Eyesight expressed once more her boredom, although this was a common thing even before they left the preserve. The life of a monster was traditionally doing as they pleased, which would inevitably lend itself to either bloodshed, combat, or some cardinal desires; having free time or things such as hobbies was a foreign concept to her, especially since she was a simple snake before her monsterization. However, she would likely slowly catch on as time went on. He told the snake to be patient and that something would probably catch her attention sooner or later, which she somewhat scoffed at, thinking he was calling her some simple-minded beast. Although he didn’t mean anything of the sort, he explained just that the humans in the distance seemed to be moving around a bit more rapidly; he could see minuscule shapes begin to move along their boats in a hurry as some of the ships started to move off to a safer distance as noon came around. 

The bright sunny day had started to get darker, and the wind started to pick up as it seemed a storm was approaching. Although no rain began to fall, only thunder and lightning began to strike all around them. When a lightning bolt set to strike the cold, the two immediately went to dodge out of the way of the attack, although there seemed to be no need as the massive lightning bolt headed their way had seemingly curved in mid-air and went straight into the Volten instead. 

His entire being seemingly became even more empowered and volatile as the lighting coalesced from his body, from his hair to his feet bristling off into the sand, which became glass. Eyesight angrily asked what the monster was doing, although the man simply pointed up into the air where the cloud had seemed to move and remarked that it wasn’t him that brought the storm. Upon closer inspection of the storm, the two monsters saw something else within the large clouds—a small thing about the size of a human; it held two arms, although it possessed no hands, its arm ending in a yellow and orange shield almost like a coconut that had been cut into quarters and hallowed out.

It held a mainly orange hairstyle with bits of yellow at the top, and instead of legs, the creature possessed orange spiky protrusions at the end of its black body. Seeing the similarities, Lord Great White called out to Volten, asking if this was another of those guardian deities that Saren told them about, which Volten answered with a nod, remarking that this one was likely Tapu Koko, a being that specializes in electricity like they just saw and can see by the storming clouds around them. 

Eyesight remarked that these deities were fairly rude to just attack sight as they do; although Volten didn’t blame them for liking them to white blood cells trying to get rid of the parasites that were them, it's likely that after being defeated, Tapu Lele called upon its siblings to help it get rid of them. Eyesight remarked that she knew that Great Lord should have just killed the creature when they had the chance, although Great Lord White thought that in that instance the entire region would be against them most likely anyway, in combination with the other three guardian deities and their Pokémon, even they wouldn’t come out unscathed in such an onslaught and it would be against their purpose in traveling in the first place, Volten added on. 

They all came to help the teens and the humans of their world, and while this may not be their world, they weren’t going to be starting random death matches with the local legends, although they did offer up decent entertainment. Lord White thought mainly to himself, although it was Volten who remarked he would take this one on if it attacked again and that they shouldn’t interfere. This was somewhat risky given how powerful the other one was. Lord Great White told him, Volten was decently powerful but only barely edged into the dragon territory; these creatures were far higher dragons in comparison, although his nature could prove to be some sort of handicap in that regard, which was a sentiment that Volten echoed as well. 

The clouds and thunder in the sky seemed to erupt once more as another large lighting bolt came diving down out of the sky at all three of them that had been on the beech at that time however even as the two monsters were able to move a couple of meters away from where the lighting was about to strike down at the attack seemed to have been able to chase them and would have landed as well if Volten didn’t change their direction to strike him instead which only seemed to power him up even more as his blue color began to take a more yellow appearance, the martial artist rocketed into the sky directly at the guardian deity which was surprised by the action although it was able to still block with its arms shied casually before flicking the man away the creature seemed to emit a glow of energy that surrounded itself( agility )before dashing forwards at the still tumbling away Volten arriving behind it and letting out a large screech that forced the man to cover his ears to mitigate the pain from the shout before a strange pink wind emitted from its two shields when it slammed them together knocking into volten and sending him careenig down into the sand.

The man didn’t stay down for long as he corrected himself in mid-air and landed down on a knee, he looked up at the deity with a smile on his face as he pulled a hand back and launched out a lighting bolt directly at the creature which it was easily able to shield from with its hands slapping the attack away although Volten had dash forwards directly behind it allowing him to strike the creature in the face with a thunder fist which made the Pokémon fly back a couple of feet before recovering quickly and charging back at him the two shield hands coming together and glowing a brilliant blue( brave bird) that slammed into the still floating Volten hard forcing him back down this time over the water spat up a geyser of water although he quickie came back up from the strike to land breathing heavily, the Pokémon also seemed to freeze for a moment almost like it was damaged as well but it quickly shook itself free as Volten rose again at it.

The Electric monster raised both of its hands into the air which it used to collect the lighting from the storm that the Pokémon  graciously brought his way collecting it into himself before unleashing that energy completely towards the creature itself but the small Pokémon  seemed to have its plan as an electric shield seemed to emanate from its very being( Charge) just before the blast hit it and it seemed similar to Volten himself the shield absorbed the energy and not only that it seemed to amplify itself as it started to galvanize itself in lighting glowing so bright that it seemed to light up the entire island( wild charge) before charging forwards directly at Volten, the man wasn’t a coward as he collected even more lighting from the clouds and charged directly at the Pokémon  himself in an equal clash that once more lit up the surrounding island but also threw lighting bolts every which way but the contest of strength was clear as Volten was knocked sideways from confrontation and slammed down a third time into the dirt.

Volten took a moment to get up from this attack as he breathed heavily struggled on a knee and wiped away a bit of blood that fell from his lips. The Pokémon itself seemed to take a moment to recover as well and didn’t press the attack although even after the recoil subsided and Volten was still recovering the Pokémon didn’t attack him again almost like it was examining him although that didn’t seem to be the case as a large thick fog seemed to roll over along the beach and that was when things started to get weird, Volten continued to shake his head as a pounding sensation had started to wring in it, he looked over towards both Lord great white and Eyesight the women monster seemed to be going through the same panging headache that he was but for lord great white it was something completely different as he seemingly charged out towards the snake women out of nowhere. 

The snake was 12 feet tall standing at the traditional height that she liked to set herself at, but she was even longer lengthwise which can up her height twice so she was fully capable of handling the full-force tackle that the shark monster had slammed into  her with a resounding crash, the monster was completely confused and angered by the shark monster sudden brazen act as it opened its mouth wide and attempted to chomp down on her entire head with its wide maw, the women were about to poison him with her fangs dodging out of the way of the shark monster gaping maw and being able to hold it there with her incredibly long and strong snake hair each one seemingly being as large and imposing as a 20 ft python that went down the back of her neck and drifted along her tail until they were needed which was now, wrapping around the large shark creature head and holding it and by extension its body still for her to ready her massive incisors which about to bite down into flesh with a powerful poision. 

Volten didn’t know if the monster women would hold back or not, Monster women and the sea folk weren’t that much of companions back in the preserve with the foundation of the “high lords” This would likely change a bit as they worked on leading the preserve and technically this would be their first mission assigned to gather so having one kill the others even if in self-defense couldn't be good, he felt for the sky once more and storm above the thick fog answered his call as multiple lighting bolts struck him and he charged forth with full power in a large tackle that struck the shark creature in the side and shocked the Lamia enough to back off away from him.

The woman cursed for a moment as the lighting coursed through her body before hissing out a warning to him but Volten held his hand up and remarked that this fog had corrupted lord great whites mind which was the work of another one of the guardians' deities which had to be Tapu Fini , the snake monster merely tsk at the information and remarked it didn’t matter who was causing the shark creatures outburst but they still needed to fight it as the shark recovered enough to pool water in its mouth and fire it off at them, in return the snake hair responded as five of them raised and began to glow a deep crimson red and opened their mouth to an explosion of flame that clashed with the water creating a steam cloud in the center, five more snake head raised during the clash throwing out bony protrusion that had been coated in poison which staggered the shark monster as it pierced into its right pecks and lower right leg.

The water quickly faltered from the creature's mouth as it made to rip the poison barb out of its body, it became noticeably slower to their eyes but his biology seemed to be fighting it as it didn’t last that way for long as he began to speed up once more as the water seemed to merge on its fins on its forearms and it crossed both arms around its chest causing both water blades to dash forwards given the height Volten could stay standing and not be effected but Eyesight had to duck into the ground although this was a partial natural state for her which she hated being in as she transformed into her more monstrous appearance her facial features lost their human-like qualities large thick scales sprouted up on a section of her upper body and chest golden snakes dripped down and circled over her arm almost fusing with it a bulking the appendages up even further with harden scales at the end of her fist. Her face lost many of the beautiful facial features that she shared with humans, becoming more snake-like and monstrous.

She dashed forward extremely quickly, slithering her way, ready to attack the still-recovering shark, the speed of which blew Volten, who had been beside her a couple of feet away. However, by the time she had reached her target, it had already moved, being tackled by the large white tiger growing to its size of 25 feet tall and swiping downward, pinning the creature underfoot and making Eyesight huff out in annoyance as she had to stop her charge early. Volten was partially worried that Torax had been caught in the smoke as well, but apparently, he was still of an able mind. However, the same couldn’t have been said for Aki, the currently restrained bear teen caught in the tiger's venus flytrap-like tail, struggling uselessly in his grasp.

The Tiger let out an annoyed huff as it remarked that it was napping before all the fighting commenced, and when it still tried to do so, despite it all, Aki suddenly attacked him. He could tell that by the look in each of their eyes, they were under the control of some kind of attack, and given the smoke, it was another of these legendary Pokémon, Volten confirmed it to be true and remarked it was likely caused by Tapu Fini, another of the guardians' deities, that he was just engaged with one of them. 

Torax nodded his understanding before he took a deep breath and let out a loud bellowing roar that had completely dissipated the fog that had been around them, allowing them to see the clear skies once more. Even the thunderclouds that had been around, or maybe they had vanished before it had occurred, although Volten thought that he could still feel them before the roar took place, an outstanding feat he thought was mostly in compliment to the tiger. The two that had been under the influence still didn’t seem to be free, however, as the two still tried to wiggle free from the tiger's grasp. 

They looked up and saw three beings; each of them was the island guardian deities Tapu Fini, Tapu Lele, and Tapu Koko. Torax was surprised; he would have thought all four of them would have been called, although Volten noted that the fourth one was supposedly known for being lazy, so it's probably taking its time to get their speaking of arrivals. Saren appeared before them using a single hand, which he pointed at Aki, and then Lord Great White dispelled whatever was controlling them as they snapped back to their senses now, which allowed Torax to free them both from their clutches. Lord Great White remarked that his body seemed to be on fire, which Eyesight commented that she could fix as she poked him in the chest, jamming an anti-venom into him that fixed him up. 

The seven monsters looked up at the three Pokémon that had been staring down at them although Koko seemingly turned around and saw something Saren shifted his gaze to stare out into the distance as well he could feel something or more specifically someone and remarked that it seemed their timing couldn’t be anymore impeccable could it as out from behind the three guardians appeared a lightning bolt that had been striking out through the sky in a singular straight line, Volten immediately knew the move as he felt the familiar electric signal and out of the lighting bolt stopping a short distance away from the island appeared his protege Kaminari and with him or rather tied to the end of him was none other than Sero. 

The guardians were immediately interested in the two human people that appeared, although only Lele attacked them while they were in mid-air, causing Kamianri to use bolt once more as his pointer seemed to catch up with him and go down towards the beach where they were as he transitioned along with Sero down below directly in front of them.

The young yellow-haired teen greeted Volten first while Sero once unraveling himself from his tape greeted Saren as well, The question on their minds was the same questioning why they decided to appear now and where the rest of their friends were and the response was to be expected they had overheard problem happening on the island by unidentified beings calling themselves “monsters” so they wanted to go check it out and see if they could calm things down which as the two boys gesture up to the three guardians they seemed like they could use some de-escalation measures, although Saren remarked that the situation was well under control which they believed although they would want the situation to resolve not fighting each other to the death. 

Great Lord White made it a point to point out that he doesn’t need him to tell them that as he gestured towards the pink one and remarked he could have killed that one if he wanted to but did not. Sero raised his hands in mock surrender and remarked that well, that was good to know, and thanked the shark monster for not doing it. Kaminari told them a couple of others would be arriving in ten minutes while the majority of them were stowed away in the Kalos region. The group began to converse a bit more amongst themselves while it seemed that the guardian deities were doing the same about the situation. Of course, all attention was on them once more when the fourth deity finally showed up, which was Tapu Bulu. They knew they were outnumbered, but they didn’t know if they were outmatched, so the Pokémon were steadily being cautious as they filled in their new member on what had been occurring. 

Kaminari and Sero were surprised by Saren's knowledge of the Pokémon in question. The two of them knew that they looked familiar; hearing the name of the new addition to the Quadro reminded them of its similar name, Kapu-Bulul . Saren told them that he gained the information from the population that originally inhabited the route. They immediately paused at the word “originally” before Saren rolled his eyes and remarked they were fine and had been escorted away the prior day, Sero correctly assumed that the legendary Pokémon above them had a problem with this, and Saren simply nodded before Kaminri also asked if he asked questions or did he use his magic to get the information he holds, and even Sero could answer that question given the circumstances. 

So the group stood around in a bit of a standoff for the remaining five minutes, it took for the other to arrive, which the guardians took an express interest in, although thankfully they made no moves to attack them. Koda and Aki reunited as the large bear humanoid tackled the boy on the ground and gripped him in a big bear hug with all four of her arms, which likely would have been painful if it wasn’t for him taking some of her power with his awakening, which allowed him to take power from animals that heard his voice, although monsters and certain Pokémon had to consensually give their power away for him to take.

Todoroki and Brut had a “heartfelt” reunion as the human monster ran up to him and grabbed him in a similar large hug, and while he seemed to be crying with Joy, Todoroki was mainly just somewhat uncomfortable with the overtly friendless but said nothing about it. Brut asked if he found any of his brothers, which Todoroi declined, which seemed to sadden the man more, although he was happy that his teacher was there at least. Jiro and Momo were for a moment put off by Eyeight's more monstrous appearance, never having seen the woman in her combat form before, although she quickly changed back into her normal state as she greeted the two girls. Despite the two having the most familiarity with the monster, she was more than all the others here; they had been the most hesitant, even though Jiro was the one that spared her life and Momo had spent time with the creature when she and Mineta helped build the reserve; she was the only one that didn’t actively help them in the fighting during the hero association assault on the monster base. 

Momo questioned what the monster women and better yet all of them besides Aki had been doing there and she explained that once they left Garou had the bright idea to want to help them out she agreed to go help as well, which drew a degree of suspicion upon each of the girls faces remarking how she had been neutral before during the fighting so why would she lend her hand out now, the snake monsters was fake offended by the implication as she held a coy smile and remarked that she simply wanted to help out as well given what they have done for her and Sigismund was going as well so she wanted to ensure his safe return, although Jiro saw through the snake women as she remarked that she simply wanted to capture a couple of the villains from their world during all the fighting, the large snake let a chilling almost gleeful like  laugh as she remarked that, that may have been another one of the reasons that she wanted to travel towards their dimension if they were fighting against villains that were a danger to them, she was sure that the regular people wouldn’t mind if some of them went missing.

The confession was made, both of the girls slightly deadpanning at the monster as she shrugged and coiled around them and used her massive hands to clasp both of them on the shoulders and remarked that why were they being that way, for she was just being honest like they wanted her to be, and while still a bit nervous, Momo remarked that it was much appreciated, but she hoped that the snake monster hasn’t consumed any of the humans she encountered thus far, and she confidently admitted that she hasn’t devoured any of the humans she encountered so far, even when they have bothered her, although Torax mentions that they didn't account for their Pokémon, for which they killed a handful of them.

This wasn’t as shocking to the teens given what they were, although they were sure that they would need to have them apologize for that to the participating parties involved once the re-introductions were done. Now it came down to talking down the guardian deities, which had still been hovering a couple of meters above them. The small being seeing the humans arrive seemed to calm down a good deal, although they seemed ready to continue fighting. The situation called for it even as Koda attempted to talk to them, although Saren informed him that there was no need for interpreters given that they could understand them just fine; they simply never wanted to speak with them in the first place.

Even still Koda wanted to understand what the problem was and Saren told him that they were on the Island at all was the most likely case which was confirmed by Lele telling him the same thing as the pink one deity came down shortly followed by the others three guardians, they didn’t want strange being messing up its island although Koda tried to say that they were peaceful he couldn’t say that in full confidence having learned that Saren had captured 30 people for the better part of a week although all of them were fine in the end, it was still a risk and he understood their reasons why as he turned and asked could Saren and the others leave although the a remarked that the pink being just needed to wait one more day until doing so his spell was already near completion and he couldn’t move too far away from or he would risk just having to start over and since it was so close to completion he refused to do so. 

Koda informed the pink being of this and seemingly chatted with the other members of its party; although still angry, the other members didn’t see the utility of continuing fighting as the numbers were increasingly stacking against their favor and they were going to leave in a day anyways. One of their numbers had also just floated off back to its island, which was Bulu. Seeing that the fighting wasn’t going to work and it couldn’t evict them from the island, it angrily stormed off, shedding its scales along the way. Finia chased after it to calm it down so it wouldn’t cause more danger to the island in its rage while the last deity, Koko, had come down to interact with them a bit more, its curiosity brimming with Kaminari and Volten as well as the others for a time being talking and communicating with them through Koda and the monsters present. 

A small time later they had also been joined by the island’s Kahuna and the trial captains once more having overhead the previous fighting and the roar that shook the very island itself having been worried that the guardian deity had been fighting once more and wanting to make sure that it was ok, she was surprised by the more human looking figures and the monster getting along believing them to be monsters as well originally just in a human looking state similar to Volten or Brut but the teen informed them that they were just a bit different than them as they began to discuss what would be the monsters and their next steps explaining what the monsters were and what they were to the best of their ability and explaining to the group what the monsters were doing and why they refused to leave this portion of the island.

Oliva was a bit more understanding of the monster's plight, wanting to find some of their missing members and not wanting to be disturbed in doing so. Although the woman was still a bit annoyed by the fact that Saren had opted instead of simply asking about the new land he found himself in and instead simply taking information directly from the people's minds, the monster held no sympathy for such emotions, remarking that it was a quicker and more efficient way to learn than relying on human interactions, which could result in biased, falsehoods, or speculation. Kiawe called Saren out, remarking that he seemed to lack empathy thinking in such a way, but the monster simply shrugged and offhandedly remarked that if he didn’t have any empathy, he would have simply killed the humans when he knew he had gained the information and used their sacrifice to speed up his spell by half the time. 

All of the humans were completely unnerved by the remark, although Sero tried to play it off as the monster, merely joking but his clear posture and complete confidence, said otherwise, although Oliva read the room and pretended to believe Sero's ploy just to get the conversation moving forward once more as they began to talk about the ultra-beast and ultra-space as a whole.

The teens had been interested in ultra-space and if they could use it to get home, although none of the members currently present could give them much of a rundown of what it was at the current moment. Saren as well was interested in the tears of time in space and was going to spend maybe a few more days with the Aether Foundation to see if he could find anything useful in helping them get home, although he along with the other monsters were partially surprised to learn of the fact that the teen had accepted a task of protecting others of this world for the moment being so they would need to discuss what they were going to do, which Saren found completely befuddling given that according to them, they had a major situation at home that needed to be taken care of and the fate of this planet shouldn’t matter to them. 

Once more Sero tried to mince words and remarked that Saren was just very task-driven and didn’t mean what he said, as in, he didn't care about their fate, although the locals remained not very convinced, although they did take interest in the conversation about this task that had been entrusted to them, and by whom Momo explained to them it was one of the Kalos legendaries, which instantly drew suspicion from the Kiawe given the franked distance being involved. Still, Oliva halted him and elected to believe them, along with Mallow and Lana remembering the guards telling them of hearing something like a sonic boom like a jet or Gachomp going full speed had flown near the place. 

The group continued forward telling them that supposed prophecy or legend that they had been told by some entity which they assumed to be one of the Legendaries Kalos, they didn’t know for sure and were still waiting on confirmation if their hunch had been correct as Zygarde would check on the two of them, Mallow had made a move to check her national pokedex and search for such a Pokémon but Jiro stopped the effort remarking that it's not in the pokedex and it has kept itself hidden from the human eye for a long time it seemed as people in/ Kalos didn't even know of its existence, Kiawe was a bit suspicious on such a tale and was going to comment about it when suddenly Saren had made a move drawing attention as a large glowing appendage had suddenly appeared and with great speed grabbed a handful of sand that had been off in the distance. 

The locals, a bit frightened by the monsters, had noticeably taken a couple of steps back while the Mallow and Lana had taken a couple of steps forward behind the teens, although they were sure that the man had a point about what he was doing. Saren explained how what they say makes some sense to him; he had the feeling of being watched since he’s been on the island so far, and he never knew what From using his true eyes spell, he was able to see that his hunch had been correct, as he shook the glowing hand rapidly, shaking the sand from its grasp, leaving nothing but empty air, although this empty air soon revealed a starling discovery as the green slug-like being, which the teen instantly recognized as Zygarde or its cells, which they had been calling them.

The locals were each vastly interested in the handful of small slug creatures that had been captured by the ghosty hand. Mallow and Lana had been excited to be the first ones to discover a new Pokémon and wanted to take a couple of pictures of the small thing, although, upon further inspection, Todoroki noted the difference in one of the Zygarde cells as one of them had a different colored center, unlike the red one they saw in the forest. This one's center had been completely white, and it had started to glow. 

This also signaled another thing that they were familiar with as multiple streams of light seemed to beam down from the residential area all colliding down completely on top of the ghosty hand which cracked it open revealing the creature in its dog-like state once more the only difference being that the crystal on the collar on its neck was white instead of red, it didn’t seem like it wanted to fight although it did “speak” to them as Koda translated what the Pokémon was saying, it remarked that it has no control of its other parts in the next region over but it was the one that had freed Saren and the other monsters from their cacoons as well similar to the other one it made a promise that if the monsters had acted out of hand it would end them.

Saren whistled at the threat and asked the creature why it didn’t make any moves sooner when they had started to process the people, and the creature shrugged. It wasn’t the first time it had seen such things from humans; its purpose was larger than simply protecting people or the islands themselves; it was to keep balance, and that's why it was watching over them to keep that balance. The locals were stunned by a lot of things that had been transpiring, but Oliva was the first to momentarily break out of her stupor and ask the new Pokémon what about the ultra beast that had come over to their world. Zygarde let out a huff of annoyance as it seemed to look off into the distance before turning back toward them and telling them that they remain a hesitant threat for the moment because, in the meantime, it doesn’t require its interference. “The four children” and the humans seemed to be handling the incursions well enough on their own if a threat large enough emerged through them he would assist, but not before.

Zygarde didn’t answer any more questions as it dashed away disappearing although Saren noted that there were still pieces of the creature around them the slugs kept watching and listening, and the teens remarked the same thing happened with them in the Kalos region, the slugs followed the bulk of them around although it doesn’t mess with them just watching over them to make sure they didn’t do anything it seemed to judge as disturbing the balance, which Kaminari complained about what such a thing even means and it would help if the creature wasn’t so vague and how it would be a pretty dick move if they did so unintentionally and the creature just attacked them for it although after being plucked by Jiro she remarked that the Pokémon is likely wiser than that and wouldn’t just go for the kill right away or at least she hoped.

The locals were still stunned by what they had just witnessed before getting composure again. Just decided to roll with what the new arrivals had been saying for the moment. However, they wanted to get Koko's opinion on what they had just seen the electric guardian had seemingly disappeared its curiosity must have been filled and got bored and left some time before, Given what this Zygarde used to describe the legendaries as they speculated that it may have been older than the guardians themselves by a large margin to do so Oliva remarked mainly to herself. 

The group along the beach began talking a bit more this time on a much friendlier note as tensions began to die down, they spoke and after a time even ate together, the lockdown was lifted as it wouldn’t be needed much longer in the first place and the women and trial captains would give the others a tour of the island even though Saren physically couldn’t be present he had conjured a magical eye that followed them around so that he could see and hear them although he likely already knew a good deal of the island. 

******************************

A peak at the future: Elliot, Tierno, Trevor, Calem, Shauna, Y, Bakugo, Mina, Kirishima, Sero, and Toru

As the large group got up in the morning Elliot was more than a bit surprised to find that all of his friends had been present and still accounted for, the group seemingly liking the idea of having their independent Journey from each other with just the occasional meet up which he honestly didn’t mind, he never thought about adventuring with others but this was mainly since he was so concerned about beginning his adventure at all but he had to admit having people around was more enjoyable than not having anyone he couldn’t think about how boring his adventure would have been otherwise but he guessed that was to be expected things were always better with friends to enjoy them with so he was super excited to start the day with everyone with him even his friend/guards but the biggest surprise was when another surprised Visitor had popped in during their big breakfast. 

It was none other than Y although Elliot had briefly confused the girl as Serena as this was the first time he had met this girl who looked entirely similar although she confirmed that she and her sister were identical in looks the mistake was naturally made, she introduced herself and her real name which was Yvonne although since everyone had tuff time pronouncing it she elected for everyone to call her Y to make it easier and Elliot nodded in understanding as he shook the girl's hand and even offered to have some of his food if she was hungry which lead to a humorous moment with Tierno who tried to “one-up”  him and offered his food at the table but the girl had already had eaten before making her arrival. 

Elliot was only trying to be courteous, although it seemed that others took it as him flirting, and he wasn’t the type of guy to do such a thing to someone he just met. It was revealed secretly to him by Trevor that Tierno actually had somewhat of a crush on Y, although to him it was unlikely that the girl would return his feelings, but he didn’t want to bring the guy's spirits down, so he allowed him to continue trying. Shauna mentioned that the only reason she stuck around this time around was due to Y's presence and her coming around and wanting to see everyone while she was on break from flight school. 

Elliot was interested in learning more about this flight school, and Y was more than willing to inform him as she explained the ins and outs of being a flight trainer, unlike traditional trainers, which had Froakie, Chespin, and Fennekin. Flight trainers, for the most part, only had a Vivillon to choose from; technically, you can choose any flying-type Pokémon, which led her to use Fletchy instead, although she remarked that if he was interested in becoming one, she would advise not going against the grain in that regard just to save himself a headache. She also went on to explain the suit that most flight school students are given; they came in two varieties: a basic normal one and then the one that traditionally you are only supposed to get at graduation, but things changed, and now they hand them out during your final month instead. 

The difference between the suits was that the one given during the final month had miniature anti-gravity pods suited on the ends of them, allowing her to essentially take off anywhere without having to rely on an updraft like normal wingsuits, although most of their time practicing would be in the normal one to prepare them for the higher-tech version and get the feel of what it was like without it. Elliot and the teens found the tale interesting and pretty fun; flying through the air was always unique to do and experience, which turned the conversation very much towards the teens, all of whom, besides Kirishima, could fly.

This was the first time this group of teens had met Y as well and the girl was curious about each of their powers so Shauana gave her the rundown on each of them, She was completely flooded to hear that Bakugo flew with explosions thinking doing so would be pretty dangerous but she guessed that his body was naturally accustomed to it which the boy, as usual, gave a rather sarcastic affirmative to which Y didn’t much appreciate along with a nickname of “twin 1” all of a sudden which in retaliation the girl gave him a nickname as well which was “sparky” although other than being a generic name he commented but also remarked that she could attempt to call him that all she wanted but that wasn’t going to mean he would answer to it. 

The conversation was steered away from the two budding heads to the objectives for the day and what the group had done so far. Trevor showed the girl a bunch of pictures that he managed to capture while Tierno told her about his new developing rhythm battle style he’s coming up with. With the help of Ashido and her Rythm Rhythm fist, Calem told her about how he and Elliot both are considered barons in the battle chateau and how each of them had gotten the bug gym badge.

The girl correctly predicted that based on their trail they were headed to the rock-type gym next, which they both nodded at before looking over towards Trevor and Tierno once more, asking if they had gotten any badges. The both of them were a bit bashful; they explained that they hadn't. Although the two wanted to get their best roster of Pokémon before challenging the gym leaders, they were using their current adventure mainly to test strategies. They still had a few months to go until the Kalos leagues started, so they believed they would have plenty of time to get everything settled and gather the number of badges needed. 

Calem had different plans, wanting to go around and beat the gyms first before settling down on a team, leaking to the others that he wanted to keep up with Elliot, his new rival so that he wouldn’t be left behind. The mention of rivals from Calem had brought up memories of X once more, and Tierno asked if he was doing okay. Y simply sighed and pouted a bit and only remarked that he was still doing the same old isolation that he’s always been doing and how he still hasn't met his share of guardians yet, even when they are in the house. She did, however, sign up X for the camp event that was happening at the end of the month, so she was sure to drag him out then and make sure that he properly introduced himself, although Trevor was a bit worried about forcing him to come out if he didn’t want to, although Shauana agreed that it would probably be good for him to do so. 

After having their breakfast, the group set back out on their journey, filling in Y on all the experiences they had so far and what they had been up to. They were headed back to the battle chateau as the group wanted to support Trevor in getting his title rank as Baron as well. So the large group of eight people went back towards the large castle on the lake. The group entered and was greeted once more, and Elliot and Calem showed off their capes once more to Y this time around while they waited for others to come in, also waiting for their title match. Y asked if any of the others had been involved in fighting, and teens remarked that they couldn’t since they didn’t have any Pokémon or identification, and Shauana was too busy practicing for her Pokémon showcases while Tierno had been still working on his new fighting style as well, trying to keep moving so that his egg would hatch faster. 

He was already halfway there, and his always so elegant dances would continue to help in that endeavor as well, as he shuffled along his feet, although he was told by the help to not do so within the confines of the establishment, which he quickly apologized for. The group still stood out the most in comparison to the fully fancy and dressed up other guests, but none of them seemed to mind them too much, only getting a few glances here and there, although those looks were mainly all pointed towards Mina, the entirely pink girl who stuck out like a sour thumb anywhere they went, and some of the staff of the establishment even thought that she may have stained the seat with her "paint,” although she assured them that it was just how she normally looked. 

The time came about an hour after they arrived for the fated showdown as Trevor’s Title match was called up on the intercom. They all began to pat the short boy on the match and wish him the best as they made their way outside to the front. The boy was a lot younger than he was yesterday, maybe because everyone had been rooting for him this time around, but he promised not to let them down as he took the stage.

His opponent was someone named Lyon. The teen seemed to be incredibly snobby, even compared to the other guests present. He dressed up in fancy all-black clothes with a line of medallions strapped down his chest going down to his waist, which was just to incentivize how much money his family had. Even when it came to battling others that he had beaten, he remarked on how he wasn’t that good of a trainer; it was just that the Pokémon he had were a bit surprising, especially for beginning trainers to possess, and as the match began, Trevor shot out his trusted Flabébé while Lyon pulled out a Gallade. Although Tierno pulled out his pokedex to scan it, Elliot immediately saw a fatal flaw in the choice as he called out to Trevor that, as a fairy type, he held a type advantage against his challenger.

Gallade the Blade Pokémon: A master of courtesy and swordsmanship, it fights using extending swords on its elbows.

Lyon had a slight frown on his face upon hearing him but it vanished as quickly as it came with a brief snicker as he remarked that it did not matter and that his Pokémon  was well “built” to handle such things which drew a questioning look from Trevor but he had not time to think more on it as Lyon came at him telling his Gallade to use disarming voice the Gallade followed as it bellow out in a sad wail bright pink shockwaves came out at the same moment incredibly quickly striking his Flabébé  directly blowing it backwards although it was able to recover at least partially, Trevor immediate response was to use wish as his opponent used agility as the Pokémon  began to dash around the arena incredibly quickly circling the small Flabébé  before he commanded it to use bulldoze Trevor attempted to give his Pokémon the order to dodge, but as the Gallade surroudned itself in the orange aura and stomped on the ground, the orange aura transitioned into the ground, where its rockets doff directly to the Flabébé too fast for it to dodge out of the way of blowing it upwards, which Lyon was going to follow up on, but he made a fatal flaw when he attempted to use Night Slash.

Gallade's arms glowed a light blue, and it became surrounded by that energy as it jumped up and attempted to strike at the Pokémon with its forearm blades. Trevor, taking the opportunity of the trainer's mistake, told his Flabébé to take the attack point blank and counter with a full-forced fairy wind. The Flabébé flew down directly into the strike and completely tanked the attack to the shock of the Pokémon owner before the pink wind had emerged from the flower point blank in the Gallade chest, shooting it down with a hard knockdown into the arena. The trainer demanded that his Gallade get up, and it almost begrudgingly did as it struggled to stand from the critical, super-effective attack. It was like it wasn’t even concerned about its well-being and just expected it to stand up.

The Pokémon seemed to be angered yell back at its trainer which the boy didn’t take too kindly as the man simply ignored it and told it to turn back and towards its opponent while the boy was distracted Trevor used wish once more before using vine whip just as the Gallade had turned around striking it in the face with both of its vines, making it stagger back once more, its trainer ordered it to use agility once more the Pokémon followed using its enhanced movement to dodge out of the way of another vine whip smack charging forth and using disarming voice once more although this time Trevor was a bit more ready for it as he ordered Flabébé to Vine whip to cover its ears from the harsh sound being able to bear it a bit better than before before ordering it to use razor leaf to counter due to the Gallade agility sate it began to dodge out of the way of all the razor-sharp thorns it sent his way.

Although the trainer made a strange addition to use night slash once more in some strange belief that the gallade had “messed it up” beforehand and ordered to get it right despite the Pokémon thinking otherwise it followed its trainer's orders dashing forwards and striking the Flabébé with its attack which once more due to the dark typing did not affect the fairy type Pokémon although the attack did still activated wish which meant the Flabébé simply got a free heal from the assault and similar to last time countered with a super effective move fairy wind blowing the Gallade backward once more it slid backward trying to maintain its balanced failing tripping up end over end as the harsh wind blew him backward to in front of his trainer.

The trainer again seemed to show no empathy for his Pokémon, telling it to stand up once more, and the Pokémon attempted to do so, standing up with a heavy, haggard breath, although as soon as his trainer tried to issue another command, the Pokémon simply fell over unconscious, leading to the Victor being declared for Trevor. The group supported their friend with a heap of praise from the sidelines, although Lyon the boy didn’t seem angry about the loss but seemingly in disbelief as he recalled his Pokémon and thought that he would have been untouchable given how much money he put into getting the Pokémon.

Despite the group's celebration of Trevor, Elliot did want to have a few words for his challenger, as he told him that Pokémon battles weren’t just about money and that he couldn’t just buy his way to the top, explaining that the reason his night slash did nothing was no fault of the Pokémon but the typing of the attack against Trevor's own. Lyon did pay attention at least partially to what he said, although it was only the part dealing with the attack not working. 

He only commented that since it was his mistake, he wouldn’t be getting rid of his Gallade in turn for some other Pokémon, and if Elliot was being honest, he felt pretty bad for saying anything at that point; he didn’t know their relationship, but just the way the guy talked about it set off red flags for him, but there was nothing he could do about it, so he just watched as the man stormed off, talking about buying even more TMs to switch his Gallade move set around so no Pokémon were immune to them. 

Elliot could only sigh as he turned back to the group and continued to celebrate Trevor's victory getting a picture of all three of them in their capes before carrying on and out of the chateau to their next objective, as they were traveling however the teens had to stop the group cold as something had been going down during the battle and there would be a switch up in their roster that had been traveling with them as Sero would be going towards the Alola region to deescalate a situation with a couple of their other friends, Y already knew about the “monster” visitors that came with the teens but to everyone else, it was a new thing entirely so she caught them up on what they were which were essentially Pokémon with a different name. 

The next major talking point was how they were going to get to Alola without a plane but Mina remarks once more that they were simply fast which he and Trevor simply couldn’t believe given the distance involved but almost just a minute later a glowing blonde had seemingly just manifested among their party the boy was glowing with electricity surrounding him almost like a Pikachu volt tackle and probably just as fast as he just appeared.

The group was a bit confused when he was also one of the ones that had been leaving for Alola and was there only to “pick up” Sero but the girl that had arrived along with him completely surprised the person that said that which was Calem ruffling the younger boys head as she whispered in his ear nearly giving him a heart attack as he jumped and attempted to look for who said that and touched him, the girl made her presence know next to him with a laugh as she revealed herself to the others the kids were blown away by the fact that the girl was completely invisible whenever she wanted although she clarified about it was the opposite her being invisible is her natural she has to try and make herself visible instead, with that Elliot kinda felt bad for her in that regard.

Meeting up with Toru was just the tip of the iceberg of the surprise that had been happening at the moment when they got the idea of how Kaminari and Sero were planning on getting towards Alola as they watched the boy start to wrap himself in his Tap almost like money before tying a large strand of it around Kaminari himself which carried him almost like a backpack, the two explained to them while all of them were fast Kaminari was fast when he used an ability granted by his pointers which he called bolt as the name and context implies it was something he could use to move to places incredibly quickly as fast a bolt of lightning itself but the catch was that it was only towards the 20 pointers that he had. 

He was going to explain how it worked although as soon as he started Trevor pipped up and asked if it was a similar system to Manectric which caused Elliot to join him in his realization of what the boy was doing as Trevor explained to the others of how there had been several reports that Manectric was able to “move as fast of lighting” so others researchers wanted to see if there was any truth to those claims and monitored a pack of them and how they traveled the answer was somewhere in between they did not “run” at that speed they were capable of doing so, the packs would work together to summon a thunderstorm and in this thunderstorms, they would “ride” the wave to speak, scientist found that they could change the polarity of their electricity to Pull themselves along with thunderstorm and when lighting from that storm shoots out to the land below the dogs simply follow along on the travel of it which also explained why they were often found at the sight of the landing of a lighting bolt. 

It was how they traveled extreme distances in a hurry which was what Kaminari was doing right now, and the boy was completely correct he informed him and that was exactly how Kaminari Bolt worked although he didn't needs an entire thunderstorm to do so his pointers each of them had a range of 500 meters before they would drag whip forwards, Elliot was attempting to do the calculator in his head and remarked even with that range with how many he had it would wake him over a thousand times that to get to Alola but Kaminari simply smiled and remarked that it was fine as his pointers would recall and whip forwards once he passed so that he can keep going well minus a moment where he would be falling as they caught up which is why he needed Sero so that in that instance he can keep in the air while they did so and he goes again.

He thinks it should take them about 10 minutes to arrive which was half the time it would take everyone else to get there using Momo and the bikes she made which was also completely insane for them to hear although the news was able to travel on sky bikes were so cool and some of them even considers wanting to join them and at that moment Elliot received a message from his father which simply told him to not even think about it which he only sighed with and remarked that he wasn’t allowed to go which turned into a chain reaction of those deciding to stay as well but they still wanted to watch as Kaminari now carrying Sero left using the boy's tape to float up into the air as his pointers pointed in the directions of the where he was about to go, while it was setting up the group was once more surprised with the fact that the others that had been traveling to the island went past them traveling on their bikes at mach speed as they passed by and with one wave good by kaminari along with Sero completely disappeared in a bolt of electricity with a resounding crack almost if real lighting had struck close by. 

The kids were extremely pumped up from seeing all of that and Elliot apologized for not believing Mina before. Still, the girl didn’t mind it, it was always surreal to think about but seeing it in person was something else entirely she also let them know that despite how fast Kaminari with bolt Midoriya was even quicker than that which shocked the group completely, Bakugo also mentioned that he wasn’t the only one faster than the idiot which Mina and Toru took to think he was referring to his girlfriend silver chain which was also true she was even faster than Midoriya. Still, Bakugo quickly cut that conversation and remarked that he was referring to himself, although the teen brought up how he came behind him in their big race. Still, bakugo merely scoffed at that and remarked that he was not only stronger he’s fully awakened now so he would be better than before. 

Kirishima remarked that a lot of them changed since the race and remarked that even Tsu would be considered much faster with her giant form and Toru thought the redhead raised a good point, Mina even remarked that she was trying to come up with something that made herself faster as well and she suggested that maybe in the future they could have another race sometime in the future with the group thought would be a good idea although they would probably need to run around the entire region as field for some of their faster members.

The group continued forward the kids still amazed by what they had just seen and witnessed from the teens, they had known that they had some amazing powers but it was always a delight to get to see them in person. This excitement and bubbling energy finally exploded into a challenge that was issued by the youngest member of their group Calem he wanted to do a double battle with some of the others, he wanted to show off to everyone some of the skills that he’d learned on his adventure by himself which the group unanimously agreed with so after about another hour of walking to find a suitable spot for their battle they finally found an open enough clearing for them to get started.

During their walking, they had discussed who would be parenting up with who Shauna wasn’t going to participate because they weren’t going to participate as she wanted to practice some more herself and Y was technically out of her debt in terms of Pokémon fighting in comparison to the rest of them while having the teens join either team was seen as unfair so the battle was between the main four individuals who were going to be joining the kalos league, Elliot was partially surprised when the Calem had chosen him to be on his team believing that this would be a good time for them to battle once more given but the boy said he wanted to wait for that moment and that he could tell just from his battle in the battle chateau that he still wasn’t ready for it yet and fighting together was just another step in getting there so he better be prepared when that time comes becomes he will be ready and Elliot could only return that same determination as he remarked that he will be.

Their two opponents would be none other than Trevor and Tierno, Tierno wanted to show off to Mina how he evolved his rhythm-battling style so far while Trevor had been just along for the ride. So as they clicked their Pokeball together to signal the start of the match they each called out their Pokémon for Elliot his choice was  Evergreen his new Quilladin and Calem had chosen his Charmeleon the boy having elected to get rid of his fletchling although in that case Tierno was completely bummed that the boy didn’t trade it to him instead which Calem apologized for not doing.

Tierno had taken out his trusty Squirtle while Trevor had opted to use his Pikachu instead of his more traditional Flabébé given he wanted it to continue to rest from its battle previously. Given the stalk of the field, both sides held a Pokémon that was super effective against the other Pokémon in some way so each side would attempt to utilize that in some fashion. The first one to make a move as he spun around and twirled as his Pokémon did the same was Tierno as he commanded the Pokémon to do rain dance his Squirtle shuffled along from side to side as a large cloud manifested over their battle area, Elliot saw this and immediately went in for the attack to stop the follow-up attack by using one leech seed although Trevors pikachu was faster and used charm lowering the attack power as the branches coalesced around the turtle were shriveled up and the Squirtle easily was able to break free.

Tierno ordered the use of water gun directly at the Charmeleon and Calem responded by telling it to use protect the Pokémon scrunched up on itself as the geyser of water struck forward powered by the rain dance as the water that had been raining down switched directions straight for the move doubling its power, despite the protect charmeleon was still blown off its feet helped by chespin to come to a stop before Trevor wanted to capitalize on their closeness by using fling as the Pikachu slammed its tail into the ground and dug up some dirt which it used to throw at the two Pokémon. Elliot though quickly ordered the use of vine whip to block the attack which it was successful in doing so while Calem counter-attacked by using swift out of the Charmeleon mouth emerged several star shapes that dashed forward and struck Squirtle although Tierno was able to counter with withdraw once more as the rain bent towards the water Pokémon as it went into it shell raising the power of the water shield and completely negating the attack. 

Although there was no defense that Trevor could use as his Pikachu was knocked back from the attack and seeing his opening Elliot chose to strike out using vine whip to target the Squirtle just as it was leaving its shell causing it to get smacked backward, Trevor countered with a thundershock the attacked easily traveled across the ground quickly reaching to where the two opposing Pokémon were and striking both of them but also having the unattended effect of also hitting its partner due to the moist ground as well but the Squirtle was able to tuff it out, however, the Pikachu was, unfortunately, unable to paralyze any of those it inflicted damage on which was Trevor's primary goal with the move as Calem ordered Charmeleon to use dragon breath in kind.